Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 19, 2019.

Registration Statement No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

FASTLY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   27-5411834

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

475 Brannan Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, CA 94107

1-844-432-7859

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Artur Bergman

Chief Executive Officer

Fastly, Inc.

475 Brannan Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, CA 94107

1-844-432-7859

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mark P. Tanoury

Seth J. Gottlieb

Jon C. Avina

Kate L. Nichols

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 843-5000

 

Paul Luongo

General Counsel

Fastly, Inc.

475 Brannan Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, CA 94107

(415) 488-6329

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Sarah K. Solum

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☒      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered  

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A Common Stock, $0.00002 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $12,120

 

 

(1)

In accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the number of shares being registered and the proposed maximum offering price per share are not included in this table.

(2)

Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated April 19, 2019

PROSPECTUS

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is Fastly, Inc.’s initial public offering. We are selling                  shares of our Class A common stock.

We expect the public offering price to be between $        and $        per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares of our Class A common stock. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol “FSLY.”

We have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 10 votes per share and is convertible into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following this offering, with our directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders representing approximately     % of such voting power.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks that are described in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page 14 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

    

Per Share

      

Total

 

Public offering price

   $          $    

Underwriting discount

   $          $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $          $    

 

  (1)

See “Underwriting” beginning on page 154 for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of Class A common stock from us, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The shares of Class A common stock will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2019.

 

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch    Citigroup    Credit Suisse
William Blair   Raymond James   Baird   Oppenheimer & Co.   Stifel   Craig-Hallum Capital Group   D.A. Davidson & Co.

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2019


Table of Contents

LOGO

We are in the business of enabling developers to dream bigger. Together, we create the trustworthy internet. 53 0K+ Average Revenue Across All Enterprise Customers* (For the year ended December 31, 2018) 130%+ Dollar Based Net Expansion Rate** (For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018) 54%+ 2018 Gross Margin 64 NPS Score (As of December 2018) *Enterprise customers are defined as customers with LTM revenue in excess of $100,000 as of 12131/2018. Fastly had 227 Enterprise customers which generated 84% of total revenue as of 12/31/2018. **We calculate Dollar Based Net Expansion Rate by dividing the revenue for a given period from customers who remained customers as of the last day of the given period (the “current period”) by the revenue from the same customers for the same period measured one year prior (the “base period”). The revenue included in the current period excludes revenue from (0 customers that churned after the end of the base period and (ii) new customers that entered into a customer agreement after the end of the base period

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

Fueling the future of the web New York Times CC I’m a huge fan of Fastly. On election night, we had 100,000 requests per second, and Fastly performed flawlessly - we had no problems at all. ‘‘ Nick Rockwell CTO Instrument your entire Ticketmaster CC When tickets go on sale, we can see thousands of requests per second. At the same time, our inventory is changing every second. Fastly gives us the ability to reconcile these challenges and respond to customers in real-time by serving highly dynamic content from the edge. ‘‘ Gary Wong Software Manager iiibcNcw ~ork !iiimcs - \1.5 - •.• - - - - - ........... - ......... - - .. , ......... -- - HowCalifocnia’oBineotUtility Overlooked Wold fire Rioko •FiwoJI’U.,tOJ»)fldtoltiK:tl,..tlroslotbo 1Utoolnoo1015ho,...,..,.,tlnkodtothe ............. ..._.ot_aos• •I><J”Iotors......,..thatln”’>n)’”= PGt.E.-...!ou.tolo• O<<O<IIdllave -..,....,.,ortW.oU-w.t. New Relic Opinion> G.; I Coll “”•..:IB«~ ......... n., ~; ;.;. A ,..n\AliR iP t An•hhyll>ouldlho)’bo? ‘{ CC We work with Fastly because it’s a company whose values are significantly similar to ours - great engineering, great culture, always innovating, and totally focused on delivering high-quality products. ‘‘ Nic Benders Chief Architect ----------- tiCketmaster ,.. · or ~”’”’ ‘·-·~···” ~ lllii&l ~~ ::::.,.._ c, ,_,__,_ a., 02 0 -. 11> -- u. .. ....... @ ~ - (

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

New: 40,000 bonus mile offer “”-~ · -wO “’’ L~ ~oo..o,.,. ~ r.- .ll<·..t..•,_.. .... ......,. •”’ : ~:E~!~I~~~~;:_y.~ .... _,_..~.- Spotify Spotify partnered with Fastly to design a managed CDN offering that could meet their needs. By combining Fastty• s full-site delivery and managed delivery offerings, Spotify was able to maintain control over how their content catalogue was delivered, while ensuring a quality experience for all their listeners. “ ru’”’””’”” “”””· ‘””””P””’ “”P’’ “’ • +·• .”’.”.-.r r •><oo1<••eo:nl:<r•:•h oo”” · : ~- -· ,.,...-·”” · ·- ~”’” Learn Git and GitHub wit hout a ny code! U.Cng t”” Hdln Were ;,..ifio>. yoor”ll ~·- ;or””””’1”’}· !;ort b”rcl\,ll.fl ... ~<lffmnto, ..-.:lo~ro:..M “’ll<-ltS! ‘<””’”’” ,. ~ ‘”” ..., .,_ -~,.w·-· ~ . ................ ... fA --~>0 U “’”~ .oi.>. ...-..-..-...~..-......., ~ . . ....-.. ...... ..... . ~. ..... Discover interesting projects artd people to populate . , .t “’·’ you r personal news feed Alaska Airlines Alaska Airlines used Pastly’s powerful edge programming language to safely test out new features without risking disruption to production traffic. Pastly allowed them to control what percentage of users were directed to a test server to experience a new feature, dialing this up over time until they were confident the feature was ready for release. Gspotffy ...... , ..... , o ........ 1 “’I’ l .. .. GitHub GitHub chose Pastly as a CDN provider to take advantage of Pastly’ s advanced functionality and large edge network capacity in order to serve an increasingly large customer base without overloading origin servers.

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    

Page

 

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     14  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     52  

Industry and Market Data

     53  

Use of Proceeds

     54  

Dividend Policy

     55  

Capitalization

     56  

Dilution

     58  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     61  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     63  

A Letter From Artur Bergman, Developer, Founder and CEO

     85  
    

Page

 

Business

     87  

Management

     114  

Executive Compensation

     121  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     134  

Principal Stockholders

     136  

Description of Capital Stock

     139  

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

     147  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

     150  

Underwriting

     154  

Legal Matters

     163  

Experts

     163  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     163  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  
 

 

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering, or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

DEALER PROSPECTUS DELIVERY OBLIGATION

Through and including                     , 2019 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Fastly,” “the company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Fastly, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

Developers are reinventing the way we live, work, and play online. Yet they repeatedly encounter innovation barriers when delivering modern digital experiences. Expectations for digital experiences are at an all-time high; they must be fast, secure, and highly personalized. If they aren’t reliable, end-users simply take their business elsewhere. The challenge today is enabling developers to deliver a modern digital experience while simultaneously providing scale, security, and performance. We built our edge cloud platform to solve this problem.

The edge cloud is a new category of Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) that enables developers to build, secure, and deliver digital experiences at the edge of the internet. This service represents the convergence of the Content Delivery Network (CDN) with functionality that has been traditionally delivered by hardware-centric appliances such as Application Delivery Controllers (ADC), Web Application Firewalls (WAF), Bot Detection, and Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) solutions. It also includes the emergence of a new, but growing edge computing market which aims to move compute power and logic as close to the end-user as possible. The edge cloud uses the emerging cloud computing, serverless paradigm in which the cloud provider runs the server and dynamically manages the allocation of machine resources. When milliseconds matter, processing at the edge is an ideal way to handle highly dynamic and time-sensitive data. The edge cloud complements data center, central cloud, and hybrid solutions.

Our mission is to fuel the next modern digital experience by providing developers with a programmable and reliable edge cloud platform that they adopt as their own.

Organizations must keep up with complex and ever-evolving end-user requirements. We help them surpass their end-users’ expectations by powering fast, secure, and scalable digital experiences. We built a powerful edge cloud platform, designed from the ground up to be programmable and support agile software development. We believe our platform gives our customers a significant competitive advantage, whether they were born into the digital age or are just embarking on their digital transformation journey. Our platform consists of three key components: a programmable edge, a software-defined modern network, and a philosophy of customer empowerment. Our programmable edge provides developers with real-time visibility and control where they can write and deploy code to push application logic to the edge. It supports modern application delivery processes, freeing developers to innovate without constraints. Our software-defined modern network is built for the software-defined future. It is powerful, efficient, and flexible, designed to enable us to rapidly scale to meet the needs of the most demanding customers and never be a barrier to their growth. Our 45 terabit edge network is located in 60 uniquely designed points-of-presence (POPs) across the world as of March 31, 2019. Finally, being developers ourselves, we empower customers to build great things while supporting their efforts through frictionless tools and a deeply technical support team that facilitates ongoing collaboration.

We serve both established enterprises and technology-savvy organizations. Our customers represent a diverse set of organizations across many industries with one thing in common: they are competing by using the



 

1


Table of Contents

power of software to build differentiation at the edge. With our edge cloud platform, our customers are disrupting existing industries and creating new ones. For example, several of our customers have reinvented digital publishing by connecting readers through subscription models to indispensable content, helping people understand the world through deeply reported independent journalism. Our customers’ software applications use our edge cloud platform to ensure concert goers can buy tickets to the live events they love, travelers can book flights seamlessly and embark on their next great adventure, and sports fans can stream events in real time, across all devices. The range of applications that developers build with our edge cloud platform continues to surpass our expectations.

So where do we go from here? Our vision is to create a trustworthy internet, where good thrives. We want all developers to have the ability to deliver the next transformative digital experience on a global scale. And because big ideas often start small, we love it when developers experiment and iterate on our edge cloud platform, coming up with exciting new ways to solve today’s complex problems.

Our usage-based revenue grows as our customers’ websites and applications deliver, process, and protect more traffic, as they adopt more features of our edge platform and as they more broadly adopt our platform across their organizations. A meaningful indicator of the increased activity from our existing customers is our Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate (DBNER), which was 147.3% and 132.0% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics—Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate.”

We have achieved significant growth in recent periods. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, our revenue was $104.9 million and $144.6 million, respectively. We incurred a net loss of $32.5 million and $30.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Industry Background

Online Behaviors and Expectations Have Changed

Hyper-connected end-users are increasingly impatient. We live in a digital age defined by constant connectivity and instant gratification. These connected end-users have more choice, more access to information, and less patience. Slower load times lead to fewer page views and lower customer satisfaction. According to a Google study, as page load times increase from one to five seconds, the probability of bounce increases 90%.

End-users expect instant, personalized, and dynamic experiences online. We believe personalized content results in increased sales and an increased likelihood of repeat purchases. The increasing popularity of the mobile application, gaming, and live-streaming markets has fueled explosive growth in dynamic content and the transformative nature of emerging technologies like the internet of things (IoT) and augmented and virtual reality (AR/VR) is readily apparent. These technologies will require companies to rapidly process vast amounts of data closer to the end-user or device for instant, accurate responses.

End-users easily part with personal data but expect privacy in return. Lured by the promise of the next truly delightful online experience, many end-users willingly part with personal data. However, they expect enterprises to put the right measures in place to guarantee the privacy of their data.

Enterprises Need To Reinvent Themselves To Compete

To stay relevant, organizations must embrace digital transformation. Enterprises are under growing pressure to deliver the next transformative online experience or risk losing customers to the competition. This requires them to embrace digital transformation.



 

2


Table of Contents

Digital transformation is driving the growth of hybrid and multi-cloud deployments. A growing number of enterprises are tapping into the agility, flexibility, and scalability of the cloud to help support their digital transformation efforts. While some may opt for hybrid cloud deployments, multi-cloud is becoming increasingly popular as a means of avoiding vendor lock-in and ensuring redundancy for mission critical websites and applications.

Enterprises are looking for cloud partners who can scale on-demand. In this digital age, enterprises are expected to deliver exceptional online experiences that can handle sudden and unpredicted spikes in traffic. Organizations are looking for partners with broad global coverage who can scale on demand.

Savvy enterprises see edge computing as the next evolution of the cloud. Industry leaders looking for ways to deliver the next truly delightful application experience for their end-users are turning to edge computing for answers. Gartner defines edge computing as “solutions that facilitate data processing at or near the source of data generation.” Gartner estimates that, by 2022, 75% of enterprise-generated data will be created and processed outside a traditional data center or cloud, at the network edge.

Developers Are Empowered and Powerful

Developers are the new decision-makers. As enterprises embrace digital transformation, the future will be built in software, in the cloud, by developers. Developers are being empowered to make their own technology choices around which cloud platforms, services, programming languages, and frameworks are needed to create new and improved applications.

Software differentiation is being built not bought. Enterprises rely on developers to build custom software to gain a competitive advantage. Cloud platforms have made it easier than ever for developers to build their own custom applications quickly and cost effectively.

Developers are adopting modern software delivery practices. Operational efficiency needs are driving the adoption of more agile application delivery practices. Modern software delivery practices are also extending to security with the growing popularity of DevSecOps.

Developers Are Expecting More from Cloud Providers

Today’s developers seek the freedom to innovate and experiment on their own terms. As they select cloud partners to support their software delivery needs, they are demanding the same level of flexibility. Developers want providers they can grow with and who charge based on product consumption.

These Emerging Trends Pose Significant Challenges for Existing Solutions

Existing solutions for enterprises and developers, such as enterprise data centers, central cloud, small business-focused, or legacy CDNs, suffer from a number of technical limitations that make them particularly ill-equipped to address these new end-user, developer, and enterprise requirements.

Limitations of Legacy Vendors

Legacy CDNs, enterprise data centers, and central cloud architectures suffer from a number of technical limitations that make them particularly ill-equipped to address changing end-user, developer, and enterprise requirements. Legacy CDNs tend to be largely black box solutions, unable to provide real-time visibility and control, and operate on an outdated architecture, adding cost and limiting developers’ flexibility to expand on functionality. When enterprises choose to maintain their own data centers, they incur a high total cost of



 

3


Table of Contents

ownership associated with management of their own physical hardware in colocation facilities, leading to challenges in agility and handling attacks at scale. While central cloud vendors have benefitted from the growing popularity of IaaS offerings, running modern applications in the central cloud poses challenges related to latency, ability to pre-scale, and cost efficiency. As a result, developers have not been truly empowered to pursue digital transformations, despite many attempts for improvement within the industry.

Our Solution: The Developer’s Edge

We have built a powerful edge cloud platform, designed from the ground up to be programmable and support agile software development. We process, serve, and secure our customers’ applications as close to their end-users as possible, at the edge of the internet for enhanced performance and protection.

Programmable Edge. Our programmable edge sits in an extremely privileged position, between our customers’ applications and their end-users, placing our services closer to those users. It is designed to create a space for developers to innovate at their own pace, by providing:

 

   

Full programmability. Our powerful platform allows developers to write and deploy their custom code to push application logic to the edge. We believe that logic like A/B testing, URL redirects, paywall authentication, and location/language customization can all be executed faster and more efficiently at the edge.

 

   

Reusable modules. Our platform includes reusable modules based on commonly deployed custom code examples. We package and add these reusable modules to our platform, which do not require developer experience to implement.

 

   

Real-time visibility and control. Our edge cloud platform is built with instant visibility and control as a core tenet. We stream log data from our network edge in real time so developers can instantly see the impact of new code in production, troubleshoot issues as they occur, and rapidly identify suspicious traffic. We also empower developers to make and roll back their own configuration or code changes on the fly.

 

   

Agile development. Developers can build our platform into their technology stack to power continuous integration/continuous development (CI/CD) efforts. They can use our edge cloud platform to help push new code to production multiple times per day as they test new features, fix bugs, or enhance existing offerings.

 

   

Safety at the edge. We built a serverless development platform at the edge, designed to allow us to run code in a safe and secure manner, while maintaining the performance and scalability needed for modern applications.

Software-Defined Modern Network. Our edge cloud platform is designed to take advantage of the modern internet. Our philosophy has been to differentiate through software by building a powerful software-centric network composed of unique and proprietary components. Our approach consists of the following key elements:

 

   

Software-centric approach at global scale. We develop our software to run on custom-designed servers built upon commodity components and network hardware. With this approach we can control every aspect of the network, from request to response. We have created our own proprietary software-defined networking stack with built-in routing and load balancing, resulting in better network efficiency and greater flexibility to scale as we add more services.



 

4


Table of Contents
   

POP design. We built Fastly for the internet of today—meaning fewer POPs, each with massive scale and located at the key interconnection points of the internet. We run smaller clusters of more powerful servers that provide superior performance for customers who expect updates to be pushed out to their global end-users nearly instantaneously. Legacy CDNs do not offer this benefit, as it is extremely difficult to update hundreds of thousands of servers around the world.

 

   

Server efficiency. We have a highly efficient global server footprint because we combine advanced server and network hardware with our world class software at each of our POPs.

 

   

One network. We have built a single powerful, compliant network to support our customers’ security and delivery needs.

Customer Empowerment Philosophy. We believe in empowering our customers to build great things, while collaborating with them to promote their success. We have a unique understanding of what it takes to deliver a frictionless customer experience.

 

   

Freedom to try. Our free trial allows developers to sign up and start experimenting with our edge cloud platform in a frictionless, self-service manner.

 

   

Flexible support model. Developers are free to program on our edge cloud platform, taking advantage of our rich documentation and expertise of our developer community.

 

   

Partner friendly. Just as we expose the ability to program at the edge to our customer base, we enable our partners to build applications on our edge cloud platform.

Strengths of Our Platform

Our edge cloud platform has the following strengths:

 

   

Programmability. Our edge cloud platform is fully programmable. Developers can tap into our user interface to address simple use cases. More complex use cases can be addressed using our powerful edge programming language and Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) to write custom code at the edge.

 

   

Real-time visibility and control. Our edge cloud platform is built with real-time visibility and control as a core tenet. We allow developers to make instant configuration changes and see the impact of those changes nearly immediately.

 

   

Consistent and superior performance. We accelerate web and mobile applications, allowing enterprises to provide delightful end-user experiences. Our modern platform design enables us to cache dynamic content for long periods of time and retrieve it quickly so web pages load faster.

 

   

Support for agile development processes. The speed, flexibility, and control offered by our edge cloud platform delivers empowers developers to embrace agile development practices. They can build our edge cloud platform into their technology stack to power CI/CD and DevSecOps efforts.

 

   

Easy to scale. Our software-centric approach and software-defined modern network design are designed to enable enterprises to scale on demand.

 

   

One network. Using a single, compliant network, our edge cloud platform is able to support our enterprise customers’ security and delivery needs in a highly efficient manner.



 

5


Table of Contents
   

Scalable security. Our network is designed to provide the massive scale needed to defend against DDoS attacks without sacrificing performance.

 

   

Large and growing developer community. We provide support to some of the most important open source tools used by developers. Powering the tools that developers use provides us with significant exposure to the developer ecosystem.

 

   

Good neighborhood. We choose to do business with customers who we believe uphold similar values to our own. We do not knowingly do business with websites that promote violence or hate.

 

   

Partner integrations. We offer full-featured APIs for seamless integration into any technology stack.

Market Opportunity

We believe that our market opportunity is large and growing and is predominately untapped. We offer a viable solution for many use cases which have not historically been addressed by legacy technologies. On top of our edge computing capabilities, we offer content delivery, streaming, cloud security, and application delivery control.

When incorporating these additional offerings, we estimate a total market opportunity of approximately $18.0 billion in 2019, based on expected growth from 2017, to $35.8 billion in 2022, growing with an expected CAGR of 25.6%.

Growth Strategy

Key elements of our growth strategy include the following:

 

   

Invest in our technology platform. We intend to continue to invest in our large-scale, enterprise-grade edge cloud platform which is both developer-friendly and fully programmable.

 

   

Expansion into additional vertical markets. We will build upon our success in digital publishing, media and entertainment, technology, online retail, travel and hospitality, and financial services, while expanding into new markets over time.

 

   

Further enable channel partners. Our edge cloud platform is the backend of choice for many of the largest PaaS vendors serving the developer community. These PaaS vendors aggregate millions of unique web properties under one brand, using us as their edge cloud. We believe that more and more web applications will be built on convenient and powerful out-of-the-box solutions offered by large PaaS vendors. As these partners expand their customer base, we will grow alongside them.

 

   

Grow our developer c ommunity and co ntinue our open source commitment. Developers are familiar with the open source caching software that we use, which makes adopting our platform easier. Developers are also familiar with the PaaS vendors we empower and the large number of open source tools we deliver and secure. This familiarity helps us in the sales process, and we will continue to invest in this ecosystem. We will continue to work on open source projects, which will empower developers to build applications in multiple languages and run them faster and more securely at our edge.



 

6


Table of Contents
   

Invest in marketing. As we look towards our next stage of growth, we plan on significantly increasing our brand and digital marketing efforts, running campaigns that target both developers and business-level decision makers across different verticals.

 

   

Expand existing customer relationships. We plan to continually increase wallet-share over time for existing customers as we build out new products and features, and as customers continue to fully recognize the value of our platform.

 

   

Further enable channel partners. Many of our solution partners are Platform as a Service (PaaS) providers who built us into their platform to offer faster, more secure, and scalable hosting services. As these partners expand their customer base, we will grow alongside them.

 

   

Grow our technology ecosystem. We act as the unifying layer for several cloud services. As our customers consume more cloud and Software as a Service (SaaS) offerings, we can create additional value and grow with our partners.

 

   

Continue our open source commitment. Developers are familiar with the open source caching software that we use, which makes adopting our platform easier. We will continue to work on open source projects, which will empower developers to build applications in multiple languages, and run them faster and more securely at our edge.

 

   

Extend our global footprint. As our customer base grows, we plan to aggressively scale our network accordingly. We are expanding our global corporate footprint to support international customers.

Our Culture and Employees

Technology has the potential to make a radically positive impact on the world, and we aspire to improve human lives through our work. We were founded on strong ethical principles, and we have intentionally grown values-first, scaling our workforce, services, customer portfolio, and investment partners purposefully. We choose to work with customers that we believe have integrity, are trustworthy, and do not promote violence or hate.

We are dedicated to building a diverse workforce and leadership team that reflects our values and the unique needs of our global customer base. We strive to be a company full of kind, honest, passionate, and high-integrity people.

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

   

If we are unable to attract new customers, our business will be harmed.

 

   

Our business depends on customers increasing their use of our platform, and any loss of customers or decline in their use of our platform could harm our business.

 

   

If our platform fails to perform properly due to defects, interruptions, delays in performance, or similar problems, and if we fail to develop enhancements to resolve any defect, interruption, delay, or other problems, we could lose customers, become subject to service performance or warranty claims, or incur significant costs.



 

7


Table of Contents
   

If we fail to forecast our revenue accurately, or we fail to manage our expenditures, our operating results could be adversely effected.

 

   

Our limited operating history and our history of operating losses makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and prospects and may increase the risks associated with your investment.

 

   

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, changing regulations, and changing customer needs, requirements, or preferences, our products may become less competitive.

 

   

Failure to effectively develop and expand our marketing and sales capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our platform.

 

   

The markets in which we participate are competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our business will be harmed.

 

   

If we fail to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to expand our customer base will be impaired and our business, results of operations, and financial condition may suffer.

 

   

We receive a substantial portion of our revenues from a limited number of customers, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in usage by, one or more of our major customers would result in lower revenues.

 

   

We may not be able to scale our business quickly enough to meet our customers’ growing needs. If we are not able to grow efficiently, our business could be harmed.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business may be harmed.

Corporate Information

We were initially incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in March 2011 under the name SkyCache, Inc. We changed our name to Fastly, Inc. in May 2012.

Our principal executive offices are located at 475 Brannan Street, Suite 300, San Francisco, California 94107. Our telephone number is 1-844-432-7859. Our website address is www.fastly.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock.

“Fastly,” the Fastly logo, and other trademarks or service marks of Fastly, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are the property of Fastly, Inc. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks, and service marks of others, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols.

We have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 10 votes per share and is convertible into one share of Class A common



 

8


Table of Contents

stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following this offering, and our directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over the company, representing voting power of approximately     %.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act) and therefore we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or until we are no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies.



 

9


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Class A common stock offered

                 shares

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering


                 shares (                  shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full)

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering


                 shares

 

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering


                 shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock


                 shares

 

Voting rights

We have two classes of authorized common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share, on all matters that are subject to stockholder vote. Following this offering, each share of Class B common stock may be converted into one share of Class A common stock at the option of the holder thereof, and will be converted into one share of Class A common stock upon transfer thereof, subject to certain exceptions. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $        million, or approximately $        million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock, and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. We expect to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay up to approximately $47.5 million of indebtedness under our credit facilities. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for acquisitions or strategic investments in complementary businesses or technologies, although we do not currently have any plans for any such acquisitions or investments. These expectations are subject to change. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.


 

10


Table of Contents

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

 

Proposed NYSE symbol

“FSLY”

The number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 157,865,413 shares of Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis and reclassified as Class B common stock) outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and excludes:

 

   

24,357,214 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2018, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.48 per share;

 

   

1,036,835 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2018 with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.28 per share, which are expected to remain outstanding after the closing of this offering;

 

   

1,219,609 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective;

 

   

                 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering and will include provisions that automatically increase the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder each year; and

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering and will include provisions that automatically increase the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder each year.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

the reclassification of all 50,604,959 outstanding shares of our common stock into an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock;

 

   

the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 107,260,454 shares of our Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

the conversion of all of our outstanding warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock into warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after December 31, 2018; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock.



 

11


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended 2017 and 2018 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

When you read this summary consolidated financial data, it is important that you read it together with the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

(in thousands)

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2017

   

2018

 

Revenue

   $ 104,900     $ 144,563  

Cost of revenue (1)

     48,672       65,499  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 56,228       79,064  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development (1)

     28,989       34,618  

Sales and marketing (1)

     40,818       50,134  

General and administrative (1)

     17,451       23,450  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     87,258       108,202  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (31,030     (29,138

Interest income

     443       939  

Interest expense

     (1,116     (1,810

Other expense, net

     (539     (741
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (32,242     (30,750

Income taxes

     208       185  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (32,450   $ (30,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (32,450   $ (30,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.69   $ (0.63
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     46,799,801       48,754,382  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

(in thousands)   

2017

    

2018

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 190      $ 265  

Research and development

     1,040        1,332  

Sales and marketing

     493        1,023  

General and administrative

     1,086        1,459  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,809      $ 4,079  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


 

12


Table of Contents
    

As of December 31, 2018

 
    

Actual

    

Pro Forma (1)(5)

    

Pro Forma,  as
adjusted (2)(3)

 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 36,963      $ 36,963     

Working capital (4)

     85,517        85,517     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total assets

   $ 162,754      $ 162,754     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

     3,261        

Convertible preferred stock

     219,584        —       

Common stock

     1        3     

Additional paid-in-capital

     16,403        239,246     

Accumulated deficit

     (146,186      (146,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (131,927    $ 90,918     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

The pro forma column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 107,260,454 shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering with a par value of $0.00002 per share.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted column further reflects the receipt of $             million in net proceeds from our sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ deficit by $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $         million, assuming the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

(4)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

(5)

The pro forma column reflects the conversion of convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities to purchase up to 884,460 shares of preferred stock into warrants to purchase up to 884,460 shares of Class B common stock.

 

     2017      2018  

Key Business Metrics (1)

     

Number of Customers (as of end of period)

     1,439        1,582  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of Enterprise Customers (as of end of period)

     170        227  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate

     147.3      132.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics” for our definitions of these metrics.



 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, references to our business being harmed in these risk factors will include harm to our business, reputation, customer growth, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects. Any of these events could cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline, which would cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Our business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If we are unable to attract new customers, our business will be harmed.

To grow our business, we must continue to attract new customers. To do so, we must successfully convince potential customers of the benefits and the value of our platform. This may require significant and costly sales efforts that are targeted at larger enterprises and senior management of these potential customers. These factors significantly impact our ability to add new customers and increase the time, resources, and sophistication required to do so. In addition, numerous other factors, many of which are out of our control, may now or in the future impact our ability to acquire new customers, including potential customers’ commitments to other providers, real or perceived costs of switching to our platform, our failure to expand, retain, and motivate our sales and marketing personnel, our failure to develop or expand relationships with potential customers and channel partners, failure by us to help our customers to successfully deploy our platform, negative media or industry or financial analyst commentary regarding us or our solutions, litigation, and deteriorating general economic conditions. Any of these factors could impact our ability to attract new customers to our platform. As a result of these and other factors, we may be unable to attract new customers, which would harm our business.

Our business depends on customers increasing their use of our platform, and any loss of customers or decline in their use of our platform could harm our business.

Our ability to grow and generate incremental revenue depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and grow our relationships with existing customers and to have them increase their usage of our platform. If our customers do not increase their use of our platform, our revenue may decline and our results of operations may be harmed. Customers are charged based on the usage of our platform. Most of our customers do not have long-term contractual financial commitments to us, and therefore, most of our customers may reduce or cease their use of our products at any time without penalty or termination charges. Customers may terminate or reduce their use of our platform for any number of reasons.

In order for us to maintain or improve our results of operations, it is important that our customers use our platform in excess of their commitment levels, if any, and continue to use our platform on the same or more favorable terms. Our ability to retain our customers and expand their usage could be impaired for a variety of reasons. For example, our customers may choose to use other providers. Because our customers’ minimum usage commitments for our platform are relatively low compared to their expected usage, it can be easy for certain customers to reallocate usage or switch from our platform to an alternative platform altogether. In addition, even if our customers expand their usage of our platform, we cannot guarantee that they will maintain those usage levels for any meaningful period of time. If any of these events were to occur, our business may be harmed.

Our usage and revenue may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including customer budget constraints, customer satisfaction, changes in our customers’ underlying businesses, changes in the type and size of our customers, pricing changes, competitive conditions, the acquisition of our customers by other

 

14


Table of Contents

companies, and general economic conditions. In addition, our customers currently have no obligation to renew their commitments for our platform after the expiration of their contract term, and a majority of our current customer contracts are only one year in duration. The loss of customers or reductions in their usage of our platform may each have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. If our customers reduce their usage of or do not continue to use our platform, our revenue and other results of operations will decline and our business will suffer. In addition, existing customers may negotiate lower rates for their usage in exchange for an agreement to renew, expand their usage in the future, or adopt new products. As a result, these customers may not reduce their usage of our platform, but the revenue we derive from that usage will decrease. If our usage or revenue fall significantly below the expectations of the public market, securities analysts, or investors, our business would be harmed.

Our future success also depends in part on our ability to expand our existing customer relationships by selling additional products to our existing customers. The rate at which our customers purchase products from us depends on a number of factors, including general economic conditions and pricing and services offered by our competitors. If our efforts to sell additional products to our customers are not successful, our business may be harmed.

If our platform fails to perform properly due to defects, interruptions, delays in performance. or similar problems, and if we fail to develop enhancements to resolve any defect, interruption, delay, or other problems, we could lose customers, become subject to service performance or warranty claims or incur significant costs.

Our operations are dependent upon our ability to prevent system interruption. The applications underlying our edge cloud computing platform are inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors, which may cause disruptions in availability or other performance problems. We have from time to time found defects in our platform and may discover additional defects in the future that could result in data unavailability, unauthorized access to, loss, corruption, or other harm to our customers’ data. These defects or errors could also be found in third-party applications on which we rely. We may not be able to detect and correct defects or errors before implementing our products. Consequently, we or our customers may discover defects or errors after our products have been deployed.

We currently serve our customers from our POPs located around the world. Our customers need to be able to access our platform at any time, without interruption or degradation of performance. However, we have not developed redundancies for all aspects of our platform. We depend, in part, on our third-party facility providers’ ability to protect these facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts, and similar events. In some cases, third-party cloud providers run their own platforms that we access, and we are, therefore, vulnerable to their service interruptions. In the event that there are any errors in software, failures of hardware, damages to a facility, or misconfigurations of any of our services, we could experience lengthy interruptions in our platform as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services. Our customers may choose to divert their traffic away from our platform as a result of interruptions or delays. Even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, including the existence of redundant data centers that become active during certain lapses of service or damage to a POP, any such traffic diversions could harm our business.

We design our system infrastructure and procure and own or lease the computer hardware used for our platform. Design and mechanical errors, spikes in usage volume, and failure to follow system protocols and procedures could cause our systems to fail, resulting in interruptions on our platform. Moreover, we have experienced and may in the future experience system failures or interruptions in our platform as a result of human error. Any interruptions or delays in our platform, whether caused by our products, third-party error, our own error, natural disasters, or security breaches, or whether accidental or willful, could harm our relationships with customers, reduce customers’ usage of our platform, and cause our revenue to decrease and/or our expenses to increase. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce our revenue, subject us to liability

 

15


Table of Contents

and cause us to issue service credits or cause customers to fail to renew their customer contracts, any of which could harm our business.

The occurrence of any defects, errors, disruptions in service, or other performance problems, interruptions, or delays with our platform, whether in connection with the day-to-day operations or otherwise, could result in:

 

   

loss of customers;

 

   

reduced customer usage of our platforms;

 

   

lost or delayed market acceptance and sales of our products;

 

   

delays in payment to us by customers;

 

   

injury to our reputation and brand;

 

   

legal claims, including warranty and service level agreement claims, against us; or

 

   

diversion of our resources, including through increased service and warranty expenses or financial concessions, and increased insurance costs.

The costs incurred in correcting any material defects, errors, or other performance problems in our platform may be substantial and could harm our business.

If we fail to forecast our revenue accurately, or if we fail to manage our expenditures, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Because our recent growth has resulted in the rapid expansion of our business and revenues, we do not have a long history upon which to base forecasts of future revenue and operating results. We cannot accurately predict customers’ usage or renewal rates given the diversity of our customer base across industries, geographies and size, and other factors. Accordingly, we may be unable to accurately forecast our revenues notwithstanding our substantial investments in sales and marketing, infrastructure, and research and development in anticipation of continued growth in our business. If we do not realize returns on these investments in our growth, our results of operations could differ materially from our forecasts, which would adversely affect our results of operations and could disappoint analysts and investors, causing our stock price to decline.

Our limited operating history and our history of operating losses makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and prospects and may increase the risks associated with your investment.

We were founded in 2011 and have experienced net losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and our future prospects, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by rapidly growing companies in constantly evolving industries, including the risks described in this prospectus. If we do not address these risks successfully, our business may be harmed.

We generated a net loss of $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, and as of December 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $146.2 million. We will need to generate and sustain increased revenue levels and manage costs in future periods in order to become profitable; even if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to maintain or increase our level of profitability. We intend to continue to expend significant funds to support further growth and further develop our platform, including expanding the functionality of our platform,

 

16


Table of Contents

expanding our technology infrastructure and business systems to meet the needs of our customers, expanding our direct sales force and partner ecosystem, increasing our marketing activities, and growing our international operations. We will also face increased compliance costs associated with growth, expansion of our customer base, and the costs of being a public company. Our efforts to grow our business may be costlier than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our increased operating expenses. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described herein, and unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays, and other unknown events. If we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, our business may be harmed.

Further, we have limited historical financial data and operate in a rapidly evolving market. As such, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market.

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, changing regulations, and changing customer needs, requirements, or preferences, our products may become less competitive.

The market in which we compete is relatively new and subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and regulatory changes, as well as changing customer needs, requirements, and preferences. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to adapt and respond effectively to these changes on a timely basis. If we are unable to develop and sell new products that satisfy our customers and provide enhancements, new features, and capabilities to our platform that keep pace with rapid technological and industry change, our revenue and operating results could be adversely affected. If new technologies emerge that enable our competitors to deliver competitive products and applications at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently, or more securely, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete. If our platform does not allow us or our customers to comply with the latest regulatory requirements, our existing customers may decrease their usage on our platform and new customers will be less likely to adopt out platform.

Our platform must also integrate with a variety of network, hardware, mobile, and software platforms and technologies, and we need to continuously modify and enhance our products and platform capabilities to adapt to changes and innovation in these technologies. If developers widely adopt new software platforms, we would have to attempt to develop new versions of our products and enhance our platform’s capabilities to work with those new platforms. These development efforts may require significant engineering, marketing, and sales resources, all of which would affect our business and operating results. Any failure of our platform’s capabilities to operate effectively with future infrastructure platforms, technologies, and software platforms could reduce the demand for our platform. If we are unable to respond to these changes in a cost-effective manner, our products may become less marketable and less competitive or obsolete, and our business may be harmed.

Moreover, our platform is highly technical and complex and relies on the Varnish Configuration Language (VCL). Potential developers may be unfamiliar or opposed to working with VCL and therefore decide to not adopt our platform, which may harm our business.

Failure to effectively develop and expand our marketing and sales capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our platform.

We have historically benefitted from word-of-mouth and other organic marketing to attract new customers. Through this word-of-mouth marketing, we have been able to build our brand with relatively low marketing and sales costs. This strategy has allowed us to build a substantial customer base and community of users who use our products and act as advocates for our brand and our platform, often within their own corporate organizations. However, our ability to further increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our edge cloud platform will significantly depend on our ability to expand our marketing and sales operations. We plan to continue expanding our sales force and strategic partners, both domestically and internationally. We

 

17


Table of Contents

also plan to dedicate significant resources to sales, marketing, and demand-generation programs, including various online marketing activities as well as targeted account-based advertising. The effectiveness of our targeted account-based advertising has varied over time and may vary in the future. All of these efforts will require us to invest significant financial and other resources and if they fail to attract additional customers our business will be harmed. We have also used a strategy of offering free trial versions of our platform in order to strengthen our relationship and reputation within the developer community by providing these developers with the ability to familiarize themselves with our platform without first becoming a paying customer. However, most trial accounts do not convert to paid versions of our platform, and to date, only a few users who have converted to paying customers have gone on to generate meaningful revenue. If our other lead generation methods do not result in broader market acceptance of our platform and the users of trial versions of our platform do not become, or are unable to convince their organizations to become, paying customers, we will not realize the intended benefits of this strategy, and our business will be harmed.

We believe that there is significant competition for sales personnel, including sales representatives, sales managers, and sales engineers, with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth. New hires require significant training and may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires may not become productive as quickly as we expect, if at all, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. In addition, particularly if we continue to grow rapidly, new members of our sales force will have relatively little experience working with us, our platform, and our business model. If we are unable to hire and train sufficient numbers of effective sales personnel, our sales personnel do not reach significant levels of productivity in a timely manner, or our sales personnel are not successful in acquiring new customers or expanding usage by existing customers, our business will be harmed.

The markets in which we participate are competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our business will be harmed.

The market for cloud computing platforms, particularly enterprise grade products, is highly fragmented, competitive, and constantly evolving. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect that the competitive environment in which we compete will remain intense going forward. Legacy CDNs, such as Akamai, Limelight, EdgeCast (part of Verizon Digital Media), Level3, and Imperva, and small business-focused CDNs, such as Cloudflare, InStart, StackPath, and Section.io, offer products that compete with ours. We also compete with cloud providers who are starting to offer compute functionality at the edge like Amazon’s CloudFront, AWS Lambda, and Google Cloud Platform, as well as traditional data center and appliance vendors like F5, Citrix, A10 Networks, Cisco, Imperva, Radware, and Arbor Networks, who offer a range of on-premise solutions for load balancing, WAF, and DDoS. Some of our competitors have made or may make acquisitions or may enter into partnerships or other strategic relationships that may provide more comprehensive offerings than they individually had offered. Such acquisitions or partnerships may help competitors achieve greater economies of scale than us. In addition, new entrants not currently considered to be competitors may enter the market through acquisitions, partnerships, or strategic relationships. We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including:

 

   

our platform’s functionality, scalability, performance, ease of use, reliability, security availability, and cost effectiveness relative to that of our competitors’ products and services;

 

   

our global network coverage;

 

   

our ability to utilize new and proprietary technologies to offer services and features previously not available in the marketplace;

 

   

our ability to identify new markets, applications, and technologies;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

our ability to attract and retain customers;

 

   

our brand, reputation, and trustworthiness;

 

   

our credibility with developers;

 

   

the quality of our customer support;

 

   

our ability to recruit software engineers and sales and marketing personnel; and

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property.

We face substantial competition from legacy CDNs, small business-focused CDNs, cloud providers, traditional data center, and appliance vendors. In addition, existing and potential customers may not use our platform, or may limit their use, because they pursue a “do-it-yourself” approach by putting in place equipment, software, and other technology products for content and application delivery within their internal systems; enter into relationships directly with network providers instead of relying on an overlay network like ours; or implement multi-vendor policies to reduce reliance on external providers like us.

Our competitors vary in size and in the breadth and scope of the products and services offered. Many of our competitors and potential competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more established customer relationships and installed customer bases, larger marketing budgets, and greater resources than we do. While some of our competitors provide a platform with applications to support one or more use cases, many others provide point-solutions that address a single use case. Other potential competitors not currently offering competitive applications may expand their product offerings to compete with our platform. Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, and customer requirements. An existing competitor or new entrant could introduce new technology that reduces demand for our platform. In addition to application and technology competition, we face pricing competition. Some of our competitors offer their applications or services at a lower price, which has resulted in pricing pressures. Some of our larger competitors have the operating flexibility to bundle competing applications and services with other offerings, including offering them at a lower price or for no additional cost to customers as part of a larger sale of other products. For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully and competition could result in the failure of our platform to achieve or maintain market acceptance, any of which could harm our business.

If we fail to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to expand our customer base will be impaired and our business, results of operations and financial condition may suffer.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand is important to continued market acceptance of our existing and future products, attracting new customers, and retaining existing customers. We also believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successfully maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, our ability to provide reliable products that continue to meet the needs of our customers at competitive prices, our ability to maintain our customers’ trust, our ability to continue to develop new functionality and products, and our ability to successfully differentiate our platform from competitive products and services. Additionally, our brand and reputation may be affected if customers do not have a positive experience with our partners’ services. Our brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incurred in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, our business may be harmed.

 

19


Table of Contents

We receive a substantial portion of our revenues from a limited number of customers, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in usage by, one or more of our major customers would result in lower revenues and could harm our business.

Our future success is dependent on establishing and maintaining successful relationships with a diverse set of customers. We currently receive a substantial portion of our revenues from a limited number of customers. For the year ended December 31, 2018, our top ten customers accounted for approximately 32% of our revenue. It is likely that we will continue to be dependent upon a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future and, in some cases, the portion of our revenues attributable to individual customers may increase in the future. The loss of one or more key customers or a reduction in usage by any major customers would reduce our revenues. If we fail to maintain existing customers or develop relationships with new customers, our business would be harmed.

We may not be able to scale our business quickly enough to meet our customers’ growing needs. If we are not able to grow efficiently, our business could be harmed.

As usage of our edge cloud computing platform grows and as the breadth of use cases for our platform expands, we will need to devote additional resources to improving our platform architecture, integrating with third-party applications and maintaining infrastructure performance. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our processes and procedures that support our growing customer base, including increasing our number of POPs around the world and investments in systems, training, and customer support.

Any failure of or delay in these efforts could cause impaired system performance and reduced customer satisfaction. These issues could reduce the attractiveness of our platform to customers, resulting in decreased sales to new customers, lower renewal rates by existing customers, the issuance of service credits, or requested refunds, which would hurt our revenue growth and our reputation. Even if we are able to upgrade our systems and expand our staff, any such expansion will be expensive and complex, and require the dedication of significant management time and attention. We could also face inefficiencies or operational failures as a result of our efforts to scale our cloud infrastructure. We cannot be sure that the expansion and improvements to our cloud infrastructure will be effectively implemented on a timely basis, if at all, and such failures would harm our business.

We may have insufficient transmission bandwidth and colocation space, which could result in disruptions to our platform and loss of revenue.

Our operations are dependent in part upon transmission bandwidth provided by third-party telecommunications network providers and access to colocation facilities to house our servers. There can be no assurance that we are adequately prepared for unexpected increases in bandwidth demands by our customers, particularly when customers experience cyber-attacks. The bandwidth we have contracted to purchase may become unavailable for a variety of reasons, including service outages, payment disputes, network providers going out of business, natural disasters, networks imposing traffic limits, or governments adopting regulations that impact network operations. In some regions, bandwidth providers have their own services that compete with us, or they may choose to develop their own services that will compete with us. These bandwidth providers may become unwilling to sell us adequate transmission bandwidth at fair market prices, if at all. This risk is heightened where market power is concentrated with one or a few major networks. We also may be unable to move quickly enough to augment capacity to reflect growing traffic or security demands. Failure to put in place the capacity we require could result in a reduction in, or disruption of, service to our customers and ultimately a loss of those customers. Such a failure could result in our inability to acquire new customers demanding capacity not available on our platform.

 

20


Table of Contents

Security incidents and attacks on our platform could lead to significant costs and disruptions that could harm our business, financial results, and reputation.

Our business is dependent on providing our customers with fast, efficient, and reliable distribution of applications and content over the internet. We transmit and store our customers’ information, data, and encryption keys as well as our own; customer information and data may include personally identifiable data of and about their end-users. Maintaining the security and availability of our platform, network, and internal IT systems and the security of information we hold on behalf of our customers is a critical issue for us and our customers. Attacks on our customers and our own network are frequent and take a variety of forms, including DDoS attacks, infrastructure attacks, botnets, malicious file attacks, cross-site scripting, credential abuse, ransomware, bugs, viruses, worms, and malicious software programs. Malicious actors can attempt to fraudulently induce employees or suppliers to disclose sensitive information through spamming, phishing, or other tactics. In addition, unauthorized parties may attempt to gain physical access to our facilities in order to infiltrate our information systems. We have in the past been subject to cyber-attacks from third parties, including parties who we believe are sponsored by government actors. Since our customers share our multi-tenant architecture, an attack on any one of our customers could have a negative effect on other customers. These attacks have significantly increased the bandwidth used on our platform and have strained our network. If attacks like these were to occur in the future and if we do not have the systems and processes in place to respond to them, our business could be harmed.

Security incidents, whether as a result of third-party action, employee or customer error, technology impairment or failure, malfeasance or criminal activity, or hostile state actors, could result in unauthorized access to, or loss or unauthorized disclosure of, this information, litigation, indemnity obligations, and other possible liabilities. Further, certain of our insurance policies and the laws of some states may limit or prohibit insurance coverage for punitive or certain other types of damages or liability arising from gross negligence or intentional misconduct of us and our suppliers and we cannot assure you that we are adequately insured against the risks that we face.

In recent years, cyber-attacks have increased in size, sophistication, and complexity, increasing exposure for our customers and us. In addition, as we expand our emphasis on selling security-related products, we may become a more attractive target for attacks on our infrastructure intended to destabilize, overwhelm, or shut down our platform. For example, we have had security incidents in the past that have tested the limits of our infrastructure and impacted the performance of our platform. The costs to us to avoid or alleviate cyber or other security problems and vulnerabilities are significant. However, our efforts to address these problems and vulnerabilities may not be successful. Any significant breach of our security measures could:

 

   

lead to the dissemination of proprietary information or sensitive, personal, or confidential data about us, our employees, or our customers—including personally identifiable information of individuals involved with our customers and their end-users;

 

   

lead to interruptions or degradation of performance in our platform;

 

   

threaten our ability to provide our customers with access to our platform;

 

   

generate negative publicity about us;

 

   

result in litigation and increased legal liability or fines; or

 

   

lead to governmental inquiry or oversight.

The occurrence of any of these events could harm our business or damage our brand and reputation, lead to customer credits, loss of customers, higher expenses, and possibly impede our present and future success in retaining and attracting new customers. A successful security breach or attack on our infrastructure would be damaging to our reputation and could harm our business.

 

21


Table of Contents

Similar security risks exist with respect to our business partners and the third-party vendors that we rely on for aspects of our information technology support services and administrative functions. As a result, we are subject to the risk that cyber-attacks on our business partners and third-party vendors may adversely affect our business even if an attack or breach does not directly impact our systems. It is also possible that security breaches sustained by our competitors could result in negative publicity for our entire industry that indirectly harms our reputation and diminishes demand for our platform.

The nature of our business exposes us to inherent liability risks.

Our platform and related applications, including our WAF and DDoS solutions, are designed to provide rapid protection against web application vulnerabilities and cyber-attacks. However, no security product can provide absolute protection against all vulnerabilities and cyber-attacks. Our platform is subject to cyber-attacks, and the failure of our platform and related applications to adequately protect against these cyber-attacks may allow our customers to be attacked. Any adverse consequences of these attacks, and our failure to meet our customers’ expectations as they relate to such attacks, could harm our business.

Due to the nature of our applications, we are potentially exposed to greater risks of liability for product or system failures than may be inherent in other businesses. Although substantially all of our customer agreements contain provisions that limit our liability to our customers, these limitations may not be sufficient, and we cannot assure you that these limitations will be enforced or the costs of any litigation related to actual or alleged omissions or failures would not have a material adverse effect on us even if we prevail.

Failure to comply with governmental laws and regulations could harm our business.

Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local, and foreign governments. If we do not comply with these laws or regulations or if we become liable under these laws or regulations due to the failure of our customers to comply with these laws, we could face direct liability or delivery of content by our platform may be blocked by certain governments. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent than those in the United States. Noncompliance with applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties, injunctions, or other collateral consequences. If any governmental sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business could be harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could harm our business.

Our sales to highly regulated organizations and government entities are subject to a number of challenges and risks.

We sell to customers in highly regulated industries such as financial services, insurance, and healthcare, as well as to various governmental agency customers, including state and local agency customers, and foreign governmental agency customers. Sales to such entities are subject to a number of challenges and risks. Selling to such entities can be highly competitive, expensive, and time-consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that these efforts will generate a sale. Government contracting requirements may change and in doing so restrict our ability to sell into the government sector until we comply with the revised requirements. Government demand and payment for our offerings are affected by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays adversely affecting public sector demand for our offerings.

Further, highly regulated and governmental entities may demand shorter contract terms or other contractual provisions that differ from our standard arrangements, including terms that can lead those customers to obtain broader rights in our offerings than would be standard. Such entities may have statutory, contractual, or other legal rights to terminate contracts with us or our partners due to a default or for other reasons, and any such

 

22


Table of Contents

termination may harm our business. In addition, these governmental agencies may be required to publish the rates we negotiate with them, which could harm our negotiating leverage with other potential customers and in turn harm our business.

Our dedication to our values may negatively influence our financial results.

We have taken, and may continue to take, actions that we believe are in the best interests of our customers and our business, even if those actions do not maximize financial results in the short term. For instance, we do not knowingly allow our platform to be used to deliver content from groups that promote violence or hate, and that conflict with our values like strong ethical principles of integrity and trustworthiness, among others. However, this approach may not result in the benefits that we expect or may result in negative publicity, in which case our business could be harmed.

If we cannot maintain our company culture as we grow, our success and our business may be harmed.

We believe our culture has been a key contributor to our success to date and that the critical nature of the products that we provide promotes a sense of greater purpose and fulfillment in our employees. We have invested in building a strong corporate culture and believe it is one of our most important and sustainable sources of competitive advantage. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our ability to recruit and retain personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives. As we grow and develop the systems and processes associated with being a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our culture. In addition, while we have historically benefitted from having a dispersed workforce, as we grow and our resources become more globally dispersed and our organizational management structures become more complex, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain these beneficial aspects of our corporate culture. If we fail to maintain our company culture, our business may be harmed.

Slower usage growth on our platform and numerous other factors could cause our revenue growth rate to slow.

Increasing usage on our platform is key to our revenue growth. Numerous factors can impact the usage growth of our platform, including:

 

   

the pace of introduction of over-the-top (OTT) streaming video and other forms of digital content that consume bandwidth by our customers;

 

   

the popularity of our customers’ offerings as compared to those offered by companies that do not use our platform;

 

   

adoption of new technologies that allow end-users to access content from a core cloud without having to access our network;

 

   

customers, particularly large internet platform companies, utilizing their own data centers and implementing delivery approaches that limit or eliminate reliance on third-party providers like us; and

 

   

macro-economic market and industry pressures.

We base our decisions about expense levels and investments on estimates of our future revenue and future anticipated rate of growth. Many of our expenses are fixed cost in nature for some minimum amount of time, such as with colocation and bandwidth providers, so it may not be possible to reduce costs in a timely manner or without the payment of fees to exit certain obligations early. If we experience slower usage growth on our platform than we expect or than we have experienced in recent years, our revenue growth rate will slow down and our business may be harmed.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our growth depends in large part on the success of our partner relationships.

We maintain a partner ecosystem of companies who build edge applications to integrate with our platform. We are dependent on these partner relationships to amplify our reach and provide our customers with enhanced value from our platform. Our future growth will be increasingly dependent on the success of our partner relationships, including their development of useful applications for our platform. If those partnerships do not provide these benefits or if our partners are unable to serve our customers effectively, we may need to allocate resources internally to provide these services or our customers may not realize the full value of our platform, which could harm our business.

Moreover, our partners’ business partners may not completely align with our core values and therefore may do business with companies that we otherwise would not. Our association with these companies could damage our brand and reputation and potentially harm our business.

We operate in an emerging and evolving market, which may develop more slowly or differently than we expect. If our market does not grow as we expect, or if we cannot expand our services to meet the demands of this market, our revenue may decline, or fail to grow, and we may incur operating losses.

The market for edge computing is in an early stage of development. There is considerable uncertainty over the size and rate at which this market will grow, as well as whether our platform will be widely adopted. Our success will depend, to a substantial extent, on the widespread adoption of our platform as an alternative to other solutions, such as legacy CDNs, enterprise data centers, central cloud, and small business-focused CDNs. Some organizations may be reluctant or unwilling to use our platform for a number of reasons, including concerns about additional costs, uncertainty regarding the reliability, and security of cloud-based offerings or lack of awareness of the benefits of our platform. Moreover, many organizations have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional on-premise services into their businesses, and therefore may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to cloud-based services. Our ability to expand sales of our product into new and existing markets depends on several factors, including potential customer awareness of our platform; the timely completion of data centers in those markets; introduction and market acceptance of enhancements to our platform or new applications that we may introduce; our ability to attract, retain and effectively train sales and marketing personnel; our ability to develop relationships with partners; the effectiveness of our marketing programs; the pricing of our services; and the success of our competitors. If we are unsuccessful in developing and marketing our product into new and existing markets, or if organizations do not perceive or value the benefits of our platform, the market for our product might not continue to develop or might develop more slowly than we expect, either of which may harm our business.

The estimates of market opportunity, forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and any real or perceived inaccuracies may harm our reputation and negatively affect our business. Even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of addressable companies or end-users covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our products at all or generate any particular level of revenues for us. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow for a variety of reasons, including reasons outside of our control, such as competition in our industry.

Usage of our platform accounts for substantially all of our revenue.

We expect that we will be substantially dependent on our edge cloud platform to generate revenue for the foreseeable future. As a result, our operating results could suffer due to:

 

   

any decline in demand for our edge cloud platform;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

the failure of our edge cloud platform to achieve continued market acceptance;

 

   

the market for edge cloud computing services not continuing to grow, or growing more slowly than we expect;

 

   

the introduction of products and technologies that serve as a replacement or substitute for, or represent an improvement over, our edge cloud platform;

 

   

technological innovations or new standards that our edge cloud platform does not address;

 

   

sensitivity to current or future prices offered by us or our competitors;

 

   

our customers’ development of their own edge cloud platform; and

 

   

our inability to release enhanced versions of our edge cloud platform on a timely basis.

If the market for our edge cloud platform grows more slowly than anticipated or if demand for our edge cloud platform does not grow as quickly as anticipated, whether as a result of competition, pricing sensitivities, product obsolescence, technological change, unfavorable economic conditions, uncertain geopolitical environment, budgetary constraints of our customers, or other factors, our business would be harmed.

We expect fluctuations in our financial results and key metrics, making it difficult to project future results, and if we fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline.

Our operating results, as well as our key metrics (including our DBNER) have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of our future performance and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results and key metrics may not be meaningful. In addition to the other risks described herein, factors that may affect our operating results include the following:

 

   

fluctuations in demand for or pricing of our platform;

 

   

our ability to attract new customers;

 

   

our ability to retain our existing customers;

 

   

fluctuations in the usage of our platform by our customers, which is directly related to the amount of revenue that we recognize from our customers;

 

   

fluctuations in customer delays in purchasing decisions in anticipation of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;

 

   

changes in customers’ budgets and in the timing of their budget cycles and purchasing decisions;

 

   

the timing of customer payments and any difficulty in collecting accounts receivable from customers;

 

   

potential and existing customers choosing our competitors’ products or developing their own products in-house;

 

   

timing of new functionality of our existing platform;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses;

 

   

the amount and timing of payment for operating expenses, particularly research and development and sales and marketing expenses, including commissions;

 

   

the amount and timing of non-cash expenses, including stock-based compensation, goodwill impairments, and other non-cash charges;

 

   

the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, training, and integrating new employees;

 

   

the effects of acquisitions or other strategic transactions;

 

   

expenses in connection with acquisitions or other strategic transactions;

 

   

our ability to successfully deploy POPs in new regions;

 

   

general economic conditions, both domestically and internationally, as well as economic conditions specifically affecting industries in which our customers participate;

 

   

the ability to maintain our partnerships;

 

   

the impact of new accounting pronouncements;

 

   

changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including consolidation among competitors or customers;

 

   

significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the delivery and use of our platform; and

 

   

awareness of our brand and our reputation in our target markets.

Additionally, certain large scale events, such as major elections and sporting events, can significantly impact usage of our platform, which could cause fluctuations in our results of operations. While increased usage of our platform during these events could result in increased revenue, these seasonal and one-time events could also impact the performance of our platform during those events and lead to a sub-optimal experience for some customers. Such annual and one-time events may cause fluctuations in our results of operations as they would impact both our revenue and our operating expenses.

Any of the foregoing and other factors may cause our results of operations to vary significantly. If our quarterly results of operations fall below the expectations of investors and securities analysts who follow our stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline substantially, and our business could be harmed.

Our recent rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth and, if we continue to grow rapidly, we may not be able to manage our growth effectively.

We have experienced substantial growth in our business since inception. For example, our headcount has grown from 379 employees as of December 31, 2017 to 449 employees as of December 31, 2018. In addition, we are rapidly expanding, and expect to continue to expand in the future, our international operations. We have also experienced significant growth in the number of customers, usage, and amount of data delivered across our platform. This growth has placed and may continue to place significant demands on our corporate

 

26


Table of Contents

culture, operational infrastructure, and management. We may not continue to grow as rapidly in the future. Overall growth of our revenue depends on a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

   

address new and developing markets, such as large enterprise customers outside the United States;

 

   

control expenses;

 

   

recruit, hire, train, and manage additional qualified engineers;

 

   

recruit, hire, train, and manage additional sales and marketing personnel;

 

   

maintain our corporate culture;

 

   

expand our international operations;

 

   

implement and improve our administrative, financial and operational systems, procedures, and controls;

 

   

attract new customers and increase our existing customers’ usage on our platform;

 

   

expand the functionality and use cases for the products we offer on our platform;

 

   

provide our customers with customer support that meets their needs; and

 

   

successfully identify and acquire or invest in businesses, products, or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our products.

We may not successfully accomplish any of the above objectives. We expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

 

   

sales and marketing, including a significant expansion of our sales organization;

 

   

our infrastructure, including POP deployments, systems architecture, management tools, scalability, availability, performance, and security, as well as disaster recovery measures;

 

   

product development, including investments in our product development team and the development of new products and new functionality for our existing products;

 

   

acquisitions or strategic investments;

 

   

international expansion; and

 

   

general administration, including increased legal and accounting expenses associated with being a public company.

We employ a pricing model that subjects us to various challenges that could make it difficult for us to derive sufficient value from our customers.

We generally charge our customers for their usage of our platform based on the combined total usage, as well as the features and functionality enabled. Additionally, once our product is purchased, customers can also buy any combination of our add-on products. We do not know whether our current or potential customers or the market in general will continue to accept this pricing model going forward and, if it fails to gain acceptance, our

 

27


Table of Contents

business could be harmed. We also generally purchase bandwidth from internet service providers and server colocation space from third parties based on expected usage from our customers. Moreover, if our customers use our platform in a manner that is inconsistent with how we have purchased bandwidth, servers, and colocation space, our business could be harmed.

We do not have sufficient history with our pricing model to accurately predict the optimal pricing necessary to attract new customers and retain existing customers.

We have limited experience with respect to determining the optimal prices for our products and, as a result, we have in the past and expect that we will need to change our pricing model from time to time in the future. As the market for our products matures, or as new competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may be unable to attract new customers at the same price or based on the same pricing models as we have used historically. Pricing decisions may also impact the mix of adoption among our customers and negatively impact our overall revenue. Moreover, larger organizations may demand substantial price concessions. As a result, in the future we may be required to reduce our prices or develop new pricing models, which could adversely affect our revenue, gross margin, profitability, financial position, and cash flow.

Our sales and onboarding cycles with customers can be long and unpredictable, and our sales and onboarding efforts require considerable time and expense.

The timing of our sales with our enterprise customers and related revenue recognition is difficult to predict because of the length and unpredictability of the sales cycle for these customers. In addition, for our enterprise customers, the lengthy sales cycle for the evaluation and implementation of our products may also cause us to experience a delay between expenses for such sales efforts and the generation of corresponding revenue. The length of our sales cycle for these customers, from initial evaluation to payment, can range from several months to well over a year and can vary substantially from customer to customer. Similarly, the onboarding and ramping process with new enterprise customers can take several months. As the purchase of our products can be dependent upon customer initiatives, our sales cycle can extend to even longer periods of time. Customers often view a switch to our platform as a strategic decision requiring significant investment and, as a result, frequently require considerable time to evaluate, test, and qualify our product offering prior to entering into or expanding a contract commitment. During the sales cycle, we expend significant time and money on sales and marketing and contract negotiation activities, which may not result in a completed sale. Additional factors that may influence the length and variability of our sales cycle include:

 

   

the effectiveness of our sales force, particularly new salespeople, as we increase the size of our sales force and train our new salespeople to sell to enterprise customers;

 

   

the discretionary nature of customers’ purchasing decisions and budget cycles;

 

   

customers’ procurement processes, including their evaluation of competing products;

 

   

economic conditions and other factors affecting customer budgets;

 

   

the regulatory environment in which our customers operate;

 

   

integration complexity for a customer deployment;

 

   

the customer’s familiarity with edge cloud computing platforms;

 

   

evolving customer demands; and

 

   

competitive conditions.

 

28


Table of Contents

Given these factors, it is difficult to predict whether and when a customer will switch to our platform.

Given that it can take several months for our customers to ramp up their usage of our platform, during that time, we may not be able to generate enough revenue from a particular customer or that customer may not increase their usage in a meaningful way. Moreover, because the switching costs are fairly low, our customers are able to switch from our platform to alternative services relatively easily.

We rely on the performance of highly skilled personnel, including our management and other key employees, and the loss of one or more of such personnel, or of a significant number of our team members, could harm our business.

We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of senior management and key personnel, including Artur Bergman, our Founder and Chief Executive Officer. From time to time, there may be changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives and key employees, which could disrupt our business. We also are dependent on the continued service of our existing software engineers because of the complexity of our platform. Our senior management and key employees are employed on an at-will basis. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any member of our senior management or other key employees or that we would be able to timely replace members of our senior management or other key employees should any of them depart. The loss of one or more of our senior management or other key employees could harm our business.

The failure to attract and retain additional qualified personnel could prevent us from executing our business strategy.

To execute our business strategy, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for executive officers, software developers, sales personnel, and other key employees in our industry is intense. In particular, we compete with many other companies for software developers with high levels of experience in designing, developing, and managing cloud-based software, as well as for skilled sales and operations professionals. In addition, we believe that the success of our business and corporate culture depends on employing people with a variety of backgrounds and experiences, and the competition for such diverse personnel is significant. While the market for such talented personnel is particularly competitive in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our headquarters is located, it is also competitive in other markets where we maintain operations. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we do and can frequently offer such personnel substantially greater compensation than we can offer. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business would be harmed.

If our platform does not achieve sufficient market acceptance, our financial results and competitive position will suffer.

To meet our customers’ rapidly evolving demands, we invest substantial resources in research and development of enhanced products to incorporate additional functionality or expand the use cases that our platform addresses. Maintaining adequate research and development resources, such as the appropriate personnel and development technology, to meet the demands of the market is essential. If we are unable to develop products internally due to inadequate research and development resources, we may not be able to address our customers’ needs on a timely basis or at all. In addition, if we seek to supplement our research and development capabilities or the breadth of our products through acquisitions, such acquisitions could be expensive and we may not successfully integrate acquired technologies or businesses into our business. When we develop or acquire new or enhanced products, we typically incur expenses and expend resources upfront to develop, market, promote, and sell the new offering. Therefore, when we develop or acquire and introduce new or enhanced products, they must achieve high levels of market acceptance in order to justify the amount of our investment in

 

29


Table of Contents

developing or acquiring and bringing them to market. Our new products or enhancements and changes to our existing products could fail to attain sufficient market acceptance for many reasons, including:

 

   

failure to predict market demand accurately in terms of functionality and a failure to supply products that meet this demand in a timely fashion;

 

   

defects, errors, or failures;

 

   

negative publicity about our platform’s performance or effectiveness;

 

   

changes in the legal or regulatory requirements, or increased legal or regulatory scrutiny, adversely affecting our platform;

 

   

emergence of a competitor that achieves market acceptance before we do;

 

   

delays in releasing enhancements to our platform to the market; and

 

   

introduction or anticipated introduction of competing products by our competitors.

If our platform and any future enhancements do not achieve adequate acceptance in the market, or if products and technologies developed by others achieve greater acceptance in the market, our business could be harmed.

Beyond overall acceptance of our platform by our customers, it is important that we maintain and grow acceptance of our platform among the developers that work for our customers. We rely on developers to choose our platform over other options they may have, and to continue to use and promote our platform as they move between companies. These developers often make design decisions and influence the product and vendor processes within our customers. If we fail to gain or maintain their acceptance of our platform, our business would be harmed.

We rely on third-party hosting providers that may be difficult to replace.

We rely on third-party hosting services such as Amazon Web Services (AWS), Google, Softlayer (acquired by IBM), and other cloud providers that facilitate the offering of our platform. Some of these third-party hosting services offer competing products to ours and therefore may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. These providers may be unwilling to do business with us if they view our platform as a threat. Any loss of the right to use any of the hosting providers could impair our ability to offer our platform until we are able to obtain alternative hosting providers.

If we do not or cannot maintain the compatibility of our platform with third-party applications that our customers use in their businesses, our business will be harmed.

Because our customers choose to integrate our products with certain capabilities provided by third-party providers, the functionality and popularity of our platform depends, in part, on our ability to integrate our platform and applications with third-party applications. These third parties may change the features of their technologies, restrict our access to their applications, or alter the terms governing use of their applications in a manner that is adverse to our business. Such changes could functionally limit or prevent our ability to use these third-party technologies in conjunction with our platform, which would negatively affect adoption of our platform and harm our business. If we fail to integrate our platform with new third-party applications that our customers use, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our customers need, which would harm our business.

 

30


Table of Contents

The success of our business depends on customers’ continued and unimpeded access to our platform on the internet.

Our customers must have internet access in order to use our platform. Some internet providers may take measures that affect their customers’ ability to use our platform, such as degrading the quality of the content we transmit over their lines, giving that content lower priority, giving other content higher priority than ours, blocking our content entirely, or attempting to charge their customers more for using our platform.

In December 2010, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) adopted net neutrality rules barring internet providers from blocking or slowing down access to online content, protecting services like ours from such interference. The FCC has repealed the net neutrality rules, and it is currently uncertain how the U.S. Congress will respond to this decision. To the extent network operators attempt to interfere with our platform, extract fees from us to deliver our platform, or otherwise engage in discriminatory practices, our business could be adversely impacted. Within such a regulatory environment, we could experience discriminatory or anti-competitive practices that could impede our domestic and international growth, cause us to incur additional expense, or otherwise harm our business.

We provide service level commitments under our customer agreements. If we fail to meet these contractual commitments, we could be obligated to provide credits for future service, or face contract termination with refunds of prepaid amounts, which could harm our business.

Most of our customer agreements contain service level commitments. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments, including failure to meet the uptime and delivery requirements under our customer agreements, we may be contractually obligated to provide the affected customers with service credits which could significantly affect our revenues in the periods in which the uptime and/or delivery failure occurs and the credits are applied. We could also face customer terminations, which could significantly affect both our current and future revenues. Any service level failures could harm our business.

If we fail to offer high quality support, our business may be harmed.

Our customers rely on our support team to assist them in deploying our products effectively and resolve technical and operational issues. High-quality support is important for the renewal and expansion of our agreements with existing customers. The importance of maintaining high quality support will increase as we expand our business and pursue new customers. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to maintain and expand our relationships with existing and new customers could suffer and our business could be harmed. Further, increased demand for customer support, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our business. In addition, as we continue to grow our operations and expand internationally, we will need to be able to provide efficient customer support that meets our customers’ needs globally at scale and our customer support team will face additional challenges, including those associated with delivering support and documentation in multiple languages. Our failure to do so could harm our business.

Future acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships, or alliances could be difficult to identify and integrate, divert the attention of management, disrupt our business, and dilute stockholder value.

We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, products, or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our platform, enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating, and pursuing acquisitions, whether or not such acquisitions are completed. In addition, we have only limited experience in acquiring other businesses and we may not successfully identify desirable acquisition targets or, if we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate them effectively following the acquisition. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity

 

31


Table of Contents

securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results, may cause unfavorable accounting treatment, may expose us to claims and disputes by third parties, including intellectual property claims, and may not generate sufficient financial returns to offset additional costs and expenses related to the acquisitions. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business may be harmed.

Because we recognize revenue from usage on our platform over the term of the relevant contract, downturns or upturns in sales contracts are not immediately reflected in full in our operating results.

Revenue for usage on our platform accounts for substantially all of our total revenue. We recognize revenue over the term of each of our customer contracts, which are typically one year in length but may be longer in length. As a result, much of our revenue is generated from contracts entered into during previous periods. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed contracts in any one quarter may not significantly reduce our revenue for that quarter but could negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Our revenue recognition model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through new contracts in any period, as revenue from customers is recognized over the applicable term of their contracts.

Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our sales and operating results.

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience in the future, seasonality in our business, and our operating results and financial condition may be affected by such trends in the future. We generally experience seasonal fluctuations in demand for our platform. For example, we typically have customers who increase their usage and requests when they need more capacity during busy periods, especially in the fourth quarter of the year, and then subsequently scale back. We believe that the seasonal trends that we have experienced in the past may continue for the foreseeable future, particularly as we expand our sales to larger enterprises. To the extent we experience this seasonality, it may cause fluctuations in our operating results and financial metrics, and make forecasting our future operating results and financial metrics difficult. Additionally, we do not have sufficient experience in selling certain of our products to determine if demand for these products are or will be subject to material seasonality.

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy or reductions in information technology spending could harm our business.

Our results of operations may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our customers and potential customers. Current or future economic uncertainties or downturns could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Negative conditions in the general economy both in the United States and abroad, including conditions resulting from changes in gross domestic product growth, financial and credit market fluctuations, political turmoil, natural catastrophes, warfare, and terrorist attacks on the United States, Europe, the Asia Pacific region, or elsewhere, could cause a decrease in business investments, including spending on information technology, which would harm our business. To the extent that our platform and our products are perceived by customers and potential customers as too costly, or difficult to deploy or migrate to, our revenue may be disproportionately affected by delays or reductions in general information technology spending. Also, our competitors, many of whom are larger and have greater financial resources than we do, may respond to market conditions by lowering prices and attempting to lure away our customers. In addition, the increased pace of consolidation in certain industries may result in reduced overall spending on our products. We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown, instability, or recovery, generally or within any particular industry.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

Our net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities because of their limited duration or because of restrictions under U.S. tax law. Our NOLs generated in tax years ending on or prior to December 31, 2018 are only permitted to be carried forward for 20

 

32


Table of Contents

years under applicable U.S. tax law. Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Act), our federal NOLs generated in tax years ending after December 31, 2018 may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal NOLs is limited (as described below under “The Tax Act could adversely affect our business and financial condition”). It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act.

In addition, under Section 382 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is generally subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. We may have experienced ownership changes in the past and may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of this offering and/or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership (some of which shifts are outside our control). Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we have acquired or may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs, even if we were to achieve profitability.

Our current operations are international in scope and we plan on further geographic expansion, creating a variety of operational challenges.

A component of our growth strategy involves the further expansion of our operations and customer base internationally. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the percentage of revenue generated from customers outside the United States was 23% of our total revenue. We currently have offices in Japan, the United Kingdom, and the United States, as well as employees located throughout the world. We are continuing to adapt to and develop strategies to address international markets but there is no guarantee that such efforts will have the desired effect. As of December 31, 2018, approximately 16% of our full-time employees were located outside of the United States. We expect that our international activities will continue to grow over the foreseeable future as we continue to pursue opportunities in existing and new international markets, which will require significant management attention and financial resources. In connection with such expansion, we may face difficulties including costs associated with, varying seasonality patterns, potential adverse movement of currency exchange rates, longer payment cycle difficulties in collecting accounts receivable in some countries, tariffs and trade barriers, a variety of regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to operate, adverse tax events, reduced protection of intellectual property rights in some countries, and a geographically and culturally diverse workforce and customer base. Failure to overcome any of these difficulties could harm our business.

Our current and future international business and operations involve a variety of risks, including:

 

   

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;

 

   

greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles;

 

   

potential or unexpected changes in trade relations, regulations, or laws;

 

   

more stringent regulations relating to privacy and data security and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information, particularly in Europe;

 

   

differing labor regulations, especially in Europe and Japan, where labor laws are generally more advantageous to employees as compared to the United States, including deemed hourly wage and overtime regulations in these locations;

 

   

challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits, and compliance programs;

 

   

challenges to our corporate culture resulting from a dispersed workforce;

 

33


Table of Contents
   

difficulties in managing a business in new markets with diverse cultures, languages, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems, and regulatory systems;

 

   

increased travel, real estate, infrastructure, and legal compliance costs associated with international operations;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk of entering into hedging transactions if we chose to do so in the future;

 

   

challenges related to providing support and developing products in foreign languages;

 

   

limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;

 

   

laws and business practices favoring local competitors or general market preferences for local vendors;

 

   

potential tariffs and trade barriers;

 

   

limited or insufficient intellectual property protection or difficulties enforcing our intellectual property;

 

   

political instability or terrorist activities;

 

   

exposure to liabilities under anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, and similar laws and regulations in other jurisdictions; and

 

   

adverse tax burdens and foreign exchange controls that could make it difficult to repatriate earnings and cash.

Our limited experience in operating our business internationally increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. If we invest substantial time and resources to further expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business may be harmed.

Our international operations may subject us to potential adverse tax consequences.

We are expanding our international operations and staff to better support our growth into international markets. Our corporate structure and associated transfer pricing policies contemplate future growth into the international markets, and consider the functions, risks, and assets of the various entities involved in the intercompany transactions. The amount of taxes we pay in different jurisdictions may depend on: the application of the tax laws of the various jurisdictions, including the United States, to our international business activities; changes in tax rates; new or revised tax laws or interpretations of existing tax laws and policies; and our ability to operate our business in a manner consistent with our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements. The taxing authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate may challenge our methodologies for pricing intercompany transactions pursuant to our intercompany arrangements or disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a challenge or disagreement were to occur, and our position was not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest, and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows, and lower overall profitability of our operations. Our financial statements could fail to reflect adequate reserves to cover such a contingency.

 

34


Table of Contents

Legal, political, and economic uncertainty surrounding the planned exit of the United Kingdom (UK) from the European Union (EU) may be a source of instability in international markets, create significant currency fluctuations, adversely affect our operations in the UK, and pose additional risks to our business, revenue, financial condition, and results of operations.

The UK held a referendum on June 23, 2016 to determine whether the UK should leave the EU or remain as a member state, the outcome of which was in favor of leaving the EU. The UK’s withdrawal from the EU is commonly referred to as Brexit. Under Article 50 of the 2009 Lisbon Treaty, the UK will cease to be an EU Member State when a withdrawal agreement is entered into (such agreement will also require parliamentary approval in the UK) or, failing that, two years following the notification of an intention to leave under Article 50, unless the European Council (together with the UK) unanimously decides to extend this period (the Brexit Date). On March 29, 2017, the UK formally notified the European Council of its intention to leave the EU.

It is unclear how long it will take to negotiate a withdrawal agreement, but it appears likely that Brexit will continue to involve a process of lengthy negotiations between the UK and the EU Member States to determine the future terms of the UK’s relationship with the EU. For example, in March 2018, the UK reached a provisional agreement (the Withdrawal Agreement) with the EU on transitional arrangements following the UK’s exit (which are intended to enable the UK to remain within the EU single market and customs union for a transitional period through 2020), but this Withdrawal Agreement needs to be formally agreed as part of the withdrawal arrangements currently under negotiation. Given that no formal withdrawal arrangements have been agreed upon, there have been several extensions to the Brexit Date and the UK has yet to formally leave the EU. On April 11, 2019, the EU granted the UK a further extension to the Brexit Date until October 31, 2019. The purpose of this extension is to allow for the ratification of the Withdrawal Agreement by the UK House of Commons. If the Withdrawal Agreement is ratified, the UK will leave the EU earlier than October 31, 2019. As a condition of the extension, the UK must take part in EU elections on May 23, 2019. If it does not, the UK must leave the EU on June 1, 2019 without any formal withdrawal arrangements.

Lack of clarity about future UK laws and regulations as the UK determines which EU rules and regulations to replace or replicate in the event of a withdrawal, including financial laws and regulations, tax and free trade agreements, intellectual property rights, data protection laws (including in respect of cross-border transfers of data from our entity in the UK to the EU), supply chain logistics, environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, immigration laws, and employment laws, could decrease foreign direct investment in the UK, increase costs, depress economic activity, and restrict access to capital.

Until the UK officially exits the EU, EU laws and regulations will continue to apply, and changes to the application of these laws and regulations are unlikely to occur during negotiations. However, due to the size and importance of the UK economy, the uncertainty and unpredictability concerning the UK’s legal, political, and economic relationship with the EU after Brexit may continue to be a source of instability in the international markets, create significant currency fluctuations, or otherwise adversely affect trading agreements or similar cross-border co-operation arrangements (whether economic, tax, fiscal, legal, regulatory, or otherwise) for the foreseeable future, including beyond the date of Brexit.

These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, have had and may continue to have a significant adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and could significantly reduce global market liquidity and limit the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. In particular, it could also lead to a period of considerable uncertainty in relation to the UK financial and banking markets, as well as on the regulatory process in Europe. Asset valuations, currency exchange rates, and credit ratings may also be subject to increased market volatility.

If the UK and the EU are unable to negotiate acceptable withdrawal terms or if other EU Member States pursue withdrawal, barrier-free access between the UK and other EU Member States or among the European Economic Area (EEA) overall could be diminished or eliminated. The long-term effects of Brexit will depend on

 

35


Table of Contents

any agreements (or lack thereof) between the UK and the EU and, in particular, any arrangements for the UK to retain access to EU markets either during a transitional period or more permanently.

Such a withdrawal from the EU is unprecedented, and it is unclear how the UK’s access to the European single market for goods, capital, services, and labor within the EU, or single market, and the wider commercial, legal, and regulatory environment, will impact our UK operations and customers. Our UK operations service customers in the UK as well as in other countries in the EU and EEA and these operations could be disrupted by Brexit, particularly if there is a change in the UK’s relationship to the single market.

We may also face new regulatory costs and challenges that could have an adverse effect on our operations. Depending on the terms of the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, the UK could lose the benefits of global trade agreements negotiated by the EU on behalf of its members, which may result in increased trade barriers that could make our doing business in the EU and the EEA more difficult. Even prior to any change to the UK’s relationship with the EU, the announcement of Brexit has created economic uncertainty surrounding the terms of Brexit and its consequences could adversely impact customer confidence resulting in customers reducing their spending budgets on our solutions, which could harm our business.

Our ability to timely raise capital in the future may be limited, or may be unavailable on acceptable terms, if at all, and our failure to raise capital when needed could harm our business, and debt or equity issued to raise additional capital may reduce the value of our Class A common stock.

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through payments received from our customers, sales of equity securities, and borrowings under our credit facilities. We cannot be certain when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fully fund our ongoing operations or the growth of our business. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business and may require additional funds. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to invest in future growth opportunities, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in future offerings will depend on numerous considerations, including factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of any future issuances of debt or equity securities. As a result, our stockholders bear the risk of future issuances of debt or equity securities reducing the value of our Class A common stock and diluting their interests.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

Our sales contracts are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore substantially all of our revenue is not subject to foreign currency risk. However, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar could increase the real cost of our platform to our customers outside of the United States, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, an increasing portion of our operating expenses is incurred and an increasing portion of our assets is held outside the United States. These operating expenses and assets are denominated in foreign currencies and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. While we do not currently engage in hedging efforts, if we do not successfully hedge against the risks associated with currency fluctuations, our business may be harmed.

Changes in our effective tax rate or tax liability may harm our business.

Our effective tax rate could be adversely impacted by several factors, including:

 

   

Changes in the relative amounts of income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates;

 

   

Changes in tax laws, tax treaties, and regulations or the interpretation of them, including the Tax Act;

 

36


Table of Contents
   

Changes to our assessment about our ability to realize our deferred tax assets that are based on estimates of our future results, the prudence and feasibility of possible tax planning strategies, and the economic and political environments in which we do business;

 

   

The outcome of current and future tax audits, examinations, or administrative appeals; and

 

   

Limitations or adverse findings regarding our ability to do business in some jurisdictions.

Should our effective tax rate rise, our business could be harmed.

We could be required to collect additional sales taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities that may increase the costs our clients would have to pay for our offering and harm our business.

An increasing number of states have considered or adopted laws that attempt to impose tax collection obligations on out-of-state companies. Additionally, the Supreme Court of the United States recently ruled in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. et al (Wayfair) that online sellers can be required to collect sales and use tax despite not having a physical presence in the buyer’s state. In response to Wayfair, or otherwise, states or local governments may adopt, or begin to enforce, laws requiring us to calculate, collect, and remit taxes on sales in their jurisdictions. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect taxes where we presently do not do so, or to collect more taxes in a jurisdiction in which we currently do collect some taxes, could result in substantial tax liabilities, including taxes on past sales, as well as penalties and interest. The imposition by state governments or local governments of sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state sellers could also create additional administrative burdens for us, put us at a competitive disadvantage if they do not impose similar obligations on our competitors and decrease our future sales, which could harm our business.

The Tax Act could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law H.R. 1, “An Act to provide for reconciliation pursuant to titles II and V of the concurrent resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2018,” informally titled the Tax Act, which significantly revises the Code. The Tax Act, among other things, reduces the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, limits the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of adjusted taxable income (except for certain small businesses), limits the deduction for net operating losses carried forward from taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 to 80% of current year taxable income, eliminates net operating loss carrybacks, imposes a one-time tax on offshore earnings at reduced rates regardless of whether they are repatriated, eliminates U.S. tax on foreign earnings (subject to certain important exceptions), allows immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modifies or repeals many business deductions and credits. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of the Tax Act is uncertain and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act. The impact of the Tax Act on holders of our Class A common stock is also uncertain and could be adverse. We urge our stockholders to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to this legislation and the potential tax consequences of investing in or holding our Class A common stock.

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal and/or civil liability and harm our business.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the UK Bribery Act, and other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years and are interpreted broadly to generally prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from authorizing, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments, or benefits to recipients in the public or private sector. As we increase our international sales and business and sales to the public sector, we may engage with business partners and third-party intermediaries to market our platform

 

37


Table of Contents

and to obtain necessary permits, licenses, and other regulatory approvals. In addition, we or our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities.

While we have policies and procedures to address compliance with such laws, we cannot assure you that all of our employees and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable laws, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. As we increase our international sales and business, our risks under these laws may increase.

Detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations can require a significant diversion of time, resources, and attention from senior management. In addition, noncompliance with anti-corruption, anti-bribery, or anti-money laundering laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution or other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension or debarment from contracting with certain persons, the loss of export privileges, reputational harm, adverse media coverage, and other collateral consequences. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business could be harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could further harm our business.

Our financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles applicable to us.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP) are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), the SEC and other various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. For example, in May 2014, the FASB issued accounting standards update No. 2014-09 (Topic 606), Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of Topic 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services; this new accounting standard also impacts the recognition of sales commissions. As an “emerging growth company,” the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act with respect to new or revised accounting pronouncements, including Topic 606, and as a result Topic 606 became applicable to us on January 1, 2019.

Topic 606 permits the use of either a modified retrospective or full retrospective transition method. We are in the process of completing our assessment of the impact of adopting this standard and do not believe adoption will have a material impact on revenue, as currently reported. We believe the adoption of this standard will reduce the amount of commission expense previously recorded by $2.5 million to $5.0 million. We will adopt using the modified retrospective method. The final application of this new guidance could have an adverse effect on our operating results in one or more periods as compared to what they would have been under current standards.

Under Topic 606, more estimates, judgments, and assumptions are required within the revenue recognition process than were previously required. Our reported financial position and financial results may be adversely affected if our estimates or judgments prove to be wrong, assumptions change, or actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions. We currently believe the most significant impact of the standard on our financial results relates to sales commissions. These or other changes in accounting principles could adversely affect our financial results. Any difficulties in implementing these pronouncements could cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations, which could result in regulatory discipline and harm our business.

 

38


Table of Contents

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, and equity and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to allowance for doubtful accounts, fair value of financial instruments, valuation of stock-based compensation, valuation of warrant liabilities, and the valuation allowance for deferred income taxes. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Current and future indebtedness could restrict our operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take specified actions.

Our current credit facilities contain, and any future indebtedness would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to take actions that may otherwise be in our best interests. Our ability to meet those financial covenants can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to continue to meet those covenants. In addition, a breach of a covenant under any one of our credit facilities may result cross-default under a separate credit facility. If we seek to enter into a credit facility we may not be able to obtain debt financing on terms that are favorable to us, if at all. If we incur additional debt, the debt holders would have rights senior to holders of common stock to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms that are satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business may be harmed.

We have previously identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and if we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, and the market price of our Class A common stock may be seriously harmed.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in those internal controls, subject to any exemptions that we avail ourselves to under the JOBS Act. For example, we will be required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404. We are in the process of designing, implementing, and testing internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation. That process is time-consuming, costly, and complicated.

We and our independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, related to the lack of sufficient qualified accounting personnel, which led to incorrect application of generally accepted accounting principles, insufficiently designed segregation of duties, and insufficiently designed controls over business processes, including the financial statement close and reporting processes with respect to the development of accounting policies, procedures, and estimates. After these material weaknesses were identified, management implemented a

 

39


Table of Contents

remediation plan that included hiring key accounting personnel, creating a formal month-end close process, and establishing more robust processes supporting internal controls over financial reporting, including accounting policies, procedures, and estimates.

If we identify future material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion or expresses a qualified or adverse opinion about the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A common stock could be negatively affected. In addition, we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, and other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We may not be able to successfully manage the growth of our business if we are unable to improve our internal systems, processes and controls.

We need to continue to improve our internal systems, processes, and controls to effectively manage our operations and growth. We may not be able to successfully implement and scale improvements to our systems and processes in a timely or efficient manner or in a manner that does not negatively affect our operating results. For example, we may not be able to effectively monitor certain extraordinary contract requirements or provisions that are individually negotiated by our sales force as the number of transactions continues to grow. In addition, our systems and processes may not prevent or detect all errors, omissions, or fraud. We may experience difficulties in managing improvements to our systems, processes, and controls or in connection with third-party software, which could impair our ability to offer our platform to our customers in a timely manner, causing us to lose customers, limit us to smaller deployments of our products, or increase our technical support costs.

We could incur substantial costs in protecting or defending our proprietary rights, and any failure to adequately protect our rights could impair our competitive position and we may lose valuable assets, experience reduced revenue, and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws, and contractual provisions in an effort to establish and protect our proprietary rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. While we have issued patents in the United States and other countries and have additional pending patent applications, we may be unable to obtain patent protection for the technology covered in our patent applications. In addition, any patents issued in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages, or may be successfully challenged by third parties. Any of our patents, trademarks, or other intellectual property rights may be challenged or circumvented by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. There can be no guarantee that others will not independently develop similar products, duplicate any of our products, or design around our patents. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer, and disclosure of our products may be unenforceable under the laws of jurisdictions outside the United States. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and proprietary information may increase.

We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances. No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our products and proprietary information. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors or partners from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our platform.

 

40


Table of Contents

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming, and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could delay further sales or the implementation of our platform, impair the functionality of our platform, delay introductions of new products, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our products, or injure our reputation. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Moreover, policing unauthorized use of our technologies, trade secrets, and intellectual property may be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States and where mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be weak. If we fail to meaningfully protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our business may be harmed.

We may in the future be subject to legal proceedings and litigation, including intellectual property disputes, which are costly and may subject us to significant liability and increased costs of doing business. Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our technology infringes the intellectual property rights of others.

The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual property rights. Companies in the software industry are often required to defend against litigation claims based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims or rights against their use. In addition, many of these companies have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. Any litigation may also involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners that have no relevant product revenue and against which our patents may therefore provide little or no deterrence. If a third party is able to obtain an injunction preventing us from accessing such third-party intellectual property rights, or if we cannot license or develop technology for any infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop selling products impacted by the claim or injunction or cease business activities covered by such intellectual property, and may be unable to compete effectively. Any inability to license third party technology in the future would have an adverse effect on our business or operating results, and would adversely affect our ability to compete. We may also be contractually obligated to indemnify our customers in the event of infringement of a third party’s intellectual property rights. We receive demands for such indemnification from time to time and expect to continue to do so. Responding to such claims, including those currently pending, regardless of their merit, can be time consuming, costly to defend in litigation, and damage our reputation and brand.

Lawsuits are time-consuming and expensive to resolve and they divert management’s time and attention. Although we carry insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. We cannot predict the outcome of lawsuits, and the results of any such actions may harm our business.

Elements of our platform use open source software, which may restrict the functionality of our platform or require that we release the source code of certain products subject to those licenses.

Our platform incorporates software licensed under open source licenses. Such open source licenses typically require that source code subject to the license be made available to the public and that any modifications or derivative works to open source software continue to be licensed under open source licenses. Few courts have interpreted open source licenses, and the manner in which these licenses may be interpreted and enforced is therefore subject to some uncertainty. We rely on multiple software programmers to design our

 

41


Table of Contents

proprietary technologies, and we do not exercise complete control over the development efforts of our programmers and we cannot be certain that our programmers have not incorporated open source software into our proprietary products and technologies or that they will not do so in the future. In the event that portions of our proprietary technology are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, re-engineer all or a portion of our technologies, or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our platform and technologies and materially and adversely affect our ability to sustain and grow our business.

Provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement, data protection, and other losses.

Our agreements with customers and other third parties generally include provisions under which we are liable or agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement, data protection, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our platform, services, or other contractual obligations. Some of these agreements provide for uncapped liability for which we would be responsible, and some provisions survive termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large liability payments could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Although we normally contractually limit our liability with respect to such obligations, we may still incur substantial liability related to them, and in case of an intellectual property infringement indemnification claim, we may be required to cease use of certain functions of our platform as a result of any such claims. Any dispute with a customer with respect to such obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with that customer and other existing customers and new customers and harm our business. Even when we have contractual protections against such customer claims, we may choose to honor a customer’s request for indemnification or otherwise seek to maintain customer satisfaction by issuing customer credits, assisting our customer in defending against claims, or in other ways.

We are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations, particularly those related to privacy, data protection, and information security, and our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business, by resulting in litigation, fines, penalties, or adverse publicity and reputational damage that may negatively affect the value of our business and decrease the price of our common stock. Compliance with such laws could also result in additional costs and liabilities to us or inhibit sales of our products.

We receive, store, and process personal information and other data from and about actual and prospective customers and users, in addition to our employees and service providers. In addition, our customers use our platform to collect personally identifiable information, personal health information, and personal financial information from their end-users. Our handling of data is subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including regulation by various government agencies, such as the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (FTC), and various state, local, and foreign agencies. Our data handling also is subject to contractual obligations and industry standards.

The U.S. federal and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution, use, and storage of data relating to individuals and businesses, including the use of contact information and other data for marketing, advertising, and other communications with individuals and businesses. In the United States, various laws and regulations apply to the collection, processing, disclosure, and security of certain types of data, including the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Gramm Leach Bliley Act, and state laws relating to privacy and data security, including the California Consumer Privacy Act. Additionally, the FTC and many state attorneys general are interpreting federal and state consumer protection laws as imposing standards for the online collection, use, dissemination, and security of data. The laws and regulations relating to privacy and data security are evolving, can be subject to significant change and may result in ever-increasing regulatory and public scrutiny and escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions.

 

42


Table of Contents

In addition, several foreign countries and governmental bodies, including the EU, have laws and regulations dealing with the handling and processing of personal information obtained from their residents, which in certain cases are more restrictive than those in the United States. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure, and security of various types of data, including data that identifies or may be used to identify an individual, such as names, email addresses, and in some jurisdictions, Internet Protocol (IP) addresses. Such laws and regulations may be modified or subject to new or different interpretations, and new laws and regulations may be enacted in the future.

Within the EU, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) significantly increases the level of sanctions for non-compliance from those in existing EU data protection law and imposes direct obligations on data processors in addition to data controllers and may require us to make further changes to our policies and procedures in the future, beyond what we have already done. EU data protection authorities will have the power to impose administrative fines for violations of the GDPR of up to a maximum of €20 million or 4% of the data controller’s or data processor’s total worldwide global turnover for the preceding fiscal year, whichever is higher, and violations of the GDPR may also lead to damages claims by data controllers and data subjects. Such penalties are in addition to any civil litigation claims by data controllers, customers, and data subjects. Since we act as a data processor for our customers, we are taking steps to cause our processes to be compliant with applicable portions of the GDPR, but we cannot assure you that such steps will be effective. In particular, although the UK enacted a Data Protection Act in May 2018 that is designed to be consistent with the GDPR, due to Brexit (see “—Legal, political, and economic uncertainty surrounding the planned exit of the United Kingdom, or UK, from the European Union, or EU, may be a source of instability in international markets, create significant currency fluctuations, adversely affect our operations in the UK, and pose additional risks to our business, revenue, financial condition, and results of operations”), uncertainty remains regarding how data transfers to and from the UK will be regulated.

The scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to us are often uncertain and may be conflicting, particularly laws outside the United States, as a result of the rapidly evolving regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide. For example, laws relating to the liability of providers of online services for activities of their users and other third parties are currently being tested by a number of claims, including actions based on invasion of privacy and other torts, unfair competition, copyright and trademark infringement, and other theories based on the nature and content of the materials searched, the ads posted, or the content provided by users. As a result of the laws that are or may be applicable to us, and due to the sensitive nature of the information we collect, we have implemented policies and procedures to preserve and protect our data and our customers’ data against loss, misuse, corruption, misappropriation caused by systems failures, unauthorized access, or misuse. If our policies, procedures, or measures relating to privacy, data protection, marketing, or customer communications fail to comply with laws, regulations, policies, legal obligations, or industry standards, we may be subject to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, regulatory investigations, fines, penalties, and negative publicity and could cause our application providers, customers, and partners to lose trust in us, and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates, and industry groups may propose new and different self regulatory standards that may apply to us. Because the interpretation and application of privacy and data protection laws, regulations, rules, and other standards are still uncertain, it is possible that these laws, rules, regulations, and other actual or alleged legal obligations, such as contractual or self-regulatory obligations, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the functionality of our platform. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits, and other claims, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our software, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with laws, regulations, policies, legal, or contractual obligations, industry standards, or regulatory guidance relating to privacy or data security, may result in governmental investigations and enforcement actions (including, for example, a ban by EU Supervisory

 

43


Table of Contents

Authorities on the processing of EU personal data under the GDPR), litigation, fines and penalties, or adverse publicity, and could cause our customers and partners to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. Our obligation to assist our customers in their compliance with laws, regulations, and policies, like data processing and data protection requirements under the GDPR may also result in government enforcement actions litigation, fines and penalties, or adverse publicity. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations, and industry standards relating to privacy, data protection, marketing, consumer communications, and information security in the United States, the EU, and other jurisdictions, and we cannot determine the impact such future laws, regulations, and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations or any changed interpretation of existing laws or regulations could impair our ability to develop and market new functionality and maintain and grow our customer base and increase revenue. Future restrictions on the collection, use, sharing, or disclosure of data or additional requirements for express or implied consent of our customers, partners, or end-users for the use and disclosure of such information could require us to incur additional costs or modify our platform, possibly in a material manner, and could limit our ability to develop new functionality.

If we are not able to comply with these laws or regulations or if we become liable under these laws or regulations, we could be directly harmed, and we may be forced to implement new measures to reduce our exposure to this liability. This may require us to expend substantial resources or to discontinue certain products, which would negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, the increased attention focused upon liability issues as a result of lawsuits and legislative proposals could harm our reputation or otherwise adversely affect the growth of our business. Furthermore, any costs incurred as a result of this potential liability could harm our operating results.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to liability if we violate such controls.

Our products are subject to U.S. export controls, including the Export Administration Regulations administered by the U.S. Commerce Department, and economic sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (OFAC), and we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our products. These encryption products and the underlying technology may be exported outside of the United States only with the required export authorizations.

Furthermore, our activities are subject to U.S. economic sanctions laws and regulations that generally prohibit the direct or indirect exportation or provision of products and services without the required export authorizations to countries, governments, and individuals and entities targeted by U.S. embargoes or sanctions, except to the extent authorized by OFAC or exempt from sanctions. Additionally, the Trump administration has been critical of existing trade agreements and may impose more stringent export and import controls. Obtaining the necessary export license or other authorization for a particular sale may not always be possible, and, even if the export license is ultimately granted, the process may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Violations of U.S. sanctions or export control laws can result in significant fines or penalties, and possible incarceration for responsible employees and managers could be imposed for criminal violations of these laws.

Other countries also regulate the import and export of certain encryption products and technology through import and export licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries. Changes in our products or future changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our products in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our products globally, or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries, governments, or persons altogether. From time to time, various governmental agencies have proposed additional regulation of encryption products and technology, including the escrow and government recovery of private encryption keys. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, increased export and import controls, or change in the countries, governments, persons, or technologies targeted by such regulations

 

44


Table of Contents

could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would harm our business.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our stock prior to this offering, including our executive officers, employees, and directors and their affiliates, and limiting your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our Class B common stock has 10 votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this initial public offering, has one vote per share. Stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, will together hold approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering, and our founder and Chief Executive Officer, Artur Bergman, will hold approximately     % of our outstanding classes of common stock as a whole, but will control approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, following this offering. As a result, our executive officers, directors, and other affiliates and potentially our CEO on his own will have significant influence over our management and affairs and over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of the company or our assets, for the foreseeable future. If Mr. Bergman’s employment with us is terminated, he will continue to have the same influence over matters requiring stockholder approval.

In addition, the holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Because of the 10-to-1 voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock even when the shares of Class B common stock represent as little as 10% of the combined voting power of all outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, and, as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, which will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, Mr. Bergman retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a majority of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock. As a board member, Mr. Bergman owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As a stockholder, even a controlling stockholder, Mr. Bergman is entitled to vote his shares in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally.

Our stock price may be volatile, and the value of our Class A common stock may decline.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and may fluctuate or decline substantially as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control or are related in complex ways, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

   

changes in the pricing we offer our customers;

 

45


Table of Contents
   

changes in our projected operating and financial results;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our platform or related products;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions, or new offerings;

 

   

publicity associated with network downtime and problems;

 

   

our involvement in litigation;

 

   

future sales of our Class A common stock or other securities, by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases;

 

   

changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

   

the trading volume of our Class A common stock;

 

   

changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market; and

 

   

general economic, regulatory, and market conditions.

Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory, and market conditions, may negatively impact the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, given the relatively small public float of shares of our Class A common stock on the NYSE, the trading market for our shares may be subject to increased volatility. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future, which could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention.

There has been no prior market for our Class A common stock. An active market may not develop or be sustainable and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our Class A common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our Class A common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price, if at all. An active or liquid market in our Class A common stock may not develop after this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares of Class A common stock you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of $        per share, or $        per share if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the sale of Class A common stock in this offering and the assumed public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See “Dilution.” If outstanding options or warrants are exercised in the future, you will experience additional dilution.

 

46


Table of Contents

Future sales and issuances of our capital stock or rights to purchase capital stock could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

We may issue additional securities following the closing of this offering. Future sales and issuances of our capital stock or rights to purchase our capital stock could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders. We may sell Class A common stock, convertible securities, and other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner as we may determine from time to time. If we sell any such securities in subsequent transactions, investors may be materially diluted. New investors in such subsequent transactions could gain rights, preferences, and privileges senior to those of holders of our Class A common stock.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not yield a return.

We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering. Investors may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Our failure to apply the net proceeds of this offering effectively could impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy or could require us to raise additional capital. In addition, pending their use, the proceeds of this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that may lose value.

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market following the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock.

Based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of no shares of Class A common stock and 157,865,413 shares of Class B common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering. Of these shares, only the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately after the offering. All of our executive officers and directors and the holders of substantially all the shares of our capital stock are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer shares of our capital stock during the period ending on, and including, the 180th day after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC may, in their discretion, permit our stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. After the lock-up agreements expire, all 157,865,413 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018 will become eligible for sale, of which 88,751,338 shares held by directors, executive officers, and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), and various vesting agreements.

In addition, as of December 31, 2018, there were 24,357,214 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options. We intend to register all of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, and upon exercise of settlement of any options or other equity incentives we may grant in the future, for public resale under the Securities Act. Accordingly, these shares will be able to be freely sold in the public market upon issuance as permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. The shares

 

47


Table of Contents

of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of these shares will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such options or warrants are exercised, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

Holders of 108,297,289 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock and shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements for the public resale of the Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file on our behalf or for other stockholders. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting.”

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, our Class A common stock price and trading volume could decline.

Our stock price and trading volume are heavily influenced by the way analysts and investors interpret our financial information and other disclosures. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, delay publishing reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, regardless of accuracy, our Class A common stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. We expect that only a limited number of analysts will cover our company following our initial public offering. If the number of analysts that cover us declines, demand for our Class A common stock could decrease and our Class A common stock price and trading volume may decline.

Even if our Class A common stock is actively covered by analysts, we do not have any control over the analysts or the measures that analysts or investors may rely upon to forecast our future results. Over-reliance by analysts or investors on any particular metric to forecast our future results may result in forecasts that differ significantly from our own.

Regardless of accuracy, unfavorable interpretations of our financial information and other public disclosures could have a negative impact on our stock price. If our financial performance fails to meet analyst estimates, for any of the reasons discussed above or otherwise, or one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common stock or change their opinion of our Class A common stock, our stock price would likely decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our Class A common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and may be restricted by the terms of any then-current credit facility. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

We are an “emerging growth company” and our compliance with the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we expect to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the

 

48


Table of Contents

requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and extended adoption period for accounting pronouncements. We cannot predict whether investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We expect such expenses to further increase after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Furthermore, the senior members of our management team do not have significant experience with operating a public company. As a result, our management and other personnel will have to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the timing of such costs.

As a result of being a public company, we are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our Class A common stock.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We have not yet commenced the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation required under Section 404, and we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing, and any required remediation in a timely fashion once initiated. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404.

During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to certify that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the exchange on which our shares of Class A common stock are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

 

49


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

   

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer;

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

provide that our directors may be removed for cause only upon the vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

   

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2 3 %) of our outstanding shares of common stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

reflect our two classes of common stock as described above.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our management could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

 

50


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law for:

 

   

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

   

any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty;

 

   

any action asserting a claim against us arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law,

 

   

our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

   

any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal-affairs doctrine.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision. These exclusive-forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. If a court were to find either exclusive-forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions. For example, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware recently determined that the exclusive forum provision of federal district courts of the United States of America for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act is not enforceable. However, this decision may be reviewed and ultimately overturned by the Delaware Supreme Court. If this ultimate adjudication were to occur, the federal district court exclusive forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would no longer be contingent.

 

51


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial condition, business strategy, plans, and objectives of management for future operations and statements that are necessarily dependent upon future events are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potentially,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could harm our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ from those contained in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We cannot assure you that the events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance, and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity, and market size is based on information from various sources, including independent industry publications. In presenting this information, we have also made assumptions based on such data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of, and in our experience to date in, the markets for our platform. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Although neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified the accuracy or completeness of any third-party information, we believe the market position, market opportunity, and market size information included in this prospectus is reliable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in industry publications or data provided by third parties. The sources of these industry publications and data are provided below:

 

   

Forrester, “ The Sorry State Of Digital Transformation In 2018 ,” dated April 24, 2018.

 

   

Gartner, “ Modernization and Digital Transformation Projects are Behind Growth in Enterprise Application Software Market ,” dated August 27, 2015.

 

   

Gartner, “ What Edge Computing Means for  Infrastructure and Operations Leaders ,” dated October 3, 2018.

 

   

Google, “ Find Out How You Stack Up to New Industry Benchmarks for Mobile Page Speed ,” dated February 2018.

 

   

IDC, “ IDC Predictions Provide a Blueprint and Key Building Blocks for Becoming a Digital Native Enterprise ,” dated October 31, 2017.

 

   

IDC, “ Worldwide Application Delivery Controller Forecast, 2018-2022 ,” dated December 2018.

 

   

IDC, “ Worldwide DDoS Prevention Products and Services Forecast, 2018-2022 ,” dated July 2018.

 

   

LogicMonitor, “ Cloud Vision 2020: The Future of the Cloud Study ,” dated November 2017.

 

   

MarketsandMarkets “ Botnet Detection Market Global Forecast to 2023 ,” dated April 2018.

 

   

MarketsandMarkets “ Content Delivery Network Market Global Forecast to 2022 ,” dated November 2017.

 

   

MarketsandMarkets “ Edge Computing Market Global Forecast to 2022 ,” dated October 2017.

 

   

MarketsandMarkets “ Web Application Firewall Market Global Forecast to 2022 ,” dated September 2017.

 

   

Pew Research Center, “ About a quarter of U.S. adults say they are ‘almost constantly’ online ,” dated March 14, 2018.

 

   

Verizon, “ 2018 Data Breach Investigations Report, 11th Edition ,” dated March 2018.

The content of the foregoing sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein.

 

53


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $        million, or approximately $        million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. A 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming that the assumed initial offering price to the public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial offering price to the public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock, and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. Although we have not yet determined with certainty the manner in which we will allocate the net proceeds of this offering, we expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay up to approximately $47.5 million of indebtedness under our credit facilities, which, to date, has been used for general operating expenses, including personnel related costs as we expanded our employee base, and capital expenditures for our network. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for acquisitions or strategic investments in complementary businesses or technologies. We do not currently have any plans for any such acquisitions or investments. We have not allocated specific amounts of net proceeds for any of these purposes.

$27.5 million of the outstanding indebtedness that we may repay under our credit facilities is scheduled to mature in November 2021 and interest on such amount accrues at a rate of prime plus 1.75%. $20.0 million of the outstanding indebtedness that we may repay under our credit facilities is scheduled to mature in December 2021 and interest on such amount accrues at a rate of prime plus 4.25%. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities.”

The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. Pending their use, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a variety of capital-preservation investments, including short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

 

54


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and, therefore, we do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, contractual arrangements, any limitations on payment of dividends present in our current and future debt agreements, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We are subject to covenants under our credit facilities that place restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

 

55


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2018:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the automatic conversion of all shares of preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018 into shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering; (2) the reclassification of all shares of common stock into an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock; (3) the conversion of warrants to purchase up to 884,640 shares of our preferred stock into warrants to purchase up to 884,640 shares of Class B common stock; and (4) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the pro forma items described immediately above, and (2) the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    

As of December 31, 2018

 
    

Actual

   

Pro Forma

   

Pro Forma, as
Adjusted

 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 36,963     $ 36,963     $                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

     3,261      

Convertible preferred stock; $0.00002 par value; 108,297,289 shares authorized, actual; 107,260,454 shares issued and outstanding; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

     219,584       —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Preferred stock; par value $0.00002 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

      

Common stock; $0.00002 par value; 195,000,000 shares authorized, actual; 50,051,765 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized, pro forma; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     1       —      

Class A common stock; $0.00002 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized, pro forma; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —         —      

Class B common stock; $0.00002 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —         3    

Additional paid-in-capital

     16,403       239,246    

Treasury stock

     (2,109     (2,109  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (36     (36  

Accumulated deficit

     (146,186     (146,186  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (131,927     90,918    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total capitalization

   $ 87,657     $ 90,918    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

56


Table of Contents

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 157,865,413 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis and reclassified as Class B common stock) outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and excludes:

 

   

24,357,214 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2018, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.48 per share;

 

   

1,036,835 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2018 with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.28 per share, which are expected to remain outstanding after the closing of this offering;

 

   

1,219,609 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective;

 

   

                 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering and will include provisions that automatically increase the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder each year; and

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering and will include provisions that automatically increase the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder each year.

 

57


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value as of December 31, 2018 was $        million, or $        per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and preferred stock (which is not included within stockholders’ deficit), divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2018 was $        million, or $        per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all shares of preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018 into shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering, (2) the reclassification of all shares of common stock in to an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock, and (3) the conversion our outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock into warrants to purchase Class B common stock.

Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value represents our pro forma net tangible book value, plus the effect of the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2018 was $        million, or $        per share of common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $        per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $        per share to investors participating in this offering. We determine dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by investors participating in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2018

     

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma transactions described above

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2018

     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributed to new investors purchasing shares from us in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

                      
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

                       $    
     

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $        per share and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by $        per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the

 

58


Table of Contents

same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. A 1,000,000 share increase in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $        and decrease the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by $        , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A 1,000,000 share decrease in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $        and increase the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $        , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial offering price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of our common stock would increase to $        per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $        per share and an immediate dilution of $        per share to investors participating in this offering.

The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2018, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our Class A common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (1) paid to us by our existing stockholders and (2) to be paid by investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

    

Shares Purchased

   

Total Consideration

   

Weighted-

Average Price
Per Share

 
    

Number

    

Percent

   

Amount

    

Percent

 

Existing stockholders

        $                      $                

New investors

            

Total

        100   $          100   $    

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 157,865,413 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis and reclassified as Class B common stock) outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and excludes:

 

   

24,357,214 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2018, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.48 per share;

 

   

1,036,835 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2018 with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.28 per share, which are expected to remain outstanding after the closing of this offering;

 

   

1,219,609 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective;

 

   

                 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering and will include provisions that automatically increase the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder each year; and

 

59


Table of Contents
   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering and will include provisions that automatically increase the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder each year.

 

60


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

When you read this selected consolidated financial and other data, it is important that you read it together with the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

 
(in thousands, except per share data)   

2017

   

2018

 

Revenue

   $ 104,900     $ 144,563  

Cost of revenue

     48,672       65,499  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     56,228       79,064  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development (1)

     28,989       34,618  

Sales and marketing (1)

     40,818       50,134  

General and administrative (1)

     17,451       23,450  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     87,258       108,202  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (31,030     (29,138

Interest income

     443       939  

Interest expense

     (1,116     (1,810

Other expense, net

     (539     (741
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (32,242     (30,750

Income taxes

     208       185  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (32,450   $ (30,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (32,450   $ (30,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.69   $ (0.63
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     46,799,801       48,754,382  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Key Business Metrics (2)

    

Number of Customers (as of end of period)

     1,439       1,582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of Enterprise Customers (as of end of period)

     170       227  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate

     147.3     132.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

 
(in thousands)   

2017

    

2018

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 190      $ 265  

Research and development

     1,040        1,332  

Sales and marketing

     493        1,023  

General and administrative

     1,086        1,459  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,809      $ 4,079  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents
(2)

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics” for our definitions of these metrics.

 

    

As of December 31, 2018

 
    

Actual

    

Pro Forma (1)

    

Pro Forma,  as
adjusted (2)(3)

 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data :

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 36,963      $ 36,963     

Working capital (4)

     85,517        85,517     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total assets

   $ 162,754      $ 162,754     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

     3,261        

Convertible preferred stock

     219,584        —       

Common Stock

     1        3     

Additional paid-in-capital

     16,403        239,246     

Accumulated deficit

     (146,186      (146,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (131,927    $ 90,918     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

The pro forma column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 107,260,454 shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted column further reflects the receipt of $          million in net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ deficit by $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $        million, assuming the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

(4)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

 

62


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus. Our fiscal year ends on December 31.

Overview

Developers are reinventing the way we live, work, and play online. Yet they repeatedly encounter innovation barriers when delivering modern digital experiences. Expectations for digital experiences are at an all-time high; they must be fast, secure, and highly personalized. If they aren’t reliable, end-users simply take their business elsewhere. The challenge today is enabling developers to deliver a modern digital experience while simultaneously providing scale, security, and performance. We built our edge cloud platform to solve this problem.

The edge cloud is a new category of IaaS that enables developers to build, secure, and deliver digital experiences, at the edge of the internet. This service represents the convergence of the CDN with functionality that has been traditionally delivered by hardware-centric appliances such as ADC, WAF, Bot Detection, and DDoS solutions. It also includes the emergence of a new, but growing, edge computing market which aims to move compute power and logic as close to the end-user as possible. The edge cloud uses the emerging cloud computing, serverless paradigm in which the cloud provider runs the server and dynamically manages the allocation of machine resources. When milliseconds matter, processing at the edge is an ideal way to handle highly dynamic and time-sensitive data. The edge cloud complements data center, central cloud, and hybrid solutions.

Our mission is to fuel the next modern digital experience by providing developers with a programmable and reliable edge cloud platform that they adopt as their own.

Organizations must keep up with complex and ever-evolving end-user requirements. We help them surpass their end-users’ expectations by powering fast, secure, and scalable digital experiences. We built a powerful edge cloud platform, designed from the ground up to be programmable and support agile software development. We believe our platform gives our customers a significant competitive advantage, whether they were born into the digital age or are just embarking on their digital transformation journey. Our platform consists of three key components: a programmable edge, a software-defined modern network, and a philosophy of customer empowerment. Our programmable edge provides developers with real-time visibility and control, where they can write and deploy code to push application logic to the edge. It supports modern application delivery processes, freeing developers to innovate without constraints. Our software-defined modern network is built for the software-defined future. It is powerful, efficient, and flexible, designed to enable us to rapidly scale to meet the needs of the most demanding customers and never be a barrier to their growth. Our 45 terabit software-centric network is located in 60 uniquely designed POPs across the world as of March 31, 2019. Finally, being developers ourselves, we empower customers to build great things while supporting their efforts through frictionless tools and a deeply technical support team that facilitates ongoing collaboration.

We serve both established enterprises and technology-savvy organizations. Our customers represent a diverse set of organizations across many industries with one thing in common: they are competing by using the power of software to build differentiation at the edge. With our edge cloud platform, our customers are disrupting existing industries and creating new ones. For example, several of our customers have reinvented digital publishing by connecting readers through subscription models to indispensable content, helping people

 

63


Table of Contents

understand the world through deeply reported independent journalism. Our customers’ software applications use our edge cloud platform to ensure concert goers can buy tickets to the live events they love, travelers can book flights seamlessly and embark on their next great adventure, and sports fans can stream events in real time, across all devices. The range of applications that developers build with our edge cloud platform continues to surpass our expectations.

We generate substantially all of our revenue from charging our customers based on their usage of our platform. Initially, customers typically choose to become platform customers, for which we charge fees based on their committed or actual use of our platform, as measured in gigabytes and requests. Many of our customers generate billings in excess of their minimum commitment. We also generate revenue from additional products as well as professional and other services, such as implementation. We charge a flat one-time or recurring fee for these additional products and services.

Our edge cloud platform has experienced a rapid increase in the number of customers from 530 as of December 31, 2014 to 1,582 as of December 31, 2018. Potential customers have the opportunity to test our platform for free. If they choose to make use of our platform for live production delivery, they have the ability to sign up online by providing their credit card information and agreeing to a minimum monthly fee of $50.

We focus our direct selling efforts on medium to large organizations as well as smaller companies that are exhibiting rapid growth. We engage with and support these customers with our field sales representatives, account managers, and technical account managers who focus on customer satisfaction and drive expansion of their usage of our platform and products. These teams work with technical and business leaders to help our customers’ end-users receive the best possible digital experience, while also lowering our customers’ total cost of ownership. We have established and continue to maintain our position by improving upon our programmable edge platform and software-defined modern network architecture. We continue to focus on empowering our developer community through events and conferences, including our Altitude conferences. The success of these direct selling efforts is reflected by our 227 enterprise customers as of December 31, 2018 that generated 84% of our total revenue.

As our customers become more successful and grow, they increase their usage of our platform and adopt additional Fastly products. A meaningful indicator of the increased activity from our existing customer accounts and overall customer satisfaction is our DBNER, which was 147.3% and 132.0% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. We believe that an annual cohort analysis of our customers, as depicted in the chart below, demonstrates our success in customer expansion. Once a customer begins to generate revenue for us, they tend to increase their usage of our platform, in particular in their second year. Customer accounts acquired in 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018 are referred to as the 2014 Cohort, 2015 Cohort, 2016 Cohort, 2017 Cohort and 2018 Cohort, respectively. Our 2014 cohort increased its revenue 3 times after its first year and has grown at approximately a 50% CAGR over the last four years.

In 2014, we generated $4.9 million of revenue from the 2014 Cohort. Revenue from the 2014 Cohort grew to $14.9 million in 2015, year-over-year growth rate of 204%. In 2015, we generated $7.8 million of revenue from the 2015 Cohort. Revenue from the 2015 Cohort grew to $20.1 million in 2016, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 157%. In 2016, we generated $6.6 million of revenue from the 2016 Cohort. Revenue from the 2016 Cohort grew to $22.0 million in 2017, representing 233% year-over-year growth. In 2017, we generated $5.6 million of revenue from the 2017 Cohort. Revenue from the 2017 Cohort grew to $16.8 million in 2018, representing 200% year-over-year growth.

 

64


Table of Contents

Summary of Revenue Generated by Customer Cohorts Over Time:

 

LOGO

Customers that have negotiated contracts with us generate a substantial majority of our revenue. These customers typically purchase one or more products, for which we charge a monthly recurring or one-time fee depending on the products selected. Some of these customers also choose to purchase various levels of account management and enhanced customer support for a monthly fee. Typically, the term of these contracts is 12 months and includes a minimum monthly billing commitment in exchange for more favorable pricing terms. Many of these customers generate billings in excess of their minimum commitment. In addition, customers can sign up online by providing their credit card information and agreeing to a minimum monthly fee.

The timing of our sales is difficult to predict. The length of our sales cycle, from initial evaluation to payment, can range from several months to well over a year and can vary substantially from customer to customer. Similarly, the onboarding and ramping process with new enterprise customers can take several months.

We have achieved significant growth in recent periods. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, our revenue was $104.9 million and $144.6 million, respectively. Our 10 largest customers generated an aggregate of 37% and 32% of our revenue in 2017 and 2018, respectively. We incurred a net loss of $32.5 million and $30.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Winning New Customers

We are focused on continuing to attract new customers. Our customer base includes both large, established enterprises that are undergoing digital transformation and emerging companies spanning a wide array of industries and verticals. In both instances, developers within these companies often use and advocate the adoption of our platform by their companies. We also benefit from word-of-mouth promotion across the broader

 

65


Table of Contents

developer community. We will continue to invest in our developer outreach, leveraging it as a cost-efficient approach to attracting new customers. We also plan to dedicate significant resources to sales and marketing programs, including various online marketing activities as well as targeted account-based advertising.

This will require us to dedicate significant resources to further develop the market for our platform and differentiate our platform from competitive products and services. We will also need to expand, retain, and motivate our sales and marketing personnel in order to target our sales efforts at larger enterprises and senior management of these potential customers.

Expanding within our Existing Customer Base

We emphasize retaining our customers and expanding their usage of our platform and adoption of our other products. Customers often begin with smaller deployments of our programmable edge platform and then expand their usage over time. In addition, our programmable edge platform includes a variety of other offerings, such as load balancing, shielding, web security, and WAF. As our customers mature, we assist them in expanding their use of our platform, including the use of additional offerings beyond edge cloud delivery. As enterprises grow and experience increased traffic, their needs evolve, leading them to find additional use cases for our platform and expand their usage accordingly. In addition, given that customer acquisition costs are incurred largely for acquiring and initial onboarding, we gain operating leverage to the extent that existing customers expand their use of our platform and products.

Our ability to retain our customers and expand their usage could be impaired for a variety of reasons, including a customer moving to another provider or reducing usage within the term of their contract to their minimum usage commitment. Even if our customers expand their usage of our platform, we cannot guarantee that they will maintain those usage levels for any meaningful period of time or that they will renew their commitments.

International Customer Growth

We intend to continue expanding our efforts to attract customers outside of the United States by augmenting our sales teams and strategically increasing the number of POPs in select international locations. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, 42% and 46% of our customers were headquartered outside of the United States.

Our international expansion, including our global sales efforts, will add increased complexity and cost to our business. This will require us to significantly expand our sales and marketing capabilities outside of the United States, as well as increase the number of POPs around the world to support our customers. We have limited experience managing the administrative aspects of a global organization, and we have only recently begun to establish and operate offices in foreign countries, which could place a strain on our business and culture.

Investing in Sales and Marketing

Our customers have been pivotal in driving brand awareness and broadening our reach. While we continue to leverage our self-service approach to drive adoption by developers, we intend to continue to expand our sales and marketing efforts, with an increased focus on sales to enterprises globally. Utilizing our direct sales force, we have multiple selling points within organizations to acquire new customers and increase usage from our existing customers. We intend to increase our discretionary marketing spend, including account based and brand spend, to drive the effectiveness of our sales teams. As a result, we expect our total operating expenses to increase as we continue to expand. Our investments in our sales and marketing teams are intended to help accelerate our sales, onboarding, and ramp cycles. As of December 31, 2018, we had 56 sales representatives and sales managers across our company.

 

66


Table of Contents

These efforts will require us to invest significant financial and other resources. Furthermore, we believe that there is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth.

Continued Investment in Our Platform and Network Infrastructure

We must continue to invest in our platform and network infrastructure to maintain our position in the market. We expect our revenue growth to be dependent on an expanding customer base and continued adoption of our edge cloud platform. In anticipation of winning new customers and staying ahead of our customers’ needs, we plan to continue to invest to expand the scale and capacity of our software-defined modern network, resulting in increased network service provider fees, which could adversely affect our gross margins if we are unable to offset these costs with revenue from new customers and increase revenue from existing customers. Our customers require constant innovation within their own organizations and expect the same from us. Therefore, we will continue to invest resources to enhance our development capabilities and introduce new products and features on our platform. We believe that investment in research and development will contribute to our long-term growth but may also negatively impact our short-term profitability. For the year ended December 31, 2018, our research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue was 24%.

Developers use our platform to build custom applications and require a state-of-the-art infrastructure to test and run these applications. We will continue to invest in our network infrastructure by strategically increasing our POPs. We also anticipate making investments in upgrading our technology and hardware to continue providing our customers a fast and secure platform. Our capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 were $20.0 million and $18.7 million, respectively, representing 19% and 13% of our revenue in such periods. We expect our capital expenditures to increase on an absolute basis and may increase as a percentage of revenue in future periods. Our gross margins and operating results are impacted by these investments. As of March 31, 2019, we had 60 POPs across 21 countries.

In the event that there are errors in software, failures of hardware, damages to a facility, or misconfigurations of any of our services – whether caused by our products, third-party error, our own error, natural disasters, or security breaches – we could experience lengthy interruptions in our platform as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services. In addition, there can be no assurance that we are adequately prepared for unexpected increases in bandwidth demands by our customers, particularly when customers experience cyber-attacks. The bandwidth we have contracted to purchase may become unavailable for a variety of reasons, including service outages, payment disputes, network providers going out of business, natural disasters, networks imposing traffic limits, or governments adopting regulations that impact network operations.

Key Business Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the key metrics presented in the table below, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, prepare financial projections, and make strategic decisions. The calculation of the key metrics and other measures discussed below may differ from other similarly titled metrics used by other companies, securities analysts or investors.

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,

 
    

2017

   

2018

 

Number of Customers (as of end of period)

     1,439       1,582  

Number of Enterprise Customers (as of end of period)

     170       227  

Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate

     147.3     132.0

 

67


Table of Contents

Number of Customers

We believe that the number of customers is an important indicator of the adoption of our platform. Our definition of a customer consists of identifiable operating entities with which we have a billing relationship in good standing and from which we recognized revenue during the period. In addition to our paying customers, we also have trial, developer, nonprofit and open source program, and other non-paying accounts that are excluded from our customer count metric. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, we had 1,439 and 1,582 customers, respectively.

Number of Enterprise Customers

Historically our revenue has been driven primarily by a subset of customers who have leveraged our platform substantially from a usage standpoint. These enterprise customers are defined as customers with revenue in excess of $100,000 over the previous 12-month period. As of December 31, 2017, we had 170 enterprise customers which generated 82% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2018, we had 227 enterprise customers which generated 84% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018. We believe the recruitment and cultivation of enterprise customers is critical to our long term success.

Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate

Our ability to generate and increase our revenue is dependent upon our ability to increase the number of new customers and increase the usage of our platform and increase the purchase of additional products by our existing customers. We track our performance in this area by measuring our DBNER. Our DBNER increases when customers increase their usage of our platform or purchase additional products and declines when they reduce their usage, benefit from lower pricing on their existing usage or curtail their purchases of additional products. We believe DBNER is a key metric in measuring the long-term value of our customer relationships and our ability to grow our revenue through increased usage of our platform and purchase of additional products by our existing customers. However, our calculation of DBNER indicates only expansion among continuing customers and does not indicate any decrease in revenue attributable to former customers, which may differ from similar metrics of other companies. We calculate DBNER by dividing the revenue for a given period from customers who remained customers as of the last day of the given period (current period) by the revenue from the same customers for the same period measured one year prior (base period). The revenue included in the current period excludes revenue from (i) customers that churned after the end of the base period and (ii) new customers that entered into a customer agreement after the end of the base period. For example, to calculate our DBNER for the year ended December 31, 2018, we divided (i) revenue for the 12 months ended December 31, 2018, from customers that entered into a customer agreement prior to January 1, 2018, and that remained customers as of December 31, 2018, by (ii) revenue for the 12 months ended December 31, 2017 from the same set of customers.

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, our DBNER was 147.3% and 132.0%, respectively. As described above, our customers tend to increase their usage of our platform in their second year, which is typically followed by more modest increases in usage, if any, in ensuing years. As a result, while DBNER may fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among other things, the timing associated with new customer accounts, we expect our DBNER to continue to decrease on an annual basis as customers that have used our platform for more than two years become a larger portion of both our overall customer base and the revenue that we use to calculate DBNER.

We separately monitor customer retention and churn on an annual basis by measuring our annual revenue retention rate, which we calculate by multiplying the final full month of revenue from a customer that terminated its contract with us (a Churned Customer) by the number of months remaining in the same calendar year (Annual Revenue Churn). The quotient of the Annual Revenue Churn from all of our Churned Customers divided by our annual revenue of the same calendar year is then subtracted from 100% to determine our annual revenue retention rate. We believe this calculation is helpful in that it is based on the amount of revenue that we would expect to have received in the remaining portion of a particular period had a customer not terminated its contract with us. It is not indicative of the actual revenue contribution from churned customers in past periods. By comparing this amount to actual revenue for the period, we are able to assess our ability to replace terminated

 

68


Table of Contents

revenue by generating revenue from new and continuing customers. Our annual revenue retention rate for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was 99.0% and 98.9%, respectively.

Key Components of Statement of Operations

Revenue

We derive our revenue primarily from usage-based fees earned from customers using our platform. We also earn flat fees from certain products and services.

Customers are generally invoiced in arrears on a monthly basis. Many customers have tiered usage pricing which reflects discounted rates as usage increases. Our larger customers often enter into contracts that contain minimum billing commitments and reflect discounted pricing associated with such usage levels.

We define U.S. revenue as revenue from customers that have a billing address in the United States and we define international revenue as revenue from customers that have a billing address outside of the United States. Our revenue has been and will continue to be impacted by new and existing customers’ usage of our products, international expansion and the success of our sales efforts.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue consists primarily of fees paid for bandwidth, peering, and colocation. Cost of revenue also includes personnel costs, such as salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation for our customer support and infrastructure employees, and non-personnel costs, such as amortization of capitalized internal-use software development costs, and depreciation of our network equipment. Our arrangements with network service providers require us to pay fees based on bandwidth use, in some cases subject to minimum commitments, which may be underutilized. We expect our cost of revenue to continue to increase on an absolute basis and may increase as a percentage of revenue, including as a result of depreciation and amortization associated with capital expenditures in future periods.

Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a number of factors, including the timing and extent of our investments in our operations, our ability to manage our network service providers and cloud infrastructure-related fees, the timing of amortization of capitalized software development costs, and depreciation of our network equipment and the extent to which we periodically choose to pass on our cost savings from network optimization efforts to our customers in the form of lower usage rates.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, cloud infrastructure fees for development and testing, amortization of capitalized internal-use software development costs, and an allocation of our general overhead expenses. We capitalize the portion of our software development costs that meet the criteria for capitalization.

We continue to focus our research and development efforts on adding new features and products including new use cases, improving the efficiency and performance of our network, and increasing the functionality of our existing products. We expect our research and development expenses to continue to increase on an absolute basis and may increase as a percentage of revenue in future periods.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including commissions for our sales employees, as well as salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation. Sales and marketing expenses also include expenditures related to advertising, marketing, our brand awareness activities, costs related to our Altitude conferences, professional services fees, and an allocation of our general overhead expenses.

 

69


Table of Contents

We focus our sales and marketing efforts on generating awareness of our company, platform, and products, creating sales leads, and establishing and promoting our brand, both domestically and internationally. We plan to increase our investment in sales and marketing by hiring additional sales and marketing personnel, expanding our sales channels, driving our go-to-market strategies, building our brand awareness, and sponsoring additional marketing events. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase on an absolute basis and may increase as a percentage of revenue in future periods.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, for our accounting, finance, legal, human resources, and administrative support personnel and executives. General and administrative expenses also include costs related to legal and other professional services fees, sales and other taxes, depreciation and amortization, an allocation of our general overhead expenses, and bad debt expense. We expect that we will incur costs associated with supporting the growth of our business, our transition to, and operation as, a public company and to meet the increased compliance requirements associated with our international expansion.

Our general and administrative expenses include a significant amount of sales and other taxes to which we are subject based on the manner we sell and deliver our products. Historically, we have not collected such taxes from our customers and have therefore recorded such taxes as general and administrative expenses. We expect that these expenses will decline in future years as we continue to implement our sales tax collection mechanisms and start collecting these taxes from our customers. We expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase on an absolute basis and may increase as a percentage of revenue in future periods.

Income Taxes

Our income tax expense consists primarily of income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions where we conduct business and state minimum income taxes in the United States. We have a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards. We expect to maintain this valuation allowance for the foreseeable future.

 

70


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the period presented and as a percentage of our revenue for that period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
    

2017

    

2018

 
    

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations:

     

Revenue

   $ 104,900      $ 144,563  

Cost of revenue (1)

     48,672        65,499  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     56,228        79,064  

Operating expenses:

     

Research and development (1)

     28,989        34,618  

Sales and marketing (1)

     40,818        50,134  

General and administrative (1)

     17,451        23,450  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     87,258        108,202  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (31,030      (29,138

Other expenses, net

     (1,212      (1,612
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (32,242      (30,750
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income taxes

     208        185  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (32,450    $ (30,935
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,

 
    

2017

    

2018

 
    

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 190      $ 265  

Research and development

     1,040        1,332  

Sales and marketing

     493        1,023  

General and administrative

     1,086        1,459  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,809      $ 4,079  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents
    

Year Ended
December 31,

 
    

2017

   

2018

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations, as a percentage of revenue:**

    

Revenue

     100     100

Cost of revenue

     46       45  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     54       55  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     27       24  

Sales and marketing

     39       35  

General and administrative

     17       16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     83       75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (30     (20

Other expenses, net

     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (31     (21

Income taxes

     *       *  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (31 )%      (21 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Less than 0.5% of revenue.

**

Columns may not add up to 100% due to rounding.

Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

Revenue

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

        
    

2017

    

2018

    

Change

 
    

(in thousands)

        

Revenue

   $ 104,900      $ 144,563        38

Revenue was $104.9 million for 2017 compared to $144.6 million for 2018, an increase of $39.7 million, or 38%. We had 1,439 customers and 170 enterprise customers as of December 31, 2017. We had 1,582 customers and 227 enterprise customers as of December 31, 2018. This is an increase of 143, or 10%, in customers and 57, or 33%, in enterprise customers from December 31, 2017. Approximately 95% of our revenue in 2018 was driven by usage on our platform. The remainder of our revenue was generated by our other products and services, including support and professional services.

U.S. revenue was $82.7 million and 79% of revenue in 2017. U.S. revenue was $110.9 million and 77% of revenue in 2018. This is an increase of $28.2 million, or 34%, from U.S. revenue in 2017. International revenue was $22.2 million and 21% of revenue in 2017. International revenue was 33.7 million and 23% of revenue in 2018. This is an increase of $11.5 million, or 52%, from international revenue in 2017. We had 830 domestic customers and 609 international customers in 2017. We had 861 domestic customers and 721 international customers in 2018. This is an increase in domestic customers of 31, or 4%, from 2017 and an increase in international customers of 112, or 18%, from 2017.

 

72


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

 

    

Year Ended
December 31

        
    

2017

    

2018

    

Change

 
    

(in thousands)

        

Cost of revenue

   $ 48,672      $ 65,499        35

Cost of revenue was $48.7 million for 2017 compared to $65.5 million for 2018, an increase of $16.8 million, or 35%. In 2017 and 2018, our cost of revenue consisted of bandwidth, peering, and colocation fees as well as personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation for employees who support the buildout and operation of the network. Our cost of revenue also includes depreciation expense for network equipment, amortization of capitalized internal-use software, and other network costs. The increase in cost of revenue was due to an increase in bandwidth costs of $3.5 million, an increase of colocation costs of $2.3 million, and an increase in other network costs of $2.3 million due to increased traffic on our platform. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $3.2 million due to increased investments in our platform. Personnel costs increased by $2.7 million due to an increase in headcount.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

    

Year Ended
December 31

       
    

2017

   

2018

   

Change

 
    

(in thousands)

       

Gross profit

   $ 56,228     $ 79,064       41

Gross margin

     53.6     54.7     1.1

Gross profit was $56.2 million for 2017 compared to $79.1 million for 2018, an increase of $22.8 million, or 41%. The increase in gross profit is due to an increase in revenue from usage of our platform.

Gross margin was 53.6% for 2017 compared to 54.7% for 2018, an increase of 1.1%. The increase is due to better optimization of our platform.

Operating Expenses

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,

       
    

2017

   

2018

   

Change

 
    

(in thousands)

       

Research and development

   $ 28,989     $ 34,618       20

Sales and marketing

     40,818       50,134       23

General and administrative

     17,451       23,450       34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 87,258     $ 108,202       24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of revenue:

      

Research and development

     27     24     (3)

Sales and marketing

     39     35     (4)

General and administrative

     17     16     (1 )% 

Research and development expenses were $29.0 million for 2017 compared to $34.6 million for 2018, an increase of $5.7 million, or 20%. This increase is due to an increase of $6.2 million of personnel related costs, such as salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation. This was offset by an increase in capitalized internal-use software of $1.9 million.

 

73


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expenses were $40.9 million for 2017 compared to $50.1 million for 2018, an increase of $9.3 million, or 23%. This increase is due to a $5.1 million increase in personnel related costs, such as salaries, sales commissions, benefits and stock-based compensation, due to an increase in headcount, an increase of $1.5 million in the allocation of corporate costs for facilities and information systems costs, an increase in travel costs of $1.1 million, and an increase in external marketing costs of $0.8 million, such as marketing events, including our Altitude conferences, sponsorship, and advertising.

General and administrative costs were $17.5 million in 2017 compared to $23.5 million in 2018, an increase of $6.0 million, or 34%. This increase is due to an increase of $6.2 million of personnel related costs, such as salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation due to an increase in headcount, and an increase of $1.0 million in external professional services such as legal, accounting, and enterprise systems. Transaction taxes decreased by $1.3 million primarily due to the release of a reserve of $1.9 million that was no longer required.

Other Income and Expense

Interest Income

 

    

Year Ended
December 31

        
     2017      2018      Change  
    

(in thousands)

        

Interest income

   $ 443      $ 939        112

Interest income was $443,000 for 2017 as compared to $939,000 for 2018, an increase of $496,000, or 112%. This increase is due to interest on cash raised from our Series F convertible Preferred Stock financing in 2018.

Interest Expense

 

    

Year Ended
December 31

        
     2017      2018      Change  
    

(in thousands)

        

Interest expense

   $ 1,116      $ 1,810        62

Interest expense was $1.1 million for 2017 as compared to $1.8 million for 2018, an increase of $0.7 million, or 62%. This increase is due to additional borrowings during 2018.

Other expense, net

 

    

Year Ended
December 31

        
     2017      2018      Change  
    

(in thousands)

        

Other expense, net

   $ 539      $ 741        37

Other expense, net was $539,000 for 2017 as compared to $741,000 for 2018, an increase of $202,000, or 37%. This increase is primarily due to mark-to-market adjustments for warrant liabilities.

Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Data

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated. The unaudited quarterly statements of operations data set forth below have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of such

 

74


Table of Contents

data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   

(Unaudited)

Three Months Ended

 
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2017
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
 
                      (in thousands)                    

Revenue

  $ 24,401     $ 24,271     $ 26,191     $ 30,037     $ 32,498     $ 34,448     $ 36,820     $ 40,797  

Cost of revenue (1)

    10,469       10,915       12,794       14,494       15,384       15,695       16,711       17,709  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    13,932       13,356       13,397       15,543       17,114       18,753       20,109       23,088  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

               

Operating Expense

               

Research and development (1)

    6,139       6,751       8,188       7,911       7,979       8,099       9,233       9,307  

Sales and marketing (1)

    8,839       9,910       10,784       11,285       12,343       11,973       12,331       13,487  

General and administrative (1)

    3,280       3,857       4,873       5,441       5,703       4,130       6,265       7,352  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    18,258       20,518       23,845       24,637       26,025       24,202       27,829       30,146  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (4,326     (7,162     (10,448     (9,094     (8,911     (5,449     (7,720     (7,058

Interest income

    46       117       156       124       137       147       293       362  

Interest expense

    (231     (226     (340     (319     (381     (359     (479     (591

Other income (expense), net

    (171     (118     (184     (66     (94     (140     (530     23  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (4,682     (7,389     (10,816     (9,355     (9,249     (5,801     (8,436     (7,264

Income taxes

    31       48       71       58       56       35       51       43  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (4,713   $ (7,437   $ (10,887   $ (9,413   $ (9,305   $ (5,836   $ (8,487   $ (7,307
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes stock based compensation as follows:

    

         

Cost of revenue

  $ 43     $ 40     $ 43     $ 64     $ 52     $ 71     $ 55     $ 87  

Research and development

    244       239       276       281       276       324       307       425  

Sales and marketing

    128       82       123       160       225       226       242       330  

General and administrative

    236       268       292       290       295       369       357       438  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 651     $ 629     $ 734     $ 795     $ 848     $ 990     $ 961     $ 1,280  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents
   

(Unaudited)

Three Months Ended

 
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2017
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
 
    (percentage values)  

Revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

    43     45     49     48     47     46     45     43
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    57     55     51     52     53     54     55     57
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

               

Operating Expense

               

Research and development

    25     28     31     26     25     24     25     23

Sales and marketing

    36     41     41     38     38     35     33     33

General and administrative

    13     16     19     18     18     12     17     18
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    75     85     91     82     80     70     76     74
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (18 )%      (30 )%      (40 )%      (30 )%      (27 )%      (16 )%      (21 )%      (17 )% 

Interest income

    0     0     1     0     0     0     1     1

Interest expense

    (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )% 

Other income (expense), net

    (1 )%      0     (1 )%      0     0     0     (1 )%      0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (19 )%      (30 )%      (41 )%      (31 )%      (28 )%      (17 )%      (23 )%      (18 )% 

Income taxes

    0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (19 )%      (31 )%      (41 )%      (32 )%      (29 )%      (17 )%      (23 )%      (18 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

Three Months Ended

 
   

March 31,
2017

   

June 30,
2017

   

September 30,
2017

   

December 31,
2017

   

March 31,
2018

   

June 30,
2018

   

September 30,
2018

   

December 31,
2018

 

Key Business Metrics (1)

               

Number of Customers (as of end of period)

    1,261       1,284       1,365       1,439       1,444       1,529       1,516       1,582  

Number of Enterprise Customers (as of end of period)

    132       143       157       170       182       189       212       227  

Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate

    146.7     145.0     148.6     147.3     140.3     139.1     136.1     132.0

 

(1)

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics” for our definitions of these metrics.

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Our quarterly revenue increased in each period presented, with the exception of the three months ended June 30, 2017, primarily due to an increase in the usage of our platform by our existing customers and the addition of new customers. There was a decrease in revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2017 due to several customers renewing at lower rates.

Quarterly Cost of Revenue Trends

Our cost of revenue increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented, primarily driven by expanded use of our platform by existing and new customers, which resulted in increased network costs. We expect our cost of revenue to continue to increase on an absolute basis in future quarters and may increase as a percentage of revenue based on the timing of investments made in our network.

 

76


Table of Contents

Quarterly Gross Margin Trends

Our gross margin can fluctuate quarter to quarter due to the timing of investments made in our network.

Quarterly Operating Expense Trends

Our operating expenses generally have increased in almost every fiscal quarter primarily due to increases in headcount and other related expenses to support our growth. Our research and development costs in the quarter ended September 30, 2017 reflect an increase in allocation due to an increase in hiring as compared to the rest of the Company. The allocation decreased in the quarter ended December 31, 2017 as hiring in other areas of the Company increased. Our sales and marketing costs can fluctuate based on the timing of our external conferences, such as Altitude. Our general and administrative expenses for the quarter ended June 30, 2018 reflect the release of $1.9 million of reserves related to a transaction tax matter that was favorably resolved. We expect our operating expenses to continue to increase on an absolute basis in future quarters.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, our principal sources of liquidity have been payments received from customers, the net proceeds we received through sales of equity securities, as well as borrowings under our credit facilities. From our inception through December 31, 2018, we have completed several rounds of equity financings through the sales of shares of our convertible preferred stock for total net proceeds of $219.6 million. We believe that our cash and cash equivalents balances, our credit facilities, and the cash flows generated by our operations will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months.

Credit Facilities

In November 2017 we entered into a $30 million term loan pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (Senior Loan Agreement). All amounts outstanding under the Senior Loan Agreement accrue interest at a rate of prime plus 1.75%. All obligations owed in connection with the Senior Loan Agreement are secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets other than our intellectual property. All outstanding loans under the Senior Loan Agreement, if not paid earlier, will become due and payable on November 1, 2021. We are required to comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants in the Senior Loan Agreement, including a requirement that we maintain a ratio of cash and cash equivalents plus net unbilled accounts receivable to current liabilities plus long term debt minus the current portion of any deferred revenue (an Adjusted Quick Ratio) at all times of at least 1.15 to 1.0, as well as a requirement that we achieve trailing three-month revenue tested on a monthly basis in amounts not less than 80% of our board approved annual budget. We are also required to maintain at least $10 million in unrestricted cash with the lender or its affiliates at all times.

In December 2018, we entered into a Second Lien Credit Agreement pursuant to which the lenders thereunder committed to lend us up to an additional $30 million in term loans. We were required by the terms of the Second Lien Credit Agreement to draw at least $20 million by not later than December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018 we have drawn a total of $20 million under the Second Lien Credit Agreement. All amounts outstanding under the Second Lien Credit Agreement accrue interest at a floating rate that is based on the prime rate plus 4.25%. All obligations that are owed in connection with the Second Lien Credit Agreement are secured by a second priority lien on substantially all of our assets other than our intellectual property. All outstanding loans under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, if not paid earlier, will become due and payable in December 2021. We are required to comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants in the Second Lien Credit Agreement, including a requirement that we achieve trailing three-month revenue tested on a monthly basis in amounts not less than 75% of our board approved annual budget.

 

77


Table of Contents

We were in compliance with our covenants as of December 31, 2018.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the period indicated:

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,

 
    

2017

    

2018

 
    

(in thousands)

 

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (25,861    $ (16,985

Cash used in investing activities

     (15,780      (47,020

Cash provided by financing activities

     55,406        69,637  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,733      $ 5,654  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

In 2017, cash used in operating activities consisted primarily of our net loss of $32.5 million adjusted for non-cash items, including $2.8 million of stock-based compensation expense, $9.6 million of depreciation and amortization, and an increase in our bad debt expense of $1.0 million. With respect to changes in operating assets and liabilities, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities increased $2.2 million. This was partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable and prepaid expenses of $9.6 million, which primarily resulted from the growth of our business and the timing of cash receipts from certain of our larger customers, pre-payments for travel, benefits, and commissions as well as an increase in short-term deposits and VAT receivables.

In 2018, cash used in operating activities consisted primarily of our net loss of $30.9 million adjusted for non-cash items, including $13.4 million of depreciation and amortization expense, $4.1 million of stock-based compensation expense, and an increase in our bad debt expense of $0.6 million. With respect to changes in operating assets and liabilities, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities increased by $4.7 million. This was partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $6.2 million and prepaid expenses of $2.3 million, respectively, due to the growth of our business and the timing of cash receipts from certain of our larger customers, pre-payments for insurance, rent, and software licenses, as well as an increase in VAT receivable.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

In 2017, cash used in investing activities was $15.8 million, primarily consisting of $13.2 million of payments related to purchases of property and equipment to expand our network. We also purchased an additional $46.1 million of marketable securities and sold $43.5 million of marketable securities.

In 2018, cash used in investing activities was $47.0 million, primarily consisting of $19.7 million of payments related to purchases of property and equipment to expand our network. We also purchased an additional $62.7 million of marketable securities and sold $35.2 million of marketable securities.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

In 2017, cash provided by financing activities was $55.4 million, primarily consisting of $49.8 million in proceeds from our sale of Series E convertible preferred stock, net of issuance expenses, $4.9 million of net borrowings, and $0.6 million in proceeds from stock option exercises by our employees.

In 2018, cash provided by financing activities was $69.6 million, primarily consisting of $39.9 million in proceeds from our sales of Series F convertible preferred stock, net of issuance expenses, $27.1 million of net borrowings, and $2.6 million in proceeds from stock option exercises by our employees and directors.

 

78


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

The following table summarizes our non-cancelable contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018:

 

    

Less than 1
Year

    

1-3 Years

    

3-5 Years

    

After 5
Years

    

Total

 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations (1)

   $ 5,097      $ 2,390      $ —        $ —        $ 7,487  

Purchase obligations (2)

     43,691        12,447        402        —          56,540  

Debt (3)

     15,169        46,776        24        —          61,969  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 63,957      $ 61,613      $ 426      $ —        $ 125,996  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Operating lease obligations represent total future minimum rent payments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements, net of sublease income of $1.5 million.

(2)

Purchase obligations represent total future minimum payments under contracts with our cloud infrastructure provider, network service providers, and other vendors. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty.

(3)

Debt represents principal and interest payments under our loan and security agreements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Segment Information

We have one business activity and operate in one reportable segment.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate and currency exchange risks as follows:

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash and cash equivalents of $37.0 million as of December 31, 2018, which consisted of bank deposits and money market funds. The cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. To date, fluctuations in interest income have not been significant. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while generating income without significantly increasing risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, we have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. Under our Senior Loan Agreement, amounts borrowed prior to December 2018 bear interest at a rate of prime plus 1.75%. Amounts borrowed under the Second Lien Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate of prime plus 4.25%. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during the period presented would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Currency Exchange Risks

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Therefore, we are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as we convert the financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars. The local currencies of our foreign subsidiaries are the British pound and Japanese Yen. Our subsidiaries remeasure

 

79


Table of Contents

monetary assets and liabilities at period-end exchange rates, while non-monetary items are remeasured at historical rates. Revenue and expense accounts are remeasured at the average exchange rate in effect during the period. If there is a change in foreign currency exchange rates, the conversion of our foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements into U.S. dollars would result in a realized gain or loss which is recorded in our consolidated statements of operations. We do not currently engage in any hedging activity to reduce our potential exposure to currency fluctuations, although we may choose to do so in the future. A hypothetical 10% change in foreign exchange rates during the period presented would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, and expenses and related disclosures. Actual results and outcomes could differ significantly from our estimates, judgments, and assumptions. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving our judgments and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with the authoritative guidance for revenue recognition, including guidance on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

We primarily derive revenue from customer usage of our platform. Customers can commit to a minimum monthly level of usage and specify the rate at which they will pay for actual usage above the monthly minimum. For contracts with a monthly commitment, we recognize the monthly minimum as revenue each month, provided that an enforceable contract has been executed, the service has been delivered to the customer, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. Should a customer’s usage of our platform exceed the monthly minimum, we recognize revenue for such excess in the period of additional usage. For customers without a monthly commitment, we recognize revenue monthly based upon the customer’s actual usage provided that an enforceable contract has been executed, the service has been delivered to the customer, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.

When more than one element is contained in a revenue arrangement, we determine the fair value for each element in the arrangement based on vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) or third-party evidence (TPE) for each respective element. For arrangements in which we are unable to establish VSOE or TPE for each element, we use the best estimate of selling price (BESP) to determine the fair value of the separate deliverables. We allocate arrangement consideration across the multiple elements using the relative selling price method. If we subsequently determine that collection from a customer is not reasonably assured, we record an allowance for doubtful accounts and bad debt expense for all of that customer’s unpaid invoices.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the authoritative guidance on stock compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this guidance, stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. We account for forfeitures as they occur.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options granted to our employees and directors.

 

80


Table of Contents

The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, the expected term of the options, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock. Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

   

Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based on the vesting terms, exercise terms, and contractual lives of the options. The expected term was estimated using the simplified method allowed under SEC guidance.

 

   

Volatility. Since we do not have a trading history of our common stock, the expected volatility is determined based on the historical stock volatilities of our comparable companies. Comparable companies consist of public companies in our industry, which are similar in size, stage of life cycle, and financial leverage. We intend to continue to apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equivalent to that of the options for each expected term.

 

   

Dividend Yield. The expected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about our anticipated dividend policy. As we have no history of paying any dividends, we use an expected dividend yield of zero.

We account for forfeitures as they occur.

Common Stock Valuation

The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, after considering contemporaneous third-party valuations and input from management. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid,  Valuation  of  Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.  In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations performed at periodic intervals by unrelated third-party valuation firms;

 

   

the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to outside investors in arms-length transactions;

 

   

the rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

our actual and expected operating and financial performance as well as capital resources;

 

81


Table of Contents
   

current business conditions and projections;

 

   

our hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

   

the risks inherent in the development and expansion of our platform and products;

 

   

our stage of development and material risks related to our business;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our business given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

the illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

   

secondary stock transactions, including secondary stock purchase transactions that were executed among certain of our employees and board members and an unrelated third party.

The valuations performed by unrelated third-party specialists were just one factor used by our board of directors to assist with the valuation of the common stock. In valuing our common stock, the equity value was determined using two different methods, which includes back-solving overall equity value to the price paid by recent financing transactions, and the market-based approach. The fair value of our equity was then allocated to various securities within our capital structure by applying an option pricing method. The market-based approach estimates value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined and then applied to the subject company’s financial results to estimate the value of the subject company.

The resulting equity value was then allocated to each class of stock using an Option Pricing Model (OPM). The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of our convertible preferred stock. The common stock is modeled as a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after our convertible preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is difficult to predict and thus creates highly speculative forecasts. After the equity value is determined and allocated to the various classes of shares, a discount for lack of marketability (DLOM), is applied to arrive at the fair value of common stock. A DLOM is applied based on the theory that as an owner of a private company stock, the stockholder has limited opportunities to sell this stock, and any such sale would involve significant transaction costs, thereby reducing overall fair market value.

Our assessments of the fair value of common stock for grant dates between the dates of the valuations were based in part on the currently available financial and operational information and the common stock value provided in the most recent valuation as compared to the timing of each grant. For financial reporting purposes, we considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date.

Following this offering, it will not be necessary to determine the fair value of our Class A common stock using these valuation approaches as shares of our Class A common stock will be traded in the public market.

Based on the assumed initial public offering price per share of $                 , which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our outstanding stock options as of                was $        million, with $        million related to vested stock options.

 

82


Table of Contents

Internal-Use Software Development Costs

We capitalize certain costs related to the development of our platform and other software applications for internal use. In accordance with authoritative guidance, we begin to capitalize our costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. We stop capitalizing these costs when the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, including the completion of all significant testing. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally estimated to be three years. We also capitalize costs related to specific enhancements when it is probable the expenditure will result in additional functionality and expense costs incurred for maintenance and minor enhancements. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded within research and development expenses in our consolidated statement of operations. We exercise judgment in determining the point at which various projects may be capitalized, in assessing the ongoing value of the capitalized costs and in determining the estimated useful lives over which the costs are amortized. To the extent that we change the manner in which we develop and test new features and functionalities related to our platform, assess the ongoing value of capitalized assets, or determine the estimated useful lives over which the costs are amortized, the amount of internal-use software development costs we capitalize and amortize could change in future periods.

Legal and Other Contingencies

From time to time, we have been and will continue to be subject to legal proceedings and claims. Periodically, we evaluate the status of each legal matter and assess our potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any legal proceeding or litigation is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss. Significant judgment is required to determine the probability of a loss and whether the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. The outcome of any proceeding is not determinable in advance. As a result, the assessment of a potential liability and the amount of accruals recorded are based only on the information available to us at the time. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to the legal proceeding or litigation, and may revise our estimates. Any revisions could have a material effect on our results of operations.

We conduct operations in many tax jurisdictions throughout the United States. In many of these jurisdictions, non-income-based taxes, such as sales and use and telecommunications taxes are assessed on our operations. We are subject to indirect taxes, and may be subject to certain other taxes, in some of these jurisdictions. Historically, we have not billed or collected these taxes and, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we have recorded a provision for our tax exposure in these jurisdictions when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the exposure can be reasonably estimated. As a result, we have recorded a liability of $3.1 million as of December 31, 2018. These estimates are based on several key assumptions, including the taxability of our products, the jurisdictions in which we believe we have nexus and the sourcing of revenues to those jurisdictions. In the event these jurisdictions challenge our assumptions and analysis, our actual exposure could differ materially from our current estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See “Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” included in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

83


Table of Contents

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (1) are no longer an emerging growth company or (2) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

 

84


Table of Contents

A LETTER FROM ARTUR BERGMAN, DEVELOPER, FOUNDER AND CEO

Why I Built Fastly: Making The Edge Work For Developers

Fastly was built by developers, to empower developers.

I founded Fastly based on my experience leading engineering at Wikia, a global community knowledge-sharing platform. As a technical leader, it was my job to deliver an equally fast, reliable, and secure online experience for passionate communities around the world. Much like Wikipedia, Wikia is a platform where people constantly make rapid-fire, simultaneous updates to shared information all day, every day, across thousands of topics. I knew that slow and out-of-date content was costing us community members and decreasing engagement, which impacted revenue. Little did I know that companies offering real-time airline bookings, online ticket sales, e-commerce inventory, hotel availability, community reviews, and breaking news on the web also faced the same challenge of securely providing highly dynamic and time-sensitive content to people all over the world, instantly.

CDNs were supposed to address this problem, but I discovered that existing solutions weren’t actually equipped to enable the global, real-time experiences we needed to deliver for our community members. Even worse, the innovative solutions our developers wanted to implement using legacy CDNs were blocked by a frustrating lack of flexibility, visibility, and scalability. I realized that we needed something radically more modern in order to provide the community with equally fast, secure, and reliable experiences at massive scale—and so did other companies.

Our Edge Cloud Platform

When I asked the legacy CDN providers for a solution that could meet the needs of my massive, rapidly changing content base, I was told it was “impossible.” When I hear the word “impossible,” I see an opportunity. Great companies aren’t manufactured, but born out of necessity to provide immensely valuable solutions. Enter Fastly. Open source software and improvements in hardware inspired me to do something that had never been done before: empower developers to build innovative software and eliminate the pain of choosing between scale, security, and speed of delivery. No growing business can afford to de-prioritize even one of those elements.

Fastly was built to put the power back into developers’ hands. Using software, we developed an edge cloud platform designed to provide unprecedented, real-time control, and visibility, removing traditional barriers to innovation. To empower other developers to write and deploy code instantly at the edge, we made the platform extremely accessible, self-service, and API-first, which differentiates Fastly from traditional approaches offered by legacy CDNs. We pushed the boundaries of what’s possible, and the developer community jumped on board with us. Fastly brings the power of the cloud closer to the user, enabling highly dynamic, personalized digital experiences in real time, at global scale. We allow organizations to engage globally distributed end-users with equally delightful and secure experiences, so they stay better connected with the things they love.

As the consumption of digital content continues to grow globally, organizations rely on Fastly to scale digital experiences for users around the world. Today, our platform handles hundreds of billions of internet requests a day. We deliver a critical service that helps our customers better delight, serve, and protect their end-users. Our core values put our customers first, because when we help them thrive, everyone benefits. It brings me great joy to know we’ve built a solution our customers both use and truly love, which has led to our customers becoming long-term friends and partners.

Our Developer Roots

At Fastly, we are in the business of enabling developers to dream bigger. The impact of our work is immense. We’ve built a team of brilliant technical minds who think outside of the box to move the industry

 

85


Table of Contents

forward. Our engineering staff includes experts in every part of the stack that makes up the internet. We put a premium on deep technical expertise because of the critical nature and broad reach of the services we provide to our customers. It’s humbling and deeply exciting to work alongside and welcome world-class experts to our team every day.

Growing Values-First

We have built a new modern architecture for the software-defined future of the internet, but there’s more to Fastly than just technology.

We have chosen to grow with a focus on transparency, integrity, and inclusion. We are building a kind, ethical, and inclusive team that reflects our diverse customer base. The more diverse our workforce, the easier it is to attract diverse talent and build technology that provides true value for leading businesses and their end-users across the world.

We are a company of rational optimists who believe that actions speak louder than words, and anything is possible. We value privacy and do not exploit our customers’ end-user data. We also support a growing number of great nonprofit organizations and open source projects powered by our platform for free. We make the web more beautiful through our work.

You may be wondering what a more beautiful web looks like to us. Technology isn’t really about servers or serverless; it’s about people. We never forget that at the heart of our work is the goal to improve people’s daily lives. Fastly was founded on a strong culture of support and service, and we are committed to serving the very best of the internet.

The phrase “you’re only as good as the company you keep” has always been a guiding principle for me, both personally and professionally. It speaks to our hiring practices and the business ethics I’m committed to upholding as we continue to grow. Doing what’s right benefits our employees, our customers, and the internet. Just as we choose to work with individuals who are trustworthy, demonstrate integrity, and reflect our values, we choose to work with customers that we believe have integrity, are trustworthy, and do not promote violence or hate, nor will we work with customers who do so.

As a growing software company, we have the opportunity to make an immense, lasting positive impact on the world through technology. We will continue to push the edge of innovation, so we’ll always be ready to empower our customers’ biggest, boldest dreams. This is just the beginning.

I invite you to join us.

- Artur

 

86


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Developers are reinventing the way we live, work, and play online. Yet they repeatedly encounter innovation barriers when delivering modern digital experiences. Expectations for digital experiences are at an all-time high; they must be fast, secure, and highly personalized. If they aren’t reliable, end-users simply take their business elsewhere. The challenge today is enabling developers to deliver a modern digital experience while simultaneously providing scale, security, and performance. We built our edge cloud platform to solve this problem.

The edge cloud is a new category of IaaS that enables developers to build, secure, and deliver digital experiences, at the edge of the internet. This service represents the convergence of the CDN with functionality that has been traditionally delivered by hardware-centric appliances such as ADC, WAF, Bot Detection, and DDoS solutions. It also includes the emergence of a new, but growing, edge computing market which aims to move compute power and logic as close to the end-user as possible. The edge cloud uses the emerging cloud computing, serverless paradigm in which the cloud provider runs the server and dynamically manages the allocation of machine resources. When milliseconds matter, processing at the edge is an ideal way to handle highly dynamic and time-sensitive data. The edge cloud complements data center, central cloud, and hybrid solutions.

Our mission is to fuel the next modern digital experience by providing developers with a programmable and reliable edge cloud platform that they adopt as their own.

Organizations must keep up with complex and ever-evolving end-user requirements. We help them surpass their end-users’ expectations by powering fast, secure, and scalable digital experiences. We built a powerful edge cloud platform, designed from the ground up to be programmable and support agile software development. We believe our platform gives our customers a significant competitive advantage, whether they were born into the digital age or are just embarking on their digital transformation journey. Our platform consists of three key components: a programmable edge, a software-defined modern network, and a philosophy of customer empowerment. Our programmable edge provides developers with real-time visibility and control, where they can write and deploy code to push application logic to the edge. It supports modern application delivery processes, freeing developers to innovate without constraints. Our software-defined modern network is built for the software-defined future. It is powerful, efficient, and flexible, designed to enable us to rapidly scale to meet the needs of the most demanding customers and never be a barrier to their growth. Our 45 terabit software-centric network is located in 60 uniquely designed POPs across the world as of March 31, 2019. Finally, being developers ourselves, we empower customers to build great things while supporting their efforts through frictionless tools and a deeply technical support team that facilitates ongoing collaboration.

We serve both established enterprises and technology-savvy organizations. Our customers represent a diverse set of organizations across many industries with one thing in common: they are competing by using the power of software to build differentiation at the edge. With our edge cloud platform, our customers are disrupting existing industries and creating new ones. For example, several of our customers have reinvented digital publishing by connecting readers through subscription models to indispensable content, helping people understand the world through deeply reported independent journalism. Our customers’ software applications use our edge cloud platform to ensure concert goers can buy tickets to the live events they love, travelers can book flights seamlessly and embark on their next great adventure, and sports fans can stream events in real time, across all devices. The range of applications that developers build with our edge cloud platform continues to surpass our expectations.

So where do we go from here? Our vision is to create a trustworthy internet, where good thrives. We want all developers to have the ability to deliver the next transformative digital experience on a global scale. And

 

87


Table of Contents

because big ideas often start small, we love it when developers experiment and iterate on our edge cloud platform, coming up with exciting new ways to solve today’s complex problems.

Our usage-based revenue grows as our customers’ websites and applications deliver, process, and protect more traffic, as they adopt more features of our edge platform and as they more broadly adopt our platform across their organization. A meaningful indicator of the increased activity from our existing customers is our DBNER, which was 147.3% and 132.0% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

We have achieved significant growth in recent periods. For the year ended December 31, 2017, our revenue was $104.9 million compared to $144.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $39.7 million, or 37.8%. We incurred a net loss of $32.5 million and $30.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Industry Background

Our industry is influenced by a number of different factors which fall under three macro-level trends:

 

  1.

End-user online behaviors are changing rapidly and expectations have reached an all-time high, driven by constant connectivity and new, dynamic technologies.

 

  2.

To keep up, enterprises need to reinvent themselves by embracing digital transformation and technologies such as edge and cloud computing.

 

  3.

Developers are key to this success and they are empowered to innovate for enterprises to gain competitive advantage.

Online Behaviors and Expectations Have Changed

Hyper-connected end-users are increasingly impatient. We live in a digital age defined by constant connectivity and instant gratification. Recent research from the Pew Research Center shows that 39% of Americans aged 18 to 29 now go online “almost constantly.” These connected end-users have more choice, more access to information and less patience. Slower load times lead to fewer page views and lower customer satisfaction. According to a Google study, as page load times increase from one to five seconds, the probability of bounce increases 90%.

End-users expect instant, personalized, and dynamic experiences online. We believe personalized content results in increased sales and an increased likelihood of repeat purchases. The increasing popularity of the mobile application, gaming, and live-streaming markets has fueled explosive growth in dynamic content. Whether searching for a restaurant on their mobile application or streaming live sporting events on their tablet, end-users expect an instant, highly personalized, and interactive online experience.

Emerging technologies, such as the IoT and AR/VR, are only starting to take root, yet their transformative nature is readily apparent. IoT is creating compelling use cases around autonomous driving, predictive maintenance, and asset tracking. AR/VR promise to redefine how we interact with the world around us, from the gaming and entertainment industries to retail and manufacturing. These technologies will require companies to rapidly process vast amounts of data closer to the end-user, or device, for instant, accurate responses.

End-users easily part with personal data but expect privacy in return. Lured by the promise of the next truly delightful online experience, many end-users willingly part with personal data. However, they expect enterprises to put the right measures in place to guarantee the privacy of their data. Meanwhile, web and mobile applications are becoming an increasingly attractive target for attackers who use them as a backdoor into company networks. Web applications were the number one attack vector used to conduct data breaches in 2018, according to research from Verizon. These breaches expose sensitive data, resulting in brand damage, loss of business, and customer churn.

 

88


Table of Contents

Enterprises Need To Reinvent Themselves To Compete

To stay relevant, organizations must embrace digital transformation. Enterprises are under growing pressure to deliver the next transformative online experience or risk losing their customers to the competition. This requires them to embrace digital transformation. In a Forrester survey, 56% of organizations surveyed describe their digital transformation process as “currently underway.” This process is about investing in new technologies, business models, and procedures to enhance the value delivered to end-users. This includes creating end-user experiences that delight; tapping into the flexibility and scalability of cloud computing; and enabling critical teams like DevOps to embrace a more agile development and delivery model.

Digital transformation is driving the growth of hybrid and multi-cloud deployments. A growing number of enterprises are tapping into the agility, flexibility, and scalability of the cloud to help support their digital transformation efforts. Some companies are opting for hybrid cloud deployments, which utilize both cloud and on-premise appliance-based solutions. Multi-cloud deployments are also becoming popular as a means of avoiding vendor lock-in and ensuring redundancy for mission critical websites and applications. IDC predicts that by 2021, over 90% of enterprises will use multiple cloud services and platforms.

Hybrid and multi-cloud environments pose a number of challenges when it comes to supporting cloud-based applications. Organizations can end up using multiple appliances and cloud provider solutions to support these applications. This creates costly, siloed environments with no centralized management view, making it challenging to operate. As a result, enterprises are starting to look for vendor agnostic cloud platforms that can provide functionality like load balancing, firewall, and bot detection across both data centers and clouds and between different cloud providers.

Enterprises are looking for cloud partners who can scale on demand. In this digital age, enterprises are expected to deliver exceptional online experiences that can handle sudden and unpredicted spikes in traffic. Nobody wants to be the online retailer whose website crashes during Black Friday sales or the digital streaming service that has an outage during a major sporting event. Organizations are looking for partners with broad global coverage who can scale on demand. With growing online threats, security must also scale. DDoS attacks have now grown as large as one terabit per second, so cloud partners must also have the network capacity to absorb these attacks, ensuring business continuity.

Savvy enterprises see edge computing as the next evolution of the cloud. Industry leaders looking for ways to deliver the next truly delightful application experience for their end-users are turning to edge computing for answers. In a world where milliseconds count, the central cloud no longer serves as the ideal place for all data processing. For content that is highly dynamic and time-sensitive, sending data back and forth to a central server simply takes too long. This challenge has given rise to a major new trend in internet infrastructure—edge computing. Gartner defines edge computing as “solutions that facilitate data processing at or near the source of data generation.” Gartner estimates that by 2022, 75% of enterprise-generated data will be created and processed outside a traditional data center or cloud, at the network edge.

Developers Are Empowered and Powerful

Developers are the new decision makers. As enterprises embrace digital transformation, the future will be built in software, in the cloud, by developers. Developers are being empowered to make their own technology choices around which cloud platforms, services, programming languages, and frameworks are needed to create new and improved applications. Developers want to work with platforms that are fully programmable via flexible APIs, allowing them to solve their own unique business problems. They are adopting cloud native technologies like Kubernetes, Apache Kafka, and Docker to transform how software products and services are delivered.

Software differentiation is being built not bought. Enterprises rely on developers to build custom software to gain a competitive advantage. Cloud platforms have made it easier than ever for developers to build

 

89


Table of Contents

their own custom applications quickly and cost effectively. Freed from the constraints of a software vendor’s release schedules, developers have agility to add new features or test new ideas as they emerge. Gartner predicts that by 2020, 75% of applications will be built, not bought.

Developers are adopting modern software delivery practices. Operational efficiency needs are driving the adoption of more agile application delivery practices. Developers are embracing serverless compute and CI/CD, and collaborating with IT Operations to build, package, integrate, test, and release code on an ongoing basis. This empowers developers to push new code to production multiple times a day to quickly test out new features, fix bugs, or enhance existing offerings.

Modern software delivery practices are also extending to security with the growing popularity of DevSecOps. With DevSecOps, security is baked into software development processes from the start, instead of being an afterthought. Automated security controls are introduced earlier in the application development lifecycle, minimizing vulnerabilities, and eliminating costly rework further down the line.

Developers are Expecting More from Cloud Providers

Today’s developers seek the freedom to innovate and experiment on their own terms. As they select cloud partners to support their software delivery needs, they are demanding the same level of flexibility. They expect to be able to sign up online and experiment with a provider’s offering in a frictionless, self-service manner. Developers want providers they can grow with, who charge based on product consumption. They also care about a provider’s cultural fit, as they want to work with companies who act as an extension of their team. These expectations are raising the bar for cloud platform providers.

These Emerging Trends Pose Significant Challenges for Existing Solutions

Existing solutions for enterprises and developers, such as enterprise data centers, central cloud, small business-focused CDNs, or legacy CDNs, suffer from a number of technical limitations that make them particularly ill-equipped to address these new end-user, developer, and enterprise requirements.

Limitations of Legacy Vendors

Legacy CDN Solutions. Legacy CDNs were not designed to adequately address the rapid compute and performance requirements of today’s data-rich applications, or the demands of agile developers who build them.

 

   

Lack of visibility and control

 

  ¡    

Legacy CDNs are largely black box solutions. They do not adequately support key developer requirements such as API access, instant configuration changes, or real-time data insights, making them incompatible with agile development processes such as CI/CD and DevSecOps.

 

   

Outdated architecture adds cost and limits functionality

 

  ¡    

Legacy CDNs were built back when hundreds of thousands of smaller servers in thousands of locations were needed in order to get closer to end-users. Today, the capital expenditures, real estate, and operating costs to sustain this type of business model leads to bloated and inefficient operations.

 

  ¡    

Legacy CDNs are ill-equipped to handle today’s performance requirements. They lack built-in routing and load balancing for more advanced content routing.

 

  ¡    

Many of these CDNs’ offerings are a result of multiple acquisitions that have not been fully integrated into their core network. Features like compliance and security run on separate networks which can negatively impact performance.

 

90


Table of Contents
   

Costly and inflexible sales support

 

  ¡    

Legacy CDNs are heavily focused on professional services and inflexible enterprise sales structures. While this approach may work for some organizations, the rise of software developers is rapidly changing this dynamic. Organizations now demand more flexible support options, including better documentation and the ability to contact a partner to help them troubleshoot in real time.

 

   

Technology sub-optimal for live streaming and OTT video

 

  ¡    

Legacy CDNs are ill-equipped to protect expensive encoding infrastructures from massive traffic spikes which cause delays in delivering live feeds.

Enterprise Data Centers. Many enterprises still manage their own physical hardware in either colocation facilities or data centers. These architectures present a number of key challenges.

 

   

High total cost of ownership

 

  ¡    

Hardware-based solutions require organizations to purchase expensive computing hardware and hire dedicated staff to install, configure, and maintain it. They must overprovision servers to ensure redundancy, but these machines remain largely unused except during traffic spikes. This is less cost-effective than software-driven usage-based models whereby companies can scale based on the real-time needs of their applications.

 

   

Agile challenges

 

  ¡    

As DevOps teams seek to embrace agile development processes like CI/CD and DevSecOps, many legacy hardware-based solutions lack key features needed to support these efforts, including full API access and instant scalability.

 

   

Failure to handle attacks at scale

 

  ¡    

As attacks grow in size and frequency, security-only appliances are strained. Hardware-based WAFs lack the compute power needed to keep up with the growing volume of application layer attacks. Similarly, hardware-based DDoS solutions lack the bandwidth to handle today’s massive attacks.

Central Cloud. Enterprise workloads continue to move to the central cloud, primarily to take advantage of the growing popularity of IaaS offerings. According to Logic Monitor, 83% of enterprise workloads will be in the cloud by 2020. Yet running modern applications in the central cloud poses challenges when it comes to latency, the ability to pre-scale, and cost efficiency.

 

   

Latency issues

 

  ¡    

The central cloud was designed around a model of a few very large data centers, located outside of major metropolitan areas, with sufficient power to store and process massive volumes of data. As cloud computing is done further away from the end-user, the central cloud is not designed to handle the low latency requirements of today’s highly dynamic applications.

 

   

Inability to pre-scale

 

  ¡    

The central cloud was built to support a multitude of languages, operating systems, and database environments for different customer applications. This has led to a bloated compute environment, that takes several seconds or even minutes to scale resources on demand.

 

91


Table of Contents
   

Vendor lock-in

 

  ¡    

Dominant central cloud vendors are eager to lock customers into proprietary software ecosystems that can have adverse effects on pricing leverage. Vendor lock-in and the high prices that result from a lack of competition are significant challenges to cost efficiency.

 

   

Business model that is challenged by the move to the edge

 

  ¡    

As the edge cloud grows in popularity, it threatens to disrupt the basic business model of the central cloud. Central cloud revenue is based on the monetization of units of compute power, storage, and bandwidth. As more data is processed at the edge, less compute power will be needed in the central cloud. Similarly egress costs will be lower, since less traffic will need to transit back and forth from the central cloud to the end-user. Like central cloud spend and other non-discretionary budget lines for businesses with online applications, the edge cloud spend is part of cost of goods sold.

Small business-focused CDNs. Existing small business-focused CDNs have an extremely difficult time providing the technology, support, and culture that is required to support today’s enterprise buyer.

 

   

Technology that is not enterprise ready

 

  ¡    

Enterprises and their developers demand focused, high performance, and highly reliable technology stacks. Small business CDNs do not have the compute power, storage capacity, or software systems to build a reliable and scalable platform. As a result, they tend to focus on more basic innovation efforts rather than building the robust technology platform enterprises require.

 

   

Support as a cost center

 

  ¡    

These solutions see customer support as a cost center, instead of a service to ensure the needs of the customer are always being met. As a result, they often seek to minimize any interaction with the customer to keep costs low.

 

   

Illegal content and immoral activities

 

  ¡    

Some existing providers make their solutions available to sites that promote or benefit from counterfeiting, piracy, spyware, hate speech, terrorism, and other unethical activities. We believe that enterprises do not want to associate their brand with companies that make questionable choices.

A New Approach Is Needed

A new approach is needed to meet the demands of today’s modern applications and the developers who build them. Enterprise data centers are too costly to maintain and cannot scale sufficiently. The central cloud provides much needed scalability and a more cost-effective model, but it introduces latency issues and vendor lock-in. While legacy CDNs can address latency, they are ill-equipped to deal with the rapid compute requirements needed to build and run modern applications. Legacy CDNs also lack the visibility and control that developers need to embrace the kinds of agile development processes that power continuous innovation.

These problems can be solved in the cloud, but in a different kind of cloud. It must be a cloud that is a lot closer to the end-user where the data is created, altered, and exchanged. It must be a cloud that can scale to meet the needs of today’s most popular applications, such as applications that stream live video to millions of concurrent viewers or juggle the time-sensitive intricacies of flash sales or major news events. This new cloud must also firmly empower developers to lead the charge in their organizations’ digital transformation efforts.

 

92


Table of Contents

Our Solution: The Developer’s Edge

We have built a powerful, serverless edge cloud platform, designed from the ground up to be programmable and support agile software development. We process, serve, and secure our customers’ applications as close to their end-users as possible, at the edge of the internet for enhanced performance and protection. We call this platform the Developer’s Edge and we believe it gives our customers a significant competitive advantage whether they are just embarking on their digital transformation journey or natively born into the new digital age.

Our edge cloud platform is based on three core tenets:

 

   

Developers must be empowered to innovate;

 

   

Platforms must innovate ahead of market demands while still being reliable, scalable, and secure; and

 

   

Vendors must provide exceptional flexibility and support.

With this in mind, our platform, the Developer’s Edge, consists of three key components: a programmable edge, a software-defined modern network, and a philosophy of customer empowerment.

 

 

LOGO

Programmable Edge

Our programmable edge sits in an extremely privileged position, between our customers’ applications and their end-users, placing our services closer to those users. It is designed to create a space for developers to innovate at their own pace, by providing:

 

   

Full programmability. Our powerful platform allows developers to write and deploy their custom code to push application logic to the edge. We believe that logic like A/B testing, URL redirects, paywall authentication, and location/language customization can all be executed faster and more efficiently at the edge;

 

93


Table of Contents
   

Reusable modules. Our platform includes reusable modules based on commonly deployed custom code examples. We package and add these reusable modules to our platform, which do not require developer experience to implement.

 

   

Real-time visibility and control. Our edge cloud platform is built with instant visibility and control as a core tenet. We stream log data from our network edge in real time so developers can instantly see the impact of new code in production, troubleshoot issues as they occur and rapidly identify suspicious traffic. We also empower developers to make and roll back their own configuration or code changes on the fly;

 

   

Agile development. Developers can build Fastly into their technology stack to power CI/CD efforts. They can use our edge cloud platform to help push new code to production multiple times a day as they test new features, fix bugs, or enhance existing offerings. Fastly also supports DevSecOps efforts, allowing developers to introduce automated security controls early in the application development cycle, thus minimizing vulnerabilities and eliminating costly rework further down the line; and

 

   

Safety at the edge. We built a serverless development platform at the edge, designed to allow us to run code in a safe and secure manner, while maintaining the performance and scalability needed for modern applications. This frees developers to build custom applications that solve unique problems closer to the edge and test them in real time without impacting production traffic.

Edge Use Cases. Below are some examples of use cases our customers have solved for using Fastly’s programmable edge:

 

   

API acceleration. Accelerate and secure critical API responses at the edge for delightful application experiences, such as instant hotel lookup based on location and real-time inventory updates between retail stores and their online storefronts;

 

   

IoT. Process and secure data from connected devices at the edge for instant results for time-sensitive applications;

 

   

Cloud migration. Seamlessly migrate from data center to cloud, hybrid or multi-cloud environments, enabling the customer to take advantage of the functionality and cost savings of one or more cloud providers; and

 

   

Enabling blockchain. Cache and accelerate individual transactions on the blockchain in real time.

Software-Defined Modern Network

Our edge cloud platform is designed to take advantage of the modern internet. Our philosophy has been to differentiate through software by building one powerful software-centric network composed of unique and proprietary components. Our approach is designed to give us the flexibility to innovate and build so we will never be a barrier to our customers’ growth, and consists of the following key elements:

 

   

Software-centric approach at global scale . From the start, we realized that single purpose hardware-based solutions that rely on custom designed chips are inflexible. Custom hardware, like routers, load balancers, and security appliances, do not have the flexibility to support the dynamic needs of the modern internet. We started with open source software like Varnish and Linux, then rewrote it to support the use cases of a multi-tenant, high-performance edge cloud. We created our own proprietary software defined networking stack with built-in routing and load balancing, a storage system for optimal storage usage and performance, a massive data pipeline to send

 

94


Table of Contents
 

customer logs, a cache invalidation system that purges content around the world in an average of 150 milliseconds or less, and a proprietary control panel that allows our customers to update their edge application logic and configurations in seconds around the world. We architect the software to run on custom-designed servers built upon commodity components and network hardware so that we can control every aspect of the network, from request to response and drive as much utilization and scale as possible. Our software-centric approach is designed for better network efficiency and greater flexibility to scale as we add more services.

 

   

POP design. We built Fastly for the internet of today—meaning fewer POPs, each with massive scale and located at the key interconnection points of the internet. Our POPs are connected directly to the core internet, each connecting directly to core Internet Service Provider (ISPs) and 68 Internet Exchange Points as of March 31, 2019 to offer high performance in long-tail content caching. We run smaller clusters of more powerful servers that provide superior performance for customers who expect updates to be pushed out to their global end-users nearly instantaneously. Legacy CDNs do not offer this benefit, as it is extremely difficult to update hundreds of thousands of servers around the world;

 

   

Server efficiency. We have a highly efficient global server footprint because we combine advanced server and network hardware with our world class software at each of our POPs. As of March 31, 2019, we had 1,596 servers. Our servers are optimized to handle the complex workloads of compute at the edge by using high-end Central Processing Units and significant amount of Random Access Memory to process VCL. We use solid-state drives, for fast and constant lookup times, and modern 25 Gigabit Ethernet for robust bandwidth. This, combined with our algorithms and custom software, gives us the flexibility to scale while dramatically reducing operating burden; and

 

   

One network. We have built a single powerful, compliant network to support customers’ security and delivery needs:

 

   

All of our security solutions benefit from the same level of visibility and control as our core delivery offerings. Customers can use our real-time data feeds to see threats as they emerge, make rule changes on the fly, and update policies around the globe in seconds;

 

   

Our single network is designed to provide the massive scale needed to defend against today’s growing DDoS threats without sacrificing performance. The servers in our platform provide all of the features of our product suite, allowing rapid and predictable scaling;

 

   

We help meet customers’ Payment Card Industry (PCI), Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), and Service Organization Control (SOC) needs without impacting performance. Because of our flexible routing and server architecture, we do not need to send PCI traffic off to a separate sub-optimal network; and

 

   

Our WAF product is built into the fabric of our edge cloud platform, allowing us to protect web-based applications with minimal latency.

Common Use Cases. Our powerful network along with our operational efficiency can easily handle use cases that are traditionally solved by CDNs. Some of these examples include:

 

   

Infrastructure-agnostic traffic distribution . Support enterprise hybrid and multi-cloud strategies by intelligently routing traffic across different cloud providers, or between cloud and on-premise data centers, regardless of location;

 

   

Efficient traffic spike management . Allow enterprises to accommodate traffic spikes by intelligently and rapidly distributing content requests across their network;

 

95


Table of Contents
   

Live streaming at scale . Deliver highly-reliable live streaming experiences with minimal interruptions, even when concurrently streaming to large global audiences;

 

   

Responsive mobile applications . Serve rapidly-changing mobile content from the edge, enabling end-users to instantly access the very latest news updates, weather forecast, hotel availability, or store inventory from their mobile applications;

 

   

Protection against disruptive DDoS attacks . Protect customers’ networks against highly disruptive DDoS attacks by leveraging a high-bandwidth, globally distributed network to absorb attacks at the edge; and

 

   

Secure applications without impacting performance . Enforce WAF and bot detection rules at the network edge to protect organizations’ mission critical applications without impacting performance.

Customer Empowerment Philosophy

Fastly was built by developers, for developers. We believe in empowering our customers to build great things, while collaborating with them to promote their success. We have a unique understanding of what it takes to deliver a frictionless customer experience by providing:

 

   

Freedom to try. Our free trial allows developers to sign up and start experimenting with our edge cloud platform in a frictionless, self-service manner;

 

   

Flexible support model. Developers are free to program on our edge cloud platform, taking advantage of our rich documentation and expertise of our developer community. For enterprise customers who require more guidance, we provide a range of support packages and access to deep technical expertise from front-of-line support staff to technical account managers; and

 

   

Partner friendly. Just as we expose the ability to program at the edge to our customer base, we extend that power and functionality to our partners as well. This allows our partners to build out applications that run at the edge, and provide a feature or service that is complementary to our platform. We enable these integrations with a focus on API-support and a large number of code libraries that allow our partners to integrate.

Strengths of Our Platform

Our edge cloud platform has many strengths including:

 

   

Programmability. Our edge cloud platform is fully programmable. Developers can tap into our user interface to address simple use cases. More complex use cases can be addressed using our powerful edge programming language and APIs to write custom code at the edge or using reusable modules;

 

   

Real-time visibility and control. Our edge cloud platform is built with real-time visibility and control as a core tenet. We allow developers to make instant configuration changes and see the impact of those changes nearly immediately. We stream log data from our software-centric network edge in real time so developers can rapidly identify and troubleshoot issues, and roll back code if needed;

 

   

Consistent and superior performance. We accelerate web and mobile applications, allowing enterprises to provide delightful end-user experiences. Our modern platform design enables us to cache dynamic content for long periods of time and retrieve it quickly so web pages load faster;

 

96


Table of Contents
   

Support for agile development processes. The speed, flexibility, and control offered by our edge cloud platform empowers developers to embrace agile development practices. They can build our edge cloud platform into their technology stack to power CI/CD efforts. This frees them to innovate, pushing new code to production multiple times a day. We also support DevSecOps efforts. Developers can introduce automated security controls early in the application development cycle, improving overall security posture and avoiding costly rework later;

 

   

Easy to scale. Our software-centric approach and software-defined modern network are designed to enable enterprises to scale on demand. As they grow their customer base and expand globally, we scale with the goal of delivering unhindered performance even during unpredictable peaks in traffic;

 

   

One network. Using a single, compliant network, our edge cloud platform is able to support our enterprise customers’ security and delivery needs in a highly efficient manner;

 

   

Scalable security. Our network is designed to provide the massive scale needed to defend against DDoS attacks without sacrificing performance. Enterprises can use our real-time data feeds to gain insights into threats as they emerge and update security policies globally within seconds;

 

   

Large and growing developer community . We have a unique approach to nurturing our developer community. Unlike many developer-focused products that have to build a community from scratch in order to aggregate millions of developers, our approach yields the same benefits but is significantly more scalable. First, our platform shares a configuration language with Varnish, a powerful open source caching software currently used by 3.4 million websites worldwide. Developers are familiar with this configuration language, which makes adopting our platform easier. Second, our edge cloud is the backend of choice for many of the largest PaaS vendors serving the developer community. These PaaS vendors, which aggregate millions of unique web properties under one brand, use Fastly as their edge cloud. For example, Brightcove, Shopify, Github, Drupal, Magento, WIX and Adobe Portfolio expose millions of developers to our plaftorm. These PaaS vendors continue to aggregate more and more web properties and provide unique exposure and upsell opportunities. Third, we provide support to some of the most important open source tools used by developers such as Python, Ruby, Jenkins, and the Linux Kernel Organization. Powering the tools that developers use provides us with significant exposure to the developer ecosystem;

 

   

Good neighborhood. We choose to do business with customers who we believe uphold similar values to our own. We do not knowingly do business with websites which promote violence or hate. From innovative startups to larger, well-known enterprises, our customers are in good company when they entrust us with their traffic; and

 

   

Partner integrations. We offer full-featured APIs for seamless integration into any technology stack. PaaS partners can build on top of our edge cloud platform to extend their offering to our customers, while logging and analytics partners can build hooks into our platform to consume our real-time logs.

Market Opportunity

We believe that our market opportunity is large and growing and predominately untapped. We offer a viable solution for many use cases, which have not historically been addressed by legacy technologies. On top of our edge computing capabilities, we offer content delivery, streaming, cloud security, and application delivery control.

 

97


Table of Contents

When incorporating these additional offerings, we estimate a total market opportunity of approximately $18.0 billion in 2019, based on expected growth from 2017. We estimate this total market opportunity will grow to $35.8 billion by 2022, growing with an expected CAGR of 25.6%, based on the sum of the following markets, each of which we address:

 

   

Edge computing. MarketsandMarkets estimates the edge computing market to be worth approximately $2.7 billion in 2019, growing with an expected CAGR of 35.4% to $6.7 billion by 2022. MarketsandMarkets defines edge computing as products that assist real-time applications in processing and analyzing data collected from various sensors and connected devices at the edge of the network. Our platform addresses this market by enabling our customers to execute previously packaged or customer specific applications as close to the end-user as possible instead of at their own data center or core cloud provider.

 

   

Content delivery and streaming. According to MarketsandMarkets, the web performance optimization market, which gives enterprises the ability to deliver online content to users securely and reliably, will expand from approximately $3.0 billion in 2019 to $6.6 billion in 2022, growing with an expected CAGR of 29.5%. Over that same period, MarketsandMarkets predicts that the media delivery market, which focuses on delivering media content to end-users at a much faster pace, reducing the latency time, will expand from approximately $4.3 billion to $10.1 billion, growing with an expected CAGR of 32.3%. Our edge cloud platform addresses these markets by enabling our customers to deliver content to their customers at scale in a secure and highly-reliable manner.

 

   

Cloud security. Our platform addresses the WAF, bot detection, and DDoS prevention markets by protecting customers’ networks against highly disruptive DDoS attacks and enforcing WAF and bot detection rules at the edge. MarketsandMarkets expects that the market for WAF solutions will expand from $3.3 billion in 2019 to $5.5 billion in 2022, growing with an expected CAGR of 18.3%, and the market for bot detection will grow from $0.3 billion in 2019 to $0.8 billion in 2022, growing with an expected CAGR of 42.4%. According to IDC, the addressable market for DDoS prevention will grow from $1.5 billion in 2019 to $2.4 billion in 2022, growing with an expected CAGR of 17.8%.

 

   

Application delivery controller. According to IDC, an Application Delivery Controller determines the type of user or device requesting content and type of content being requested to make traffic management decisions. IDC expects this market to expand from $2.9 billion in 2019 to $3.7 billion by 2022, growing with an expected CAGR of 8.1%. We address this market with our proprietary software defined networking stack with built-in routing and load balancing, allowing customers to manage traffic across multiple IaaS providers, data centers, and hybrid clouds.

Growth Strategy

Key elements of our growth strategy include the following:

 

   

Invest in our technology platform. We intend to continue to invest in our large-scale, enterprise-grade edge cloud platform which is both developer-friendly and fully programmable. We will strengthen our investment in research and development so that we can add new and differentiated products on top of our edge cloud platform. Since the end of 2014, we have grown our research and development team by a factor of four, from 36 to 150 people as of December 31, 2018, deepening our talent across multiple functional groups;

 

   

Expansion into additional vertical markets. Our platform offers a broad range of capabilities, and our customers have diverse needs. To best serve these needs we have successfully adopted a

 

98


Table of Contents
 

vertical approach to our sales and marketing efforts. We will build upon our initial success in digital publishing, media and entertainment, technology, online retail, travel and hospitality, and financial services, while expanding into new markets over time;

 

   

Further enable channel partners. Our edge cloud platform is the backend of choice for many of the largest PaaS vendors serving the developer community. These PaaS vendors aggregate millions of unique web properties under one brand, using Fastly as their edge cloud. We believe that more and more web applications will be built on convenient and powerful out-of-the-box solutions offered by large PaaS vendors. Many of our solution partners are PaaS providers who built us into their platform by default to offer faster, more secure and scalable experience. Current examples include Brightcove, Shopify, Drupal, Magento, WIX and Adobe Portfolio. As our partners expand their customer base, we will grow alongside them, providing us with exposure to millions of developers who will become familiar with us, and potentially become customers themselves;

 

   

Grow our developer community and continue our open source commitment. Our edge cloud platform is built on Varnish, a powerful open source caching software currently used by 3.4 million websites worldwide. Developers are familiar with this technology, which makes adopting our platform easier. Developers are also familiar with the PaaS vendors we empower and the large number of open source tools we deliver and secure. This familiarity helps us in the sales process, and we will continue to invest in this ecosystem. We will continue to contribute to open source projects, by supporting their distribution with our services or through contributing code back to the projects. This creates more familiarity with us and will empower developers to build applications in multiple languages and run them faster and more securely at our edge;

 

   

Invest in marketing. Our developer customers have been our best marketers. Historically, we have grown based on word-of-mouth and delivering a great product, and have invested relatively small amounts in marketing. In 2018, we spent a total of $50.1 million in sales and marketing. As we look towards our next stage of growth, we plan on significantly increasing our brand and digital marketing efforts, running campaigns that target both developers and business decision makers across different verticals;

 

   

Expand existing customer relationships. Over time, our customers have expanded their use of our platform. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, our DBNER was 147.3% and 132.0%, respectively, highlighting the strength of our platform. Many of our largest customers have grown through a “land and expand” strategy. On average, our customers have increased their annual spend by more than 20% year over year since 2014, growing from an average last 12-months revenue of $35,000 to over $90,000 as of the fourth quarter of 2018. In more technically savvy organizations, developers have championed our solution, paving the way for us to engage with business decision makers. For more traditional organizations, we are often brought in to initially help facilitate a move to the cloud and from there we extend our product to support many other use cases. We plan to continually increase wallet-share over time for existing customers as we build out new products and features, and as customers continue to fully recognize the value of our platform;

 

   

Further enable channel partners. We have built an ecosystem of reseller, referral, and solution partners. Many of our solution partners are PaaS providers who built us into their platform to offer faster, more secure and scalable hosting services. Current examples include Brightcove, Shopify, Drupal, Magento, and Adobe Portfolio. As these partners expand their customer base, we will grow alongside them;

 

   

Grow our technology ecosystem. We operate between the “big 3” origin cloud platforms and a growing community of companies that provide big data, machine learning, and security solutions. In this sense, we act as the unifying layer for a growing number of cloud services. Current

 

99


Table of Contents
 

partnerships and integrations include Sumo Logic, AWS, Azure, and Google Cloud Platform. As customers consume more cloud and SaaS offerings, we can create additional value and grow with our partners;

 

   

Continue our open source commitment. Our platform is built on Varnish, a powerful open source caching software currently used by 3.4 million websites worldwide. Developers are familiar with this technology, which makes adopting our platform easier. We will continue to work on open source projects, which will empower developers to build applications in multiple languages, and run them faster and more securely at our edge; and

 

   

Extend our global footprint. As our customer base grows, we plan to aggressively scale our network accordingly. In 2018, 23% of our revenue was generated from customers headquartered outside of the United States. We are expanding our global corporate footprint to support these international customers. As of March 31, 2019, we had 60 POPs strategically located around the world, with more additions planned. We believe significant opportunity exists for further international growth.

Our Products

Our edge cloud is a globally distributed, programmable platform designed for highly performant and secure web and application delivery. Our platform supports modern software development processes. We call it the Developer’s Edge, because it empowers developers to innovate without constraints, as they lead the charge for their organizations’ digital transformation.

We operate a single, software-centric network. Our POPs reside between a customer’s end-users and computing and data storage solutions, whether on-premise, in the cloud or a mixture of both. Our position on the network allows us to move functionality closer to end-users at the network edge for faster, more secure experiences. This includes edge delivery, edge security, edge applications like load balancing and image optimization, video on demand, and managed edge delivery.

Edge Delivery

Our edge delivery offerings include edge compute, full site delivery, and streaming for high value media.

Edge Compute. We enable developers to write their own custom logic to solve complex business problems at the network edge. We also expose pre-written blocks of code to help them do this, such as the following edge features:

 

   

Client Insights . Allow developers to rapidly adjust the content they serve to end-users based on their location, device type, and language detection;

 

   

Edge Dictionaries . Empower developers to make real-time decisions from every server in our network. They act as a distributed database at the edge, made up of key-value pairs. For example, Edge Dictionaries allow our customers to redirect end-users to a specific country site or update large referrer spam blacklists in real time; and

 

   

Edge Access Control Lists (ACLs) . Help mitigate evolving threats from attackers by letting developers make changes at scale. ACLs block bad IP addresses from visiting customer sites, and for added security, they can create their own whitelists.

 

100


Table of Contents

Full Site Delivery

 

   

Dynamic Site Acceleration . Speeds up requests and responses between cache nodes in our POPs and customers’ origin servers, so their web and mobile content is served faster;

 

   

Origin Shield . Allows us to designate a specific POP to serve as a shield for a customer’s origin servers. When web content is refreshed, and multiple end-users request the new content simultaneously, it can lead to a deluge of requests hitting a customer’s origin server. This can result in poor web or application performance. With Origin Shield, we collapse all these content requests into a single request and hold it in queue at the Origin Shield POP. That allows us to go back to the customer’s origin server only once to retrieve the new content, then serve it to all end-users who requested it. This approach reduces costs for our customers, while improving performance for their end-users;

 

   

Instant Purge . Lets customers clear the cached copy of their content in an average of 150 milliseconds or less. We allow customers to send a command to our platform that invalidates an old version of their content throughout our global edge infrastructure. This causes a new version of content be retrieved from the application server the next time it is requested. This feature enables our customers to serve highly dynamic content at the edge more quickly and allows for delightful application experiences. Rapidly changing content like shopping cart items, flight search results, sports scores, or current weather conditions in any given location can all be served faster from the network edge;

 

   

Surrogate Keys . Allow customers to fine-tune purging by tagging related objects across their site with a key name and description, then purging by that key. They can purge their entire site of a given object or objects at once, without impacting performance. For example, they could purge any images and content related to discontinued sale items, discounted products, or outdated news across their site all in one go; and

 

   

Real-time Logging and Stats . Provide metrics and full visibility into end-user requests in real time from the network edge. Log traffic is encrypted using Transport Layer Security (TLS) and logs can be streamed to most major logging endpoint solutions.

Streaming

 

   

Live Streaming. Our platform is designed to concurrently deliver millions of near real-time, high-quality live streams to our customers’ viewers. Our edge cloud supports the delivery of all major HTTP video streaming formats, and we partner with multiple online video platform vendors to improve the flexibility and scale of live streaming workflows, while also reducing total cost of ownership; and

 

   

Media Shield. Large streaming customers often route traffic across multiple CDNs for redundancy. Our Media Shield solution supports these efforts, while reducing total cost of ownership and improving visibility and performance. It does so by collapsing requests for the same video streaming content across all CDNs into one single request to the customer’s origin server. This reduces requests to origin and allows us to serve streaming content faster.

Edge Security

 

   

DDoS. Our high-bandwidth, globally distributed network is built to absorb DDoS attacks without impacting performance. Customers can respond to attacks in real time, filtering malicious requests at the network edge, before they reach their origin.

 

101


Table of Contents
   

WAF. Our WAF is designed to protect applications from malicious attacks that would otherwise compromise web servers. It is integrated into our edge cloud platform, minimizing the impact on performance, since we only inspect requests going to a customer’s origin. Customers get real-time access to security events and notifications from the edge and can make instant changes to their WAF rules via our API.

 

   

TLS. As part of our standard product, our platform terminates HTTPS connections at our network edge, offloading encrypted traffic from customer’s web servers for better performance. We provide a number of different certificate hosting options.

 

   

Platform TLS. Our Platform TLS offering is designed to allow customers with multiple web properties to manage TLS certificates at scale, while enabling a fast, secure experience for their end-users. It supports delivery and management of hundreds of thousands of certificates, supported by our worldwide TLS termination and acceleration solution.

 

   

Compliance. We speed up the caching and delivery of sensitive content at the edge, helping customers meet data compliance and privacy regulations such as HIPAA and GDPR, in addition to industry standards such as PCI Data Security Standard and SOC. Our Assurance Services offering includes support for additional documentation and audit procedures for customers with these needs.

Edge Applications

 

   

Load Balancer. Our Layer 7 load balancer manages HTTP/HTTPS requests to a customer’s origin using granular content-aware routing decisions. We allow customers to manage traffic across multiple IaaS providers, data centers, and hybrid clouds. We also provide improved performance and cost savings over ADCs, especially during a spike or surge in traffic.

 

   

Image Optimizer. We offer a real-time image manipulation and delivery service and store transformations at the edge. When an image is requested, we resize it, adjust quality, crop/trim, change orientations, convert formats, and more, all on demand. Transforming images at the edge eliminates latency and reduces traffic to a customer’s origin servers, allowing them to save on infrastructure and egress costs.

Video on Demand

 

   

Our edge cloud platform is designed to cache and rapidly deliver both frequently and infrequently requested on-demand videos. We significantly reduce the load on a customer’s origin servers while accelerating time to first frame. Our on-the-fly-packaging feature facilitates immediate playback, enhancing viewer experiences across multiple devices and platforms.

Managed Edge Delivery

 

   

Our managed delivery service provides customers with maximum flexibility and control. We deploy our edge cloud platform on dedicated POPs within a customer’s private network, at locations of their choosing. This service can be used exclusively, or as part of a hybrid, multi-CDN strategy.

Partner Ecosystem

Our partner ecosystem consists of companies who build edge applications to integrate with our platform, logging and analytics providers, and PaaS providers. Our partners are all looking to extend the power of our edge cloud platform to their customers.

 

102


Table of Contents

Edge Application Partners

Our edge cloud platform exposes blocks of code that allow trusted partners to develop real-time analysis and enforcement applications. Building out a massive edge presence is beyond the financial and technical capabilities of all but a handful of companies. By opening our platform to third parties, we allow these partners to focus on building new and innovative edge applications, without the capital outlay and complexity of doing it themselves. It opens up new markets and business models for them.

Logging and Analytics Partners

Logging and analytics partners integrate with our edge cloud platform to deliver enhanced functionality to our joint customers. Our logging feature provides insights into web and mobile requests and response, such as slow or missing URLs, most requested URLs, site performance by region, and much more. Our statistics provide insights into things like percentage of requests per second, request misses, errors, latency, traffic spikes, and global traffic profiles. Both logs and statistics can be streamed in real time to our logging and analytics partners. This empowers our joint customers to monitor performance, troubleshoot issues as they occur, and view this data alongside other metrics in consolidated dashboards. Logging and analytics partners include the following:

 

   

Google. A tight integration with Google Cloud Platform allows real-time logs to be streamed to any Google Cloud Platform big data service, including Google Cloud Storage, BigQuery, and Bigtable;

 

   

Microsoft. Our integration with Microsoft Azure allows real-time logs to be streamed to both Azure Blob Storage and Kusto;

 

   

Datadog. Datadog uses our API to pull in real-time stats and analytics for display in their dashboard;

 

   

Looker. Looker combines log data with other data sources in BigQuery, such as Google Analytics, Google Ads data, or security and firewall data. Customers can then run multiple queries against these data sets and present findings in Looker dashboards;

 

   

Sumo Logic. Sumo Logic integrates with our platform to offer more granular logging data for customers with large-scale analytics. Customers gain real-time insights into slow URLs, missing or most requested URLs, site performance by region, and more; and

 

   

Logentries. Logentries provides a one-click integration with our platform, making it easy for customers to quickly set up real-time logs.

PaaS Partners

PaaS partners integrate with our edge cloud platform to make it easier for their developers to scale and secure websites.

 

   

Heroku . Heroku empowers companies to build, deliver, monitor, and scale applications. Our Heroku add-on lets developers seamlessly integrate their Heroku hosted applications with our edge cloud platform through the click of a button;

 

   

Magento . Magento, an Adobe company, provides a commerce platform that enables merchants to integrate digital and physical shopping experiences. Our Magento extension lets developers manage their entire content caching strategy from the Magento control panel while maintaining fast, reliable performance; and

 

103


Table of Contents
   

Drupal and Wordpress . Drupal and Wordpress are CMS partners. They provide self-hosted solutions for customers to create and manage all the content on their websites. Our Drupal and Wordpress extensions allow developers to easily configure and manage their content caching strategy from within these CMS dashboards.

Customers

We focus on customers with a sizable or growing online footprint who need to deliver rapid, personalized, and secure web and mobile experiences in order to stay competitive. These customers typically have various levels of cloud adoption. Some have fully embraced the central cloud through either hybrid or multi-cloud deployments and are building cloud-native applications. Others are making their first foray into the cloud and are adopting our platform to help with integration. Given our strong developer heritage, our platform also appeals to smaller, highly innovative companies looking to disrupt their respective industries through agile software development. As of December 31, 2018, we had 1,582 customers in more than 60 countries around the world, including 227 enterprise customers.

Our customers operate in a variety of different industries including digital publishing, media and entertainment, technology, online retail, travel and hospitality, and financial services. We define a customer as a single organization that purchases our products. A single customer may have multiple paid business accounts for separate divisions, segments, or subsidiaries.

A representative list of our customers as of December 31, 2018 is set forth below by industry:

 

Financial

CashStar

KickStarter

ConsenSys

WealthFront

  

Ecommerce

Shopify

Magento

Nordstrom Rack

Wayfair

Ticketmaster

  

Travel

Kayak

Alaska Airlines

Priceline

High Tech

Microsoft

Brightcove

Slack

New Relic

  

Digital Publishing

Gannett

Reddit

Imgur

New York Times

  

Streaming

Hulu

Sling TV

Spotify

Philo

Case Studies

The following case studies are examples of how some of our customers have selected, deployed, and benefited from our platform.

The New York Times

The New York Times is a popular U.S. newspaper with worldwide influence and readership. Founded in 1851, the paper has won 125 Pulitzer prizes, and is ranked 2nd in the country in terms of circulation.

Situation . In preparation for the 2016 U.S. presidential election, The New York Times wanted to bring on board a CDN to help support the anticipated increase in website traffic. Their website had experienced outages during the 2012 election night, which The New York Times did not want to see repeated.

Fastly worked with the Chief Technology Officer’s office to consolidate traffic from four different data centers and integrate Fastly’s platform into The New York Times’ IT stack, successfully turning on production traffic just two weeks before the election date.

 

104


Table of Contents

Solution. Full Site Delivery, DDoS, Image Optimizer, WAF, TLS, Fastly Support

Fastly allowed The New York Times to seamlessly scale on demand, handling up to 20 to 30 million requests per minute. Using our platform, their traffic increased up to 8,371% from the previous week as readers rushed to engage with the final election results.

 

   

The New York Times was able to reduce costs by $25,000 per month by minimizing traffic to its origin servers using Fastly’s full site delivery capabilities.

 

   

Fastly provided The New York Times with an effective caching strategy. During election night their origin performance actually improved, showing more predictability and stability despite the huge peak in traffic.

 

   

The New York Times also improved its security posture by taking advantage of Fastly’s DDoS protection and other security services.

“I’m a huge fan of Fastly. On election night, we had 100,000 requests per second, and Fastly performed flawlessly — we had no problems at all.” Nick Rockwell, Chief Technology Officer, The New York Times.

New Relic

New Relic is a software company that provides real-time insights to software-driven businesses to allow them to securely monitor, manage, and operate their production software in diverse environments. New Relic’s cloud platform makes every aspect of modern software and infrastructure observable, so companies can find and fix problems faster, build high-performing DevOps teams, and speed up transformation projects.

Situation . With thousands of businesses relying on New Relic’s platform, the company needed the ability to roll out updates and enhancements instantly. New Relic uses agile development processes to deploy new software many times each day and they needed a CDN provider who could support these requirements.

Solution. Full Site Delivery , TLS certificates, Fastly Support

New Relic turned to Fastly for access to a powerful set of tools that would facilitate real-time changes.

 

   

Fastly’s developer-centric capabilities allowed New Relic to easily create new services, make configuration changes on the fly, and automatically push validated code to production without human intervention. This supported New Relic’s agile development process, freeing them to deploy new software multiple times a day.

 

   

Fastly provided New Relic with live traffic stats and logs to augment their own host and application monitoring data and provide full observability for all changes.

 

   

Fastly’s TLS features allowed New Relic to quickly address potential vulnerabilities and offload expensive mobile device handshake management while maintaining a secure end-to-end pipeline for their data.

 

   

Fastly’s intuitive API and agile engineering processes supported New Relic’s engineering culture of innovation by providing their employees with the tools and environment to do their best work.

“We work with Fastly because it’s a company whose values are significantly similar to ours — great engineering, great culture, always innovating, and totally focused on delivering high-quality products.” Nic Benders, Chief Architect & VP of Engineering, New Relic.

 

105


Table of Contents

Ticketmaster

Ticketmaster is the global leader in event ticket sales, operating in 20 markets worldwide and selling over 500 million tickets annually to concerts, sporting events, theater, and more. Following their merger with Live Nation, Ticketmaster became a dominant player in the live entertainment business.

Situation. Ticketmaster wanted to improve the overall online experience for fans while addressing bot activity, which was slowing page loads, disrupting sale events, and frustrating fans.

Solution. Full Site Delivery, TLS, Enterprise Support

 

   

Ticketmaster turned to Fastly to help provide a more consistent and secure digital experience for fans while developing a comprehensive solution to address bot traffic.

 

   

Ticketmaster used Fastly as an edge enforcement layer to block bot traffic at the network edge. When their bot detection program identified potential bot traffic, Fastly served these requests an error page, blocking them from accessing Ticketmaster’s servers.

 

   

To protect their site from traffic surges during popular event sales, Ticketmaster created a virtual waiting room. By integrating Fastly into this waiting room, they could ensure fans were served on a first-come basis and that requests were authenticated before being placed in queue to prevent bots from being served.

 

   

Fastly’s ability to clear cache in milliseconds allowed Ticketmaster to serve rapidly changing content from the network edge. They were able to put components of their seat map behind Fastly, and update it in near real-time to ensure that fans got the most up-to-date information on ticket availability.

“When tickets go on sale, we can see thousands of requests per second. At the same time, our inventory is changing every second. Fastly gives us the ability to reconcile these challenges and respond to customers in real-time by serving highly dynamic content from the edge.” Gary Wong, Senior Manager, Fan Experience Engineering, Ticketmaster.

Alaska Airlines

Headquartered in Seattle, Washington, Alaska Airlines is the fifth largest airline in the U.S. With over 44 million customers a year, they fly to over 115 destinations across the U.S, Canada, Mexico, and Costa Rica.

Situation. Alaska Airlines wanted to take advantage of the cost savings and flexibility of the cloud by moving their content management (CMS) to a Microsoft Azure instance. Their CMS housed key static content such as images, Javascript, APIs, blog posts, etc. They needed a way to move all this content to the cloud without negatively impacting their customers’ online experience.

Solution. Full Site Delivery, Enterprise Support, WAF

Fastly helped Alaska Airlines gradually migrate their CMS to the cloud while maintaining website performance and availability.

 

   

Fastly helped ensure a consistent customer experience by rerouting content requests back to Alaska Airline’s on-premise origin server if the content was not available in their new cloud instance.

 

106


Table of Contents
   

Alaska Airlines used Fastly’s powerful edge programming language to safely test out new features without risking disruption to production traffic. Fastly allowed them to control what percentage of users were directed to a test server to experience a new feature, dialing this up over time until they were confident the feature was ready for release.

 

   

Alaska Airlines added Fastly’s WAF to block suspicious IP addresses at the edge in near real-time, protecting their web and mobile applications from online threats.

“Fastly helped us migrate part of our website to the cloud in a low-risk, programmatic manner, providing automated failover to our on-premise servers as needed, to maintain a seamless customer experience.” Bryan Rowe, Director of Engineering, Alaska Airlines.

Spotify

Spotify is a digital music streaming service, providing users with access to millions of songs, podcasts, and videos from artists all over the world.

Situation. To continue enhancing user experience, Spotify wanted to consistently deliver instant song playback for all their listeners globally. In particular, they wanted a way to stream their most popular music content faster and more cost effectively in regions where local POPs were not available.

Solution. Managed Edge Delivery, Full Site Delivery, Image Optimizer

Spotify partnered with Fastly to design a managed CDN offering that could meet their needs. By combining Fastly’s full-site delivery and managed delivery offerings, Spotify was able to maintain control over how their content catalog was delivered, while ensuring a quality experience for all their listeners.

 

   

Spotify got dedicated cache space on Fastly’s network, facilitating quick startup times for streaming their most popular music content in new regions.

 

   

During high traffic events, the flexibility of Fastly’s platform allowed Spotify to direct overflow traffic from their managed delivery offering to Fastly’s public CDN or one of the other public CDNs they were using.

 

   

With Fastly’s image optimization solution, Spotify enhanced users’ experiences by rapidly creating and delivering customized album art for individual playlists.

 

   

Spotify used Fastly’s flexible edge cloud platform to write logic at the edge to speed up A/B testing for a new network optimization algorithm.

GitHub

GitHub is a platform that allows developers to host and review code, manage projects, and build software alongside 31 million other users. GitHub hosts the largest open source community in the world and has a sizeable developer following. In October 2018, GitHub was acquired by Microsoft.

Situation. GitHub chose Fastly as a CDN provider to take advantage of Fastly’s advanced functionality and large edge network capacity in order to serve an increasingly large customer base without overloading origin servers.

GitHub needed to deliver a highly performant, secure experience to an increasingly large and rapidly growing customer base. They were looking for a CDN provider who could provide the kind of robust networking capacity to absorb large scale DDoS attacks at the edge, while allowing them to continuously monitor traffic for potential attacks.

 

107


Table of Contents

Solution. Full Site delivery, DDoS, Platform TLS, Fastly Support

Fastly’s edge cloud platform provided GitHub with robust DDoS protection coupled with real-time visibility and control. GitHub was able to migrate their traffic to Fastly overnight, using our highly configurable self-service platform.

 

   

Fastly’s ability to absorb DDoS attacks without impacting performance allowed GitHub to filter malicious requests at the network edge, protecting their origin servers. Fastly’s support for rapid configuration changes enabled GitHub to quickly block known attackers.

 

   

Fastly’s real-time stats were fed into GitHub’s Graphite monitoring tool for instant visibility into what was going on during the attack.

 

   

GitHub has since expanded their use of Fastly to support GitHub Pages, a static site hosting service for developers. Using Fastly’s Platform TLS, GitHub was able to extend their mass hosting services by offering Pages customers custom domains with free TLS. Having this traffic flow through Fastly also provided these customers with a faster, more reliable experience.

“Fastly’s Platform TLS empowers us to offer scalable HTTPS for all our customer’s GitHub Pages while reducing the manual effort associated with managing these certificates.” Scott Sanders, Director of Data Center Engineering, GitHub.

Our Culture and Employees

Our Values

Technology has the potential to make a radically positive impact on the world, and we aspire to improve human lives through our work. We were founded on strong ethical principles, and have intentionally grown values-first, scaling our workforce, services, customer portfolio, and investment partners purposefully. We are only as good as the company we keep, and this guides our hiring practices as well as the ethics we are committed to upholding as we scale. We believe that as a result of our values, we have been able to attract great people. We want to serve the very best of the internet. We choose to work with customers that we believe have integrity, are trustworthy, and do not promote violence or hate. Our eight core values define who we are and how we choose to grow, hire, train, work, communicate, make decisions, support each other, and serve our customers.

 

108


Table of Contents

Fastly’s Eight Values

 

LOGO

Hiring Strategy

We are dedicated to building a diverse workforce and leadership team that reflects our values and the unique needs of our global customer base. We strive to be a company full of kind, honest, passionate, and high-integrity people. We believe in investing in our people and providing talented individuals with a strong growth path. Our U.S. support engineers are often hired from code schools, and many code school graduates transition from support into other organizations within the company, championing the customer voice and infusing our teams with a strong, service-focused mindset. Our engineering staff recruits world-class experts in every part of the technology stack that makes up the internet, which inspires great developers to join us. We intend to build a diverse workforce and inclusive culture that empowers and supports our employees and customers.

Employees

As of December 31, 2018, we had a total of 449 employees worldwide, including 70 employees located outside of the United States. Our remote-friendly culture allows us to recruit and retain skilled professionals wherever we find them, so our employees are spread across multiple cities in 15 different countries. Approximately 42% of our employees were based in our headquarters in San Francisco, California as of December 31, 2018.

Organization

Sales & Marketing

Our go-to-market model initially focused on reaching and serving the needs of developers. We reach developers through working groups, community events, conferences, and word-of-mouth. Our platform was built to empower developers to innovate at their own pace, so our platform is accessible, transparent, and self-service.

Our self-serve pricing matrix is publicly available and allows for customers to receive automatic tiered discounts as their usage of our products increases. If their use of our product grows significantly, some organizations choose to enter into negotiated contracts with us. These contracts typically include specific pricing and a minimum monthly commitment. As developers have expanded their usage of our platform, our relationships have evolved to include business leaders within their organizations.

 

109


Table of Contents

Our sales and marketing organizations work together closely to cultivate customer relationships with developers and business leaders at enterprises and technology-savvy organizations to drive revenue growth. We have vertically-based sales teams that continue to enhance our value-based selling methodology. Our land and expand sales strategy for enterprise customers has successfully demonstrated our platform’s capabilities, and our customer support enables broad adoption of our technology within an organization. We intend to continue to pursue growth in these segments of the market as we refine our value-based messaging and educate customers on how we help them solve critical business challenges.

We also offer a trial to all customers who sign up, which includes a free balance for testing and experimentation. We do this in order to strengthen our relationship and reputation within the developer community by providing these developers with the ability to familiarize themselves with our platform without first becoming a paying customer. Once signed up, developers can easily access our programmable interface, extensive self-service documentation, and customer support team. Our low-friction trial experience allows developers to validate that our edge platform works for them at no cost or risk.

Research & Development

Our research and development team members are responsible for the design, development, and reliability of all aspects of our edge cloud platform. Continuous improvement and innovation are core to our DNA, and these efforts are baked directly into our service lifecycle. Scale, performance, security, and reliability are core functional requirements of everything we build into our platform to serve our customers.

Our philosophy of customer empowerment guides our research processes. Our product managers regularly engage with customers and the developer, DevOps and site reliability engineering communities, as well as our internal stakeholders and subject matter experts, in order to understand customer needs. Our engineering team is comprised of experts with deep experience, who intimately understand customers’ technical challenges and build solutions accordingly.

Throughout the strategic, design, and build phases of our product lifecycle, our development organization works closely with our product, infrastructure, operations, and compliance teams to design, develop, test, and launch any given solution. We strive for a balance of rapid iteration without compromise on the core functional requirements that our customers expect: scale, performance, security, and reliability.

As of December 31, 2018, we had 150 employees in our research and development group. Our research and development expenses were $34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Approximately 40% of our research and development group were based in our headquarters in San Francisco, California as of December 31, 2018.

Infrastructure

Our infrastructure team is responsible for the design, deployment, and maintenance of the servers and network hardware that form the foundation of our mission critical environment in 60 POPs around the globe as of March 31, 2019. We invest in research into global internet geography to identify optimal colocation site selection, network partner identification, and network-to-network interconnection opportunities. These activities allow us to connect in close proximity to core internet backbones and ISPs, thereby enhancing network performance. We carefully evaluate and test hardware from leading server, network, and component manufacturers to ensure they comply with our workload performance, system efficiency, and mean time-to-repair standards. In our process, we evaluate commodity server and network platforms to avoid vendor lock-in, while optimizing the mix of components in an effort to improve efficiency and optimize our capital expenditures. We intend to grow the number of data center colocation sites as traffic on our network grows and as demands for new markets justify investment.

 

110


Table of Contents

Security & Compliance

We uphold transparency and trustworthiness as company values. Our compliance and security teams, as well as other departments across the company, continually iterate on our security program to better meet growing customer needs, updated regulatory requirements, and the evolving security threat landscape. To help validate the controls that safeguard our platform and the data moving through it, we have expanded our portfolio of security and compliance-related assessments and certifications over time.

Customer Support

We have designed our products and platform to be self-service and require minimal customer support. Customers are automatically covered by our standard support plan, free of charge, as soon as they sign up with us. They can file a ticket with the support team, access documentation including online FAQs, API references, and configuration guidelines. Our support approach is unique as we have built it with developers in mind. Our first-line support employee typically has an engineering background and is highly technical.

We also provide several options for premier, hands-on support from a team of highly-technical senior support engineers and technical account managers. They act as a single point of contact for our support, product and engineering teams. Our support model is global, with 24/7 coverage and support offices located throughout the United States, the United Kingdom, and Japan.

Our industry leading enterprise support offering has a Customer Satisfaction score of over 95% as of December 31, 2018 and Net Promoter Score of 64 as of December 31, 2018.

Partnerships & Strategic Relationships

We believe that building a strong partner ecosystem helps amplify our reach and time-to-market, while providing our customers with enhanced value from our joint offerings. By investing in these partnerships, we improve customer satisfaction and retention rates. Our partners and strategic alliances include:

 

   

Integration Partners. Our customers leverage a variety of tools and workflows to be successful. We want to enable our platform to be interoperable with the wide range of technical tools that developers adopt, from highly technical tools to one-click integrations and from standardized products to cutting-edge technologies. Leveraging our API first approach, we have built and continue to invest in partnerships that track against modern application development processes. This includes Big Data and logging platforms, CI/CD pipeline tools, and observability workflows where we help drive increased consumption and customer engagement for our partners;

 

   

Solutions Partners. For those customers who want all-in-one solutions or who are small or medium sized businesses, we enable solution vendors to build us into their offering. Whether they are a SaaS, PaaS, or IaaS vendor, we can help them offer faster, more secure, and scalable hosting services. Our edge security, acceleration, and delivery capabilities enable our partners to provide more secure and performant solutions to their customers in combination with their products;

 

   

Referral and Reseller Partners. Systems integrators create customized solutions for customers. Value-added resellers, direct market resellers, and managed service providers offer our product catalog in addition to a suite of other products and services. These channel partners expand our sales reach and capabilities, provide an open ecosystem, and accelerate adoption of our platform while providing their customers with customized solutions or valuable additional services. Full site delivery, edge compute, and security offerings are an increasingly valuable suite of services for our partners to offer; and

 

111


Table of Contents
   

Central Cloud Partners. Our customers continue to adopt central cloud services with increasing velocity. To ensure they can fully leverage the services of both our platform and those of the central clouds, we frequently develop relationships and joint solutions with public, private, and hybrid cloud providers and other enterprise platforms. These relationships span multiple product segments across multi-cloud, core compute, storage, Big Data, machine learning, and security products. As the industry gradually moves towards multi-cloud workloads, our partners increasingly engage with us to ensure optimal delivery of services and products for customers.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in San Francisco, California and consists of approximately 71,343 square feet of space under a lease that expires on July 31, 2027. We also maintain offices in Portland, Denver, New York, London, and Tokyo. We lease all of our facilities and do not own any real property. We expect to add facilities as we grow our employee base and expand geographically. We believe that our facilities are sufficient to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate expansion of our operations.

Competition

Our platform spans several markets from cloud computing and cloud security to CDNs. We segment the competitive landscape into four key categories:

 

   

Legacy CDNs like Akamai, Limelight, EdgeCast (part of Verizon Digital Media), Level3, and Imperva (for security);

 

   

Small business focused CDNs like InStart, Cloudflare, StackPath, and Section.io;

 

   

Cloud providers who are starting to offer compute functionality at the edge like Amazon’s CloudFront, AWS Lambda, and Google Cloud Platform; and

 

   

Traditional data center and appliance vendors like F5, Citrix, A10 Networks, Cisco, Imperva, Radware, and Arbor, as well as networks that offer a range of on-premise solutions for load balancing, WAF, and DDoS.

The principle competitive factors in our market include:

 

   

Platform scalability and performance;

 

   

Global network coverage;

 

   

Platform reliability and security;

 

   

Ease of integration and programmability;

 

   

Credibility with developers;

 

   

Ability to support modern application development processes;

 

   

Brand awareness, reputation, and trust;

 

   

Strength of our sales and marketing efforts;

 

112


Table of Contents
   

Quality of customer support; and

 

   

Price and network cost savings.

We believe we generally compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors. Our edge cloud platform integrates many of the point products offered by our competitors which is a key differentiator. However, many of our competitors have substantially greater financial and technical resources in addition to larger sales and marketing budgets, broader market distribution, and more mature intellectual property portfolios.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements and other contractual protections, to protect our proprietary technology. We also rely on a number of registered and unregistered trademarks to protect our brand.

As of December 31, 2018, in the United States, we had 29 issued patents, which expire between September 2033 and October 2036, 45 patent applications pending for examination, as well as seven pending provisional applications. As of such date, we also had six issued patents and 36 patent applications pending for examination in foreign jurisdictions and 25 Patent Cooperation Treaty patent applications pending for examination, all of which are related to U.S. patents and patent applications. In addition, as of December 31, 2018, we had six registered trademarks in the United States.

In addition, we seek to protect our intellectual property rights by requiring our employees and independent contractors involved in development of intellectual property on our behalf to enter into agreements acknowledging that all works or other intellectual property generated or conceived by them on our behalf are our property, and assigning to us any rights, including intellectual property rights, that they may claim or otherwise have in those works or property, to the extent allowable under applicable law.

Despite our efforts to protect our technology and proprietary rights through intellectual property rights, licenses, and other contractual protections, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software and other technology. In addition, we intend to continue to expand our international operations, and effective intellectual property, copyright, trademark, and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in foreign countries. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights could harm our business or our ability to compete. Further, companies in the communications and technology industries own large numbers of patents, copyrights, and trademarks and frequently threaten litigation, or file suit based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We are currently subject to, and expect to face in the future, allegations that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of third parties. From time to time, we also receive demands for indemnification from our customers under the terms of our contracts with them for infringement of a third-party’s intellectual property rights.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we have been and will continue to be subject to legal proceedings and claims. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows. We have received, and may in the future continue to receive, claims from third parties asserting, among other things, infringement of their intellectual property rights. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves, our partners, and our customers by determining the scope, enforceability, and validity of third-party proprietary rights, or to establish our proprietary rights. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

113


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers and directors as of March 31, 2019:

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Artur Bergman

     39      Chief Executive Officer, Co-Founder and Director

Adriel Lares

     46      Chief Financial Officer

Paul Luongo

     47      General Counsel and Senior Vice President, Trust

Joshua Bixby

     41      President

Wolfgang Maasberg

     46      Executive Vice President of Sales

Non-Employee Directors

     

Sunil Dhaliwal (1)

     43      Director

David Hornik (2)(3)

     51      Director

Christopher Paisley (1)(3)

     66      Director

Gil Penchina (2)(3)

     49      Director

Kelly Wright (1)(2)

     48      Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee

(2)

Member of the compensation committee

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive Officers

Artur Bergman has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since founding Fastly in March 2011. From September 2007 to June 2011, Mr. Bergman served as Manager, Vice President, then Chief Technology Officer of Wikia, Inc., a global community knowledge-sharing platform. From November 2005 to March 2007, Mr. Bergman served as Engineering Manager for SixApart, a social networking service. From the second half of 2003 to August 2005, Mr. Bergman served as Engineering Manager of Fotango, Ltd., a subsidiary of Canon Europe. We believe that Mr. Bergman is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his industry knowledge and his experience as our founder, as well as his leadership experience and deep technical expertise.

Adriel Lares has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2016. From July 2015 to November 2015, Mr. Lares served as an advisor to Lookout, Inc., a mobile security firm. From February 2012 to July 2015, Mr. Lares served as Chief Financial Officer of Lookout, Inc. From September 2010 to February 2012, Mr. Lares served as Business Unit Manager of 3PAR Inc., a data storage and information storage software company and a division of Hewlett Packard’s Storage Unit. From January 2005 to September 2010, Mr. Lares served as Chief Financial Officer at 3PAR Inc. From March 2004 to January 2005, Mr. Lares served as the Treasurer of 3PAR Inc, and from March 2001 to March 2004, he served as the Director of Finance at 3PAR Inc. Mr. Lares is also a co-founder of Memento Mori, a Napa-based winery. Mr. Lares earned his B.A. in Economics from Stanford University.

Paul Luongo has served as our General Counsel and Senior Vice President, Trust since January 2019, our General Counsel and Senior Vice President from August 2017 to December 2018, and joined Fastly as General Counsel and Vice President in January 2014. From May 2007 to January 2014, Mr. Luongo served in various legal capacities at Salesforce.com, a cloud-based software company, and ultimately as a Vice President and Assistant General Counsel at Salesforce.com. From July 2004 to April 2007, Mr. Luongo served in various legal capacities at Intel Corporation, a semiconductor and technology company, and ultimately as a Senior

 

114


Table of Contents

Attorney. Mr. Luongo began his legal career as an associate at Cooley LLP, an international law firm, in May 2000. Mr. Luongo has a B.A. in American History from the University of Pennsylvania, an M.P.P. from the University of Michigan School of Public Policy, and a J.D. from the University of Michigan Law School.

Joshua Bixby has served as our President since May 2017, our Senior Vice President, Product and Marketing from February 2017 to April 2017, our Senior Vice President, Marketing from April 2016 to February 2017, our Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing from January 2016 to April 2016, and joined Fastly full time as Vice President, Marketing in December 2015. From August 2013 to November 2015, Mr. Bixby served as a part-time advisor to us. From February 2013 to August 2013, Mr. Bixby served as Vice President of Acceleration at Radware Ltd., a cybersecurity and application delivery solutions company. Mr. Bixby served as President and co-founder of Strangeloop Networks, a web application acceleration solutions company, from June 2006 until its acquisition by Radware in February 2013. From October 2002 to April 2006, Mr. Bixby was a co-founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of IronPoint Technology, Inc., a content management software solutions company. Mr. Bixby is the founder of Stanley Park Ventures, an early stage foundry based in Vancouver, British Columbia. Mr. Bixby earned his B.S. in Management and Business Economics from the University of Toronto.

Wolfgang Maasberg has served as our Executive Vice President of Sales since March 2019. From April 2016 to March 2019, Mr. Maasberg served as Senior Vice President of Global Sales and Field Operations. From November 2014 to March 2016, Mr. Maasberg served as Group Vice President Sales, Oracle Marketing Cloud for Oracle Corporation, a database software and technology company. From June 2013 to October 2014, Mr. Maasberg was Senior Vice President of Global Sales and Field Operations for Turn, an advertising technology company. Mr. Maasberg previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Lyris Technologies, Inc., an email and marketing automation company, and in various senior sales leadership positions at several companies, including Adobe, Omniture (acquired by Adobe) and Coremetrics (acquired by IBM). Mr. Maasberg started his career in technology at Dell Computer Corp in 1997.

Non-Employee Directors

Sunil Dhaliwal has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2011. Mr. Dhaliwal is a general partner of Amplify Partners, a venture capital firm. Prior to founding Amplify Partners, Mr. Dhaliwal served as a General Partner of Battery Ventures, a venture capital and private equity firm, where he worked from 1998 to 2012. Mr. Dhaliwal previously worked in investment banking at Alex. Brown & Sons, Inc. from 1996 to 1998. He currently serves on the board of directors of several privately held technology companies. Mr. Dhaliwal holds a B.S. in Finance and International Business from Georgetown University. We believe that Mr. Dhaliwal is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience with technology companies in our industry, his service on private company boards, and the historical knowledge and continuity he brings to our board of directors.

David M. Hornik has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2013. Since 2000, Mr. Hornik has been a partner at August Capital, a venture capital firm. From August 2004 to September 2017, Mr. Hornik served as a member of the board of directors of Splunk, Inc, a software and data solutions company. Prior to joining August Capital, Mr. Hornik was an intellectual property and corporate attorney at the law firms of Venture Law Group and Perkins Coie LLP, and a litigator at the law firm of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP. Mr. Hornik holds an A.B. from Stanford University, an M.Phil from Cambridge University and a J.D. from Harvard Law School. We believe that Mr. Hornik is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience with technology companies in our industry, his service on public and private company boards, and the historical knowledge and continuity he brings to our board of directors.

Christopher B. Paisley has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2018. Since January 2001, Mr. Paisley has served as the Dean’s Executive Professor of Accounting at the Leavey School of Business at Santa Clara University. Mr. Paisley also serves as lead independent director of Equinix, Inc., a provider of

 

115


Table of Contents

network colocation, interconnection, and managed services, as a member of the board of Fortinet, Inc., a cybersecurity software company, a member of the board of directors of Fitbit, Inc., a connected health and fitness company, and a member of the board of directors of Ambarella, Inc., a developer of low-power, high-definition video compression and image processing semiconductors. Mr. Paisley previously served as a director of Bridge Bank from August 2011 until June 2015, a director of Control4, a home automation company, from May 2006 until August 2015, and a director of YuMe, Inc., a provider of digital video brand advertising solutions, from November 2012 until its acquisition by RhythmOne plc in February 2018. Mr. Paisley holds a B.A. in business economics from the University of California at Santa Barbara and an M.B.A. from the Anderson School at the University of California at Los Angeles. We believe that Mr. Paisley’s substantial experience in the technology industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Gil Penchina has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2011. Since August 2016, Mr. Penchina has been a Managing Director at Ridge Ventures, a venture capital firm. Prior to joining Ridge Ventures, he previously served as the Chief Executive Officer of Wikia, Inc. from June 2006 to October 2011. Prior to June 2006, Mr. Penchina served as Vice President, General Manager, International at eBay, Inc. He currently serves on the board of directors of several privately held technology companies. Since February 2018, Mr. Penchina has served on the board of directors of Argo Blockchain PLC, a crypto-mining company. Mr. Penchina holds an B.S. in Engineering from the University of Massachusetts and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University. We believe that Mr. Penchina is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience with technology companies, his service on private company boards, and the historical knowledge and continuity he brings to our board of directors.

Kelly Wright has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2018. From February 2005 to December 2016, Ms. Wright served as the Executive Vice President, Sales of Tableau Software, a software company. Prior to 2005, Ms. Wright served as Vice President of Sales at AtHoc, Inc., a software company. She holds an B.A. in Political Science from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Ms. Wright is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of her experience growing sales organizations at various technology companies.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of six members. Each director is currently elected to the board of directors for a one-year term, to serve until the election and qualification of a successor director at our annual meeting of stockholders, or until the director’s earlier removal, resignation, or death.

Certain of our directors currently serve on the board of directors pursuant to the voting provisions of a voting agreement between us and several of our stockholders. Under the terms of this voting agreement, the stockholders who are party to the voting agreement have agreed to vote their respective shares so as to elect: (1) one director to be designated by holders of our Series A preferred stock, who is currently Mr. Dhaliwal; (2) one director to be designated by August Capital VI, who is currently Mr. Hornik; (3) one director to be our current Chief Executive Officer, who is currently Mr. Bergman; (4) one director to be designated by the holders of our common stock, who is currently Mr. Penchina; and (5) one director who is an industry representative to be elected by the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, who is currently Ms. Wright. This agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. There is no contractual arrangement by which Mr. Paisley was appointed to our board of directors.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with

 

116


Table of Contents

staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

Class I, which will consist of                  and                 whose term will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering;

 

   

Class II, which will consist of                  and                 whose term will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; and

 

   

Class III, which will consist of                  and                 whose term will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution approved by a majority of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning such director’s background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors determined that Mr. Dhaliwal, Mr. Hornik, Mr. Paisley, Mr. Penchina, and Ms. Wright, representing five of our six directors following the completion of this offering, are “independent directors” as defined under the listing standards of the NYSE. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below. From time to time, our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of three directors, Mr. Dhaliwal, Mr. Paisley, and Ms. Wright. Our board of directors has determined that each of our audit committee members satisfies the independence requirements for audit committee members under the listing standards of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the listing standards of the NYSE. Mr. Paisley is the chairperson of the audit committee and our board of directors has determined that

 

117


Table of Contents

Mr. Paisley is an audit committee “financial expert” as defined by Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

 

   

selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

   

helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

reviewing related party transactions;

 

   

obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes its internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

   

approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE .

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of three directors, Mr. Hornik, Mr. Penchina, and Ms. Wright, each of whom our board of directors has determined is a non-employee member of our board of directors as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Mr. Hornik is the chairperson of the compensation committee. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under current listing standards of the NYSE and current SEC rules and regulations. The principal duties and responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers, including evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer and, with his assistance, that of our other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the terms of compensatory arrangements with our executive officers;

 

   

administering our equity and non-equity incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

118


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees and reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Our compensation committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of three directors, Mr. Hornik, Mr. Paisley, and Mr. Penchina. Mr. Penchina is the chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under current listing standards of the NYSE and current SEC rules and regulations. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

   

identifying, evaluating, and selecting, or recommending that our board of directors approve, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

   

evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting;

 

   

developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

   

overseeing an annual evaluation of the board’s performance.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the                 .

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the Code of Conduct) applicable to all of our employees, executive officers, and directors. Following the completion of this offering, the Code of Conduct will be available on our website at www.fastly.com. The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for executive officers and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements with respect to our executive officers and directors, will be disclosed on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company, nor have they ever been an officer or employee of our company.

 

119


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We provide equity-based compensation to certain of our independent directors who are not employees or affiliated with our investors for the time and effort necessary to serve as a member of our board of directors. In addition, all of our independent directors are entitled to reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board or committees thereof.

We intend to adopt a director compensation policy, pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

2018 Director Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned for service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2018 by our non-employee directors. Artur Bergman, our Chief Executive Officer, is also a member of our board of directors, but did not receive any additional compensation for service as a director. Mr. Bergman’s compensation as an executive officer is set forth below under “Executive Compensation—2018 Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Name

  

Option Awards
($) (1)

     Total
$
 

Sunil Dhaliwal

   $      $  

David Hornik

             

Christopher Paisley (2)

     633,985        633,985  

Gil Penchina

             

Kelly Wright (3)

     633,985        633,985  

 

(1)

Amounts shown in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by our non-employee directors. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted in 2018, computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. Methodology used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our non-employee directors will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of our Class A common stock is greater than the exercise price of such stock options.

(2)

Mr. Paisley joined our board of directors in July 2018.

(3)

Ms. Wright joined our board of directors in June 2018.

We currently reimburse our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending board of directors and committee meetings. From time to time, we have granted stock options to certain of our non-employee directors as compensation for their services. Mr. Paisley and Ms. Wright are our only non-employee directors who hold options to purchase Class B common stock. In July 2018, we granted Mr. Paisley an option to purchase 459,676 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $2.22 per share, vesting monthly over four years with the right to early exercise. In July 2018, we granted Ms. Wright an option to purchase 459,676 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $2.22 per share, vesting monthly over four years with the right to early exercise.

 

120


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2018, were:

 

   

Artur Bergman, Chief Executive Officer, Co-Founder and Director;

 

   

Joshua Bixby, President; and

 

   

Paul Luongo, General Counsel and Senior Vice President, Trust.

2018 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth all of the compensation awarded to, or earned by or paid to our named executive officers during 2018.

 

Name and Principal Position

  

Year

    

Salary

   

Option

Awards (1)

    

All Other

Compensation (2)

    

Total

 

Artur Bergman

     2018      $ 360,000     $ —        $ 54      $ 360,054  

Chief Executive Officer

             

Joshua Bixby

     2018        425,000 (3)       749,480        —          1,174,480  

President

             

Paul Luongo

     2018        400,000       374,740        54        774,794  

General Counsel, Senior Vice President, Trust

             

 

(1)

Amounts shown in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by our named executive officers. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted in 2018, computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 10 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus. Our named executive officers will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of our Class A common stock is greater than the exercise price of such stock options.

(2)

Amounts reported represent life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of the named executive officer.

(3)

Amounts reported represent payments to Mr. Bixby’s trust in accordance with the terms of his consulting agreement. See “—Employment, Severance, and Change in Control Agreements.”

 

121


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2018

The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2018. All awards were granted under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. See “—Employment, Severance, and Change in Control Agreements” for a description of vesting acceleration applicable to stock options held by our named executive officers.

 

    

Option Awards

 

Name

  

Grant Date

    

Vesting
Commencement
Date

    

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Exercisable

Options

   

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercisable

Options

   

Option

Exercise

Price

    

Option

Expiration

Date

 

Artur Bergman

     06/02/2015        03/03/2015        1,837,669 (1)(2)       114,855 (1)     $ 0.575        06/01/2025  

Joshua Bixby

     10/31/2013        10/28/2013        25,000 (3)       —         0.1556        10/30/2023  
     03/03/2015        03/03/2015        200,000 (4)       —         0.575        03/02/2025  
     07/12/2016        07/11/2016        500,000 (2)(5)       —         1.18        07/11/2026  
     08/01/2017        07/01/2017        400,000 (2)(5)       —         1.57        07/31/2027  
     12/20/2018        12/19/2018        400,000 (2)(6)       —         3.75        12/19/2028  

Paul Luongo

     03/03/2015        03/03/2015        300,000 (2)(7)       —         0.575        03/02/2025  
     12/20/2018        12/19/2018        200,000 (2)(6)       —         3.75        12/19/2028  

 

(1)

1/48 th of the total shares subject to this option will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service through each such date. As of December 31, 2018, 1,722,814 shares are vested.

(2)

This option is early exercisable and to the extent any of such shares are unvested as of a given date, such purchased shares will remain subject to a right of repurchase by Fastly upon the termination of the service of the named executive officer.

(3)

1/8 th of the total shares subject to this option will vest three months after the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service as of such date. The balance of the shares subject to this option will vest in a series of twenty-one successive equal monthly installments from the three-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service through each such date. As of December 31, 2018, 25,000 shares are vested.

(4)

1/24 th of the total shares subject to this option will vest monthly commencing on the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service through each such date. As of December 31, 2018, 200,000 shares are vested.

(5)

1/48 th of the total shares subject to this option will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service through each such date. As of December 31, 2018, 302,083 and 141,666 shares are vested, respectively.

(6)

1/48 th of the total shares subject to this option will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service through each such date. As of December 31, 2018, no shares are vested.

(7)

1/4 th of the total shares subject to this option will vest one year after the vesting commencement date and the balance of the shares subject to this option will vest in a series of thirty-six successive equal monthly installments from the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service through each such date. As of December 31, 2018, 281,249 shares are vested.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company we will be exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including, but not limited to, the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation

 

122


Table of Contents

of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Pension Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or retirement plan sponsored by us during 2018.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or earn any benefits under, a non-qualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by us during 2018.

Employment, Severance, and Change in Control Agreements

We have employment agreements or consulting agreements with each of our executive officers other than Artur Bergman, who is our founder and serves as our Chief Executive Officer and Director. The agreements generally provide for at-will employment or service and set forth the executive officer’s initial base salary, initial equity grant amount, eligibility for employee benefits, and in some cases severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment. In addition, each of our executive officers has executed our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement. The key terms of these agreements are described below.

Artur Bergman

We do not have a written employment agreement with Mr. Bergman. Mr. Bergman’s annual base salary as of December 31, 2018 was $360,000. In June 2015, we granted Mr. Bergman an option to purchase 1,837,669 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.575 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from March 2015.

Joshua Bixby

Mr. Bixby serves as our President under the terms of an Independent Contractor Services Agreement between us and Possibilities Trainings Group, dated October 2013. Possibilities Trainings Group is owned and controlled by trusts controlled by Mr. Bixby and members of his immediate family and all compensation paid for Mr. Bixby’s services as our President is paid solely to Mr. Bixby. Under the terms of his consulting agreement we pay Mr. Bixby $425,000 per year. In October 2013, we granted Mr. Bixby an option to purchase 25,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.1556 per share. 1/8th of the total shares subject to this option will vest three months after October 28, 2013, and the balance of the shares vest monthly thereafter over 21 months. In March 2014, we granted Mr. Bixby an option to purchase 292,130 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.1556 per share vesting monthly over 24 months from March 2014. In March 2015, we granted Mr. Bixby an option to purchase 200,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.575 per share vesting monthly over 24 months from March 2015. In July 2016, we granted Mr. Bixby an option to purchase 500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.18 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from July 2016. In August 2017, we granted Mr. Bixby an option to purchase 400,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.57 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from August 2017. In December 2018, we granted Mr. Bixby an option to purchase 400,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $3.75 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from December 2018.

In February 2019, we entered into a change of control and retention agreement with Mr. Bixby. If Mr. Bixby’s services are terminated without cause or he terminates his services for good reason, on or within three months prior to or 18 months following a change in control, all unvested shares of stock subject to his outstanding equity awards shall immediately become fully vested. Mr. Bixby must sign a release of claims agreement as a pre-condition of receiving these termination benefits.

 

123


Table of Contents

Adriel Lares

In April 2016, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Adriel Lares, our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Lares’ annual base salary as of December 31, 2018 was $425,000. Under the terms of his offer letter, we granted Mr. Lares an option to purchase 1,456,497 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.18 per share. 25% of the total shares subject to this option will vest on the 12-month anniversary of May 16, 2016, and 1/36 th of the balance of the shares vest monthly thereafter.

In September 2016, we entered into a change of control and retention agreement with Mr. Lares. If Mr. Lares’ employment is terminated without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason, on or within three months prior to or 18 months following a change in control, all unvested shares subject to his outstanding equity awards shall vest in full as of his termination date. In addition, if Mr. Lares’ employment is terminated without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason, he will be eligible to receive a lump sum payment equal to six months of his base salary and continuation of his benefits for six months. Mr. Lares must sign a release of claims agreement as a pre-condition of receiving these termination benefits.

Paul Luongo

In November 2013, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Paul Luongo, our General Counsel and Senior Vice President, Trust. Mr. Luongo’s annual base salary as of December 31, 2018 was $400,000. Under the terms of his offer letter, we granted Mr. Luongo an option to purchase 584,260 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.1556 per share. 25% of the total shares subject to this option vested on the 12-month anniversary of January 6, 2014, and 1/36 th of the balance of the shares vested monthly thereafter. In March 2015, we granted Mr. Luongo an option to purchase 300,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.575 per share, vesting monthly over 48 months from March 2015. In December 2018, we granted Mr. Luongo an option to purchase 200,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $3.75 per share, vesting monthly over 48 months from December 2018.

In February 2014, we entered into a change of control and retention agreement with Mr. Luongo. If Mr. Luongo’s employment is terminated without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason, on or within three months prior to or 18 months following a change in control, all unvested shares subject to his outstanding equity awards shall vest in full as of his termination date. Mr. Luongo must sign a release of claims agreement as a pre-condition of receiving these termination benefits.

Wolfgang Maasberg

In March 2016, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Wolfgang Maasberg, our Executive Vice President of Sales. Mr. Maasberg’s annual base salary as of December 31, 2018 was $325,000. Under the terms of his offer letter, we granted Mr. Maasberg an option to purchase 1,165,197 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.18 per share. 25% of the total shares subject to this option will vest on the 12-month anniversary of April 11, 2016, and 1/36 th of the balance of the shares vest monthly thereafter. Mr. Maasberg is entitled to earn a sales commission based on his and our performance against annual targets with quarterly objectives, with a target commission of $325,000.

If Mr. Maasberg’s employment is terminated without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason, on or within three months prior to or 18 months following a change in control, all outstanding shares subject to his outstanding equity awards shall vest in full as of his termination date. In addition, if Mr. Maasberg’s employment is terminated without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason, he will be eligible to receive a lump sum payment equal to six months of his base salary and continuation of his benefits for six months. Mr. Maasberg must sign a release of claims agreement as a pre-condition of receiving these termination benefits.

 

124


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans

We believe that our ability to grant equity-based awards is a valuable and necessary compensation tool that aligns the long-term financial interests of our employees, consultants and directors with the financial interests of our stockholders. In addition, we believe that our ability to grant options and other equity-based awards helps us to attract, retain, and motivate employees, consultants, and directors and encourages them to devote their best efforts to our business and financial success. The principal features of our equity incentive plans and our 401(k) plan are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which, other than the 401(k) plan, are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

We expect that our board of directors will adopt and our stockholders will approve prior to the closing of this offering our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (2019 Plan). We do not expect to utilize our 2019 Plan until after the completion of this offering, at which point no further grants will be made under our 2011 Plan, as described below under “2011 Plan.” No awards have been granted and no shares of our Class A common stock have been issued under our 2019 Plan.

Stock Awards. The 2019 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation, which are collectively referred to as stock awards. Additionally, the 2019 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants.

Share Reserve. Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2019 Plan is the sum of (i)                shares of our Class A common stock plus (ii) the number of shares of our Class B common stock reserved, and remaining available for issuance, under our 2011 Plan at the time our 2019 Plan became effective, except each such share of our Class B common stock will be issuable under the 2019 Plan as one share of our Class A common stock and (iii) the number of shares subject to stock options or other stock awards granted under our 2011 Plan that would have otherwise returned to our 2011 Plan (such as upon the expiration or termination of a stock award prior to vesting), except each such share of our Class B common stock will be issuable under the 2019 Plan as one share of our Class A common stock. The number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2020 and continuing through and including January 1, 2029, by     % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under our 2019 Plan is                  shares of our Class A common stock.

If a stock award granted under the 2019 Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our Class A common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2019 Plan. In addition, the following types of shares under the 2019 Plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2019 Plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2019 Plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market.

The maximum number of shares of common stock subject to stock awards granted under the 2019 Plan or otherwise during any one calendar year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid

 

125


Table of Contents

by us to such non-employee director during such calendar year for service on the board of directors, will not exceed $        in total value (calculating the value of any such stock awards based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes), or, with respect to the calendar year in which a non-employee director is first appointed or elected to our board of directors, $        .

Administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2019 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, (2) determine the number of shares of Class A common stock to be subject to such stock awards, and (3) specify the other terms and conditions, including the strike price or purchase price and vesting schedule, applicable to such awards. Subject to the terms of the 2019 Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price, or purchase price of stock awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the stock award.

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2019 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2019 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority, without stockholder approval, to reduce the exercise, purchase, or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash, or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options. Incentive and nonstatutory stock options are evidenced by stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2019 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2019 Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2019 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an option holder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death, or cause, the option holder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term will automatically be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an option holder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an option holder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the option holder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of Class A common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft, or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our Class A common stock previously owned by the option holder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is a nonqualified stock option, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An option holder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the option holder’s death.

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an

 

126


Table of Contents

option holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will be treated as nonqualified stock options. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are evidenced by restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft, or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Class A common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule as determined by the plan administrator. Rights to acquire shares under a restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards are evidenced by restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration or for no consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Rights under a restricted stock unit award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be subject to vesting as determined by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are evidenced by stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount in cash or stock equal to (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of Class A common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2019 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2019 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provide otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability, or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term will be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, stock appreciation rights generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. A stock

 

127


Table of Contents

appreciation right holder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the stock appreciation right following the holder’s death.

Performance Awards. The 2019 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards. The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (5) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (6) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (7) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (8) total stockholder return; (9) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (10) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (11) stock price; (12) margin (including gross margin); (13) income (before or after taxes); (14) operating income; (15) operating income after taxes; (16) pre-tax profit; (17) operating cash flow; (18) sales or revenue targets; (19) increases in revenue or product revenue; (20) expenses and cost reduction goals; (21) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (22) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (23) market share; (24) cash flow; (25) cash flow per share; (26) share price performance; (27) debt reduction; (28) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (29) stockholders’ equity; (30) capital expenditures; (31) debt levels; (32) operating profit or net operating profit; (33) workforce diversity; (34) growth of net income or operating income; (35) billings; (36) bookings; (37) employee retention; (38) user satisfaction; (39) the number of users, including unique users; (40) budget management; (41) partner satisfaction; (42) entry into or completion of strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); and (43) other measures of performance selected by our board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

The performance goals may be based on company-wide performance or performance of one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and may be either absolute or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any items that are unusual in nature or occur infrequently as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, nonrecurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, we retain the discretion to adjust or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the goals. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Other Stock Awards. The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our Class A common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

 

128


Table of Contents

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

   

arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

   

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

   

accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

   

arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;

 

   

cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate or for no consideration; or

 

   

make a payment equal to the excess of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (2) the exercise price or strike price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Under the 2019 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Change in Control. The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability or settlement in the event of a change in control. Under the 2019 Plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation, or similar transaction, (2) a consummated merger, consolidation, or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity, (3) a consummated sale, lease, or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, and (4) certain dissolutions, liquidations, and changes in the board of directors.

Amendment and Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2019 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent and provided further that certain types of amendments will require the approval of our stockholders. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopts our 2019 Plan.

 

129


Table of Contents

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (2011 Plan) was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in March 2011, and was most recently amended in January 2019. Our 2011 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Code Section 422 to our employees and to any of our parent or subsidiary corporation’s employees, and nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock unit awards to our employees, directors, and consultants and employees and consultants of any affiliate of ours. Our 2011 Plan will be terminated prior to the completion of this offering, and thereafter we will not grant any additional stock awards under our 2011 Plan. However, our 2011 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock awards previously granted thereunder.

Share Reserve . As of December 31, 2018, options to purchase 24,357,214 shares of our Class B common stock were outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.48 per share, and 1,219,609 shares of our Class B common stock remained available for future stock awards under our 2011 Plan.

Administration . Our board of directors or a committee delegated by our board of directors administers our 2011 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2011 Plan, the administrator has the power to, among other things, determine who will be granted stock awards, to determine the specific terms and conditions of each stock award (including the number of shares subject to the stock award and when the stock award will vest and, as applicable, become exercisable), to accelerate the time(s) at which a stock award may vest or be exercised, and to construe and interpret the 2011 Plan and stock awards granted thereunder.

Options . Options granted under our 2011 Plan are subject to terms and conditions generally similar to those described above with respect to options that may be granted under our 2019 Plan.

Capital Structure Changes . In the event of certain changes in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate and proportionate adjustments will be made to the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2011 Plan; the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options; and the class and number of shares and price per share, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transaction . Our 2011 Plan provides that upon a “Corporate Transaction,” as defined in our 2011 Plan, our board of directors generally may take one or more of the following actions as to some or all stock awards outstanding under our 2011 Plan: (1) arrange for outstanding stock awards to be assumed, continued or substituted by the surviving or acquiring corporation, (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us in respect of common stock issued pursuant to the stock award to the surviving or acquiring corporation, (3) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction, (4) arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award, (5) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate, or (6) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by our board of directors, equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the participant would have received upon the exercise of the stock award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

Under the 2011 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our Class B common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

 

130


Table of Contents

Change in Control. The administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. Under the 2011 Plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation, or similar transaction, (2) a consummated merger, consolidation, or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders do not own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity or the parent of the surviving entity, and (3) a consummated sale, lease, or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets.

Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors may amend, suspend, or terminate our 2011 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where such approval is required by applicable law. Our board of directors also may amend any outstanding stock award. However, no amendment to our 2011 Plan or a stock award granted thereunder may impair a participant’s rights under a stock award without his or her written consent. As discussed above, we will terminate our 2011 Plan prior to the completion of this offering and no new stock awards will be granted thereunder following such termination.

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We expect that our board of directors will adopt and our stockholders will approve prior to the closing of this offering our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2019 ESPP).

Share Reserve . The maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under our 2019 ESPP is                  shares. Additionally, the number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 ESPP will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2020 and continuing through and including January 1, 2029, by the lesser of (1)     % of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, (2)              shares of our Class A common stock, or (3) such lesser number of shares of Class A common stock as determined by our board of directors. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our 2019 ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2019 ESPP.

Administration . Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will administer our 2019 ESPP. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer our 2019 ESPP to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter.

Limitations . Our employees, including executive officers, and the employees of any of our designated affiliates, will be eligible to participate in our 2019 ESPP, provided they may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our 2019 ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (1) customary employment with us or one of our affiliates for more than 20 hours per week and five or more months per calendar year or (2) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years, prior to the first date of an offering. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our 2019 ESPP (a) if such employee immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our stock or (b) to the extent that such rights would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding.

Our 2019 ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. The administrator may specify offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our Class A common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of offerings under our 2019 ESPP.

 

131


Table of Contents

A participant may not transfer purchase rights under our 2019 ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our 2019 ESPP.

Payroll Deductions . Our 2019 ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock through payroll deductions up to     % of their earnings. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, the purchase price of the shares will be     % of the lower of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Corporate Transactions . In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or change in control, a successor corporation may assume, continue, or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue, or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress will be shortened and a new exercise date will be set. The participants’ purchase rights will be exercised on the new exercise date and such purchase rights will terminate immediately thereafter.

Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2019 ESPP, at any time and for any reason, provided certain types of amendments will require the approval of our stockholders. Our 2019 ESPP will remain in effect until terminated by our board of directors in accordance with the terms of our 2019 ESPP.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer compensation up to certain limits imposed by the Code. We have the ability to make matching and discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan but have not done so to date. Employee contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their own contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, with the related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan are deductible by us when made, and contributions and earnings on those amounts are generally not taxable to a participating employee until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Insurance Premiums

We pay premiums for medical insurance and dental insurance for all full-time employees, including our named executive officers. We also pay premiums for life insurance and long-term disability insurance benefits for all full-time employees, including our named executive officers. These benefits are available to all full-time employees, subject to applicable laws.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Upon the closing of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

132


Table of Contents
   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees, and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our bylaws will also provide that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any executive officer, director, employee, or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers, and other employees as determined by the board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these certificate of incorporation and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, executive officers, or employees for which indemnification has been sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, executive officers, or persons controlling us, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our Class A and Class B common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or executive officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to the expiration of the period ending on, and including, the 180th day after the date of this prospectus, the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or executive officer has entered into with the underwriters.

 

133


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2016 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our then directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock at the time of such transaction, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described in “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Series E and Series F Preferred Stock Financing

In April and May 2017, we sold an aggregate of 13,218,064 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a price of $3.7827 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $50.0 million. Each share of Series E preferred stock will automatically convert into one share of our Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering. In June and July 2018, we sold an aggregate of 7,824,266 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $5.1123 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $40.0 million. Each share of Series F preferred stock will automatically convert into one share of our Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering. The following table summarizes the participation in the foregoing transactions by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transactions:

 

Related Party

   Shares of
Series E
Preferred Stock
     Shares of
Series F
Preferred Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Amplify Partners, L.P. (1)

     590,530        244,508      $ 3,483,796  

August Capital VI Special Opportunities, L.P.

     793,084           2,999,999  

Entities affiliated with ICONIQ Strategic Partners (2)

     1,718,349           6,499,999  

OATVIISPV2, LLC

     99,135           374,998  

 

(1)

Includes shares of preferred stock issued to Amplify Partners, L.P. and AP Opportunity Fund LLC.

(2)

Includes shares of preferred stock issued to ICONIQ Strategic Partners II, L.P. and ICONIQ Strategic Partners II-B, L.P.

Investor Rights, Voting, and Co-Sale Agreements

In connection with our preferred stock financings, we entered into investor rights, voting, and right of first refusal and co-sale agreements containing registration rights, information rights, voting rights, and rights of first refusal, among other things, with certain holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, including entities affiliated with Amplify Partners, an entity affiliated with Mr. Dhaliwal and entities affiliated with August Capital, an entity affiliated with Mr. Hornik. These stockholder agreements will terminate upon the closing of this offering, except for the registration rights granted under our investor rights agreement, as more fully described in “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Offer Letter Agreements

We have entered into offer letter agreements with certain of our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements with our named executive officers, see “Executive Compensation—Employment, Severance, and Change in Control Agreements.”

Stock Option Grants to Directors and Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to certain of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding the stock options and stock awards granted to our directors and named executive officers, see “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

 

134


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board. In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Related-Person Transaction Policy

We have adopted a policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, will not be permitted to enter into a related-party transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee, or other independent members of our board of directors in the event it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder, or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration, and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction will be on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related-party’s interest in the transaction.

All of the transactions described in this section were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy. Although we have not had a written policy for the review and approval of transactions with related persons, our board of directors has historically reviewed and approved any transaction where a director or officer had a financial interest, including the transactions described above. Prior to approving such a transaction, the material facts as to a director’s or officer’s relationship or interest in the agreement or transaction were disclosed to our board of directors. Our board of directors took this information into account when evaluating the transaction and in determining whether such transaction was fair to us and in the best interest of all our stockholders.

 

135


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2018, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information shown in the table prior to this offering is based upon 157,865,413 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 107,260,454 shares of our Class B common stock. The percentage ownership information shown in the table after this offering is based upon shares outstanding, assuming the sale of shares of our Class A common stock by us in the offering and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of Class B common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before March 1, 2019, which is 60 days after December 31, 2018. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

136


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Fastly, Inc., 475 Brannan Street, Suite 300, San Francisco, California, 94107.

 

    Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering
    Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
 
  Class A
Common Stock
    Class B
Common Stock
    % of
Total
Voting
Power
Before
the
Offering
    Class A
Common Stock
    Class B
Common Stock
    % of
Total
Voting
Power
After the
Offering
 
  Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %  

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

                   

5% or greater stockholders:

                   

Entities Affiliated with August Capital (1)

    —         *       32,150,629       20.4       20.4       —         *       32,150,629                                

Entities Affiliated with Iconiq Strategic Partners (2)

    —         *       20,323,000       12.9       12.9       —         *       20,323,000      

Entities Affiliated with OATV (3)

    —         *       17,056,987       10.8       10.8       —         *       17,056,987      

Entities Affiliated with Amplify Partners (4)

    —         *       16,771,740       10.6       10.6       —         *       16,771,740      

Named executive officers and directors:

                   

Artur Bergman (5)

    —         *       24,942,428       15.6       15.6       —         *       24,942,428      

Joshua Bixby (6)

    —         *       1,817,130       1.1       1.1       —         *       1,817,130      

Paul Luongo (7)

    —         *       1,084,260       *       *       —         *       1,084,260      

David Hornik (1)

    —         *       32,150,629       20.4       20.4       —         *       32,150,629      

Sunil Dhaliwal (4)

    —         *       16,771,740       10.6       10.6       —         *       16,771,740      

Christopher Paisley (8)

    —         *       459,676       *       *       —         *       459,676      

Gil Penchina (9)

    —         *       8,444,105       5.3       5.3       —         *       8,444,105      

Kelly Wright (10)

    —         *       459,676       *       *       —         *       459,676      

All current executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) (11)

    —         *       88,751,338       56.0       56.0       —         *       88,751,338      

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

Represents the voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes per share. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except under limited circumstances described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Class A and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights.”

(1)

Consists of (i)17,496,790 shares of Class B common stock held by August Capital VI and (ii) 14,653,839 shares of Class B common stock held by August Capital VI Special Opportunities Fund, L.P. August Capital Management VI, L.L.C. is the general partner of August Capital VI, L.P. and August Capital VI Special Opportunities, L.P. Howard Hartenbaum, David M. Hornik, and W. Eric Carlborg are members of August Capital Management VI, L.L.C. These individuals may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by August Capital VI, L.P. and August Capital VI Special Opportunities, L.P. Mr. Hornik is a member of our board of directors. The address for the August Capital entities is 1475 Folsom Street, #200, San Francisco, CA 94103.

 

137


Table of Contents
(2)

Consists of (i) 9,312,340 shares of Class B common stock held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners II, L.P., (ii) 7,289,730 shares of Class B common stock held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners II-B, L.P., and (iii) 3,720,930 shares of Class B common stock held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners II Co-Invest, L.P., FT Series. ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P. is the general partner of each of ICONIQ, Strategic Partners II-B, L.P. and ICONIQ Strategic Partners II Co-Invest, L.P., FT Series. ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd. is the general partner of ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P. Divesh Makan and William Griffith are the sole equity holders and directors of ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd. and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares noted above. The address for the ICONIQ entities is c/o ICONIQ Strategic Partners, 394 Pacific Avenue, 2nd Floor, San Francisco, CA 94111.

(3)

Consists of (i) 15,812,674 shares of Class B common stock held by OATV II, L.P., (ii) 1,067,504 shares of Class B common stock held by OATVIISPV1, LLC and, (iii) 176,809 shares of Class B common stock held by OATVIISPV2, LLC. O’Reilly AlphaTech Ventures II, LLC is the General Partner of each of OATV II, L.P., OATVIISPV1, LLC and OATVIISPV2, LLC. Bryce Roberts and Mark Jacobsen are the Managing Directors of O’Reilly AlphaTech Ventures II, LLC. The address for the OATV entities is 775 E. Blithedale Avenue #568, Mill Valley, CA 94941.

(4)

Consists of (i) 13,196,818 shares of Class B common stock held by Amplify Partners, L.P. and (ii) 3,574,922 shares of Class B common stock held by AP Opportunity Fund LLC. Amplify GP Partners, LLC is the sole general partner of Amplify Partners, L.P. and AP Opportunity Fund LLC. Sunil Dhaliwal, a member of our Board of Directors, is the managing member of Amplify GP Partners, LLC. The address for the Amplify entities is 800 Menlo Avenue, Suite 220, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(5)

Consists of (i) 22,418,181 shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Bergman, (ii) 686,578 shares of Class B common stock held by The Bergman Remainder Trust u/a/d 6/30/15, and (iii) 1,837,669 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to Mr. Bergman that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2018.

(6)

Consists of (i) 292,130 shares of Class B common stock and (ii) 1,525,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to Mr. Bixby that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2018, of which 793,752 of the shares would be unvested as of such date.

(7)

Consists of (i) 584,260 shares of Class B common stock and (ii) 500,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to Mr. Luongo that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2018, 197,918 of which are unvested as of such date.

(8)

Consists of (i) 250,000 shares of Class B common stock, all of which are subject to a right of repurchase, and (ii) 209,676 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to Mr. Paisley that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2018, all of which are unvested as of such date.

(9)

Consists of (i) 7,944,105 shares of Class B common stock held directly by Mr. Penchina and (ii) 500,000 shares of Class B common stock held in trusts for the benefit of Mr. Penchina’s children over which Mr. Penchina exercises voting and dispositive power.

(10)

Consists of (i) 225,000 shares of Class B common stock, all of which are subject to a right of repurchase, and (ii) 234,676 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to Ms. Wright that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2018, all of which are unvested as of such date.

(11)

Consists of (i) 81,822,623 shares of Class B common stock held by all current executive officers and directors as a group and (ii) 6,928,715 shares that all current executive officers and directors as a group have the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 31, 2018 pursuant to the exercise of options, of which 2,231,028 of the shares would be unvested as of such date.

 

138


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock, certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as each will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, and certain provisions of Delaware law are summaries. You should also refer to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that we intend to adopt in connection with this offering as our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, respectively.

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences, and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares, all with a par value of $0.00002 per share, of which:

 

   

                 shares are designated as Class A common stock;

 

   

                 shares are designated as Class B common stock; and

 

   

10,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of December 31, 2018, we had 50,604,959 shares of Class B common stock and 107,260,454 shares of preferred stock outstanding. After giving effect to the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock to Class B common stock and the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering there would have been 157,865,413 shares of Class B common stock outstanding on December 31, 2018, held by 245 stockholders of record. As of December 31, 2018 we had outstanding warrants to purchase 1,036,835 shares of preferred stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.28 per share. As of December 31, 2018, we also had outstanding options to acquire 24,357,214 shares of Class B common stock.

Class A and Class B Common Stock

Except with respect to voting, conversion, and transfer rights as described below and as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably, and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

Dividend and Distribution Rights

Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, out of any of our assets legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors. Any dividends paid to the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable class of common stock treated adversely, voting separately as a class. We will not declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of

 

139


Table of Contents

Class A common stock or Class B common stock payable in our securities unless the same dividend or distribution with the same record date and payment date shall be declared and paid on all shares of common stock; provided, however, that (i) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class A common stock or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class A common stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class B common stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class B common stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class B common stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class B common stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date; and (ii) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class B common stock or rights to acquire shares Class B common stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class B common stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class A common stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class A common stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class A common stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock have identical rights, provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our stockholders, holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share of Class B common stock. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except that there will be a separate vote of our Class A common stock in order for us to, directly or indirectly, effect an asset transfer, acquisition, or liquidation event (each as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) pursuant to which the Class A common stock would not receive equivalent consideration (as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) to the Class B common stock, and there will be a separate vote of our Class B common stock in order for us to, directly or indirectly, take action in the following circumstances:

 

   

if we propose to amend, alter, or repeal any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws that modifies the voting, conversion, or other powers, preferences, or other special rights or privileges or restrictions of the Class B common stock; or

 

   

if we effect an asset transfer, acquisition, or liquidation event (each as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) pursuant to which the Class B common stock would not receive equivalent consideration (as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) to the Class A common stock.

In addition, Delaware law would permit holders of Class A common stock to vote separately, as a single class, if an amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would adversely affect them by altering the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Class A common stock, but not the Class B common stock. As a result, in these limited instances, the holders of a majority of the Class A common stock could defeat any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For example, if a proposed amendment of our certificate of incorporation provided for the Class A common stock to rank junior to the Class B common stock with respect to (i) any dividend or distribution, (ii) the distribution of proceeds were we to be acquired, or (iii) any other right, Delaware law would require the vote of the Class A common stock. In this instance, the holders of a majority of Class A common stock could defeat that amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Upon the closing of this offering, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may not increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock

 

140


Table of Contents

without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class. In addition, we may not issue any shares of Class B common stock, unless that issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock.

We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption, or sinking fund provisions. The rights, preferences, and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up, upon the completion of the distributions required with respect to any series of preferred stock that may then be outstanding, or remaining assets legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, then the outstanding shares of all common stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

Conversion

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time immediately following the closing of this offering at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including, without limitation, certain transfers for tax and estate planning purposes. All the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock on the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the election of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Class B common stock, (ii) nine months following the date when the number of outstanding shares of Class B common stock represents less than 10% of all outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock, and (iii) the date that is ten years from the date of this prospectus.

Preferred Stock

All currently outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted to Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering.

Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences, and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

 

141


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of our common stock until our board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock.

We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of December 31, 2018, options to purchase an aggregate of 24,357,214 shares of our Class B common stock were outstanding under our 2011 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.48 per share. For additional information regarding the terms of our 2011 Plan, see “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans—2011 Equity Incentive Plan.”

Warrants

As of December 31, 2018, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of 227,250 shares of our Series B preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $0.51438 per share. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will become exercisable for 227,520 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.51438 per share.

As of December 31, 2018, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of 105,688 shares of our Series C preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $0.575 per share. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will become exercisable for 105,688 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.575 per share.

As of December 31, 2018, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of 95,116 shares of our Series D preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $1.18 per share. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will become exercisable for 95,116 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.18 per share.

As of December 31, 2018, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of 608,781 shares of our Series F preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $5.1123 per share. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will become exercisable for 608,781 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $5.1123 per share.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, certain holders of shares of our Class B common stock, including those shares of our Class B common stock that will be issued upon conversion of our preferred stock in connection with this offering, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to the terms of an investor rights agreement. These shares are collectively referred to herein as registrable securities.

The investor rights agreement provides the holders of registrable securities with demand, piggyback and S-3 registration rights as described more fully below. As of December 31, 2018, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of our Class B common stock in connection

 

142


Table of Contents

with the completion of this offering, there would have been an aggregate of 107,260,454 registrable securities that were entitled to these demand registration rights, an aggregate of 107,260,454 registrable securities that were entitled to these piggyback registration rights, and an aggregate of 107,260,454 registrable securities that were entitled to these S-3 registration rights. The number of registrable securities that were entitled to the piggyback registration rights and the S-3 registration rights as of December 31, 2018 does not include shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, which were also entitled to such piggyback registration rights and the S-3 registration rights.

Demand Registration Rights

At any time beginning six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of at least 60% of the registrable securities then outstanding have the right to make up to two demands that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering at least 60% of the registrable securities then outstanding, subject to specified exceptions.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we register any securities for public sale, the holders of our registrable securities then outstanding will each be entitled to notice of the registration and will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement.

The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares having registration rights to be included in the registration statement, but not below 30% of the total number of securities included in such registration.

Registration on Form S-3

If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of our registrable securities have the right to demand that we file registration statements on Form S-3; provided, that the aggregate amount of securities to be sold under the registration statement is at least $1.0 million. We are not obligated to effect a demand for registration on Form S-3 by holders of our registrable securities more than twice during any 12-month period. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback, or Form S-3 registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights will terminate three years following the completion of this offering and, with respect to any particular stockholder, when, after 12 months following the completion of this offering, such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares during a 90-day period pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or another similar exemption.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder

 

143


Table of Contents

for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

   

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge, or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of our common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause upon the vote of 66 2/3 % or more of our outstanding common stock. Furthermore, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by our board, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board, even though less than a quorum.

 

144


Table of Contents

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. Our bylaws will also provide that only our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our bylaws will also provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and, subject to applicable law, will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the stockholders cannot amend many of the provisions described above except by a vote of 66 2 3 % or more of our outstanding common stock.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of Forum

Our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or employees to us or our stockholders; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will further provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.”

 

145


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A and Class B common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219 and the telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the trading symbol “FSLY.”

 

146


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market for our Class A common stock existed, and a liquid trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A common stock from time to time and could impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares of our Class A common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to certain contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the anticipation of such sales, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                  shares of Class A common stock and 157,865,413 shares of Class B common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 107,260,454 shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, unless held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or subject to lock-up agreements. The remaining shares of Class B common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering are restricted securities as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the U.S. public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including by reason of Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up arrangements described below and the provisions of Rule 144, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market after the date of this prospectus.

As of December 31, 2018, of the 24,357,214 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding, approximately                  shares will be vested and eligible for sale 181 days after the date of this prospectus.

We may issue shares of Class A common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments, or other corporate purposes. In the event that any such acquisition, investment, or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we may issue may in turn be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition and investment.

In addition, the shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements, a registration statement under the Securities Act, or an exemption from registration, including Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Rule 144

In general, persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, and any affiliate of us who owns either restricted or unrestricted shares of our common stock, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

147


Table of Contents

Non-Affiliates

Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 if:

 

   

the restricted securities have been held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates;

 

   

we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale; and

 

   

we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without regard to the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting.

Affiliates

Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to the restrictions described above. Sales of restricted or unrestricted shares of our common stock by affiliates are also subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be required to comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after the completion of this offering based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701. As of December 31, 2018, 23,742,923 shares of our outstanding Class B common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises, stock options and issuance of restricted stock. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and in “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file with the SEC one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that are

 

148


Table of Contents

issuable pursuant to our equity incentive plans, including pursuant to outstanding options. See “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans” for a description of our equity incentive plans. These registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our directors and officers, and certain other holders of our equity securities outstanding immediately prior to this offering have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters.

The agreements do not contain any pre-established conditions to the waiver by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters of any terms of the lock-up agreements. Any determination to release shares subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, including but not necessarily limited to the market price of the common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares proposed to be sold, contractual obligations to release certain shares subject to the lock-up agreements in the event any such shares are released, subject to certain specific limitations and thresholds, and the timing, purpose, and terms of the proposed sale.

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain of our security holders, including our investor rights agreement and agreements governing our equity awards, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell, or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 107,260,454 shares of our Class B common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares of Class B common stock under the Securities Act. Such number does not include shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, which were also entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of the offer and sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

149


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock by “Non-U.S. Holders” (as defined below). This discussion is for general information purposes only and does not consider all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their individual circumstances or to certain types of Non-U.S. Holders subject to special tax rules, including partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, banks, financial institutions, or other financial services entities, broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, pension plans, real estate investment trusts, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons who use or are required to use mark-to-market accounting, persons that hold more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock, directly or indirectly, during the applicable testing period, persons that are “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(1)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds, persons that hold our shares as part of a “straddle,” a “hedge,” a “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security,” integrated investment, or other risk reduction strategy, certain former citizens or permanent residents of the United States, persons who hold or receive shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation, or investors in pass-through entities (or entities that are treated as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes). In addition, this discussion does not address the potential application of the gift or estate tax, alternative minimum tax, or any tax considerations that may apply to Non-U.S. Holders under state, local or non-U.S. tax laws, and any other U.S. federal tax laws.

This discussion is based on the Code and applicable Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, or the Treasury Regulations, rulings, administrative pronouncements, and judicial decisions that are issued and available as of the date of this registration statement, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations at any time with possible retroactive effect. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) with respect to the tax consequences discussed herein, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to the tax consequences discussed below or that any position taken by the IRS would not be sustained. This discussion is limited to a Non-U.S. Holder who will hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of the Code (generally, property held for investment). For purposes of this discussion, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not a partnership (or entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (1) a court within the United States can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (or entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of such partnership and a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our shares, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock.

 

150


Table of Contents

THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock

In general, subject to the discussion below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “Foreign Accounts,” distributions, if any, paid on our Class A common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder (to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) will constitute dividends and be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate equal to 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States. Any distribution not constituting a dividend (because such distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits) will be treated first as reducing the Non-U.S. Holder’s basis in its shares of Class A common stock, but not below zero, and to the extent it exceeds the Non-U.S. Holder’s basis, as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such stock (see “Gain on Sale, Exchange, or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock” below).

A Non-U.S. Holder who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy certain certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Such Non-U.S. Holders must generally provide us and/or our paying agent, as applicable, with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other appropriate form) claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. Such certificate must be provided before the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If tax is withheld in an amount in excess of the amount applicable under an income tax treaty, a refund of the excess amount may generally be obtained by a Non-U.S. Holder by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.

Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S. Holder) generally will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder files the required forms, including IRS Form W-8ECI with us and/or our paying agent, as applicable, but instead generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated rates in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a resident of the United States. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder that receives effectively connected dividends may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Sale, Exchange, or Other Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

In general, subject to the discussion below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “Foreign Accounts,” a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange, or other disposition of shares of our Class A common stock unless:

(1) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S. Holder); (2) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or (3) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the

 

151


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder held the Class A common stock, and, in the case where shares of our Class A common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, the Non-U.S. Holder owns, or is treated as owning, more than 5% of our Class A common stock at any time during the foregoing period.

Net gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (1) above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a resident of the United States. Any gains of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (1) above may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain realized by an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (2) above will be subject to a flat 30% tax, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

For purposes of clause (3) above, a corporation is a United States real property holding corporation (USRPHC) if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus any assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we believe that we are not, and we do not anticipate that we will become, a USRPHC. Even if we became a USRPHC, a Non-U.S. Holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock by reason of our status as an USRPHC so long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of the applicable regulations) and such Non-U.S. Holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock at any time during the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of disposition and such holder’s holding period. However, no assurance can be provided that our Class A common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. If we are a USRPHC and our Class A common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market, such Non-U.S. Holder’s proceeds received on the disposition of shares will generally be subject to withholding at a rate of 15% and such Non-U.S. Holder will generally be taxed on any gain in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States or withholding was reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. Under applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to the tax authorities in the Non-U.S. Holder’s country of residence or country in which the Non-U.S. Holder was established.

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is not an exempt recipient generally will be subject to backup withholding, currently at a rate of 24%, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the payor as to its foreign status, which certification may generally be made on an applicable IRS Form W-8.

Proceeds from the sale or other disposition of common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker will generally be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, currently at a rate of 24%, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the withholding agent under penalties of perjury as to, among other things, its name, address, and status as a Non-U.S. Holder or otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of disposition proceeds effected outside the United States by or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding if the payment is

 

152


Table of Contents

not received in the United States. Information reporting, but generally not backup withholding, will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections with the United States unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner thereof is a Non-U.S. Holder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder that results in an overpayment of taxes generally will be refunded, or credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Accounts

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and, subject to the discussion of certain proposed Treasury Regulations below, gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of, our Class A common stock if paid to a foreign entity unless (1) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” the foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (2) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” the foreign entity identifies certain U.S. holders of debt or equity interests in such foreign entity, or (3) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt from FATCA. The U.S. Treasury recently released proposed Treasury Regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock. In its preamble to such proposed Treasury Regulations, the U.S. Treasury stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued.

An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this section. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of the tax. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

 

153


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of Class A common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

                           Underwriter   

Number of
Shares

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

                       

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC

  

D.A. Davidson & Co.

  

Total

                       
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel, or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession, or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount, and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

    

Per Share

    

Without Option

    

With Option

 

Public offering price

   $        $        $    

Underwriting discount

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

 

154


Table of Contents

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $                 and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $        .

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to             additional shares of our Class A common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and certain of our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

grant any option, right, or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

 

   

request or demand that we file or make a confidential submission of a registration statement related to the common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The exceptions permit our executive officers and directors and other existing security holders, subject to certain restrictions, to:

 

   

transfer the common stock (i) as a bona fide gift or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) by will or intestate succession, (iii) to the person’s immediate family or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the person or their immediate family, (iv) as a distribution to the person’s limited partners, general partners, limited liability company members, stockholders, or other equity holders, or (v) to the person’s affiliates;

 

   

transfer the common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the initial public offering;

 

   

transfer the common stock to us upon exercise of any option granted under our incentive plans or any warrant to purchase the our securities described in this prospectus, including the surrender of shares of common stock to us in “net” or “cashless” exercise of any option or warrant;

 

155


Table of Contents
   

transfer the common stock to us in connection with the our repurchase of shares of common stock pursuant to a repurchase right arising upon the termination of the person’s employment with us;

 

   

convert our preferred stock into shares of common stock;

 

   

transfer the common stock pursuant to a transaction involving a Change of Control (as defined below) that has been approved by our board of directors;

 

   

transfer the common stock pursuant to an order of a court of competent jurisdiction or in connection with a qualified domestic order or divorce settlement;

 

   

establishing a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that no sales of common stock are made under such plans during the restricted period; or

 

   

sell shares of our common stock purchased in the initial public offering or on the open market following the initial public offering.

For purposes of the above, “Change of Control” shall mean the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of total voting power of our voting stock.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Listing

We have applied for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “FSLY.”

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

   

the present state of our development; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

156


Table of Contents

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions, and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our Class A common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the Class A common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix, or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales, and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

 

157


Table of Contents

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

The current business of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (MLPF&S) is being reorganized into two affiliated broker-dealers (i.e., MLPF&S and BofA Securities, Inc.) in which BofA Securities, Inc. will be the new legal entity for the institutional services that are now provided by MLPF&S. This transfer is expected to occur on or around May 13, 2018 (the Transfer Date). MLPF&S, an underwriter of our Class A common stock, will be assigning its rights and obligations as an underwriter to BofA Securities, Inc. in the event that the settlement date for our Class A common stock occurs on or after the Transfer Date.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the EEA, no offer of ordinary shares which are the subject of the offering has been, or will be made to the public in that Member State, other than under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of ordinary shares referred to in (a) to (c) above shall result in a requirement for the Company or any representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive, or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person located in a Member State to whom any offer of ordinary shares is made or who receives any communication in respect of an offer of ordinary shares, or who initially acquires any ordinary shares will be deemed to have represented, warranted, acknowledged, and agreed to and with each representative and the Company that (1) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and (2) in the case of any ordinary shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the ordinary shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives have been given to the offer or resale; or where ordinary shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those ordinary shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

The Company, the representatives and their respective affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments, and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for

 

158


Table of Contents

offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the representatives have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of ordinary shares to the public” in relation to any ordinary shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ordinary shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the ordinary shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Member State.

The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the UK, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (Order) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the UK by persons who are not relevant persons. In the UK, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, nor the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other

 

159


Table of Contents

person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (Corporations Act), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (Exempt Investors) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act), or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation, or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives, and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or

 

160


Table of Contents

indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of Non-CIS Securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Non-CIS Securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (SFA), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the Non-CIS Securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Non-CIS Securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (c)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (d)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (e)

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (f)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (g)

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

161


Table of Contents

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

162


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Palo Alto, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California is representing the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.fastly.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. However, the information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase our Class A common stock in this offering.

 

163


Table of Contents

FASTLY, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Fastly, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Fastly, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, consolidated statements of cash flows, and related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”) for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018. In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, California

April 4, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

FASTLY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    As of
December 31,
    (unaudited)
Pro Forma
December 31,
2018
 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   2017     2018  

ASSETS

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 31,309     $ 36,963    

Marketable securities

    18,886       46,679    

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,119 and $1,679 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively

    19,094       24,729    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    6,658       8,896    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    75,947       117,267    

Property and equipment, net

    36,973       42,354    

Goodwill

    382       360    

Intangible assets, net

    695       610    

Other assets

    2,174       2,163    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 116,171     $ 162,754    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 4,095     $ 2,333    

Accrued expenses

    11,529       15,535    

Current portion of long-term debt

    1,758       11,370    

Other current liabilities

    867       2,512    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    18,249       31,750    

Long-term debt, less current portion

    23,154       39,439    

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

    1,016       3,261       —    

Other long-term liabilities

    1,053       647    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    43,472       75,097       71,836  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

     

Convertible preferred stock series Seed, A, B, C, D, E and F in aggregate, $0.00002 par value; 100,016,178 and 108,297,289 shares and authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; 99,436,188 and 107,260,454 and issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $180,037, $220,037 and $0 as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and pro forma (unaudited), respectively

    179,705       219,584       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

     

Common stock, $0.00002 par value; 190,000,000 and 195,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; 47,758,206 and 50,051,765 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; 158,196,858 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    1       1       3  

Additional paid-in capital

    10,377       16,403       239,246  

Treasury stock

    (2,109     (2,109     (2,109

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (24     (36     (36

Accumulated deficit

    (115,251     (146,186     (146,186
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (107,006     (131,927   $ 90,918  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 116,171     $ 162,754    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

FASTLY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands except per share amounts)    2017     2018  

Revenue

   $ 104,900     $ 144,563  

Cost of revenue

     48,672       65,499  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     56,228       79,064  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     28,989       34,618  

Sales and marketing

     40,818       50,134  

General and administrative

     17,451       23,450  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     87,258       108,202  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (31,030     (29,138

Interest income

     443       939  

Interest expense

     (1,116     (1,810

Other expense, net

     (539     (741
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (32,242     (30,750

Income taxes

     208       185  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (32,450   $ (30,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   $ 32     $ (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss on investments in available-for-sale-securities

   $ (7   $ (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 25     $ (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (32,425   $ (30,947
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (32,450   $ (30,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.69   $ (0.63
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     46,799,801       48,754,382  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proforma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.20
    

 

 

 

Proforma weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       152,173,174  
    

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

FASTLY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

(in thousands,
except share data)
 

Convertible

Preferred Stock

         

Common Stock

   

Additional
Paid-in

Capital

   

Treasury

Stock

   

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

   

Accumulated

Deficit

   

Total
Stockholders’

Deficit

 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount  

Balance at January 1, 2017

    86,218,124     $ 129,842           46,001,834     $ 1     $ 6,709     $ (2,109   $ (49   $ (82,801   $ (78,249

Exercise of stock options

    —         —             824,350       —         611       —         —         —         611  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

    —         —             922,022       —         248       —         —         —         248  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —             —         —         2,793       —         —         —         2,793  

Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs of $137

    13,218,064       49,863                    

Vesting of restricted stock units

            10,000         16             16  

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         —         —         (32,450     (32,450

Other comprehensive income

    —         —             —         —         —         —         25       —       $ 25  
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

    99,436,188     $ 179,705           47,758,206     $ 1     $ 10,377     $ (2,109   $ (24   $ (115,251   $ (107,006

Exercise of stock options

    —         —             2,011,712       —         1,561       —         —         —         1,561  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

    —         —             239,474       —         337       —         —         —         337  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —             —         —         4,079       —         —         —         4,079  

Issuance of Series F Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs of $121

    7,824,266       39,879                    

Repayment of stockholder note

            42,373         50             50  

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         —         —         (30,935     (30,935

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —             —         —         —         —         (12     —       $ (12
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

    107,260,454     $ 219,584           50,051,765     $ 1     $ 16,403     $ (2,109   $ (36   $ (146,186   $ (131,927
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

FASTLY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)    2017     2018  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (32,450   $ (30,935

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     9,642       13,400  

Amortization of deferred rent

     265       (340

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     161       —    

Stock-based compensation

     2,809       4,079  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     1,024       599  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     176       606  

Other non-operating activities

     (18     (354

Interest paid on capital leases

     (105     (203

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Loss on disposal

     113       —    

Accounts receivable

     (6,043     (6,234

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (3,537     (2,325

Other assets

     (94     10  

Accounts payable

     1,109       (372

Accrued expenses

     1,009       3,902  

Other liabilities

     78       1,182  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (25,861     (16,985
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of marketable securities

     (46,071     (62,660

Sale of marketable securities

     43,539       35,210  

Change in restricted cash

     —         87  

Purchases of property and equipment

     (13,248     (19,657
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (15,780     (47,020
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from borrowings under notes payable

     12,774       29,154  

Repayments of notes payable

     (7,383     (833

Repayments of capital leases

     (464     (1,215

Proceeds from Series E financing

     50,000       —    

Series E issuance costs

     (137     —    

Proceeds from Series F financing

     —         40,000  

Series F issuance costs

     —         (121

Proceeds from exercise of vested stock options

     611       1,561  

Proceeds from early exercise of stock options

     5       1,054  

Proceeds from payment of stockholder note

     —         50  

Repurchase of early exercised shares

     —         (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     55,406       69,637  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (32     22  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     13,733       5,654  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     17,576       31,309  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 31,309     $ 36,963  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 996     $ 1,833  

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds received

   $ 166     $ 55  

Property and equipment additions not yet paid in cash

   $ 1,838     $ 133  

Vesting of early-exercised stock options

   $ 248     $ 337  

Capital lease outstanding from current year addition

   $ 4,324     $ 429  

Warrant issued in connection with debt

   $ —       $ 1,639  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

FASTLY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Nature of Business

Fastly, Inc. (Company) has built an edge cloud platform that can process, serve and secure its customer’s applications as close to their end users as possible. The Company’s edge network spans 60 points-of-presence (POPs) around the world. The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 2011 and is headquartered in San Francisco, California.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet Information

Immediately upon the closing of the initial public offering contemplated by the Company and following the Company’s filing of its amended and restated certificate of incorporation to reclassify all outstanding common stock as Class B common stock and create the Class A common stock, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of Class B common stock. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet information at December 31, 2018, gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into 107,260,454 shares of Class B common stock and the reclassification of all outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock into 50,051,765 shares of Class B common stock. It also gives effect to an automatic conversion of warrants to purchase 884,460 shares of convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase the same number of shares of Class B common stock, which results in the reclassification of the warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. Actual results and outcomes could differ significantly from the Company’s estimates, judgments, and assumptions. Significant estimates, judgments and assumptions used in these financial statements include, but are not limited to, those related to revenue, accounts receivable and related reserves, useful lives and realizability of long-lived assets, income tax reserves and accounting for stock-based compensation. Estimates are periodically reviewed in light of changes in circumstances, facts and experience. The effects of material revisions in estimates are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period of change and prospectively from the date of the change in estimate.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

The Company invests its excess cash primarily in short-term fixed income securities, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds. The Company classifies all liquid

 

F-7


Table of Contents

investments with stated maturities of three months or less from date of purchase as cash equivalents. Marketable securities with original maturities greater than three months from purchase date and remaining maturities less than one year are classified as short-term marketable securities. Marketable securities with remaining maturities greater than one year as of the balance sheet date and which the Company intends to hold for greater than one year, are classified as long-term marketable securities. The fair market value of cash equivalents at December 31, 2017 and 2018 approximated their carrying value. Marketable securities are carried at fair market value, with unrealized gains and losses considered to be temporary in nature reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss. Cost of securities sold is based on specific identification. The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company has classified and accounted for its marketable securities as available-for-sale. After considering the Company’s capital preservation objectives, as well as its liquidity requirements, the Company may sell securities prior to their stated maturities. The Company carries its available-for-sale securities at fair value, and reports the unrealized gains and losses as a component of other comprehensive loss, except for unrealized losses determined to be other-than-temporary which are recorded as other expense, net. The Company determines any realized gains or losses on the sale of marketable securities on a specific identification method and records such gains and losses as a component of other expense, net. Interest earned on cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities was approximately $443,000 and $939,000 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. These balances are recorded in interest income in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.

The Company evaluates the investments periodically for possible other-than-temporary impairment. A decline in fair value below the amortized costs of debt securities is considered an other-than-temporary impairment if the Company has the intent to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of the entire amortized cost basis. In those instances, an impairment charge equal to the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost basis is recognized in other expense. Regardless of the Company’s intent or requirement to sell a debt security, impairment is considered other-than-temporary if the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis.

Restricted Cash

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had recorded a restricted cash balance of approximately $87,000 within prepaid expenses and other current assets on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. This restricted cash balance is a cash deposit to back letters of credit related to a property lease. There was no restricted cash as of December 31, 2018.

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable are recorded and carried at the original invoiced amount less an allowance for any potential uncollectible amounts. The Company records allowances based upon its assessment of various factors, such as: historical experience, credit quality of its customers, age of the accounts receivable balances, geographic related risks, economic conditions, and other factors that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. Increases and decreases in the allowance for doubtful accounts are included as a component of General and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. The Company does not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities, and accounts receivable. The primary focus of the Company’s investment strategy is to preserve capital and meet liquidity requirements. The Company’s investment policy addresses the level of credit exposure by limiting the concentration in any one corporate issuer or sector and establishing a minimum allowable credit rating. To manage the risk exposure, the Company invests

 

F-8


Table of Contents

cash equivalents and marketable securities in a variety of fixed income securities, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds. The Company places its cash primarily in checking and money market accounts with reputable financial institutions. Deposits held with these financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits, if any.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are primarily limited to certain customers to which the Company makes substantial sales. The Company’s customer base consists of a large number of geographically-dispersed customers diversified across several industries. To reduce risk, the Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers. Based on such assessments, the Company believes that its accounts receivable credit risk exposure is limited. No customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 or more than 10% of the total accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2017 and 2018.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, debt and convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities. Cash equivalents, marketable securities, and convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities are carried at fair value. Accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses are stated at their carrying value, which approximates fair value due to the short time to the expected receipt or payment date. The carrying amount of the Company’s debt approximates fair value as the stated interest rate approximates market rates currently available to the Company.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful life of each asset category is as follows:

 

Computer and networking equipment

   3-5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of lease term or 5 years

Furniture and fixtures

   3 years

Office equipment

   3 years

Internal-use software

   3 years

The Company periodically reviews the estimated useful lives of property and equipment and any changes to the estimated useful lives are recorded prospectively from the date of the change.

Upon retirement or sale, the cost of the assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in other expense, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Internal-Use Software Development Costs

Labor and related costs associated with internal-use software during the application development stage are capitalized. Capitalization of costs begins when the preliminary project stage is completed, management has committed to funding the project, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Capitalization ceases at the point when the project is fully tested and substantially complete and is ready for its intended purpose. The capitalized amounts are included in property and equipment, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company amortizes such costs over the estimated useful life of the software; completed internal-use software that is used on the Company’s network is amortized to cost of revenue over its estimated useful life. Costs incurred during the planning, training, and post-implementation stages of the software development life-cycle are expensed as incurred.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Goodwill, Intangible Assets, and Long-lived Assets

Goodwill is the amount by which the cost of acquired net assets in a business combination exceeds the fair value of the net identifiable assets on the date of purchase and is carried at its historical cost. The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The Company performs its annual impairment test of goodwill as of December 31 and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The tests did not result in an impairment to goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

Intangible assets consist of internet protocol addresses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives based upon the estimated economic value derived from the related intangible asset.

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as service discontinuance, technological obsolescence, significant decreases in the Company’s market capitalization, facility closures, or work-force reductions indicate that the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group may not be recoverable. When such events occur, the Company compares the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to the undiscounted expected future cash flows related to the asset or asset group. If this comparison indicates that an impairment is present, the amount of the impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset or asset group. The Company did not have any impairments during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

Deferred Rent and Lease Accounting

The Company leases most of its data center facilities and office space under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. Total rent payments, inclusive of rent increases, rent holidays, rent concessions, leasehold incentives, or any other unusual provisions or conditions, are expensed on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between the straight-line expense and the cash payment is recorded as deferred rent.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

The Company’s warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock are classified as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value upon issuance because the warrants are exercisable for contingently redeemable preferred stock which is classified outside of stockholders’ deficit. The warrants are subject to re-measurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss as other expense, net. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the conversion of the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock, the completion of a liquidation event, or the completion of an initial public offering (IPO). Upon the exercise, expiration, or the completion of a liquidation event, the related warrant liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the authoritative guidance for revenue recognition, including guidance on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

The Company primarily derives revenue from the sale of services to customers executing contracts having terms of one year or longer. These contracts can commit the customer to a minimum of monthly level of usage and specify the rate at which the customer must pay for actual usage above the monthly minimum. For contracts with a monthly commitment, the Company recognizes the monthly minimum as revenue each month, provided that an enforceable contract has been executed, the service has been delivered to the customer, the fee

 

F-10


Table of Contents

for the service is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. Should a customer’s usage of the Company’s services exceed the monthly minimum, the Company recognizes revenue for such excess in the period of additional usage. For customers without a monthly commitment, the Company recognizes revenue monthly based upon the customer’s actual usage provided that an enforceable contract has been executed, the service has been delivered to the customer, the fee for the service is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.

When more than one element is contained in a revenue arrangement, the Company first determines the fair value for each element in the arrangement based on vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) or third-party evidence (TPE) for each respective element. For arrangements in which the Company is unable to establish VSOE or TPE for each element, the Company uses the best estimate of selling price (BESP) to determine the fair value of the separate deliverables. The Company estimates BESP based upon management’s knowledge of the industry, competitor pricing, and unit pricing. The Company allocates arrangement consideration across the multiple elements using the relative selling price method.

Elements typically included in the Company’s multiple element arrangements consist of its edge cloud platform security solutions, support, and professional services. These elements have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis in that they are either sold separately by the Company or by another vendor. There is no right of return relative to these services.

At the inception of a customer contract, the Company makes an assessment as to that customer’s ability to pay for the services provided. The Company bases its assessment on a combination of factors, including its collection experience with the customer, discussions with customer personnel, and other forms of payment assurance. Upon the completion of these steps, the Company recognizes revenue monthly in accordance with its revenue recognition policy. If the Company subsequently determines that collection from the customer is not reasonably assured, the Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts and bad debt expense for all of that customer’s unpaid invoices. Changes in the Company’s estimates and judgments about whether collection is reasonably assured would change the timing of revenue or amount of bad debt expense that the Company recognizes.

The Company also sells its services through a reseller channel. Assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met, the Company recognizes revenue from the majority of its reseller arrangements on a net basis as either reseller customers are not aware that they are purchasing services from the Company, or if they are aware, the Company does not know the reseller’s pricing to its end users and is therefore unable to estimate gross revenue to be recognized.

From time to time, the Company enters into arrangements to establish and run private POPs for customers. These arrangements generally include content delivery services as well as professional services and the provision of hardware. For accounting purposes, the Company has determined that the provisioning of hardware is an operating lease and recognizes the revenue from these leases monthly on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant customer agreements, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

Deferred revenue includes amounts billed to customers for which revenue has not been recognized and primarily consists of the unearned portion of edge cloud platform usage.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of fees paid to network providers for bandwidth and to third-party network data centers for housing servers, also known as colocation costs. Cost of revenue also includes employee costs for network operation, build-out and support and services delivery, network storage costs, cost of managed services and software-as-a-service, depreciation of network equipment used to deliver the Company’s services, and amortization of network-related internal-use software. The Company enters into contracts for bandwidth with

 

F-11


Table of Contents

third-party network providers with terms of typically one year. These contracts generally commit the Company to pay minimum monthly fees plus additional fees for bandwidth usage above the committed level. The Company enters into contracts for colocation services with third-party providers with terms of typically three years.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs consist primarily of payroll and related personnel costs for the design, development, deployment, testing, and enhancement of the Company’s edge cloud platform. Costs incurred in the development of the Company’s edge cloud platform are expensed as incurred, excluding those expenses which met the criteria for development of internal-use software.

Advertising Expense

The Company recognizes advertising expense as incurred. The Company recognized total advertising expense of approximately $713,000 and $537,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the authoritative guidance on stock compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this guidance, stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options granted to its employees and directors. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividends:

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock. Because the Company’s common stock is not yet publicly traded, the Company must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

   

Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based on the vesting terms, exercise terms, and contractual lives of the options. The expected term was estimated using the simplified method allowed under Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) guidance.

 

   

Volatility. Since the Company does not have a trading history of its common stock, the expected volatility is determined based on the historical stock volatilities of its comparable companies. Comparable companies consist of public companies in the Company’s industry, which are similar in size, stage of life cycle, and financial leverage. The Company intends to continue to apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to the Company, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
   

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model is the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equivalent to that of the options for each expected term.

 

   

Dividend Yield. The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s current expectations of its anticipated dividend policy. The Company has no history of paying any dividends and therefore used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Foreign Currency Translation

Local currencies of foreign subsidiaries are the functional currencies for financial reporting purposes. The Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries have either the British pound or the Japanese yen as the functional currency. For operations outside the United States that have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the assets and liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries are translated at the applicable exchange rate as of the balance sheet date, and revenue and expenses are translated at an average rate over the period. Resulting currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, a separate component of stockholders’ deficit. Gains and losses on inter-company and other non-functional currency transactions are recorded in other expense, net.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, the Company determines deferred tax assets and liabilities on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, the Company would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) it determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on the income tax expense line in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Accrued interest and penalties are included in accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss consists of two components: net loss and other comprehensive loss. Other comprehensive loss refers to gains and losses that are recorded as an element of stockholders’ deficit and are excluded from net loss. The Company’s other comprehensive loss is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments and loss on investments in available-for-sale securities.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company considers all series of its redeemable convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the redeemable convertible preferred stock as the holders of its redeemable convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. Under the two-class method, net income is attributed to common stockholders and participating securities based on their participation rights. Under the two-class method, basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts basic earnings per share for the potentially dilutive impact of stock options and redeemable convertible preferred stock. As the Company has reported losses for the all period presented, all potentially dilutive securities are antidilutive and accordingly, basic net loss per share equals diluted net loss per share.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Standards that are not yet adopted

The Company qualifies as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act) and therefore intends to take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including delaying adoption of new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. The effective dates shown below reflect the election to use the extended transition period.

In May 2014, FASB issued new guidance, ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . This new guidance amends the guidance in former ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition , to provide a single, comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers. ASC Topic 606 requires an entity to recognize revenue in a manner that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard also requires entities to enhance disclosures about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is in the process of completing its assessment of the impact of adopting this standard. The Company does not believe adoption will have a material impact on revenue, as currently reported. The Company believes the adoption of this standard will reduce the amount of commission expense previously recorded by $2.5 million to $5.0 million. The Company will adopt using the modified retrospective method.

In January 2016, FASB issued new guidance, ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10) Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , which addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments, and requires equity securities to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized through net income. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, FASB issued new guidance, ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments , which clarifies how entities should classify cash receipts and cash payments related to eight specific cash flow matters on the statement of cash flows, with the objective of reducing existing diversity in practice. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

In November 2016, FASB issued new guidance, ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) , which requires companies to include amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in cash and cash equivalents when reconciling beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, FASB issued new guidance, ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business , which changes the definition of a business to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as transfers of assets or business combinations. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, FASB issued new guidance, ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) , which establishes the principles to report transparent and economically neutral information about the assets and liabilities that arise from leases. Accordingly, this new standard introduces a lessee model that brings most leases on the balance sheet and also aligns certain of the underlying principles of the new lessor model with those in the new revenue recognition standard. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the appropriate transition method and impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, FASB issued new guidance, ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments , which introduces a new methodology for accounting for credit losses on financial instruments, including available-for-sale debt securities. The guidance establishes a new “expected loss model” that requires entities to estimate current expected credit losses on financial instruments by using all practical and relevant information. Any expected credit losses are to be reflected as allowances rather than reductions in the amortized cost of available-for-sale debt securities. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, FASB issued new guidance, ASU 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) : Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment , which eliminates step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under this guidance, an entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value up to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

3. Investments and Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s total cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

    

December 31,

 
    

2017

    

2018

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

     

Cash

   $ 2,935      $ 32,546  

Money market funds

     26,377        2,419  

U.S. Treasury securities

     —          1,998  

Commercial paper

     997        —    

Asset-backed securities

     1,000        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 31,309      $ 36,963  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable securities:

     

Corporate notes and bonds

   $ 11,393      $ 12,852  

Commercial paper

     5,184        20,086  

U.S. Treasury securities

     —          5,932  

Asset-backed securities

     2,309        7,809  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 18,886      $ 46,679  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale Investments. The following table summarizes unrealized gains and losses related to available-for-sale securities classified as marketable securities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 (in thousands):

 

    

December 31, 2017

 
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gain
     Gross
Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 

Corporate notes and bonds

   $ 11,404      $ —        $ (11    $ 11,393  

Commercial paper

     5,184        —          —          5,184  

Asset-backed securities

     2,311        —          (2      2,309  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale investments

   $ 18,899      $ —        $ (13    $ 18,886  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
    

December 31, 2018

 
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gain
     Gross
Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 

Corporate notes and bonds

   $ 12,867      $ —        $ (15    $ 12,852  

Commercial paper

     20,086        —          —          20,086  

U.S. Treasury securities

     5,933        —          (1      5,932  

Asset-backed securities

     7,817        —          (8      7,809  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale investments

   $ 46,703      $ —        $ (24    $ 46,679  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All securities classified as available-for-sale as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 have contractual maturities of one year or less. There were no securities in a continuous loss position for 12 months or longer as of December 31, 2017 and 2018. Investments are reviewed periodically to identify possible other-than-temporary impairments. No impairment loss has been recorded on the securities included in the tables above as the Company believes that the decrease in fair value of these securities is temporary and expects to recover at least up to the initial cost of investment for these securities.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. For certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash held in banks, accounts receivable, and accounts payable, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their short maturities, and are therefore excluded from the fair value tables below.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There is a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1—Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, which require management judgment or estimation.

The Company measures its cash equivalents, marketable securities, and convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities at fair value. The Company classifies its cash equivalents and marketable securities within Level 1 or Level 2 because the Company values these investments using quoted market prices or alternative pricing sources and models utilizing market observable inputs. The fair value of the Company’s Level 1 financial assets is based on quoted market prices of the identical underlying security. The fair value of the Company’s Level 2 financial assets is based on inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the market, including the readily-available pricing sources for the identical underlying security that may not be actively traded. The Company classifies its convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities as Level 3. The convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the expected payout to calculate the fair value.

Financial assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis consisted of the following types of instruments:

 

    

As of December 31, 2017

 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 26,377      $ —        $ —        $ 26,377  

Commercial paper

     —          998        —          998  

Corporate notes and bonds

     —             —          —    

Asset-backed securities

     —          1,000        —          1,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

     26,377        1,998        —          28,375  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

     —             —         
—  
 

Corporate notes and bonds

     —          11,393        —         
11,393
 

Commercial paper

     —          5,184        —          5,184  

Asset-backed securities

     —          2,309        —          2,309  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

     —          18,886        —          18,886  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   $ 26,377      $ 20,884      $ —        $ 47,261  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 1,016      $ 1,016  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 1,016      $ 1,016  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents
    

As of December 31, 2018

 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 2,419      $ —        $ —        $ 2,419  

U.S. Treasury securities

     —          1,998        —          1,998  

Corporate notes and bonds

     —          —          —          —    

Asset-backed securities

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

     2,419        1,998        —          4,417  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable securities:

           

Corporate notes and bonds

     —          12,852        —          12,852  

Commercial paper

     —          20,086        —          20,086  

U.S. Treasury securities

     —          5,932        —          5,932  

Asset-backed securities

     —          7,809        —          7,809  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

     —          46,679        —          46,679  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   $ 2,419      $ 48,677      $ —        $ 51,096  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 3,261      $ 3,261  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 3,261      $ 3,261  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities (in thousands):

 

    

Years Ended
December 31,

 
    

2017

    

2018

 

Fair value, beginning of period

   $ 840      $ 1,016  

Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants

     —          1,639  

Change in fair value of Level 3 financial liabilities

     176        606  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,016      $ 3,261  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The gains and losses from re-measurement of Level 3 financial liabilities are recorded as part of other expense, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.

There were no transfers of assets and liabilities measured at fair value between Level 1 and Level 2, or between Level 2 and Level 3, during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

4. Balance Sheet Information

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. The activity in the accounts receivable reserves was as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Years Ended
December 31,

 
    

2017

    

2018

 

Beginning balance

   $ 263      $ 1,119  

Additions to the reserves

     1,024        599  

Write-offs/adjustments

     (168      (39
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,119      $ 1,679  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment, net. Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

    

As of December 31,

 
    

2017

    

2018

 

Computer and networking equipment

   $ 50,303      $ 65,060  

Leasehold improvements

     2,456        3,259  

Furniture and fixtures

     465        539  

Office equipment

     404        513  

Internal-use software

     5,649        8,604  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     59,277        77,975  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (22,304      (35,621
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 36,973      $ 42,354  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was approximately $9.6 million and $13.3 million, respectively. Included in these amounts was amortization expense for capitalized internal-use software costs of approximately $1.3 million and $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the unamortized balance of capitalized internal-use software costs on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet was approximately $4.2 million and $5.4 million, respectively.

Accrued Expenses. Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

    

As of December 31,

 
    

2017

    

2018

 

Accrued compensation and related benefits

   $ 4,787      $ 3,952  

Sales and use tax payable

     2,008        3,077  

Other accrued liabilities

     4,734        8,506  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,529      $ 15,535  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Current Liabilities. Other current liabilities of the following (in thousands):

 

    

As of December 31,

 
    

2017

     2018  

Liability for early-exercised stock options (see Note 10)

   $ 134      $ 597  

Deferred revenue

     515        1,622  

Other current liabilities

     218        293  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 867      $ 2,512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Long-Term Liabilities. Other liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       As of December 31,  
       2017      2018  

Deferred rent

     $ 920      $ 272  

Other long-term liabilities

       133        375  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $ 1,053      $ 647  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss. The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is reported as a component of stockholders’ deficit (in thousands):

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
     Available-for-sale
Investments
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 

Balance at January 1, 2017

   $ (43    $ (6    $ (49

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     32        (7      25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

   $ (11    $ (13    $ (24

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (1      (11      (12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ (12    $ (24    $ (36
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,

 
    

2017

    

2018

 

Beginning balance

   $ 348      $ 382  

Foreign currency translation

     34        (22
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 382      $ 360  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets that are subject to amortization consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2018

 
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Internet protocol addresses

   $ 852      $ (157   $ 695      $ 852      $ (242   $ 610  

The annual expected amortization expense of intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2018 is as follows (in thousands):

 

2019

   $ 85  

2020

     85  

2021

     85  

2022

     85  

2023

     85  

Thereafter

     185  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 610  
  

 

 

 

The Company performs tests for impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances suggest that long-lived assets may be impaired.

Aggregate expense related to amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $82,000 and $85,000, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

6. Debt

In July 2013, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (Facility) with a bank related to an equipment facility providing the Company with an equipment line for advances of up to $2.5 million which was amended in September 2013 to increase the equipment line for advances of up to an aggregate of $5.0 million (as amended, Prior Loan Agreement). The interest rate associated with the equipment line was equal to 1.5% above the prime rate. The maturity date for each equipment advance was its 36 th payment date but no later than October 1, 2017.

In November 2014, the Company amended the Prior Loan Agreement with the bank to increase the equipment line for advances of up to an aggregate of $15.0 million which was then amended in August 2016 for advances of up to an aggregate of $17.5 million and allowed for reborrowing of amounts repaid under the equipment loan (as amended, Senior Loan Agreement). The Senior Loan Agreement was additionally amended in February 2017 and March 2017 which extended the draw period of the Senior Loan Agreement to January 2018. The interest rate associated with each advance under the Agreement is 1.75% above the floating prime rate (5.5% as of December 31, 2018). For each equipment advance, the Company is obligated to make 36 equal monthly payments of principal plus interest. The maturity date for each equipment advance is its 36 th payment date but no later than January 13, 2021.

In August 2016, the Company entered into a new Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement (Mezzanine Loan Agreement) with the bank and another third-party lender for advances of up to an aggregate of $12.5 million through June 2017. The minimum amount for each advance under the Mezzanine Loan Agreement was $2.5 million. Each advance under the Mezzanine Loan Agreement will accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to 11.75%, payable monthly. All advances made under the Mezzanine Loan Agreement are due and payable in full on the maturity date of August 11, 2019. The Company has not received any advances under the Mezzanine Loan Agreement as of December 31, 2018.

In November 2017, the Company entered into a Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (as amended, Senior Loan Agreement), which increased the additional equipment line for advances up to an aggregate of $30.0 million through November 2018. The interest rate associated with each advance under the Agreement is 1.75% above the floating prime rate (5.5% at December 31, 2018). The Company is obligated to make repayment for the first 12 months with interest only. Upon conclusion of the first year of the Senior Loan Agreement, the Company is obligated to make equal monthly payments of principal plus interest with repayment no later than November 1, 2021.

The Prior Loan Agreement, the Senior Loan Agreement, and the Mezzanine Loan Agreement are secured by a security interest on substantially all of the Company’s assets, including the equipment purchased with the advances. The Prior Loan Agreement, the Senior Loan Agreement, and the Mezzanine Loan Agreement also contain customary events of default including, among other things, that during the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5%. The Company is required to comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants in the Senior Loan Agreement, including a requirement that it maintain a ratio of cash and cash equivalents plus net unbilled accounts receivable to current liabilities plus long-term debt minus the current portion of any deferred revenue (an Adjusted Quick Ratio) at all times of at least 1.15 to 1.0 as well as a requirement that the Company achieve trailing three-month revenues tested on a monthly basis in amounts not less than 80% of its board approved annual budget. The Company is also required to maintain at least $10.0 million in unrestricted cash with the lenders or their affiliates at all times.

In June 2017, the Company entered into a Capital Lease Agreement with an equipment provider for $5 million in network equipment, at an annual interest rate of 5.24% over a term of 4 years. The agreement provides for a bargain purchase price at the end of the term. The amortization of leased assets is included in depreciation and amortization expense.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

In December 2018, the Company entered into a $30,000,000 credit facility (Credit Facility). As part of this agreement, the Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan was amended to allow for this additional indebtedness. The advances under the Credit Facility bear interest at a rate of prime plus 4.25%. The Company is obligated to make repayment of interest only until December 2021 at which time all outstanding principal is due. As of December 31, 2018, $20,000,000 has been drawn on this Credit Facility. All outstanding loans under the Credit Facility, if not paid earlier, will become due and payable on December 24, 2021. The Company is required to comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants in the Second Lien Credit Agreement, including a requirement that the Company achieve trailing three-month revenues tested on a monthly basis in amounts not less than 75% of its board approved annual budget.

The Company is in compliance with its covenants as of December 31, 2018.

The following table reflects the carrying values of the debt agreements as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Liability component:

     

Principal amount

   $ 24,912      $ 52,705  

Less: debt issuance costs

     —          (1,896

Less: current portion of long-term debt

     (1,758      (11,370
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

   $ 23,154      $ 39,439  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contractual future repayments for the above as of December 31, 2018 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Principal      Interest      Total  

2019

   $ 11,370      $ 3,799      $ 15,169  

2020

     11,443        3,138        14,581  

2021

     29,868        2,327        32,195  

2022

     24       
—  
 
     24  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 52,705      $ 9,264      $ 61,969  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense related to debt for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $1.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

7. Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

The Company issued the following convertible preferred stock warrants in connection with debt agreements entered into on various dates as described in Note 6:

 

Warrants issued with loan agreements:

   Series B
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Preferred Stock
    Series C
Preferred Stock
    Series D
Preferred Stock
    Series F
Preferred Stock
 

Facility—dates through September 2013

     62,005       —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior Loan Agreement—dates through November 2014

     —         165,245       —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term Loan Agreement—November 2014

     —         —         105,688       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mezzanine Loan Agreement—August 2016

     —         —         —         95,116       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit Facility—December 2018

     —         —         —         —         456,586  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of shares underlying warrants

     62,005       165,245       105,688       95,116       456,586  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of warrant upon issuance

   $ 21,000     $ 47,000     $ 135,000     $ 233,000     $ 1,639,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercise Price

   $ 0.514     $ 0.514     $ 0.575     $ 1.180     $ 5.1123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of stock

   $ 0.493     $ 0.36 - $0.422     $ 1.577     $ 3.095     $ 5.55  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected Term (in years)

     10       10       10       10       10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Volatility

     56.9     56.9     52.8     53.0     50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

     2.74     2.54% - 2.89     2.30     1.57     2.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividend yield

     —       —       —       —       —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year of expiration

     2023       2023       2024       2026       2028  

These warrants were recorded at fair value and are marked to market at each reporting period with changes recorded within Other expense, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss and are classified and recorded as Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The fair value of the warrants as of December 31, 2017 was estimated using the following assumptions:

 

     Series B     Series C     Series D     Total  

Fair value (in thousands)

   $ 468     $ 274     $ 274     $ 1,016  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected remaining term (in years)

     6       7       9    

Risk-free interest rate

     2.40     2.40     2.40  

Expected volatility

     41.0     44.0     46.0  

Dividend yield

     —       —       —    

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The fair value of the warrants as of December 31, 2018 was estimated using the following assumptions:

 

     Series B     Series C     Series D     Series F     Total  

Fair value (in thousands)

   $ 857     $ 407     $ 358     $ 1,639     $ 3,261  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected remaining term (in years)

     5       6       8       10    

Risk-free interest rate

     2.62     2.62     2.62     2.80  

Expected volatility

     50.0     50.0     50.0     50  

Dividend yield

     —       —       —       —    

The above assumptions were determined as follows:

Expected Term. The remaining contractual term represents the time from the date of the valuation to the expiration of the warrant.

Risk-free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the term of the warrant.

Volatility. The volatility is derived from historical volatilities of several unrelated publicly listed peer companies over a period approximately equal to the term of the warrant because the Company has limited information on the volatility of the preferred stock since there is currently no trading history. When making the selections of industry peer companies to be used in the volatility calculation, the Company considered the size, operational, and economic similarities to the Company’s principle business operations.

Dividend Yield. The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s current expectations about the Company’s anticipated dividend policy.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Lease Commitments

The Company leases its facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. These operating leases expire at various dates through January 2021 and generally require the payment of real estate taxes, insurance, maintenance, and operating costs.

The minimum aggregate future obligations under non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2018 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Gross Lease
Commitment
     Sublease Income      Net Lease
Commitment
 

2019

   $ 6,293      $ (1,195    $ 5,097  

2020

     2,462        (305      2,157  

2021

     233        —          233  

2022

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,988      $ (1,500    $ 7,487  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $5.0 million and $6.9 million respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company had sublease agreements with tenants of various properties vacated by the Company. The amount paid to the Company by these sublease tenants was approximately $1.1 million and $0.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Purchase Commitments

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had long-term commitments for cost of revenue related agreements (i.e., bandwidth usage, colocation, peering, and other managed services with various networks, ISPs and other third-party vendors), and various non-cancelable software as a service (SaaS) agreements. Additionally, as of December 31, 2018, the Company had entered into purchase orders with various vendors. The minimum future commitments as of December 31, 2018 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Cost of Revenue
Commitments
     SaaS
Agreements
     Total Purchase
Commitments
 

2019

   $ 42,257      $ 1,434      $ 43,691  

2020

     10,563        82        10,645  

2021

     1,802        —          1,802  

2022

     402        —          402  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 55,024      $ 1,516      $ 56,540  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Legal Matters

The Company is party to various disputes that management considers routine and incidental to its business. Management does not expect the results of any of these routine actions to have a material effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.

Indemnification

The Company enters into standard indemnification agreements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, generally the Company’s business partners or customers, in connection with its provision of its services. Generally, these obligations are limited to claims relating to infringement of a patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right, breach of the Company’s security or data protection obligations, or the Company’s negligence, willful misconduct, or violation of law. Subject to applicable statutes of limitation, the term of these indemnification agreements is generally for the duration of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, the Company carries insurance that covers certain third-party claims relating to its services and could limit the Company’s exposure in that respect.

The Company has agreed to indemnify each of its officers and directors during his or her lifetime for certain events or occurrences that happen by reason of the fact that the officer or director is or was or has agreed to serve as an officer or director of the Company. The Company has director and officer insurance policies that may limit its exposure and may enable the Company to recover a portion of certain future amounts paid.

To date, the Company has not encountered material costs as a result of such indemnification obligations and has not accrued any related liabilities in its financial statements. In assessing whether to establish an accrual, the Company considers such factors as the degree of probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss.

9. Convertible Preferred Stock

In June and December 2018, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to (i) increase the shares of common stock authorized for issuance to 195,000,000 shares; (ii) increase the shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance to 108,297,289 shares; (iii) decrease the number of authorized shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock from 13,370,000 shares to 13,218,064 shares; (iv) designate 8,000,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock; and (v) increase the gross proceeds of an initial

 

F-25


Table of Contents

public offering to not less than $120 million under the automatic conversion provision described below. In June and July 2018, the Company issued 7,824,266 shares of Series F Preferred Stock at a price of $5.1123 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $40 million.

The Company has seven outstanding series of Preferred Stock (Series Preferred) each with a par value of $0.00002 per share, which are convertible at the option of the holder. The Series Preferred has been classified as temporary equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Series Preferred is not redeemable; however, upon the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, change in control, or winding up of the Company, holders of the Series Preferred may have the right to receive their liquidation preference under the terms of the Series Preferred.

A summary of the Preferred Stock outstanding and other related information is as follows (in thousands, except share data):

 

     As of
December 31, 2018
 
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Net
Carrying
Amount
     Liquidation
Preference
 

Series Seed Preferred Stock

     16,098,730        16,098,730      $ 1,200      $ 1,200  

Series A Preferred Stock

     5,467,040        5,467,040        1,050        1,050  

Series B Preferred Stock

     22,117,670        21,890,420        11,260        11,260  

Series C Preferred Stock

     19,611,811        19,506,123        41,420        41,527  

Series D Preferred Stock

     23,350,927        23,255,811        74,912        75,000  

Series E Preferred Stock

     13,218,064        13,218,064        49,863        50,000  

Series F Preferred Stock

     8,433,047        7,824,266        39,879        40,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     108,297,289        107,260,454      $ 219,584      $ 220,037  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions, and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated June 28, 2018, as amended (Charter), and are summarized as follows:

Dividend Rights

Holders of shares of Series Preferred, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (Board), but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the applicable original issue price per annum on each outstanding share of Series Preferred. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative. As of December 31, 2018, no dividends have been declared or paid.

Voting Rights

The holders of shares of each Series Preferred have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such shares. The holders of Series Preferred and Common Stock currently have the right to elect the Board as follows:

 

  (a)

one director elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, as long as at least 1,750,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding;

 

  (b)

one director elected by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, as long as at least 6,250,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding;

 

F-26


Table of Contents
  (c)

two directors elected by the holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class; and

 

  (d)

all remaining directors elected by the holders of the Common Stock and the Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis.

Liquidation Rights

Upon any change in control, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (Liquidation Event), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock, the holders of Series Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution for each share of Series Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Series Preferred equal to the applicable Original Issuance Price. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company are insufficient to permit payment in full to all holders of Series Preferred, then such amount shall be distributed among the holders of Series Preferred ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

Conversion Rights

The holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock have the right at any time to convert each such share into shares of Common Stock at the original issue price for each share as set forth in the Charter.

Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically convert into shares of Common Stock upon (a) the consummation of an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock which results in gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $120 million, or (b) upon receipt of a written request for such conversion from the requisite holders of the then outstanding Series Preferred, as set forth in the Charter, or on such other date as is specified in such written request. Any automatic conversion of the Series Preferred into Common Stock that is proposed in connection with a Liquidation Event requires the prior consent from the requisite holders of the outstanding Series Preferred, as set forth in the Charter.

Redemption

Any share or shares of Series Preferred redeemed, purchased, converted, or exchanged shall be cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued or transferred.

10. Common Stock

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated in June 2018 and amended in December 2018, authorizes the issuance of 195,000,000 shares of Common Stock with $0.00002 par value per share and 108,297,289 shares of preferred stock with $0.00002 par value per share. As of December 31, 2018, 50,051,765 shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding.

Equity Plan

In March 2011, the Company’s stockholders approved the Fastly, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (2011 Plan). The 2011 Plan was amended in February 2013, May 2014, July 2015, December 2016, April 2017 and June 2018. The 2011 Plan allows for the issuance of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. There were 43,378,820 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan as of December 31, 2018. Options granted under the 2011 Plan generally expire within 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest over four years, at the rate of 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant and ratably on a monthly basis over the remaining 36-month period thereafter based on continued service and are exercisable for shares of the Company’s Common Stock. As of December 31, 2018, there were 1,219,609 shares of Common Stock available for issuance pursuant to future grants under the 2011 Plan.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Stock Option Activity

The following table summarizes stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018:

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
     (in thousands)            (in years)      (in thousands)  

Outstanding at January 1, 2017

     16,935     $ 0.77        8.5      $ 7,480  

Granted

     6,017       1.45        

Exercised

     (828     0.74        

Cancelled/forfeited

     (1,383     0.94        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

     20,741       0.96        8.0        16,901  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     7,969       2.66        

Exercised

     (2,529     1.05        

Cancelled/forfeited

     (1,760     1.32        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

     24,421       1.48        7.8        64,590  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2018

     15,694     $ 1.06        7.0      $ 47,958  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $0.7 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The total grant date fair value of employee options vested for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $2.9 million and $3.6 million, respectively. The weighted average grant-date fair value for options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $0.78 and $1.39, respectively.

Early Exercise of Stock Options

Certain stock options granted by the Company are exercisable at the date of grant, with unvested shares subject to repurchase by the Company in the event of voluntary or involuntary termination of employment of the stockholder. Such exercises are recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and reclassified into equity as the options vest. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, a total of 275,666 shares and 489,317 shares of Common Stock were subject to repurchase by the Company at the lower of (i) the fair market value of such shares on the date of repurchase, or (ii) the original exercise price of such shares. The corresponding exercise value of approximately $266,000 and $972,000 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, is recorded in other liabilities.

The activity of non-vested shares as a result of early exercise of options granted to employees and non-employees, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  

Beginning balance

     1,194        276  

Early exercise of options

     4        475  

Vested

     (922      (240

Repurchased

     —          (22
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

     276        489  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Employee Stock Options Valuation

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Each of the Black-Scholes inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgments to determine. The Company estimates the fair value of stock option awards during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     2017     2018  

Fair value of common stock

   $ 1.49 - $1.79     $ 1.93 - $4.08  

Expected term (in years)

     5.96       6.02  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.9% - 2.1     2.62% - 3.0

Expected volatility

     41% - 45     40.2% - 41.5 %

Dividend yield

     —       —  

Fair Value of Common Stock . Given the absence of a public trading market, the Board considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s Common Stock at each meeting at which awards were approved. These factors included, but were not limited to (i) contemporaneous third-party valuations of Common Stock; (ii) the rights and preferences of Series Preferred relative to Common Stock; (iii) the lack of marketability of Common Stock; (iv) developments in the business; and (v) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions.

Expected Term . The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company estimates the expected term of stock options granted based on the simplified method.

Risk-free Interest Rate . The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent expected term of the options for each option group.

Expected Volatility . The Company determines the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of several unrelated publicly listed peer companies as the Company did not have trading history for its Common Stock. When making the selections of industry peer companies to be used in the volatility calculation, the Company considered the size, operational, and economic similarities to the Company’s principle business operations.

Dividend Yield . The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s current expectations about its anticipated dividend policy.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes the components of total stock-based compensation expense included in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Stock-based compensation expense by  caption:

     

Cost of revenue

   $ 190      $ 265  

Research and development

     1,040        1,332  

Sales and marketing

     493        1,023  

General and administrative

     1,086        1,459  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $       2,809      $       4,079  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2018 unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to outstanding unvested stock options that are expected to vest was $12.9 million. This unrecognized stock-based compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.1 years.

11. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company considers all series of the Series Preferred to be participating securities. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the Series Preferred as the holders of the Series Preferred do not have a contractual obligation to share in our losses. Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the period, less shares subject to repurchase. The diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive Common Stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, the Series Preferred, stock options, convertible preferred stock warrants, and early exercised stock options are considered to be potential common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is anti-dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  
    

(in thousands, except share and
per share data)

 

Net loss

   $ (32,450   $ (30,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (32,450   $ (30,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     46,799,801       48,754,382  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.69   $ (0.63
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Since the Company was in a loss position for the period presented, basic net loss per share is the same as diluted net loss per share as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding would have been anti-dilutive. The potential shares of common stock that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the period presented because including them would have been antidilutive are as follows:

 

    

Number of
Shares

 

Convertible preferred stock

     107,260,454  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

     1,036,835  

Stock options

     15,694,000  

Early exercised stock options

     489,317  
  

 

 

 

Total

     124,480,606  
  

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share . We have presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share which has been computed to give effect to the conversion of our Series Preferred into Common Stock (using the if-converted method) as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period. The unaudited pro forma net loss per share does not include shares being offered in the assumed IPO.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the computation of our unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  
    

(in thousands, except share and
per share data)

 

Numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (32,450   $ (30,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (32,450   $ (30,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     46,799,801       48,754,382  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of Series Preferred Stock

       103,419,352  
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

       152,173,174  
    

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     $ (0.20
    

 

 

 

12. Income Taxes

Loss before income taxes includes the following components (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  

United States

   $ (23,372    $ (20,644

Foreign

     (8,870      (10,291
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   $ (32,242    $ (30,935
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The expense for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2017              2018      

Current tax provision (benefit):

     

Federal

   $ —        $ —    

State

     68        81  

Foreign

     140        104  

Deferred tax provision (benefit):

     

Federal

     —          —    

State

     —          —    

Foreign

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax expense

   $ 208      $ 185  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Reconciliation between the Company’s effective tax rate on income from continuing operations and the U.S. federal statutory rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Provision at federal statutory tax rate

     34     21

State taxes, net of federal tax impact

     (3 )%      —  

Change in valuation allowance

     13     (11 )% 

Foreign tax rate differential

     (10 )%      (7 )% 

Federal statutory tax rate change

     (32 )%      —  

Other

     (3 )%      (4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     (1 )%      (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Reserves and accruals

   $ 1,562      $ 1,892  

Stock-based compensation

     545        686  

Net operating losses

     22,911        25,558  

Other

     1,072        1,780  

Amortization

     34        344  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

     26,124        30,260  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation

     (1,359      (212

State tax

     (1,376      (1,706
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     (2,735      (1,918
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (23,389      (28,342
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax (liabilities) assets

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for U.S. federal income tax purposes of approximately $80.9 million and $88.7 million and for state income tax purposes of approximately $69.8 million and $82.0 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2031. The state net operating loss carryforward, if not utilized, will begin to expire on various dates starting in 2021.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (IRC) and similar state provisions. The Company has not performed a detailed analysis to determine whether an ownership change under Section 382 of the IRC has occurred. The effect of an ownership change would be the imposition of an annual limitation on the use of net operating loss carryforwards attributable to periods before the change.

Based on available positive and negative evidence, it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be fully realizable for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. Accordingly, the Company applied a full valuation allowance against all net deferred taxes at December 31, 2017 and 2018. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was a decrease of approximately $2.0 million and an increase of approximately $5.0 million, respectively.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2018, there were no undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries. No provision for U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes has been made for these permanently reinvested foreign earnings because it is management’s intention to permanently reinvest such undistributed earnings outside the United States.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax benefits as part of the income tax provision and include accrued interest and penalties with the related income tax liability on its consolidated balance sheet. To date, the Company has not recognized any interest and penalties in its consolidated statements of operations, nor has it accrued for or made payments for interest and penalties. The Company has no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2018.

Generally, in the U.S. federal and state taxing jurisdictions, tax periods in which certain loss and credit carryovers are generated remain open for audit until such time as the limitation period ends for the year in which such losses or credits are utilized.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was enacted into law. The Tax Act enacted significant changes affecting the Company’s fiscal year 2017, including, but not limited to, (1) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate and (2) imposing a one-time transition tax on certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries that had not been previously taxed in the U.S.

The Tax Act also establishes new tax provisions affecting the Company’s fiscal year 2018, including, but not limited to, (1) creating a new provision designed to tax global intangible low-tax income (GILTI); (2) generally eliminating U.S. federal taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries; (3) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT); (4) creating the base erosion anti-abuse tax (BEAT); (5) establishing a deduction for foreign derived intangible income (FDII); (6) repealing domestic production activity deduction; and (7) establishing new limitations on deductible interest expense and certain executive compensation.

ASC 740,  Income Taxes , requires companies to recognize the effect of the tax law changes in the period of enactment. However, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (SAB 118) which allowed companies to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not extending beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date. During the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company has completed the accounting for all the impacts of the Tax Act. There were no material changes from the provisional amounts recorded as of December 31, 2017.

Reduction of U.S. Federal Corporate Tax Rate: The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that will apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or paid. Accordingly, the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were re-measured to reflect the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, resulting in a provisional $10.4 million reduction to the Company’s deferred tax assets and a corresponding provisional $10.4 million reduction to the Company’s valuation allowance as of fiscal year 2017. The Company completed their accounting for re-measurement of its deferred tax assets and liabilities as of fiscal year 2018 and determined no further adjustment was required from the provisional adjustment recorded in fiscal year 2017.

Transition Tax on Foreign Earnings: The Company did not recognize any provisional income tax expense in fiscal year 2017 as it relates to the one-time transition tax on indefinitely reinvested earnings. The Company completed its computation of transition tax liability in 2018 and maintained that no transition tax liability was required to be accrued.

GILTI:  The Tax Act subjects a U.S. corporation to tax on its GILTI. U.S. GAAP allows companies to make an accounting policy election to either (1) treat taxes due on future GILTI inclusions in the U.S. taxable income as a current-period expense when incurred (period cost method) or (2) factoring such amounts into a company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (deferred method). During the fourth quarter of the year ended

 

F-33


Table of Contents

December 31, 2018, the Company’s analysis of the new GILTI rules is complete and the Company has elected the period cost method. There was no financial statement impact in connection with the new GILTI provision.

13. Information About Revenue and Geographic Areas

The Company considers operating segments to be components of the Company in which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue customer size and industry vertical for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

The Company has one business activity, and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results, or plans for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single reporting segment and operating unit structure.

Revenue

Revenue by geography is based on the billing address of the customer. The following table presents the Company’s net revenue by geographic region:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $ 82,700      $ 110,811  

All other countries

     22,200        33,752  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $   104,900      $   144,563  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-Lived Assets

The Company’s long-lived assets by geographic region consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018  

United States

   $ 27,066      $ 28,723  

All other countries

     9,907        13,631  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 36,973      $ 42,354  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has established a savings plan (Plan) for its employees that is designed to be qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees are permitted to contribute to the Plan through payroll deductions within statutory and plan limits. The Company may make matching contributions to the Plan as determined each year by the Company. The Company did not make any matching contributions to the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

15. Related Party Transactions

Notes Receivable from Stockholder

In July 2016, a stockholder borrowed approximately $125,000 from the Company to exercise stock options for 106,250 shares of common stock pursuant to a promissory note from the stockholder. The note bears

 

F-34


Table of Contents

interest at a rate of 1.77%. For the purposes of the financial statements, the shares will not be reported as exercised, issued, or outstanding until the promissory note is repaid in full. This stockholder is not one of the Company’s executive officers or directors. Approximately $125,000 and $75,000 is outstanding, as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

16. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

Subsequent events were evaluated through the date the financial statements were issued April 4, 2019.

Subsequent to December 31, 2018, the Company granted stock options to purchase up to 3,905,125 shares of common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.35 per share.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

LOGO

Behind the best of the web. ,. ..) r

 


Table of Contents

 

 

Through and including                 , 2019, (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Shares

 

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

Citigroup

Credit Suisse

 

William Blair

Raymond James

Baird

Oppenheimer & Co.

Stifel

Craig-Hallum Capital Group

D.A. Davidson & Co.

                , 2019

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the Class A common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

    

Amount to

be Paid

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,120*  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500*  

Exchange initial listing fee

             *  

Blue sky fees and expenses

             *  

Printing and engraving

             *  

Legal fees and expenses

             *  

Accounting fees and expenses

             *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

             *  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

             *  
  

 

 

 

Total

             *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct, or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend, or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit, or proceeding to which such person is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that: (1) we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; (2) we may, in our discretion, indemnify our officers, employees, and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law; (3) we are required, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, to advance all

 

II-1


Table of Contents

expenses incurred by our directors in connection with certain legal proceedings; (4) the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive; and (5) we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees, and agents.

Our policy is to enter into agreements with our directors that require us to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay (including with respect to a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of us or any of our affiliates, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. These indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. At present, no litigation or proceeding is pending that involves any of our directors regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions.

In addition, the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise. Our amended and restated investors rights agreement with certain stockholders also provides for cross-indemnification in connection with the registration of our common stock on behalf of such investors.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities issued by us since January 1, 2016 through the date of the prospectus that is a part of this registration statement:

Issuances of Common Stock and Options to Purchase Common Stock

From January 1, 2016 through the date of this registration statement, we have granted under our 2011 Plan options to purchase an aggregate of 24,034,219 shares of our Class B common stock and a restricted stock award to purchase 10,000 shares of our Class B common stock to employees, consultants, and directors, having exercise prices ranging from $1.18 to $5.01 per share. Of these, options to purchase an aggregate of 3,172,329 shares have been cancelled without being exercised. From January 1, 2016 through the date of this registration statement, an aggregate of 5,664,903 shares of our common stock were issued upon the exercise of stock options under the 2011 Plan, at exercise prices between $0.046 and $4.12 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $5.3 million.

The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described in the preceding paragraph were deemed to be exempt from registration either under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act (Rule 701) in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation, or under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that the transactions were between an issuer and members of its senior executive management and did not involve any public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2). The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors, or consultants and received the securities under our equity incentive plans. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

Issuances of Preferred Stock and Warrants

These securities were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on the recipient’s status as an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

In April 2017 and May 2017, we issued and sold an aggregate of 13,218,064 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to 13 accredited investors at $3.7827 per share for an aggregate consideration of approximately $49,999,971.

In June 2018 and July 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 7,824,266 shares of Series F Preferred to 12 accredited investors at $5.1123 per share for an aggregate consideration of approximately $39,999,995.

In August 2016, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 95,116 shares of Series D Preferred Stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.18 per share to a total of two accredited investors. None of such warrants have been exercised.

In December 2018, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 608,781 shares of Series F Preferred Stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.11 per share to a total of three accredited investors. None of such warrants have been exercised.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Fastly, Inc., as amended and as currently in effect.
  3.2    Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Fastly, Inc., dated December 20, 2018.
  3.3†    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Fastly, Inc. to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
  3.4    Amended Bylaws of Fastly, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.5†    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Fastly, Inc. to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1†    Form of Class A common stock certificate of Fastly, Inc.
  5.1†    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement by and among Fastly, Inc. and certain of its stockholders, dated June 29, 2018.
10.2+    2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended to date.
10.3+    Forms of Option Agreement, Notice of Stock Option Grant, and Exercise Notice under 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4†+    2019 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5†+    Forms of Option Agreement, Notice of Stock Option Grant, and Exercise Notice under 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6†+    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7†+    2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.8†    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Fastly, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.9+    Independent Contractor Services Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Possibilities Training Group, dated October 28, 2013.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

10.10+    Change of Control and Retention Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Joshua Bixby, dated February 6, 2019.
10.11+    Offer Letter Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Adriel Lares, dated April 26, 2016.
10.12+    Change of Control and Retention Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Adriel Lares, dated September 12, 2016.
10.13+    Offer Letter Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Paul Luongo, dated November 27, 2013.
10.14+    Change of Control and Retention Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Paul Luongo, dated February 26, 2014.
10.15+    Offer Letter Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Wolfgang Maasberg, dated March 21, 2016.
10.16+    Change of Control and Retention Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Wolfgang Maasberg, dated October 11, 2016.
10.17    Office Lease Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and CLPF-475 Brannan Street, L.P., dated August 22, 2014.
10.18    First Amendment to Lease Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and CLPF-475 Brannan Street, L.P., dated May 27, 2015.
10.19    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated July 24, 2013.
10.20    First Amendment to Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Fastly, Inc. and SVB Financial Group, dated September 30, 2013.
10.21    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated September 30, 2013 .
10.22    Plain English Warrant Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and TriplePoint Capital LLC, dated November 25, 2013.
10.23    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated November 21, 2014.
10.24    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Fastly, Inc. and WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC, dated November 21, 2014.
10.25    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated August 11, 2016.
10.26    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Fastly, Inc. and WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC, dated August 11, 2016.
10.27    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 24, 2018.
10.28    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Hercules Capital, Inc., dated December 24, 2018.
10.29    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Westriver Innovation Lending Fund VIII, L.P., dated December 24, 2018.
10.30    Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated November 1, 2017.
10.31    Credit Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 24, 2018.
10.32    Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, by and between Fastly, Inc. and CLPF-475 Brannan Street, L.P., dated March 11, 2019.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23.1†    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
24.1    Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

To be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or notes.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Francisco, California, on the 19 th day of April, 2019.

 

  FASTLY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Artur Bergman

 

Artur Bergman

Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Artur Bergman, Adriel Lares, and Paul Luongo, and each of them, his or her true and lawful agent, proxy, and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to (1) act on, sign, and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (2) act on, sign, and file such certificates, instruments, agreements, and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (3) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (4) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy, and attorney-in-fact or any of his or her substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Artur Bergman

Artur Bergman

  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  April 19, 2019

/s/ Adriel Lares

Adriel Lares

  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
  April 19, 2019

/s/ Sunil Dhaliwal

Sunil Dhaliwal

  Director   April 19, 2019

/s/ David Hornik

David Hornik

  Director   April 19, 2019

/s/ Gil Penchina

Gil Penchina

  Director   April 19, 2019

/s/ Christopher B. Paisley

Christopher B. Paisley

  Director   April 19, 2019

/s/ Kelly Wright

Kelly Wright

  Director   April 19, 2019

 

II-6

Exhibit 3.1

 

   Delaware    Page 1
   The First State   

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED ARE TRUE AND CORRECT COPIES OF ALL DOCUMENTS FILED FROM AND INCLUDING THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OR A MERGER WITH A RESTATED CERTIFICATE ATTACHED OF “FASTLY, INC.” AS RECEIVED AND FILED IN THIS OFFICE.

THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN CERTIFIED:

RESTATED CERTIFICATE, FILED THE TWENTY–EIGHTH DAY OF JUNE,

A.D. 2018, AT 8:52 O’CLOCK P.M.

 

   LOGO       LOGO
4947714 8100X      

 

Authentication: 204116845

SR# 20188190346       Date: 12-17-18

You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml


  

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

FASTLY, INC.

  

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 08:52 PM 06/28/2018

FILED 08:52 PM 06/28/2018

SR 20185432880 - File Number 4947714

Adriel Lares hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original name of this corporation is SkyCache, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was March 2, 2011.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Financial Officer of F ASTLY , I NC ., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this company is Fastly, Inc. (the “ Company” or the “Corporation ”),

II.

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19801, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 302,864,242 shares, 195,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) and 107,864,242 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.00002 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.00002 per share.

B. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis).

 

1.


C. 16,098,730 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series Seed Preferred Stock,” 5,467,040 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock,” 22,117,670 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock,” 19,611,811 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock,” 23,350,927 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series D Preferred Stock,” 13,218,064 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series E Preferred Stock,” and 8,000,000 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series F Preferred Stock” (the Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock together, the “ Series Preferred ”).

D. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows:

1. D IVIDEND R IGHTS .

(a) Holders of Series Preferred, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series Preferred. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative.

(b) The “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series Seed Preferred Stock shall be $0.07454, of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be $0.19206, of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be $0.51438, of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be $2.1289, of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be $3.2250, of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be $3.7827, and of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be $5.1123 (each as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(c) So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend, whether in cash or property, or make any other distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock until all dividends as set forth in Section 1(a) above on the Series Preferred shall have been paid or declared and set apart, except for:

(i) acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares at no more than cost upon termination of services to the Company;

(ii) acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares that are approved by the Board; or

(iii) distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Sections 3 and 4 of Article IV(D).

 

2.


(d) In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series Preferred in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

(e) The provisions of Sections 1(c) and 1(d) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock to which the provisions of Section 5(f) of Article IV(D) are applicable, or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by (i) the Board and (ii) the Requisite Holders (as defined below).

(f) A repurchase of shares of Common Stock upon termination of employment or service as a consultant or director may be made without regard to the preferential dividends arrears amount or any preferential rights amount (each as determined under applicable law).

2. V OTING R IGHTS .

(a) General Rights. Each holder of shares of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 5 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock, on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

(b) Separate Vote of Series Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of:

(i) the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis (the “ Requisite Holders ”) shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(A) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), unless such amendment, alteration, or repeal is solely to (1) authorize or designate a new class or series of stock, or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such new class or series, (i) ranking on parity with or senior to the Series F Preferred Stock in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting and dividend rights, and (ii) with an issue price equal to or greater than the Original Issue Price of the Series F Preferred Stock and (2) increase the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock by an amount equal to the number of shares of such new class or series authorized or designated, and increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock by an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such new securities are convertible;

 

3.


(B) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, unless such action is solely to (1) increase any class or series of stock (i) ranking on parity with or senior to the Series F Preferred Stock in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting and dividend rights, and (ii) with an issue price equal to or greater than the Original Issue Price of the Series F Preferred Stock and (2) increase the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock by an amount equal to the number of shares that such class or series has been increased, and increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock by an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such securities are convertible;

(C) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification, merger or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company (i) ranking on a parity with or senior to the Series F Preferred Stock in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividend rights or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such new class or series and (ii) with an issue price less than the Original Issue Price of the Series F Preferred Stock;

(D) Any redemption, repurchase, payment or declaration of dividends or other distributions with respect to Common Stock or Preferred Stock other than dividends payable solely in Common Stock as described in Section 1(e) of Article IV(D) (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company permitted by Section l(c)(i), (ii) and (iii) of Article IV(D));

(E) Any voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any agreement by the Company or its stockholders regarding an Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined in Section 4 of Article IV (D));

(F) Any change in the authorized number of members of the Company’s Board; or

(G) Any adverse change to the rights, preferences and privileges of the Preferred Stock; and

(ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series Preferred (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis) shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(A) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification, merger or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company (i) ranking on a parity with or senior to the Series F Preferred Stock in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividend rights or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such new class or series and (ii) with an issue price equal to or greater than the Original Issue Price of the Series E Preferred Stock; or

 

4.


(B) The creation of, or amendment to, a stock option plan or similar plan (including an increase in the number of shares reserved thereunder).

(c) Separate Vote of Series D Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any waiver of any adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV Section 5(h) hereof; and

(ii) Any waiver of the right to receive proceeds by the holders of Series D Preferred Stock in connection with a Liquidation Event pursuant to Article IV Section 3(a) hereof or an Asset Transfer or Acquisition pursuant to Article IV Section 4, or any waiver of the treatment of any particular transaction (or series of related transactions) as a Liquidation Event, Asset Transfer or Acquisition with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock.

(d) Separate Vote of Series E Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any waiver of any adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV Section 5(h) hereof;

(ii) Any waiver of the right to receive proceeds by the holders of Series E Preferred Stock in connection with a Liquidation Event pursuant to Article IV Section 3(a) hereof or an Asset Transfer or Acquisition pursuant to Article IV Section 4, or any waiver of the treatment of any particular transaction (or series of related transactions) as a Liquidation Event, Asset Transfer or Acquisition with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock; and

(iv) Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Section 2(d).

(e) Separate Vote of Series F Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series F Preferred Stock remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any waiver of any adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV Section 5(h) hereof;

 

5.


(ii) Any waiver of the right to receive proceeds by the holders of Series F Preferred Stock in connection with a Liquidation Event pursuant to Article IV Section 3(a) hereof or an Asset Transfer or Acquisition pursuant to Article IV Section 4, or any waiver of the treatment of any particular transaction (or series of related transactions) as a Liquidation Event, Asset Transfer or Acquisition with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock; and

(iv) Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Section 2(e).

(f) Election of Board of Directors.

(i) For so long as at least 1,750,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(ii) For so long as at least 6,250,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(iii) The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iv) The holders of Common Stock and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(v) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled unless required by applicable law at the time of such election. During such time or times that applicable law requires cumulative voting, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or

 

6.


distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (A) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (B) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

3. L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

(a) Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “ Liquidation Event ”), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock, subject to the right of any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of Series Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution for each share of Series Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Series Preferred equal to the applicable Original Issue Price of, plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the applicable series of Series Preferred. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a) above, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

4. A SSET T RANSFER OR A CQUISITION R IGHTS .

(a) In the event that the Company is a party to an Acquisition or Asset Transfer (as hereinafter defined), then each holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series Preferred then held, out of the proceeds of such Acquisition or Asset Transfer, the greater of (i) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 3(a) above or (ii) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event with respect to such shares if such shares had been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Acquisition or Asset Transfer.

(b) For the purposes of this Section 4: (i) “Acquisition” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; or

 

7.


(B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and (ii) “Asset Transfer” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(c) In any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made.

5. C ONVERSION R IGHTS .

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” then in effect (determined as provided in Section 5(b) below) by the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted.

(b) Series Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series Preferred (the “ Series Preferred Conversion Rate ”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price of such Series Preferred by the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Price,” calculated as provided in Section 5(c) below.

(c) Series Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for each series of Series Preferred shall initially be the applicable Original Issue Price of such series of Series Preferred (the “ Series Preferred Conversion Price ”). Such initial Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 5. All references to the Series Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the Series Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted.

(d) Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock

 

8.


to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date that the first share of Series E Preferred Stock is issued (the “Original Issue Date”) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 5(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company pays to holders of Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of Common Stock, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i) The applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(B) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

(ii) If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

 

9.


(iii) If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4 of Article IV(D) or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for elsewhere in this Section 5), in any such event each holder of Series Preferred shall then have the right to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(h) Sale of Shares Below Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 5(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 5(e), 5(f) or 5(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred (a “ Qualifying Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case, the applicable then existing Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock which the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such applicable then-existing Series Preferred Conversion Price, and

 

10.


(B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and convertible securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(ii) No adjustment shall be made to the Series Preferred Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred in an amount less than one percent (1%) of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 5(h) that is not required to be made due to the preceding sentence shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price. Any adjustment required by this Section 5(h) shall be rounded to the first decimal for which such rounding represents less than one percent (1%) of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect after such adjustment.

(iii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 5(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “ Aggregate Consideration ”) shall be defined as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(iv) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 5(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities exercisable for or convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “Convertible Securities ”) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

 

11.


(A) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options; and

(B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

(C) If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further , that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

(D) No further adjustment of any Series Preferred Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series Preferred.

(v) For the purpose of making any adjustment to any Series Preferred Conversion Price required under this Section 5(h), “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than:

 

12.


(A) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred;

(B) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued after the Original Issue Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board (including at least one director elected by the holders of Preferred Stock);

(C) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the exercise or conversion of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date;

(D) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination approved by the Board (including at least one director elected by the holders of Preferred Stock);

(E) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution approved by the Board (including at least one director elected by the holders of Preferred Stock);

(F) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued to third-party service providers in exchange for or as partial consideration for services rendered to the Company provided such issuances are approved by the Board (including at least one director elected by the holders of Preferred Stock) and are for non-equity financing purposes; and

(G) any Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (ii) technology transfer or development arrangements; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Company’s Board (including at least one director elected by the holders of Preferred Stock) and such issuances are for non-equity financing purposes.

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (v) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h). The “Effective Price” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 5(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 5(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.

 

13.


(vi) In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “ First Dilutive Issuance ”), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “ Subsequent Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(i) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of any Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred, if the Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series Preferred so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series Preferred. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

(j) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 4 of Article IV(D)) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4 of Article IV(D)), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least ten (10) days prior to (x) the record date, if any, specified therein; or (y) if no record date is specified, the date upon which such action is to take effect (or, in either case, such shorter period approved by the Requisite Holders) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

 

14.


(k) Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock (the “Prior Preferred”) shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the applicable then effective Series Preferred Conversion Price at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the outstanding Prior Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis. Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the applicable then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the applicable then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock. Each share of Series F Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the applicable then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock. Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the applicable then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price at any time immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $120,000,000 and the Company’s shares have been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market or NASDAQ Global Market. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d) of Article IV(D).

(ii) Upon the occurrence of either of the events specified in Section 5(k)(i) of Article IV(D), the applicable outstanding shares of Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the applicable Series Preferred, the holders of the applicable Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the applicable Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d) of Article IV(D).

 

15.


(l) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

(m) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(n) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(o) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.

6. N O R EISSUANCE O F S ERIES P REFERRED .

Any share or shares of Series Preferred redeemed, purchased, converted or exchanged shall be cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued or transferred.

 

16.


V.

A. The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article V to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

D. In the event that a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is also a partner or employee of an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock and that is in the business of investing and reinvesting in other entities, or an employee of an entity that manages such an entity (each, a “ Fund ”) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter in such individual’s capacity as a partner or employee of the Fund or the manager or general partner of the Fund (and other than directly in connection with such individual’s service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company) and that may be an opportunity of interest for both the Company and such Fund (a “ Corporate Opportunity ”), then the Company (i) renounces any expectancy that such director or Fund offer an opportunity to participate in such Corporate Opportunity to the Company and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any claim that such opportunity constituted a Corporate Opportunity that should have been presented by such director or Fund to the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that such director acts in good faith.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

B. The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Company.

 

17.


C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by

the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

[ REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ]

 

18.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , F ASTLY , I NC . has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Financial Officer this 28 th day of June, 2018.

 

F ASTLY , I NC .

/s/ Adriel Lares

Adriel Lares
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 3.2

 

   Delaware    Page 1
   The First State   

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “FASTLY, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTIETH DAY OF DECEMBER, A.D. 2018, AT 8:29 O`CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

   LOGO    LOGO
4947714 8100    Authentication: 204156071
SR# 20188302381    Date: 12-21-18

You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml


        CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF FASTLY, INC.   

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 08:29 PM 12/20/2018

FILED 08:29 PM 12/20/2018

SR 20188302381 - File Number 4947714

F ASTLY , I NC ., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ), does hereby certify:

F IRST : The original name of this company is Skycache, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was March 2, 2011.

S ECOND : That the Board of Directors of the company duly adopted a resolution setting forth a proposed amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this company (the Restated Certificate ”), and declaring such amendment to be advisable and recommended for approval by the stockholders of the company.

T HIRD : Thereafter, pursuant to a resolution by the Board of Directors of the company, this certificate of amendment was submitted to, and approved by, the stockholders of the company in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

F OURTH : That upon the effectiveness of this certificate of amendment, the Restated Certificate is hereby amended as follows:

1. Section A of Article IV of the Restated Certificate is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock,” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 303,297,289 shares, 195,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the Common Stock ) and 108,297,289 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the Preferred Stock ”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0,00002 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.00002 per share.”

2. Section C of Article IV of the Restated Certificate is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“C. 16,098,730 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series Seed Preferred Stock,” 5,467,040 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock,” 22,117,670 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock,” 19,611,811 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock,” 23,350,927 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series D Preferred Stock,” 13,218,064 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series E Preferred Stock,” and 8,433,047 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series F Preferred Stock” (the Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock, the


Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock together, the Series Preferred ”).”

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]

 

-2-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Fastly, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its Chief Financial Officer the 20 th Day of December, 2018.

 

F ASTLY , I NC .

/s/ Adriel Lares

Adriel Lares
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 3.4

BYLAWS

OF

FASTLY, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

 

         P AGE  

ARTICLE I

  OFFICES      1  

Section 1.

  Registered Office      1  

Section 2.

  Other Offices      1  

ARTICLE II

  CORPORATE SEAL      1  

Section 3.

  Corporate Seal      1  

ARTICLE III

  STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      1  

Section 4.

  Place of Meetings      1  

Section 5.

  Annual Meeting      1  

Section 6.

  Special Meetings      3  

Section 7.

  Notice of Meetings      4  

Section 8.

  Quorum      4  

Section 9.

  Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings      5  

Section 10.

  Voting Rights      5  

Section 11.

  Joint Owners of Stock      6  

Section 12.

  List of Stockholders      6  

Section 13.

  Action Without Meeting      6  

Section 14.

  Organization      8  

ARTICLE IV

  DIRECTORS      8  

Section 15.

  Number and Term of Office      8  

Section 16.

  Powers      8  

Section 17.

  Term of Directors      8  

Section 18.

  Vacancies      9  

Section 19.

  Resignation      10  

Section 20.

  Removal      10  

Section 21.

  Meetings      10  

Section 22.

  Quorum and Voting      11  

Section 23.

  Action Without Meeting      11  

Section 24.

  Fees and Compensation      12  

Section 25.

  Committees      12  

Section 26.

  Organization      13  

ARTICLE V

  OFFICERS      13  

Section 27.

  Officers Designated      13  

Section 28.

  Tenure and Duties of Officers      13  

 

i.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

( CONTINUED )

 

         P AGE  

Section 29.

  Delegation of Authority      15  

Section 30.

  Resignations      15  

Section 31.

  Removal      15  

ARTICLE VI

  EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION      15  

Section 32.

  Execution of Corporate Instruments      15  

Section 33.

  Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation      15  

ARTICLE VII

  SHARES OF STOCK      16  

Section 34.

  Form and Execution of Certificates      16  

Section 35.

  Lost Certificates      16  

Section 36.

  Transfers      16  

Section 37.

  Fixing Record Dates      16  

Section 38.

  Registered Stockholders      18  

ARTICLE VIII

  OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION      18  

Section 39.

  Execution of Other Securities      18  

ARTICLE IX

  DIVIDENDS      18  

Section 40.

  Declaration of Dividends      18  

Section 41.

  Dividend Reserve      18  

ARTICLE X

  FISCAL YEAR      19  

Section 42.

  Fiscal Year      19  

ARTICLE XI

  INDEMNIFICATION      19  

Section 43.

  Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents      19  

ARTICLE XII

  NOTICES      22  

Section 44.

  Notices      22  

ARTICLE XIII

  AMENDMENTS      23  

Section 45.

  Amendments      23  

ARTICLE XIV

  RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL      24  

Section 46.

  Right of First Refusal      24  

ARTICLE XV

  LOANS TO OFFICERS      26  

Section 47.

  Loans to Officers      26  

 

ii.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

( CONTINUED )

 

         P AGE  

ARTICLE XVI

  MISCELLANEOUS      26  

Section 48.

  Annual Report      26  

End of TOC

 

iii.


BYLAWS

OF

FASTLY, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section  1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section  2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section  3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Said seal may be altered at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section  4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

Section  5. Annual Meeting .

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of

 

1.


stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial

 

2.


owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section  6. Special Meetings .

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized

 

3.


directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption), or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“CGCL”), stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 18(b) herein.

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section  7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section  8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be

 

4.


adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section  9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment, a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with applicable law, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section  10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Each stockholder entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

5.


Section  11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section  12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting; provided, however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting; on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

Section  13. Action Without Meeting .

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty

 

6.


(60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

7.


Section  14. Organization .

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section  15. Number and Term of Office . The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section  16. Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Term of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

8.


(b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then:

(1) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(2) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

 

9.


Section  19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors; except whenever the holders of any class or series are entitled to elect one or more director by the Certificate of Incorporation, in respect to the removal without cause of a director or directors so elected, the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series and not the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole shall apply.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21. Meetings

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any director.

 

10.


(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section  22. Quorum and Voting .

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section  23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

11.


Section  24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section  25. Committees .

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

12.


(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section  26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section  27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section  28. Tenure and Duties of Officers .

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

13.


(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties

 

14.


of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section  29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section  30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section  31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, or by any committee, other officer, or agent upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section  32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section  33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

 

15.


ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section  34. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section  35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section  36. Transfers .

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section  37. Fixing Record Dates .

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than

 

16.


sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of this Section 37 at the adjourned meeting..

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

17.


Section  38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section  39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section  40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section  41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

18.


ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section  42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. In the absence of such resolution, the fiscal year shall be the calendar year.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section  43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents .

(a) Directors and Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Employees and Other Agents . The corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL so requires, such advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

 

19.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

20.


(e) Non -Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation. The rights arising under this Article XI shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to such provision after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

 

21.


(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section  44. Notices .

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail, electronic transmission, or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

 

22.


(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section  45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

23.


ARTICLE XIV

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Section  46. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of common stock, of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of common stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-day period following the expiration or waiver of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

 

24.


(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

(1) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general or limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.

(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

(3) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation.

(4) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.

(5) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(6) A transfer by a stockholder that is a limited or general partnership or a limited liability company to any or all of its partners, members or former partners or former members in accordance with partnership or company interests.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

 

25.


(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(1) On March 1, 2021; or

(2) Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j) The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section  47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section  48. Annual Report .

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than 100 stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares,

 

26.


as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

(b) If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

 

27.

Exhibit 10.1

FASTLY, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 29th day of June, 2018, by and among FASTLY , INC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto, referred to hereinafter as the “Investors” and each individually as an “Investor.”

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Series F Stock ”), pursuant to that certain Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith (the “ Financing ”);

W HEREAS , the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) are holders of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock and/or the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock (together, the “ Prior Preferred Stock ”);

W HEREAS , the Prior Investors and the Company are parties to an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated April 24, 2017 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

W HEREAS , the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement; and

W HEREAS , in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the Company and the Investors have agreed to the registration rights, information rights, and other rights as set forth below.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the Registrable Securities held by the Prior Investors outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

 

1.


1.2 Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(c) “Holder” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(d) “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(e) “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(f) “Registrable Securities” means (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares and (b) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned.

(g) “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(h) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements not to exceed twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(i) “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2.


(j) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(k) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(l) “Shares” shall mean the Company’s Series F Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and all shares of Prior Preferred Stock (together with the Series F Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”) held from time to time by the Investors listed on Exhibit A hereto and their permitted assigns.

(m) “Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

2.1 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to an affiliated partnership or venture capital fund or its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to an affiliated limited liability company or venture capital fund or its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, or (D) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.

 

3.


(c) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder.

(e) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

2.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from the Holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration, then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

 

4.


(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders); provided, however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) prior to the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) of the expiration of the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.11 following the Initial Offering;

(ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(iii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering (or such longer period as may be determined pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof); provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for its Initial Offering within ninety (90) days;

(v) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company (the

 

5.


Board ”), it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided , further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period (other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement);

(vi) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

2.3 Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting. If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below thirty percent

 

6.


(30%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders, or

 

7.


(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than one million dollars ($1,000,000), or

(iii) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement, or

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided , that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided , further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period (other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement), or

(v) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, or

(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations requested pursuant to this Section 2.4 after the first two (2) registrations shall be paid by the selling Holders pro rata in proportion to the number of shares to be sold by each such Holder in any such registration.

2.5 Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such

 

8.


request or (b) the Holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of Registrable Securities agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders. If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then such registration shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration.

2.6 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to thirty (30) days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In no event shall any Suspension Period, when taken together with all prior Suspension Periods, exceed one hundred twenty (120) days in the aggregate. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

 

9.


(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

2.7 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

 

10.


(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors,

 

11.


its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “ Holder Violation ”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses thereof to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent, and only to the extent, prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

 

12.


(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder, when combined with Section 2.8(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.9 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is a subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or retired/former member, or stockholder of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, (c) acquires at least two million five hundred thousand (2,500,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations), or (d) is an entity affiliated by common control (or other related entity) with such Holder; provided, however, (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

2.10 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. Other than as provided in Section 5.10, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement that would reduce the number of shares includable by the Holders.

 

13.


2.11 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period, not to exceed 34 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or any successor or similar rule or regulation, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or any successor or similar rule or regulation); provided, that, all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.

2.12 Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.11 and this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said day period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

2.13 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at

 

14.


any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 2.3, or Section 2.4 hereof shall terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the date three (3) years following an initial public offering that results in the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; or (ii) such time as such Holder holds less than 1% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (treating all shares of Preferred Stock on an as converted basis), the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all Registrable Securities of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period. Upon such termination, such shares shall cease to be “Registrable Securities” hereunder for all purposes.

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a) The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b) To the extent requested by (i) an Investor who owns (with its affiliates) not less than two million five hundred thousand (2,500,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations), or (ii) Battery Ventures IX, L.P., Battery Investment Partners IX, LLC, and IDG Ventures USA III, L.P., in each case, as long as such Investor owns Registrable Securities (each of clause (i) and (ii) a “ Major Investor ”), as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, the Company will furnish such Investor a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants selected by the Board.

(c) To the extent requested by a Major Investor, the Company will furnish such Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

 

15.


(d) The Company will furnish each Major Investor: (i) at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year (and as soon as available, any subsequent written revisions thereto); and (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such month, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted thereon), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

3.2 Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

3.3 Confidentiality of Records. Each Holder agrees to use the same degree of care as such Holder uses to protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to such Holder hereof that the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Holder may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any partner, subsidiary or parent of such Holder as long as such partner, subsidiary or parent is advised of and agrees or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3 or comparable restrictions; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Holder; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (iv) that is developed by Holder or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company; or (v) as required by applicable law; and provided, further, that any Investor that is a venture capital fund may provide financial information to its partners or members as required by any partnership agreement or limited liability operating agreement so long as such partners or members are advised of such confidentiality obligations.

3.4 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

3.5 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in a form approved by the Company’s counsel or the Board.

 

16.


3.6 Stock Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board, all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, officers, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the date of issuance or, with respect to a person’s initial grant, the date of such person’s services commencement date with the Company, and (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest monthly over the next thirty-six months. With respect to any shares of stock purchased by any such person, the Company’s repurchase option shall provide that upon such person’s termination of employment or service with the Company, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee shall have the option to purchase at cost any unvested shares of stock held by such person.

3.7 Director and Officer Insurance. The Company will use its best efforts to maintain in full force and effect director and officer liability insurance in the amount approved by the Board.

3.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal; Future Rights. In the event the Company elects not to exercise any right of first refusal or right of first offer the Company may have on a proposed transfer of any of the Company’s outstanding capital stock pursuant to the Company’s charter documents, by contract or otherwise, the Company shall assign such right of first refusal or right of first offer to each Major Investor. In the event of such assignment, each Major Investor shall have a right to purchase its pro rata portion of the capital stock proposed to be transferred on the same terms and conditions that would otherwise be applicable to the purchase by the Company. Each Major Investor’s pro rata portion shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares proposed to be transferred by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by such Major Investor at the time of the proposed transfer and the denominator of which is the total number of shares owned by all Major Investors at the time of such proposed transfer who elect to exercise such right of first refusal. In the event that not all of the Major Investors elect to exercise their rights under this section to purchase their entire pro rata portion of the capital stock proposed to be transferred, the unsubscribed shares shall be allocated among the Major Investors who have elected to purchase their entire pro rata portion proportionately based on the pro rata portion of each. In addition, in the event that following the date hereof, the Company and/or stockholders of the Company provide investors in future financings rounds with contractual rights of first refusal, rights of co-sale and/or similar rights, then the Company shall provide substantially equivalent rights to the Investors with respect to the Shares.

3.9 Directors’ Liability and Indemnification. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of director to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

3.10 Visitation Rights.

(a) The Company shall allow one representative designated by OATV II, L.P. to attend all meetings of the Board in a nonvoting capacity, and in connection therewith, the Company shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials, financial or otherwise, which the Company provides to its Board; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to exclude such representative from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes upon advice of counsel that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege. The decision of the Board with respect to the privileged nature of such information shall be final and binding.

 

17.


(b) The Company shall allow one representative designated by Deutsche Telekom Capital Partners Venture Fund II GmbH & Co. KG (“ DTCP ”) to attend all meetings of the Board in a nonvoting capacity, and in connection therewith, the Company shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials, financial or otherwise, which the Company provides to its Board; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to exclude such representative from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes upon advice of counsel that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege. The decision of the Board with respect to the privileged nature of such information shall be final and binding.

3.11 Termination of Covenants . All covenants of the Company contained in Section  3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Section 3.3) shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to an Initial Offering or (ii) upon an “Acquisition” as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as may be amended from time to time.

SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

4.1 Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Major Investor (each a “ ROFR Investor ” and together, the “ ROFR Investors ”) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.7 hereof. Each Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options) of which such Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “Equity Securities” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

4.2 Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each ROFR Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each ROFR Investor shall have fifteen (15) days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any ROFR Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

 

18.


4.3 Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons . If not all of the ROFR Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the ROFR Investors who do so elect and shall offer such ROFR Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares on a pro rata basis. The ROFR Investors shall have five (5) days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. The Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the ROFR Investor’s rights were not exercised, at a price not lower and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the ROFR Investors pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within ninety (90) days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the ROFR Investors in the manner provided above.

4.4 Sale Without Notice. In lieu of giving notice to the ROFR Investors prior to the issuance of Equity Securities as provided in Section 4.2, the Company may elect to give notice to the ROFR Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of Equity Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price and terms of the Equity Securities. Each ROFR Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the date of receipt of such notice to elect to purchase up to the number of shares that would, if purchased by such ROFR Investor, maintain such ROFR Investor’s pro rata share (as set forth in Section 4.1) of the Company’s equity securities after giving effect to all such purchases. The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date of notice to the ROFR Investors.

4.5 Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Company’s Initial Offering; or (ii) an Acquisition. Notwithstanding Section 5.5 hereof, the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 may be amended, or any provision waived with and only with the written consent of the Company and the ROFR Investors holding at least sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities held by all ROFR Investors, provided that in the event that any ROFR Investor purchases any Equity Securities in any offering by the Company for which the rights of a ROFR Investor have been waived pursuant to this Section 4.5, then each other ROFR Investor shall be permitted to participate in such offering on a pro rata basis (based on the level of participation of the ROFR Investor purchasing the largest portion of such ROFR Investor’s pro rata share), in accordance with the other provisions (including notice and election periods) set forth in Section 4.2.

4.6 Assignment of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each ROFR Investor under this Section 4 may be assigned to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.9. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for any issuance of Equity Securities pursuant to which Amplify Partners, L.P. or Amplify Investment Partners, L.P. (each, an “ Amplify Entity ”) has rights of first refusal under this Section 4, each Amplify Entity may assign such rights of first refusal to

 

19.


Battery Ventures IX, L.P. and/or Battery Investment Partners IX, LLC (each, a “ Battery Entity ”); provided that (a) such Amplify Entity provides notice to the Company of such assignment and (b) the Company shall not be required to provide any additional notice under this Section 4 to such Battery Entity for such issuance of Equity Securities.

4.7 Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:

(a) shares of Series F Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement;

(b) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(c) shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights issued or to be issued after the date hereof to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board (including at least one director elected by the holders of Preferred Stock);

(d) stock issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement;

(e) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination approved by the Board (including at least one director elected by the holders of Preferred Stock);

(f) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company;

(g) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement, or debt financing from a bank or similar financial or lending institution approved by the Board (including at least one director elected by the holders of Preferred Stock);

(h) any Equity Securities issued to third-party service providers in exchange for or as partial consideration for services rendered to the Company provided such issuances are approved by the Board (including at least one director elected by the holders of Preferred Stock) and are for non-equity financing purposes;

(i) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act; or

(j) any Equity Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including, without limitation (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (ii) technology transfer or development arrangements; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board (including at least one director elected by the holders of Preferred Stock) and such issuances are for non-equity financing purposes.

 

20.


SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in the County of San Francisco, California.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however , that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

5.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.4 Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.5 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived, only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the provisions of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 may be amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Major Investors thereunder may be waived only upon the written consent of the Company and the Major Investors holding at least sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, (ii) the provisions of Section 3.10(a) and this clause (ii) may be amended or waived only upon the written consent of OATV II, L.P., (iii) the provisions of Section 3.10(b) and this clause (iii) may be amended or waived only upon the

 

21.


written consent of DTCP, (iv) the participation rights of a ROFR Investor under the proviso to the last sentence of Section 4.5 may be amended or waived only upon the written consent of that ROFR Investor and any amendment to this clause (iv) shall only be applicable to ROFR Investors who consent in writing to such amendment, and (v) the provisions of Section 4.6 and this clause (v) may be amended or waived only upon the written consent of Amplify Partners, L.P. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment to this Agreement which on its face expressly treats one Investor differently from all other Investors would require the consent of the Investor being treated differently. For the avoidance of doubt, an amendment that might impact one Investor differently than all others but does not on its face expressly provide for different treatment shall not require the consent of such Investor.

(b) For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

5.6 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

22.


5.10 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Additional Purchaser (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor,” a “Holder” and a party hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue Equity Securities in accordance with Section 4.7 (c), (e) or (h) of this Agreement, any purchaser of such Equity Securities may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor,” a “Holder” and a party hereunder.

5.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.12 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.13 Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

23.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:
F ASTLY , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Adriel Lares

Name: Adriel Lares
Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
D EUTSCHE T ELEKOM C APITAL P ARTNERS V ENTURE F UND II G MB H & C O . KG
By:  

/s/ Vicente Vento Bosch

  Vicente Vento Bosch
Title:   CEO of Deutsche Telekom Capital
  Partners Management GmbH
By:  

/s/ Peter Zillekens

  Peter Zillekens
Title:   CFO of Deutsche Telekom Capital
  Partners Management GmbH

D EUTSCHE T ELEKOM C APITAL P ARTNERS

M ANAGEMENT G MB H ACTING AS MANAGING LIMITED PARTNER OF D EUTSCHE T ELEKOM

C APITAL P ARTNERS V ENTURE F UND II G MB H & C O . KG

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
S WISSCOM (S WITZERLAND ) L TD .
By:  

/s/ Dolores Dana Christoph Kummer

Name:   Dolores Dana Christoph Kummer
Title:   Senior Counsel Senior Consultant
D IGITAL T RANSFORMATION F UND SCS
By:  

/s/ Martine GRÜN

Name:   Martine GRÜN
Title:   Manager

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
S OZO V ENTURES - T RUEBRIDGE F UND I , L.P.
By: Sozo Ventures GP I, L.P.
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Koichiro Nakamura

Name: Koichiro Nakamura
Its: Director
S OZO V ENTURES - T RUEBRIDGE F UND II, L.P.
By: Sozo Ventures GP II, L.P.
Its: General Partner
By: Sozo Ventures UGP II, Ltd
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Koichiro Nakamura

Name: Koichiro Nakamura
Its: Director

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
SCP F ASTLY I NVESTMENT LLC
By:  

/s/ Rob Reuckert

Name: Rob Reuckert
Title: Managing Director

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
ICONIQ S TRATEGIC P ARTNERS II, L.P.,
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Kevin Foster

Print Name: Kevin Foster
Title: Authorized Signatory
ICONIQ S TRATEGIC P ARTNERS II-B, L.P.,
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Kevin Foster

Print Name: Kevin Foster
Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

ICONIQ S TRATEGIC P ARTNERS II C O -I NVEST , L.P.,
a Delaware series limited partnership, FT series

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By: ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Kevin Foster

Print Name: Kevin Foster
Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
A MPLIFY P ARTNERS , L.P.
By: Amplify GP Partners, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Sunil Dhaliwal

Name: Sunil Dhaliwal
Title: Manager
AP O PPORTUNITY F UND LLC
By: Amplify GP Partners, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Sunil Dhaliwal

Name: Sunil Dhaliwal
Title: Manager

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
AUGUST CAPITAL VI, L.P.
By: August Capital Management VI, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ David Hornik

Name: David Hornik
Title: Member
AUGUST CAPITAL VI SPECIAL
OPPORTUNITIES, L.P.
By: August Capital Management VI, L.L.C.
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ David Hornik

Name: David Hornik
Title: Member

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
IDG VENTURES USA III, L.P.
By: IDG Ventures USA III, LLC, Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Alexander Rosen

Name: Alexander Rosen
Title: Managing Member

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
OATVIISPV1, LLC

By: O’Reilly AlphaTech Ventures II, LLC

Its: Manager

By:  

/s/ Mark Jacobsen

Name: Mark Jacobsen
Title: Managing Member
OATVIISPV2, LLC

By: O’Reilly AlphaTech Ventures II, LLC

Its: Manager

By:  

/s/ Mark Jacobsen

Name: Mark Jacobsen
Title: Managing Member
OATVII, L.P.
By: O’Reilly AlphaTech Ventures II, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Mark Jacobsen

Name: Mark Jacobsen
Title: Managing Director

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
MARSHFIELD ADVISERS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Scott Carman

Name Scott Carman
Title: Head of Private Equity

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N WITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
THOMAS DALY

/s/ Thomas Daly

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of July 2, 2018.

 

I NVESTORS :
U NIVERSITY G ROWTH F UND I, LP
By:  

/s/ Tom Stringham

Name Tom Stringham
Title: Managing Partner

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of July 9, 2018.

 

I NVESTORS :
S OZO V ENTURES II- S
By: Sozo Ventures GP II-S, L.P.
Its: General Partner
By: Sozo Ventures UGP II-S, Ltd
Its: General Partner
By:        /s/ Koichiro Nakamura                                    
Name: Koichiro Nakamura
Its: Director

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO F ASTLY , I NC . S ERIES F I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

D EUTSCHE T ELEKOM C APITAL P ARTNERS

V ENTURE F UND II G MB H A ND C O . KG

Am Sandtorpark 2

20457 Hamburg

Germany

S WISSCOM (S WITZERLAND ) L TD .

Alte Tiefenaustrasse 6, CH-3050

Bern, Switzerland

D IGITAL T RANSFORMATION F UND SCS

121, avenue de la Faïencerie, L-1511

Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

S OZO V ENTURES - T RUEBRIDGE F UND I, L.P.

S OZO V ENTURES - T RUEBRIDGE F UND II, L.P.

S OZO V ENTURES II-S, L.P.

855 El Camino Real, Suite 12

Palo Alto, CA 94301

SCP F ASTLY I NVESTMENT LLC

c/o Sorenson Capital Partners

3400 N. Ashton Blvd., Suite 400

Lehi, UT 84043

Attention: Rob Rueckert

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100

Seattle, WA 98104

Attention: Jeana Kim

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 


ICONIQ S TRATEGIC P ARTNERS II, L.P.

ICONIQ S TRATEGIC P ARTNERS II-B, L.P.

394 Pacific Ave, 2nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Telephone: (415) 967-7757

Facsimile: (415) 321-3960

Attn: Kevin Foster

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Goodwin Procter LLP

The New York Times Building

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

Facsimile No.: (212) 355-3333

Attn: Ilan S. Nissan

E mail: inissan@goodwinprocter.com

OATV II, L.P.

OATVIISPV1, LLC

OATVIISPV2, LLC

775 E. Blithedale Avenue #568

Mill Valley, CA 94941

Facsimile: (415) 693-0201

Attention: Mark Jacobsen

B ATTERY V ENTURES IX, L.P.

B ATTERY I NVESTMENT P ARTNERS IX, LLC

One Marina Park Drive, Suite 1100

Boston, MA 02210

Attention: Lizette Perez-Deisboeck

A MPLIFY P ARTNERS , L.P.

AP O PPORTUNITY F UND LLC

c/o Amplify Partners

1050 Doyle Street

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 445-0800

Email: sunil@amplifypartners.com

Attention: Sunil Dhaliwal

A UGUST C APITAL VI, L.P.

A UGUST C APITAL VI S PECIAL O PPORTUNITIES , L.P.

2480 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Facsimile: (650) 234-9910

Attention: David Hornik

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 


IDG V ENTURES USA III, L.P.

One Letterman Drive

Building D, Suite P100

San Francisco, CA 94129

T RIPLEPOINT V ENTURES 3 LLC

2755 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attn: Legal Department

Email: legal@triplepointcapital.com

S APPHIRE SAP HANA F UND OF F UNDS , L.P.

3408 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, California USA 94304

T RUEBRIDGE III G LOBAL C O -I NVESTMENTS , LLC

c/o TrueBridge Capital Partners, LLC

1350 Environ Way

Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27517

T HOMAS D ALY

5 Jasper Lane

Nashua, NH 03063

tjd@q7.io

J ESSE R OBBINS

1606 27 th Avenue

Seattle, WA 98122

jesse@orionlabs.co

M ARSHFIELD A DVISERS LLC

60 East South Temple Street, Suite 400

Salt Lake City, UT 84111

Attention: Scott Carman, Head of Private Equity

U NIVERSITY G ROWTH F UND I, LP

299 South Main Street, Suite 357

Salt Lake City, UT 84111

Attention: Tom Stringham

tom@ugrowthfund.com

S CHEDULE OF I NVESTORS

 

Exhibit 10.2

F ASTLY , I NC .

2011 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : M ARCH  24, 2011

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : M ARCH  24, 2011

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : F EBRUARY  26, 2013

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : F EBRUARY  26, 2013

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : M AY  14, 2014

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : M AY  14, 2014

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : J ULY  23, 2015

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : J ULY  23, 2015

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : D ECEMBER  9, 2016

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : D ECEMBER  15, 2016

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A PRIL  21, 2017

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : A PRIL  21, 2017

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : J UNE  28, 2018

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : J UNE  28, 2018

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : J ANUARY 31, 2019

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : F EBRUARY 7, 2019

T ERMINATION D ATE : M ARCH  23, 2021

(R EFLECTS THE 5- FOR -1 STOCK SPLIT EFFECTED O CTOBER  11, 2013)

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, and (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards.

(c) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

1.


(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (D) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (E) expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

 

2.


(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the related guidance thereunder.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xi) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan, (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (1) a new Option or SAR under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (2) a Restricted Stock Award, (3) a Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) cash and/or (5) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however , that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Officers and Employees to be recipients of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other

 

3.


Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Officers and Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

(e) Effect of Board s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

(f) Arbitration. Any dispute or claim concerning any Stock Awards granted (or not granted) or any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the Plan shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding and confidential arbitration conducted pursuant to the rules of Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc.  (“ JAMS ”) in San Francisco, California. The Company shall pay all arbitration fees. In addition to any other relief, the arbitrator may award to the prevailing party recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs. By accepting a Stock Award, Participants and the Company waive their respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried by a judge or jury.

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve . Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards beginning on the Effective Date shall not exceed forty-three million three hundred seventy-eight thousand eight hundred twenty (43,378,820) shares (the Share  Reserve ). Furthermore, if a Stock Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the holder of the Stock Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve . If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Also, any shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3(b), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

 

4.


(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(c), subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be one hundred thirty million one hundred thirty-six thousand four hundred sixty (130,136,460) shares of Common Stock.  

(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction (such as a spin off transaction) or unless such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders . A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants . A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

5. P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Option Agreement or Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

5.


(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Incentive Stock Options granted to Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price (or strike price) of each Option or SAR shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Option or SAR is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise price (or strike price) lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR if such Option or SAR is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such Stock Awards are Incentive Stock Options). Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Consideration for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

 

6.


(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board at the time of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs shall apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option or SAR to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order; provided, however, that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect Option exercises, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Participant, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate shall be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

 

7.


(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for Cause, if necessary to comply with applicable state laws) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein or in the Stock Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable state laws), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein or in the Stock Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

 

8.


(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Award Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable state laws), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Stock Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees . No Option or SAR granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, in the event of the Participant’s death or Disability, upon a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control in which the vesting of such Options or SARs accelerates, or upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Stock Award Agreement or in another applicable agreement or in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines) any such vested Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(m) Early Exercise of Options. An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company shall not

 

9.


be required to exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(n) Right of Repurchase . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or SAR.

(o) Right of First Refusal . The Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Participant of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR. Such right of first refusal shall be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Stock Award Agreement, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

6. P ROVISIONS OF R ESTRICTED S TOCK A WARDS AND R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NITS .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration . A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash or cash equivalents, (B) past or future services actually or to be rendered to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service . If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

10.


(iv) Transferability . Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

 

11.


(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Compliance with Section  409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

 

12.


8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, if applicable, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such

 

13.


requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(g) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

(h) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(j) Compliance with Section  409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

 

14.


(k) Compliance with Exemption Provided by Rule 12h-1(f) . If: (i) the aggregate of the number of Optionholders and the number of holders of all other outstanding compensatory employee stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock equals or exceeds five hundred (500), and (ii) the assets of the Company at the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year exceed $10 million, then the following restrictions shall apply during any period during which the Company does not have a class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is not required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (A) the Options and, prior to exercise, the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options may not be transferred until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“ Rule  12h -1(f) ”), except: (1) as permitted by Rule 701(c) promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) to a guardian upon the disability of the Optionholder, or (3) to an executor upon the death of the Optionholder (collectively, the “ Permitted  Transferees ”); provided, however , the following transfers are permitted: (i) transfers by the Optionholder to the Company, and (ii) transfers in connection with a change of control or other acquisition involving the Company, if following such transaction, the Options no longer remain outstanding and the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); provided further , that any Permitted Transferees may not further transfer the Options; (B) except as otherwise provided in (A) above, the Options and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options are restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(h) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any “call equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act by the Optionholder prior to exercise of an Option until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); and (C) at any time that the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f), the Company shall deliver to Optionholders (whether by physical or electronic delivery or written notice of the availability of the information on an internet site) the information required by Rule 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) promulgated under the Securities Act every six (6) months, including financial statements that are not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old; provided, however , that the Company may condition the delivery of such information upon the Optionholder’s agreement to maintain its confidentiality.

(l) Repurchase Limitation . The terms of any repurchase right shall be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock shall be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company shall not exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall proportionately and appropriately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

15.


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board shall take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

 

16.


(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

The Board need not take the same action with respect to all Stock Awards or with respect to all Participants.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

10. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

11. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

 

17.


(b) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(d) Cause shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(e) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject  Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any

 

18.


additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(f) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as well as any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(g) Committee ” means a committee of two (2) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) Company ” means Fastly, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

 

19.


(k) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director, or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(l) Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n) Disability ” means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

20.


(o) Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

(p) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(u) Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) Officer ” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(x) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

21.


(y) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(z) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(aa) Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(bb) Participant ” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(cc) Plan ” means this Fastly, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

(dd) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ee) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff) Restricted Stock Unit Award means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(gg) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Rule 405 ” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(ii) Rule 701 ” means Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(jj) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(kk) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(ll) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

22.


(mm) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, or a Stock Appreciation Right.

(nn) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(oo) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%) .

(pp) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

23.

Exhibit 10.3

F ASTLY , I NC .

2011 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Fastly, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended ( i.e. , a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

4. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

 

1.


(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

 

2.


(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die during your Continuous Service;

(e) in certain circumstances upon the effective date of a Corporate Transaction as set forth in the Plan;

(f) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(g) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you die during the period provided in Section 8(b) or 8(c) above, the term of your option shall not expire until the earlier of eighteen (18) months after your death, the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice, or the day before the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

 

3.


(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 and similar or successor regulatory rules and regulations (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. T RANSFERABILITY . Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option. In addition, if permitted by the Company you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL . Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you than the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system.

12. R IGHT OF R EPURCHASE . To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

 

4.


13. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

14. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

15. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of

 

5.


the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

16. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

17. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

6.


FASTLY, INC.

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2011 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Fastly, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

                          

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

 

 

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

Type of Grant:    ☐ Incentive Stock Option 1    ☐ Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule :    ☐ Same as Vesting Schedule    ☐ Early Exercise Permitted
Vesting Schedule :    [ 1/4 th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.]
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
   ☒ By cash or check   
   ☐ By net exercise 2   

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except in a writing signed by Optionholder and a duly authorized officer of the Company. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER  A GREEMENTS :

  

 

  

 

F ASTLY , I NC .

 

                

 

O PTIONHOLDER :

By:

 

 

   

 

Signature     Signature

Title:

 

 

   

Date:                                                                                            

Date:

 

 

   

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

1  

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

2  

An Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised by a net exercise arrangement.

 

7.


A TTACHMENT I

O PTION A GREEMENT

 

8.


A TTACHMENT II

2011 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

9.


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

 

10.


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Fastly, Inc.

475 Brannan, Suite 300

San Francisco, CA 94107    Date of Exercise: _______________

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

   Incentive ☐    Nonstatutory ☐

Stock option dated:

                                  

Number of shares as to which option is exercised:

                                  

Certificates to be issued in name of:

                                  

Total exercise price:

   $______________   

Cash payment delivered herewith:

   $______________   

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Fastly, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “ Shares ”), which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the Option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and “control securities” under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

 

11.


I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety days (90) after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded ( i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 and similar rules and regulations. I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Address:                                                                                       

 

 

12.

Exhibit 10.9

INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR SERVICES AGREEMENT

[Non-U.S. Contractors]

T HIS A GREEMENT is made as of October 28_, 2013, ( Effective Date ) by and between FASTLY, I NC . and its successors or assignees (“Company”) and the undersigned [POSSIBILITIES TRAINING GROUP] (“Contractor”) .

 

1. E NGAGEMENT OF S ERVICES . Company may from time to time submit a Statement of Work ( “SOW” ) to Contractor substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Contractor will provide the services set forth in each SOW accepted by Contractor (the “Project(s)”) by the completion dates set forth therein. The manner and means that Contractor chooses to complete the Projects are in Contractor’s sole discretion and control. Contractor shall perform the services necessary to complete the Projects in a timely and professional manner consistent with industry standards and at a location, place and time that Contractor deems appropriate. In completing the Projects, Contractor agrees to provide its own equipment, tools, and other materials at its own expense; however, Company will make its facilities and equipment available to Contractor when necessary.

2. C OMPENSATION .

2.1 Fees . Company will pay Contractor the fee specified in each SOW as Contractor’s sole compensation for the Project, provided such Project meets the terms of the SOW and this Agreement and is of a quality consistent with industry standards. Contractor shall be responsible for all expenses incurred in performing services under this Agreement, except as set forth in the SOW. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason prior to completion of an SOW, Company will pay Contractor fees and expenses on the basis stated in the SOW for authorized work which is then in progress, within thirty (30) days of the later of Contractor’s invoice and the effective date of such termination.

2.2 Invoicing. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable SOW: (a) payment to Contractor of undisputed fees will be due thirty (30) days following Company’s receipt of an invoice which contains accurate records of the work performed sufficient to document the invoiced fees; and (b) Contractor will submit invoices to Company upon completion of the milestones specified in the applicable SOW or, if no such milestones are specified, on a monthly basis for authorized services performed in the previous month.

3. I NDEPENDENT C ONTRACTOR R ELATIONSHIP . Contractor’s relationship with Company will be that of an independent contractor, and nothing in this Agreement should be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, or employer-employee relationship. Contractor: (a) is not the agent of Company; (b) is not authorized to make any representation, contract, or commitment, whether in writing or not, on behalf of Company; (c) will not be entitled to any of the benefits that Company makes available to its employees, such as group insurance, profit-sharing or retirement benefits (and waives the right to receive any such benefits); and (d)

will be solely responsible for all tax returns and payments required to be filed with or made to any federal, state, or local tax authority with respect to Contractor’s performance of services and receipt of fees under this Agreement, including but not limited to any taxes, payments or contributions (including but not limited to social contributions) required under the laws of Canada . In this regard, to the extent applicable, Contractor represents and warrants that it pays all required contributions to any applicable organizations or agencies as an independent contractor, and complies with all mandatory requirements applicable to Contractor’s engagement of its employees, if any. If applicable, Company will report amounts paid to Contractor by filing Form 1099-MISC with the Internal Revenue Service of the United States of America and will comply with any other reporting obligations imposed on it by applicable law. Contractor agrees to accept exclusive liability for complying with all applicable state and federal laws, including laws governing self-employed individuals, if applicable, such as laws related to payment of taxes, social security, disability, and other contributions based on fees paid to Contractor under this Agreement. Company will not withhold or make payments for pensions, social contributions or social security, unemployment insurance or disability insurance contributions, or obtain workers’ compensation insurance on Contractor’s behalf. Contractor hereby agrees to indemnify and defend Company against any and all such taxes or contributions, including penalties and interest. Contractor agrees to provide proof of payment of appropriate taxes and contributions on any fees paid to Contractor under this Agreement upon reasonable request of Company.

4. I NTELLECTUAL P ROPERTY R IGHTS .

4.1 Confidential Information . Contractor agrees that during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, except as expressly authorized in writing by the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO” ) of Company, it: (a) will not use or permit the use of Confidential Information (defined below) in any manner or for any purpose not expressly set forth in this Agreement; (b) will not disclose, lecture upon, publish, or permit others to disclose, lecture upon, or publish any such Confidential Information to any third party without first obtaining the CEO’s express written consent on a case-by-case basis; (c) will limit access to Confidential Information to Contractor personnel who need to know such information in connection with their work for Company; and (d) will not remove any tangible embodiment of any Confidential Information from Company’s premises without Company’s prior written consent. “Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to, all information related to Company’s business and its actual or anticipated research and development, including without limitation: (i) trade secrets,

 

 

1


inventions, ideas, processes, computer source and object code, formulae, data, programs, other works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs, and techniques; (ii) information regarding products or plans for research and development, marketing and business plans, budgets, financial statements, contracts, prices, suppliers, and customers; (iii) information regarding the skills and compensation of Company’s employees, contractors, and any other service providers of Company; (iv) the existence of any business discussions, negotiations, or agreements between Company and any third party; and (v) all such information related to any third party that is disclosed to Company or to Contractor during the course of Company’s business ( “Third Party Information” ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that Contractor is free to use information which is generally known in the trade or industry, information which is not gained as a result of a breach of this Agreement, and Contractor’s own skill, knowledge, know-how, and experience.

4.2 Competitive or Conflicting Engagements. Contractor agrees, during the term of this Agreement, not to enter into a contract or accept an obligation that is inconsistent or incompatible with Contractor’s obligations under this Agreement. Contractor warrants that there is no such contract or obligation in effect as of the Effective Date. Contractor further agrees not to disclose to Company, bring onto Company’s premises, or induce Company to use any confidential information that belongs to anyone other than Company or Contractor. In addition, Contractor agrees that, during the term of this Agreement, it will not perform, or agree to perform, any services for any third party that engages, or plans to engage, in any business or activity competitive with that of Company. Provided that the foregoing requirements are met, Contractor is free to enter into any contract to provide services to other business entities, whether similar to the services provided under the Projects or not.

4.3 Inventions and Intellectual Property Rights. As used in this Agreement, the term “Invention” means any ideas, concepts, information, materials, processes, data, programs, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs, artwork, formulae, other copyrightable works, and techniques and all Intellectual Property Rights therein. The term “Intellectual Property Rights” means all trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, mask work rights, patents and other intellectual property rights recognized by the laws of any country.

4.4 Background Technology. As used in this Agreement, the term “Background Technology” means all Inventions developed by Contractor other than in the course of providing services to Company hereunder and all Inventions acquired or licensed by Contractor that Contractor uses in performing services under this Agreement or incorporates into Work Product (defined below). Contractor will disclose any Background Technology in the SOW in which Contractor proposes to use or incorporate such Background Technology. If no Background Technology is disclosed in an SOW,

Contractor warrants that it will not use Background Technology or incorporate it into Work Product provided pursuant thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor agrees that it will not incorporate into Work Product or otherwise deliver to Company any software code licensed under the GNU GPL or LGPL or any other license that by its terms requires, or conditions the use or distribution of such code on, the disclosure, licensing, or distribution of the Work Product or any source code owned or licensed by the Company.

4.5 License to Background Technology. Contractor hereby grants to Company a non-exclusive, perpetual, fully-paid and royalty-free, irrevocable and worldwide right, with rights to sublicense through multiple levels of sublicensees, to reproduce, make derivative works of, distribute, publicly perform, and publicly display in any form or medium, whether now known or later developed, make, have made, use, sell, import, offer for sale, and exercise any and all present or future rights in the Background Technology incorporated or used in Work Product for the purpose of developing and marketing Company products.

4.6 Disclosure of Work Product. As used in this Agreement, the term “ Work Product ” means any Invention that is solely or jointly conceived, made, reduced to practice, or learned by Contractor in the course of any services performed for Company or with the use of materials of Company during the term of this Agreement. Contractor agrees to disclose promptly in writing to Company, or any person designated by Company, all Work Product.

4.7 Ownership of Work Product. Contractor agrees that any and all Work Product shall be the sole and exclusive property of Company.

4.8 Assignment of Work Product. If Contractor has any rights to the Work Product that are not owned by Company upon creation or embodiment, Contractor irrevocably assigns to Company all right, title and interest worldwide in and to such Work Product. Except as set forth below, Contractor retains no rights to use the Work Product and agrees not to challenge the validity of Company’s ownership in the Work Product.

4.9 Waiver or Assignment of Other Rights. If Contractor has any rights to the Work Product that cannot be assigned to Company, Contractor unconditionally and irrevocably waives the enforcement of such rights, and all claims and causes of action of any kind against Company with respect to such rights, and agrees, at Company’s request and expense, to consent to and join in any action to enforce such rights. If Contractor has any right to the Work Product that cannot be assigned to Company or waived by Contractor, Contractor unconditionally and irrevocably grants to Company during the term of such rights, an exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, fully paid and royalty-free license, with rights to sublicense through multiple levels of sublicensees, to reproduce, make derivative works of, distribute, publicly perform and publicly display in any form or medium, whether now known or later developed, make, use, sell, import, offer for sale and exercise any and all such rights.

 

 

2


4.10 Assistance. Contractor agrees to assist Company in every way, both during and after the term of this Agreement, to obtain and enforce United States and foreign Intellectual Property Rights relating to Work Product in all countries. In the event Company is unable to secure Contractor’s signature on any document needed in connection with such purposes, Contractor hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as its agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act on its behalf to execute and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further such purposes with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Contractor.

5. C ONTRACTOR R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES . Contractor hereby represents and warrants that: (a) the Work Product will be an original work of Contractor and any third parties will have executed assignment of rights reasonably acceptable to Company prior to being allowed to participate in the development of the Work Product; (b) the Work Product will fully conform to the requirements and terms set forth in the SOW; (c) neither the Work Product nor any element thereof will infringe or misappropriate the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party; (d) neither the Work Product nor any element thereof will be subject to any restrictions or to any mortgages, liens, pledges, security interests, or encumbrances; (e) Contractor will not grant, directly or indirectly, any rights or interest whatsoever in the Work Product to third parties; (f) Contractor has full right and power to enter into and perform this Agreement without the consent of any third party, and that by entering into this Agreement, Contractor is not breaching any contractual or other obligation which Contractor owes to a third party, whether express or implied; (g) Contractor has an unqualified right to grant the license to all Background Technology as set forth in the section titled “License to Background Technology” to Company; (h) Contractor will comply with all laws and regulations applicable to Contractor’s obligations under this Agreement; and (i) should Company permit Contractor to use any of Company’s equipment, or facilities during the term of this Agreement, such permission shall be gratuitous and Contractor shall be responsible for any injury to any person (including death) or damage to property arising out of use of such equipment or facilities.

6. I NDEMNIFICATION . Contractor will indemnify and hold harmless Company, its officers, directors, employees, sublicensees, customers and agents from any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, expenses and costs (including attorneys’ fees and court costs) which result from a breach or alleged breach of any representation or warranty of Contractor (a “Claim”) in this Agreement or any intentional misconduct or negligence by Contractor or any of its subcontractors, employees, or agents in performing services under this Agreement. From the date of written notice from Company to

Contractor of any such Claim, Company shall have the right to withhold from any payments due Contractor under this Agreement the amount of any defense costs, plus additional reasonable amounts as security for Contractor’s obligations under this section.

7. T ERM AND T ERMINATION .

7.1 Term. Subject to earlier termination as set forth herein, this Agreement shall remain in effect for 12 months following the Effective Date and will then expire and terminate unless extended in a written agreement signed by the parties.

7.2 Termination without Cause. Company may terminate this Agreement at its convenience upon fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to Contractor. Contractor may terminate this Agreement upon fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to Company. Such notice may instruct Contractor to immediately cease providing any further services under this Agreement, and in such case, Contractor will not be entitled to receive fees for any unauthorized services provided after Contractor’s receipt of such notice. Unless the immediately preceding sentence applies, Company will pay Contractor only those fees and expenses related to authorized services actually performed during such notice period, as specified in the SOW.

7.3 Termination with Cause . Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately in the event that the other party has materially breached the Agreement and fails to cure such breach within ten (10) days of receipt of notice by the non-breaching party, setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of the breach. Such notice may instruct Contractor to immediately cease providing any further services under this Agreement, and in such case, Contractor will not be entitled to receive fees for any unauthorized services provided after Contractor’s receipt of such notice. Unless the immediately preceding sentence applies, Company will pay Contractor only those fees and expenses related to authorized services actually performed during such notice period, as specified in the SOW. Company may also terminate this Agreement immediately in its sole discretion in the event of Contractor’s material breach of the section titled “Intellectual Property Rights.”

7.4 Return of Company Property. Upon termination of the Agreement or upon Company’s request at any other time, Contractor will deliver to Company all of Company’s property, equipment, and documents, together with all copies thereof, and any other material containing or disclosing any Work Product, Third Party Information or Confidential Information of Company and certify to Company in writing that Contractor has fully complied with this obligation Contractor further agrees that any property situated on Company’s premises and owned by Company is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without notice.

 

 

3


7.5 Survival. The following provisions shall survive termination of this Agreement: Sections titled “Intellectual Property Rights,” “Contractor Representations and Warranties,” “Indemnification,” “Return of Company Property,” “Survival,” and “General Provisions.”

8. M ULTI -E MPLOYEE C ONTRACTOR . If Contractor will be hiring employees or agents to provide services pursuant to this Agreement, Contractor must obtain Company’s prior written consent to such hiring, and before any Contractor employee or agent performs services in connection with this Agreement or has access to Confidential Information, the employee or agent and Contractor must have entered into a binding written agreement expressly for the benefit of Company that contains provisions substantially equivalent to the sections of this Agreement titled “Engagement of Services” and “Intellectual Property Rights.” At Company’s request, Contractor will provide Company with copies of such agreements. Company reserves the right to refuse or limit Contractor’s use of any employee or agent or to require Contractor to remove any employee or agent already engaged in the performance of the services. Company’s exercise of such right will in no way limit Contractor’s obligations under this Agreement. Contractor agrees: (a) that its employees and agents shall not be entitled to or eligible for any benefits that Company may make available to its employees; (b) to limit access to the Confidential Information to employees or agents of Contractor who have a reasonable need to have such access in order to perform the services pursuant to this Agreement; and (c) to be solely responsible for all expenses incurred by any of its employees or agents in performing the services or otherwise performing its obligations under this Agreement, except as set forth in the SOW.

9. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS .

9.1 Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement and any action related thereto will be governed, controlled, interpreted, and defined by and under the laws of the State of California in the United States of America, without giving effect to any conflicts of laws principles that require the application of the law of any different jurisdiction, including the laws of Canada . Contractor hereby expressly consents to the personal jurisdiction and venue in the state and federal courts for the county within the United States of America in which Company’s principal place of business is located for any lawsuit filed there against Contractor by Company arising from or related to this Agreement.

9.2 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is, for any reason, held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this Agreement will be unimpaired and the invalid or unenforceable provision will be deemed modified so that it is valid and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

9.3 No Assignment. This Agreement, and Contractor’s rights and obligations herein, may not be

assigned, subcontracted, delegated, or otherwise transferred by Contractor without Company’s prior written consent, and any attempted assignment, subcontract, delegation, or transfer in violation of the foregoing will be null and void. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon assignees.

9.4 Notices. Each party must deliver all notices or other communications required or permitted under this Agreement in writing to the other party at the address listed on the signature page, by courier, by certified or registered mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested), or by a nationally-recognized express mail service. Notice will be effective upon receipt or refusal of delivery. If delivered by certified or registered mail, any such notice will be considered to have been given five (5) business days after it was mailed, as evidenced by the postmark. If delivered by courier or express mail service, any such notice shall be considered to have been given on the delivery date reflected by the courier or express mail service receipt. Each party may change its address for receipt of notice by giving notice of such change to the other party.

9.5 Injunctive Relief. Contractor acknowledges that, because its services are personal and unique and because Contractor will have access to Confidential Information of Company, any breach of this Agreement by Contractor would cause irreparable injury to Company for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy and, therefore, will entitle Company to injunctive relief (including specific performance). The rights and remedies provided to each party in this Agreement are cumulative and in addition to any other rights and remedies available to such party at law or in equity.

9.6 Waiver. Any waiver or failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement on one occasion will not be deemed a waiver of any other provision or of such provision on any other occasion.

9.7 Export. Contractor agrees not to export, directly or indirectly, any U.S. technical data acquired from Company or any products utilizing such data, to countries outside the United States of America, because such export could be in violation of the United States export laws or regulations.

9.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement is the final, complete and exclusive agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matters hereof and supersedes and merges all prior discussions between the parties with respect to such subject matters. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, or any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by Contractor and CEO of the Company. The terms of this Agreement will govern all SOWs and services undertaken by Contractor for Company. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and a SOW, the terms of the SOW shall govern, but only with respect to the services set forth therein.

 

 

4


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have caused this Independent Contractor Services Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

C OMPANY :      C ONTRACTOR :   
LOGO              

LOGO

 

  
(Signature)      (Signature)   
By:  Artur Bergman                                                           By: Joshua Bixby                                                   
Title: CEO      Title: VP
Address: c/o Fastly, Inc.      Address: [Intentionally omitted]
501 Folsom Street, 1 st Floor     

San Francisco, CA 94401

USA

    

 

If Contractor is a natural person, Contractor must provide the following information for copyright registration purposes only:

    

 

Date of Birth: Oct 18, 77

     Nationality or Domicile: CANADIAN

 

5


EXHIBIT A

S TATEMENT OF W ORK

This Statement of Work ( “SOW” ) is incorporated into the Independent Contractor Services Agreement by and between Company and Contractor (the “Agreement” ). This SOW describes services and Work Product to be performed and provided by Contractor pursuant to the Agreement. If any item in this SOW is inconsistent with the Agreement prior to such incorporation, the terms of this SOW will control, but only with respect to the services to be performed under this SOW.

1. Consulting Services:

Market Development.

2. Payment of Fees:

Fees will be paid at a monthly flat rate (or a prorated amount thereof), based on 24 hours/week spent on Services. Contractor must provide written invoices to the Company in arrears on a monthly basis, which list the amount of Services provided by date, with a description of the provided Services. Contractor acknowledges that s/he is not an employee and therefore is not entitled to benefits typically granted to an employee, including but not limited to, health insurance, retirement funds and unemployment benefits.

Compensation shall be $9,000 per month which will to be paid to you on the 1st of each month.

Subject to the approval of Fastly’s Board of Directors, upon starting employment, Contractor will be issued options on 25,000 shares of Fastly common stock. These options are subject to Fastly’s Stock Incentive Plan and Stockholder Agreement and will vest monthly over 2 years with a three month cliff. Details about your options can be found in the Stock Incentive Plan document that will be provided to you.

3. Expenses. Company will reimburse Contractor for the following expenses:

Travel expenses. Long distance and cell phone charges directly related to the work. Conference fees.

4. Development Schedule: Not Applicable.

5. Background Technology Disclosure. The following is a complete list of all Background Technology

☒  None

☐  See immediately below:

 

                                                                                                                                                                            

 

Signed:   

 

     

LOGO

  

for Company

      Contractor
Dated:   

 

      Dated: Oct. 28, 13

 

Exhibit 10.10

Confidential

FASTLY, INC.

CHANGE OF CONTROL AND RETENTION AGREEMENT

This Change of Control and Retention Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Joshua Bixby (the “ Executive ”) and Fastly, Inc. (the “ Company ”), as of 2/6/2019.

RECITALS

A. It is possible that the Company may from time to time receive acquisition proposals by other companies. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) recognizes that consideration of any such proposals can be a distraction to the Executive and can cause the Executive to consider alternative employment opportunities. The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of the Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined herein) of the Company.

B. The Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to provide the Executive with an incentive to continue his or her employment and to motivate the Executive to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its stockholders.

C. The Board believes that it is imperative to provide the Executive with certain benefits upon the Executive’s termination of employment following a Change of Control. These benefits will provide the Executive with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change of Control.

D. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 5 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall terminate upon the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

2. At-Will Employment . The Company and the Executive acknowledge that the Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law, except as may otherwise be specifically provided under the terms of any written formal employment agreement or offer letter between the Company and the Executive (an “ Employment Agreement ”). If the Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) any termination prior to a Change of Control, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement, or as may otherwise be available in accordance with the Company’s established employee plans. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement is intended to provide the sole severance benefits to Executive in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment within the Change of Control Period (as defined below), and shall replace and supersede any severance benefits provided to Executive under any existing Employment Agreement.

3. Severance Benefits .

(a) Involuntary Termination Other than for Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason During the Change of Control Period . If within the period commencing three months prior to a Change of Control and ending eighteen (18) months following a Change of Control (the “ Change of Control Period ”) (i) the Executive terminates his or her employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) for “ Good Reason ” (as defined herein), or (ii) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) terminates the Executive’s employment for other than “ Cause ” (as defined herein), and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder) and the Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) and as described in Section 3(f)(iii) below, then the Executive shall receive the following severance benefits from the Company:

(i) Stock Options, Restricted Stock Units, Other Equity Compensation . All of the Executive’s then outstanding unvested stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Options ”) shall immediately vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested Option shares. The Options shall remain exercisable following the termination of employment for the period prescribed in the respective option agreements. Additionally, all of Executive’s outstanding unvested Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units (collectively, the “Restricted Stock Units”) shall immediately vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested Restricted Stock Units. All other unvested Company equity compensation held by Executive shall also immediately vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested equity compensation. In the event that Executive’s termination occurs prior to the consummation of the Change of Control, the vesting acceleration set forth in this

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

1


section shall be contingent upon the consummation of the Change of Control transaction. If, in connection with a Change of Control, unvested Options, Restricted Stock Units or other equity held by Executive will be terminated as a result of the successor entity electing not to assume or continue such equity interests, then one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested Options, Restricted Stock Units or other equity interests will become vested immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control transaction.

(b) Timing of Severance Payments . Subject to Section 3(f) below, the severance payments to which Executive is entitled shall be paid by the Company to Executive in cash and in full, not later than ten (10) calendar days after the date upon which the Release becomes effective. If the Executive should die after his termination date but before all amounts have been paid, such unpaid amounts shall be paid in a lump-sum payment (less any withholding taxes) to the Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.

(c) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by the Executive other than for Good Reason or due to Disability or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then the Executive shall not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(d) Termination Outside Change of Control Period . In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason outside of the Change of Control Period, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive severance and any other benefits only as may then be established under the Company’s existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(e) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment within the Change of Control Period, the provisions of this Section 3 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which the Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company. The Executive shall be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment following a Change in Control other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 3.

(f) Code Section  409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section  409A ”) at the time of Executive’s separation from service (as such term is defined in Section  409A), then the cash severance benefits payable to Executive under this Agreement, if any, and any other severance payments or separation benefits that may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits ”) otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s separation from service shall accrue during such six (6) month period and shall become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent payments, if any, shall be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his separation from service but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his date of separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this Section shall be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits shall be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

(ii) It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder shall be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A prior to actual payment to Executive.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Executive’s receipt of severance payments and benefits under this Agreement is conditioned upon Executive signing and not revoking the Release and subject to the Release becoming effective within sixty (60) days following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release Period ”). No severance will be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective. No severance will be paid or provided unless the Release becomes effective during the Release Period. In the event Executive’s separation from service occurs on or after November 1 of any year, any severance will be paid in arrears on the first payroll date to occur during the following calendar year, or such later time as required by Section 409A.

4. Golden Parachute Excise Tax Best Results . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (a) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Code Section 280G and (b) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then such benefits shall be either:

 

2


Confidential

(i) delivered in full, or

(ii) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 4 will be made in writing by an accounting firm or other tax expert selected by the Company or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 4, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 4. Any reduction in payments and/or benefits required by this Section 4 shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; and (2) reduction of other benefits paid to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant for Executive’s equity awards.

5. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a) Cause . “ Cause ” shall mean (i)  an act of personal dishonesty taken by the Executive in connection with his responsibilities as an employee and intended to result in substantial personal enrichment of the Executive, (ii) Executive being convicted of a felony, (iii) a willful act by the Executive which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company, (iv) following delivery to the Executive of a written demand for performance from the Company which describes the basis for the

Company’s reasonable belief that the Executive has not substantially performed his duties, continued violations by the Executive of the Executive’s obligations to the Company which are demonstrably willful and deliberate on the Executive’s part.

(b) Change of Control . At any time prior to the date the Company first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), “ Change of Control ” means an “ Acquisition ” as such term is defined in Section 4(b) of Article IV in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this Agreement. On or after the date the Company first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, “ Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following, in one or a series of related transactions:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) Any action or event occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the date hereof, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(iv) The consummation of the sale, lease or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets.

(c) Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” means that Executive resigns his or her employment after any of the following is undertaken by the Company (or its acquirer) without Executive’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction of Executive’s duties, title, authority or responsibilities, relative to the Executive’s duties, title, authority or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or the assignment to Executive of such reduced duties, title, authority or responsibilities,

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

3


including a reduction in duties, title, authority or responsibilities solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s base salary potential bonus and/or employee benefits; or (iii) the relocation of the Company’s offices such that Executive is regularly required to commute to a location more than thirty-five (35) miles from the City of San Francisco in order to perform Executive’s job duties; provided, however, that to resign for Good Reason, Executive must (1) provide written notice to the Company’s Vice President of Human Resources within 30 days after the first occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason setting forth the basis for Executive’s resignation, (2) allow the Company at least 30 days from receipt of such written notice to cure such event, and (3) if such event is not reasonably cured within such period, Executive’s resignation from all positions Executive then holds with the Company is effective not later than 90 days after the expiration of the cure period .

6. Successors .

(a) The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 6(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

(b) The Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

7. Notice .

(a) General . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one (1) business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed (i) if to Executive, at his or her last known residential address and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: Secretary), or in any such case at such other address as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason or due to Disability or as a result of a voluntary resignation shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 6(a) of this Agreement. Such notice shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and shall specify the termination date (which shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason shall not waive any right of the Executive hereunder or preclude the Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his or her rights hereunder.

8. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) No Duty to Mitigate . The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that the Executive may receive from any other source.

(b) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

4


Confidential

(e) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. The Superior Court of San Francisco County and/or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue over all controversies in connection with this Agreement.

(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this amended and restated Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the last date signed below.

 

   FASTLY, INC.       EXECUTIVE
By:   

/s/ Paul Luongo

   By:   

/s/ Joshua Bixby

Name:    Paul Luongo    Name:    Joshua Bixby
Title:    SVP and General Counsel    Date:    2/6/2019
Date:    2/6/2019      

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

5


Confidential

EXHIBIT A

FASTLY, INC.

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This Release of Claims (“ Agreement ”) is made by and between Fastly, inc. (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, Executive has agreed to enter into a release of claims in favor of the Company upon certain events specified in the Change of Control and Retention Agreement by and between Company and Executive (the “ Change of Control Agreement ”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Termination . Executive’s employment from the Company terminated on                     .

2. Confidential Information . Executive shall continue to maintain the confidentiality of all confidential and proprietary information of the Company and shall continue to comply with the terms and conditions of the Employee Inventions and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement between Executive and the Company. Executive shall return all the Company property and confidential and proprietary information in his possession to the Company on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

3. Payment of Salary . Executive acknowledges and represents that the Company has paid all salary, wages, bonuses, accrued vacation, commissions and any and all other benefits due to Executive.

4. Release of Claims . Except as set forth in the last paragraph of this Section 4, Executive agrees that the foregoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Executive by the Company. Executive, on behalf of himself, and his respective heirs, family members, executors and assigns, hereby fully and forever releases the Company and its past, present and future officers, agents, directors, employees, investors, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, parents, predecessor and successor corporations, and assigns, from, and agrees not to sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted any legal or administrative proceedings concerning any claim, duty, obligation or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that he may possess arising from any omissions, acts or facts that have occurred up until and including the date on which Executive signs this Agreement including, without limitation,

(a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Executive’s employment relationship with the Company and the termination of that relationship;

(b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Executive’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of shares of stock of the Company, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; and conversion;

(d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, The Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, and Labor Code section 201, et seq . and section 970, et seq . and all amendments to each such Act as well as the regulations issued thereunder;

(e) any and all claims for violation of the federal, or any state, constitution;

(f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination; and

(g) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Executive agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not extend to any severance obligations due Executive under the Change of Control Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement waives Executive’s rights to indemnification or any payments under any fiduciary insurance policy, if any, provided by any act or agreement of the Company, state or federal law or policy of insurance or to any claims that are

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

1


not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, or any other government agency, except that Executive acknowledges and agrees that he is hereby waiving his right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding.

5. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Executive acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ ADEA ”) and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Executive and the Company agree that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which Executive was already entitled. Executive further acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) he has seven (7) days following the execution of this Agreement by the parties to revoke the Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Executive from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. Any revocation should be in writing and delivered to the Vice-President of Human Resources at the Company by close of business on the seventh day from the date that Executive signs this Agreement.

6. Civil Code Section  1542 . Executive represents that he is not aware of any claims against the Company other than the claims that are released by this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that he has been advised by legal counsel and is familiar with the provisions of California Civil Code 1542, below, which provides as follows:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

Executive, being aware of said code section, agrees to expressly waive any rights he may have thereunder, as well as under any statute or common law principles of similar effect.

7. No Pending or Future Lawsuits . Executive represents that he has no lawsuits, claims, or actions pending in his name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein. Executive also represents that he does not intend to bring any claims on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity against the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein.

8. Application for Employment . Executive understands and agrees that, as a condition of this Agreement, he shall not be entitled to any employment with the Company, its subsidiaries, or any successor, and he hereby waives any right, or alleged right, of employment or re-employment with the Company.

9. No Cooperation . Executive agrees that he will not counsel or assist any attorneys or their clients in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints by any third party against the Company and/or any officer, director, employee, agent, representative, shareholder or attorney of the Company, unless under a subpoena or other court order to do so.

10. No Admission of Liability . No action taken by the Company, either previously or in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be (a) an admission of the truth or falsity of any claims heretofore made or (b) an acknowledgment or admission by the Company of any fault or liability whatsoever to the Executive or to any third party.

11. Costs . The Parties shall each bear their own costs, expert fees, attorneys’ fees and other fees incurred in connection with this Agreement.

12. Authority . Executive represents and warrants that he has the capacity to act on his own behalf and on behalf of all who might claim through him to bind them to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

13. No Representations . Executive represents that he has had the opportunity to consult with an attorney, and has carefully read and understands the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement. Neither party has relied upon any representations or statements made by the other party hereto which are not specifically set forth in this Agreement.

14. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, along with the Change of Control Agreement, the Employee Confidentiality

Agreement, and Executive’s written equity compensation agreements with the Company, represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Executive concerning Executive’s separation from the Company.

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

2


Confidential

16. No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.

17. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California.

18. Effective Date . This Agreement is effective eight (8) days after it has been signed by both Parties.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart shall have the same force and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

20. Voluntary Execution of Agreement . This Agreement is executed voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Parties hereto, with the full intent of releasing all claims. The Parties acknowledge that:

(a) They have read this Agreement;

(b) They have had the opportunity of being represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of their own choice or that they have voluntarily declined to seek such counsel;

(c) They understand the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains;

(d) They are fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

FASTLY, INC.

  

EXECUTIVE

By:  

                          

   By:   

                                          

Name:  

 

   Name:   

 

Title:  

 

   Date:   

 

Date:  

 

     

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

3

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

April 26, 2016

Mr. Adriel G. Lares

[Address intentionally omitted]

Re: Employment Terms

Dear Adriel:

On behalf of Fastly, Inc. (“ Fastly ” or “the “ Company ”), we are pleased to offer you the position of Chief Financial Officer in Fastly’s San Francisco office under the terms set forth in this letter.

Duties and Reporting Relationship . You will report to Artur Bergman, CEO. You may be asked to perform other duties as our business needs dictate. Of course, the Company may change your position, reporting relationship, duties and work location from time to time in its discretion.

Base Salary . Your initial base salary will be at an annual rate of $325,000, subject to applicable deductions and withholdings, and paid on the Company’s normal payroll schedule. As a full-time, salaried, exempt employee you will be expected to work the Company’s normal business hours and additional hours as required by your job duties, and you will not be eligible for overtime pay. The Company retains discretion to modify your compensation from time to time.

Bonus. You will have the same opportunity to participate proportionately in bonus plans and arrangements as Fastly’s other senior executives and your compensation will be reviewed when Fastly generally reviews the compensation of its other senior executives.

Standard Benefits and Paid Time Off . You will be eligible to participate in all benefits which Fastly makes generally available from to its regular full-time employees in accordance with the terms and conditions of the benefit plans and Company policies, including health insurance, dental insurance, paid time off and holidays. The Company reserves the right to modify or cancel any or all of its benefit programs at any time. Further details about Fastly’s benefit plans are available for your review in the benefit Summary Plan Documents.

Equity Compensation . Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), you will receive an option to purchase 1,456,497 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Option ”). The per unit exercise price will be equal to the per unit fair market value as of the date of the grant, as determined by the Board pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). The Option will vest over a four-year term under which one-quarter of your Option will vest after twelve months of employment and the remainder of the Option will vest in thirty-six equal monthly installments thereafter, provided that you remain in continuous service with the Company during this time. If granted, any such Option shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable grant agreement. In addition, the Option, if granted, and any other options granted to you shall be subject to 100% “double trigger” acceleration substantially as provided in the Company’s standard Change of Control and Retention Agreement, a copy of which will be provided under separate cover. For your reference, the Company’s most recent 409A valuation of it’s Common Stock was $1.18 per share, and the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock was sold by the Company at $3.2250 per share.

Separation . In the event you are terminated without cause or resign with good reason you will receive a lump sum payment equal to six (6) months of your base salary and the Company will pay for the continuation of your benefits for six (6) months, subject to your execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in form and substance acceptable to the Company. In addition, in the event you are terminated without cause or resign with good reason within the first twelve months of your employment, one forty-eighth (1/48) of the Option will vest for each month of your employment, subject to your execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in form and substance acceptable to the Company.


LOGO

Adriel G. Lares Page 2

Expenses . During your employment, your reasonable, documented business expenses will be reimbursed by the Company in accordance with its standard policies and practices.

Confidentiality, Arbitration and Policies. As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign and comply with the Company’s standard Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement (attached as Exhibit A ). You are also required to acknowledge that you have reviewed and understand your rights under the Company’s Arbitration Agreement (attached as Exhibit B ). In addition, you will be required to abide by all applicable Fastly policies and procedures as may be in effect from time to time, including but not limited to its employment policies, and from time to time you will be required to acknowledge in writing that you have reviewed and will comply with the Company’s policies.

At-Will Employment Relationship . Your employment is not for any fixed period of time, and it is terminable at-will. Thus, either you or the Company may terminate your employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice. Although not required, the Company requests that you provide at least two weeks’ advance written notice of your resignation, to permit you and the Company to arrange for a smooth transition of your workload and attend to other matters relating to your departure.

Conditions . This offer of employment and your employment with the Company is contingent upon satisfactory results of a background check to be performed pursuant to your written authorization. You agree to assist as needed, and to complete any documentation at the Company’s request, to meet these conditions.

Miscellaneous . This letter, together with Exhibit A and Exhibit B , constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of your agreement with the Company regarding the terms of your employment with Fastly. It supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by any party, whether oral or written. The terms of this offer letter agreement cannot be amended or modified (except with respect to those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this letter), without a written modification signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this offer letter agreement are governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of law principles. With respect to the enforcement of this offer letter agreement, no waiver of any right hereunder shall be effective unless it is in writing. For purposes of construction of this offer letter agreement, any ambiguity shall not be construed against either party as the drafter. This offer letter agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, and signatures transmitted via facsimile or PDF shall be deemed equivalent to originals. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your identity and right to work in the United States.


LOGO

Adriel G. Lares Page 3

We are very pleased that you will be joining Fastly. Please sign and date this letter and the enclosed exhibits and return them to us by the close of business on Friday, April 29, 2016, if you wish to accept employment under the terms described above. If we do not receive the fully signed letter and the signed Exhibit A and Exhibit B from you by that date, the Company’s offer in this letter will expire. If you accept our offer, we would like you to start on Wednesday, May 16, 2016.

 

Sincerely,
Fastly, Inc.

/s/ Artur Bergman

Artur Bergman, CEO

Exhibit A – Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement

Exhibit B – Arbitration Agreement

 

Understood and Accepted:                  

/s/ Adriel Lares

    

4/26/2016

Adriel Lares      Date


Exhibit A

FASTLY, INC

Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement


Exhibit B

FASTLY, INC.

Arbitration Agreement

Exhibit 10.12

Confidential

FASTLY, INC.

CHANGE OF CONTROL AND RETENTION AGREEMENT

This Change of Control and Retention Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Adriel Lares (the “ Executive ”) and Fastly, Inc. (the “ Company ”), as of 9/12/2016.

RECITALS

A. It is possible that the Company may from time to time receive acquisition proposals by other companies. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) recognizes that consideration of any such proposals can be a distraction to the Executive and can cause the Executive to consider alternative employment opportunities. The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of the Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined herein) of the Company.

B. The Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to provide the Executive with an incentive to continue his or her employment and to motivate the Executive to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its stockholders.

C. The Board believes that it is imperative to provide the Executive with certain benefits upon the Executive’s termination of employment following a Change of Control. These benefits will provide the Executive with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change of Control.

D. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 5 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall terminate upon the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

2. At-Will Employment . The Company and the Executive acknowledge that the Executive’s employm ent is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law, except as may otherwise be specifically provided under the terms of any written formal employment agreement or offer letter between the Company and the Executive (an “ Employment Agreement ”). If the Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) any termination prior to a Change of Control, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement, or as may otherwise be available in accordance with the Company’s established employee plans. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement is intended to provide the sole severance benefits to Executive in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment within the Change of Control Period (as defined below), and shall replace and supersede any severance benefits provided to Executive under any existing Employment Agreement.

3. Severance Benefits .

(a) Involuntary Termination Other than for Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason During the Change of Control Period . If within the period commencing three months prior to a Change of Control and ending eighteen (18) months following a Change of Control (the “ Change of Control Period ”) (i) the Executive terminates his or her employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) for “ Good Reason ” (as defined herein), or (ii) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) terminates the Executive’s employment for other than “ Cause ” (as defined herein), and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder) and the Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) and as described in Section 3(f)(iii) below, then the Executive shall receive the following severance benefits from the Company:

(i) Stock Options, Restricted Stock Units, Other Equity Compensation . All of the Executive’s then outstanding unvested stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Options ”) shall immediately vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested Option shares. The Options shall remain exercisable following the termination of employment for the period prescribed in the respective option agreements. Additionally, all of Executive’s outstanding unvested Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units (collectively, the “Restricted Stock Units”) shall immediately vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested Restricted

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

1


Stock Units. All other unvested Company equity compensation held by Executive shall also immediately vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested equity compensation. In the event that Executive’s termination occurs prior to the consummation of the Change of Control, the vesting acceleration set forth in this section shall be contingent upon the consummation of the Change of Control transaction. If, in connection with a Change of Control, unvested Options, Restricted Stock Units or other equity held by Executive will be terminated as a result of the successor entity electing not to assume or continue such equity interests, then one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested Options, Restricted Stock Units or other equity interests will become vested immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control transaction.

(b) Timing of Severance Payments . Subject to Section 3(f) below, the severance payments to which Executive is entitled shall be paid by the Company to Executive in cash and in full, not later than ten (10) calendar days after the date upon which the Release becomes effective. If the Executive should die after his termination date but before all amounts have been paid, such unpaid amounts shall be paid in a lump-sum payment (less any withholding taxes) to the Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.

(c) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by the Executive other than for Good Reason or due to Disability or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then the Executive shall not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(d) Termination Outside Change of Control Period . In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason outside of the Change of Control Period, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive severance and any other benefits only as may then be established under the Company’s existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(e) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment within the Change of Control Period, the provisions of this Section 3 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which the Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company. The Executive shall be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment following a Change in Control other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 3.

(f) Code Section  409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section  409A ”) at the time of Executive’s separation from service (as such term is defined in Section 409A), then the cash severance benefits payable to Executive under this Agreement, if any, and any other severance payments or separation benefits that may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits ”) otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s separation from service shall accrue during such six (6) month period and shall become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent payments, if any, shall be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his separation from service but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his date of separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this Section shall be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits shall be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

(ii) It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder shall be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A prior to actual payment to Executive.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Executive’s receipt of severance payments and benefits under this Agreement is conditioned upon Executive signing and not revoking the Release and subject to the Release becoming effective within sixty (60) days following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release Period ”). No severance will be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective. No severance will be paid or provided unless the Release becomes effective during the Release Period. In the event Executive’s separation

 

2


Confidential

from service occurs on or after November 1 of any year, any severance will be paid in arrears on the first payroll date to occur during the following calendar year, or such later time as required by Section 409A.

4. Golden Parachute Excise Tax Best Results . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (a) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Code Section 280G and (b) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then such benefits shall be either:

(i) delivered in full, or

(ii) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 4 will be made in writing by an accounting firm or other tax expert selected by the Company or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 4, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 4. Any reduction in payments and/or benefits required by this Section 4 shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; and (2) reduction of other benefits paid to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant for Executive’s equity awards.

5. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a) Cause . “ Cause ” shall mean (i)  an act of personal dishonesty taken by the Executive in connection with his responsibilities as an employee and intended to result in substantial personal enrichment of the Executive, (ii) Executive being convicted of a felony, (iii) a willful act by the Executive which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company, (iv) following delivery to the Executive of a written demand for performance from the Company which describes the basis for the Company’s reasonable belief that the Executive has not substantially performed his duties, continued violations by the Executive of the Executive’s obligations to the Company which are demonstrably willful and deliberate on the Executive’s part.

(b) Change of Control . At any time prior to the date the Company first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), “ Change of Control ” means an “ Acquisition ” as such term is defined in Section 4(b) of Article IV in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this Agreement. On or after the date the Company first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, “ Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following, in one or a series of related transactions:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) Any action or event occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the date hereof, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

3


(iv) The consummation of the sale, lease or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets.

(c) Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” means that Executive resigns his or her employment after any of the following is undertaken by the Company (or its acquirer) without Executive’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction of Executive’s duties, title, authority or responsibilities, relative to the Executive’s duties, title, authority or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or the assignment to Executive of such reduced duties, title, authority or responsibilities, including a reduction in duties, title, authority or responsibilities solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s base salary potential bonus and/or employee benefits; or (iii) the relocation of the Company’s offices such that Executive is regularly required to commute to a location more than thirty-five (35) miles from the City of San Francisco in order to perform Executive’s job duties; provided, however, that to resign for Good Reason, Executive must (1) provide written notice to the Company’s Vice President of Human Resources within 30 days after the first occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason setting forth the basis for Executive’s resignation, (2) allow the Company at least 30 days from receipt of such written notice to cure such event, and (3) if such event is not reasonably cured within such period, Executive’s resignation from all positions Executive then holds with the Company is effective not later than 90 days after the expiration of the cure period .

6. Successors .

(a) The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 6(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

(b) The Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

7. Notice .

(a) General . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one (1) business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed (i) if to Executive, at his or her last known residential address and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: Secretary), or in any such case at such other address as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason or due to Disability or as a result of a voluntary resignation shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 6(a) of this Agreement. Such notice shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and shall specify the termination date (which shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason shall not waive any right of the Executive hereunder or preclude the Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his or her rights hereunder.

8. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) No Duty to Mitigate . The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that the Executive may receive from any other source.

 

4


Confidential

(b) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements ( whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(e) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. The Superior Court of San Francisco County and/or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue over all controversies in connection with this Agreement.

(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this amended and restated Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the last date signed below.

 

   FASTLY, INC.       EXECUTIVE
By:   

/s/ Paul D. Luongo

   By:   

/s/ Adriel Lares

Name:    Paul Luongo    Name:    Adriel Lares
Title:    VP and General Counsel    Date:    9/12/2016
Date:    9/12/2016      

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

5


Confidential

EXHIBIT A

FASTLY, INC.

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This Release of Claims (“ Agreement ”) is made by and between Fastly, inc. (the “ Company ”), and                     (“ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, Executive has agreed to enter into a release of claims in favor of the Company upon certain events specified in the Change of Control and Retention Agreement by and between Company and Executive (the “ Change of Control Agreement ”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Termination . Executive’s employment from the Company terminated on                     .

2. Confidential Information . Executive shall continue to maintain the confidentiality of all confidential and proprietary information of the Company and shall continue to comply with the terms and conditions of the Employee Inventions and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement between Executive and the Company. Executive shall return all the Company property and confidential and proprietary information in his possession to the Company on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

3. Payment of Salary . Executive acknowledges and represents that the Company has paid all salary, wages, bonuses, accrued vacation, commissions and any and all other benefits due to Executive.

4. Release of Claims . Except as set forth in the last paragraph of this Section 4, Executive agrees that the foregoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Executive by the Company. Executive, on behalf of himself, and his respective heirs, family members, executors and assigns, hereby fully and forever releases the Company and its past, present and future officers, agents, directors, employees, investors, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, parents, predecessor and successor corporations, and assigns, from, and agrees not to sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted any legal or administrative proceedings concerning any claim, duty, obligation or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that he may possess arising from any omissions, acts or facts that have occurred up until and including the date on which Executive signs this Agreement including, without limitation,

(a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Executive’s employment relationship with the Company and the termination of that relationship;

(b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Executive’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of shares of stock of the Company, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; and conversion;

(d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, The Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, and Labor Code section 201, et seq . and section 970, et seq . and all amendments to each such Act as well as the regulations issued thereunder;

(e) any and all claims for violation of the federal, or any state, constitution;

(f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination; and

(g) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

1


Executive agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not extend to any severance obligations due Executive under the Change of Control Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement waives Executive’s rights to indemnification or any payments under any fiduciary insurance policy, if any, provided by any act or agreement of the Company, state or federal law or policy of insurance or to any claims that are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, or any other government agency, except that Executive acknowledges and agrees that he is hereby waiving his right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding.

5. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Executive acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ ADEA ”) and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Executive and the Company agree that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which Executive was already entitled. Executive further acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) he has seven (7) days following the execution of this Agreement by the parties to revoke the Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Executive from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. Any revocation should be in writing and delivered to the Vice-President of Human Resources at the Company by close of business on the seventh day from the date that Executive signs this Agreement.

6. Civil Code Section  1542 . Executive represents that he is not aware of any claims against the Company other than the claims that are released by this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that he has been advised by legal counsel and is familiar with the provisions of California Civil Code 1542, below, which provides as follows:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

Executive, being aware of said code section, agrees to expressly waive any rights he may have thereunder, as well as under any statute or common law principles of similar effect.

7. No Pending or Future Lawsuits . Executive represents that he has no lawsuits, claims, or actions pending in his name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein. Executive also represents that he does not intend to bring any claims on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity against the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein.

8. Application for Employment . Executive understands and agrees that, as a condition of this Agreement, he shall not be entitled to any employment with the Company, its subsidiaries, or any successor, and he hereby waives any right, or alleged right, of employment or re-employment with the Company.

9. No Cooperation . Executive agrees that he will not counsel or assist any attorneys or their clients in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints by any third party against the Company and/or any officer, director, employee, agent, representative, shareholder or attorney of the Company, unless under a subpoena or other court order to do so.

10. No Admission of Liability . No action taken by the Company, either previously or in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be (a) an admission of the truth or falsity of any claims heretofore made or (b) an acknowledgment or admission by the Company of any fault or liability whatsoever to the Executive or to any third party.

11. Costs . The Parties shall each bear their own costs, expert fees, attorneys’ fees and other fees incurred in connection with this Agreement.

12. Authority . Executive represents and warrants that he has the capacity to act on his own behalf and on behalf of all who might claim through him to bind them to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

13. No Representations . Executive represents that he has had the opportunity to consult with an attorney, and has carefully read and understands the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement. Neither party has relied upon any representations or statements made by the other party hereto which are not specifically set forth in this Agreement.

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

2


Confidential

14. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, along with the Change of Control Agreement, the Employee Confidentiality Agreement, and Executive’s written equity compensation agreements with the Company, represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Executive concerning Executive’s separation from the Company.

16. No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.

17. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California.

18. Effective Date . This Agreement is effective eight (8) days after it has been signed by both Parties.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart shall have the same force and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

20. Voluntary Execution of Agreement . This Agreement is executed voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Parties hereto, with the full intent of releasing all claims. The Parties acknowledge that:

(a) They have read this Agreement;

(b) They have had the opportunity of being represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of their own choice or that they have voluntarily declined to seek such counsel;

(c) They understand the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains;

(d) They are fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

  FASTLY, INC.       EXECUTIVE
By:  

                     

   By:   

                     

Name:  

 

   Name:   

 

Title:  

 

   Date:   

 

Date:  

 

     

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

3

Exhibit 10.13

 

LOGO

November 27, 2013

Dear Paul,

On behalf of Fastly, I am pleased to offer you the opportunity as VP and General Counsel. We have major plans for Fastly and are excited about the potential that you bring to the company. We look forward to having you on-board to help us reach our goals.

Your compensation package includes an annual salary of $ 250,000 paid twice per month and common stock options. All forms of compensation referred to in this letter may be subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes. Your start date is to be no later than February 1, 2014, although you may begin your employment as early as January 6, 2014.

You will be reporting to Bill Kaufmann, COO, and you will be designated as an executive officer of Fastly. While Fastly reserves the right to change its benefits and compensation programs at any time: (1) subject to approval of the Board, you will receive a change of control and retention agreement providing that upon your termination without cause or your resignation for good reason in connection with a change of control of Fastly you will receive: (a) acceleration of fifty percent (50%) of your then total unvested outstanding equity securities, (b) a payment equal to one (1) year total compensation, and (c) continuation of your then current benefits for one (1) year; (2) you will have the same opportunity to participate proportionately in bonus plans and arrangements as Fastly’s other senior executives; and (3) your compensation will be reviewed when Fastly generally reviews the compensation of its other senior executives.

Subject to the approval of Fastly’s Board of Directors, upon starting employment you will be granted the option to purchase 0.6% of the company’s fully diluted capitalization as of the date of this letter. The strike price of the options will be based on the valuation as of the Board approval date. These options are subject to Fastly’s Stock Incentive Plan and Stockholder Agreement and will vest monthly over four years with a one-year cliff. Details about your options can be found in the Stock Incentive Plan document that will be provided to you. You will also be entitled to participate in our benefits program.

Fastly has separately provided you with a true and correct copy of Fastly’s fully diluted capitalization table accurate as of the date of this offer.

You will be required to sign an Employee Nondisclosure Agreement, which Fastly requires for all employees. I will forward that document to you shortly and ask that you carefully review the document, sign and return it to Amy Hammond.

Your employment with Fastly will be “at will”, meaning that either you or Fastly will be entitled to terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations, which may have been made to you, are superseded by this offer. This is the full and complete agreement between you and Fastly on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as Fastly’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of Fastly.

This offer expires at the close of business on December 2, 2013. This offer is contingent on reference checks. As required by law, your employment with Fastly is also contingent upon your providing legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States.


LOGO

 

Sincerely,

/s/ William Kaufmann

William Kaufmann, COO, Fastly

 

/s/ Paul Luongo

     

11/27/2013

Accepted by Candidate       Date

Exhibit 10.14

Confidential

FASTLY, INC.

CHANGE OF CONTROL AND RETENTION AGREEMENT

This Change of Control and Retention Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Paul D. Luongo (the “Executive”) and Fastly, Inc. (the “Company”), as of February 26, 2014.

RECITALS

A. It is possible that the Company may from time to time receive acquisition proposals by other companies. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that consideration of any such proposals can be a distraction to the Executive and can cause the Executive to consider alternative employment opportunities. The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of the Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined herein) of the Company.

B. The Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to provide the Executive with an incentive to continue his or her employment and to motivate the Executive to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its stockholders.

C. The Board believes that it is imperative to provide the Executive with certain benefits upon the Executive’s termination of employment following a Change of Control. These benefits will provide the Executive with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change of Control.

D. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 5 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate upon the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

2. At-Will Employment. The Company and the Executive acknowledge that the Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law, except as may otherwise be specifically provided under the terms of any written formal employment agreement or offer letter between the Company and the Executive (an “Employment Agreement”). If the Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) any termination prior to a Change of Control, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement, or as may otherwise be available in accordance with the Company’s established employee plans. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement is intended to provide the sole severance benefits to Executive in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment within the Change of Control Period (as defined below), and shall replace and supersede any severance benefits provided to Executive under any existing Employment Agreement.

3. Severance Benefits.

(a) Involuntary Termination Other than for Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason During the Change of Control Period. If within the period commencing three months prior to a Change of Control and ending eighteen (18) months following a Change of Control (the “Change of Control Period”) (i) the Executive terminates his or her employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) for “Good Reason” (as defined herein), or (ii) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) terminates the Executive’s employment for other than “Cause” (as defined herein), and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1. 409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder) and the Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”) and as described in Section 3(f)(iii) below, then the Executive shall receive the following severance benefits from the Company:

(i) Stock Options, Restricted Stock Units, Other Equity Compensation. All of the Executive’s then outstanding unvested stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Options”) shall immediately vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested Option shares. The Options shall remain exercisable following the termination of employment for the period prescribed in the respective option agreements. Additionally, all of Executive’s outstanding unvested Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units (collectively, the “Restricted Stock Units”) shall immediately vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested Restricted Stock Units. All other unvested Company equity compensation held by Executive shall also immediately vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested equity compensation. In the event that Executive’s termination occurs prior to the consummation of the Change of Control, the vesting acceleration set forth in this section shall be contingent upon the consummation of the Change of Control transaction. If, in connection with a Change of Control, unvested Options, Restricted Stock Units or other equity held by Executive will be terminated as a result of the successor entity electing not to assume or continue such equity interests, then one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested Options, Restricted Stock Units or other equity interests will become vested immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control transaction.

 

Fastly CICRA (14.2)    1


(b) Timing of Severance Payments. Subject to Section 3(f) below, the severance payments to which Executive is entitled shall be paid by the Company to Executive in cash and in full, not later than ten (10) calendar days after the date upon which the Release becomes effective. If the Executive should die after his termination date but before all amounts have been paid, such unpaid amounts shall be paid in a lump-sum payment (less any withholding taxes) to the Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.

(c) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause. If the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by the Executive other than for Good Reason or due to Disability or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then the Executive shall not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(d) Termination Outside Change of Control Period. In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason outside of the Change of Control Period, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive severance and any other benefits only as may then be established under the Company’s existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(e) Exclusive Remedy. In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment within the Change of Control Period, the provisions of this Section 3 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which the Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company. The Executive shall be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment following a Change in Control other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 3.

(f) Code Section 409A.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) at the time of Executive’s separation from service (as such term is defined in Section 409A), then the cash severance benefits payable to Executive under this Agreement, if any, and any other severance payments or separation benefits that may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s separation from service shall accrue during such six (6) month period and shall become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent payments, if any, shall be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his separation from service but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his date of separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this Section shall be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits shall be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

(ii) It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder shall be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A prior to actual payment to Executive.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Executive’s receipt of severance payments and benefits under this Agreement is conditioned upon Executive signing and not revoking the Release and subject to the Release becoming effective within sixty (60) days following Executive’s termination of employment (the “Release Period”). No severance will be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective. No severance will be paid or provided unless the Release becomes effective during the Release Period. In the event Executive’s separation from service occurs on or after November 1 of any year, any severance will be paid in arrears on the first payroll date to occur during the following calendar year, or such later time as required by Section 409A.

4. Golden Parachute Excise Tax Best Results. In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (a) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Code Section 280G and (b) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then such benefits shall be either:

(i) delivered in full, or

 

2


Confidential

(ii) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 4 will be made in writing by an accounting firm or other tax expert selected by the Company or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “Accountants”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 4, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 4. Any reduction in payments and/or benefits required by this Section 4 shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; and (2) reduction of other benefits paid to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant for Executive’s equity awards.

5. Definition of Terms. The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a) Cause. “Cause” shall mean (i) an act of personal dishonesty taken by the Executive in connection with his responsibilities as an employee and intended to result in substantial personal enrichment of the Executive, (ii) Executive being convicted of a felony, (iii) a willful act by the Executive which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company, (iv) following delivery to the Executive of a written demand for performance from the Company which describes the basis for the Company’s reasonable belief that the Executive has not substantially performed his duties, continued violations by the Executive of the Executive’s obligations to the Company which are demonstrably willful and deliberate on the Executive’s part.

(b) Change of Control. At any time prior to the date the Company first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), “Change of Control” means an “Acquisition” as such term is defined in Section 4(b) of Article IV in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this Agreement. On or after the date the Company first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following, in one or a series of related transactions:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) Any action or event occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the date hereof, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(iv) The consummation of the sale, lease or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets.

(c) Good Reason. “Good Reason” means that Executive resigns his or her employment after any of the following is undertaken by the Company (or its acquirer) without Executive’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction of Executive’s duties, title, authority or responsibilities, relative to the Executive’s duties, title, authority or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or the assignment to Executive of such reduced duties, title, authority or responsibilities, including a reduction in duties, title, authority or responsibilities solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s base salary potential bonus and/or employee benefits; or (iii) the relocation of

 

Fastly CICRA (14.2)    3


the Company’s offices such that Executive is regularly required to commute to a location more than thirty-five (35) miles from the City of San Francisco in order to perform Executive’s job duties; provided, however, that to resign for Good Reason, Executive must (1) provide written notice to the Company’s Vice President of Human Resources within 30 days after the first occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason setting forth the basis for Executive’s resignation, (2) allow the Company at least 30 days from receipt of such written notice to cure such event, and (3) if such event is not reasonably cured within such period, Executive’s resignation from all positions Executive then holds with the Company is effective not later than 90 days after the expiration of the cure period .

6. Successors.

(a) The Company’s Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 6(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

(b) The Executive’s Successors. The terms of this Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

7. Notice.

(a) General. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one (1) business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed (i) if to Executive, at his or her last known residential address and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: Secretary), or in any such case at such other address as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.

(b) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason or due to Disability or as a result of a voluntary resignation shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 6(a) of this Agreement. Such notice shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and shall specify the termination date (which shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason shall not waive any right of the Executive hereunder or preclude the Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his or her rights hereunder.

8. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) No Duty to Mitigate. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that the Executive may receive from any other source.

(b) Waiver. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings. All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(e) Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. The Superior Court of San Francisco County and/or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue over all controversies in connection with this Agreement.

 

4


Confidential

(f) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.

(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this amended and restated Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the last date signed below.

 

  FASTLY, INC.       EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ William B. Kaufmann

    By:  

/s/ Paul D. Luongo

Name:   William B. Kaufmann     Name:   Paul D. Luongo
Title:   Chief Operating Officer     Date:   February 26, 2014
Date:   February 26, 2014      

 

Fastly CICRA (14.2)    5


Confidential

EXHIBIT A

FASTLY, INC.

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This Release of Claims (“Agreement”) is made by and between Fastly, inc. (the “Company”), and                     ( “Executive”) .

WHEREAS, Executive has agreed to enter into a release of claims in favor of the Company upon certain events specified in the Change of Control and Retention Agreement by and between Company and Executive (the “Change of Control Agreement”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Termination. Executive’s employment from the Company terminated on                     .

2. Confidential Information. Executive shall continue to maintain the confidentiality of all confidential and proprietary information of the Company and shall continue to comply with the terms and conditions of the Employee Inventions and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement between Executive and the Company. Executive shall return all the Company property and confidential and proprietary information in his possession to the Company on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

3. Payment of Salary. Executive acknowledges and represents that the Company has paid all salary, wages, bonuses, accrued vacation, commissions and any and all other benefits due to Executive.

4. Release of Claims. Except as set forth in the last paragraph of this Section 4, Executive agrees that the foregoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Executive by the Company. Executive, on behalf of himself, and his respective heirs, family members, executors and assigns, hereby fully and forever releases the Company and its past, present and future officers, agents, directors, employees, investors, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, parents, predecessor and successor corporations, and assigns, from, and agrees not to sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted any legal or administrative proceedings concerning any claim, duty, obligation or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that he may possess arising from any omissions, acts or facts that have occurred up until and including the date on which Executive signs this Agreement including, without limitation,

(a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Executive’s employment relationship with the Company and the termination of that relationship;

(b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Executive’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of shares of stock of the Company, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; and conversion;

(d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, The Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, and Labor Code section 201, et seq . and section 970, et seq . and all amendments to each such Act as well as the regulations issued thereunder;

(e) any and all claims for violation of the federal, or any state, constitution;

(f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination; and

(g) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Executive agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not extend to any severance obligations due Executive under the Change of Control Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement waives Executive’s rights to indemnification or any payments under any fiduciary insurance policy, if any, provided by any act or agreement of the Company, state or federal law or policy of insurance or to any claims that

 

Fastly CICRA (14.2)    1


are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, or any other government agency, except that Executive acknowledges and agrees that he is hereby waiving his right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding.

5. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA. Executive acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”) and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Executive and the Company agree that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which Executive was already entitled. Executive further acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has at least twenty-one ( 21)  days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) he has seven (7)  days following the execution of this Agreement by the parties to revoke the Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Executive from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. Any revocation should be in writing and delivered to the Vice-President of Human Resources at the Company by close of business on the seventh day from the date that Executive signs this Agreement.

6. Civil Code Section  1542. Executive represents that he is not aware of any claims against the Company other than the claims that are released by this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that he has been advised by legal counsel and is familiar with the provisions of California Civil Code 1542, below, which provides as follows:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

Executive, being aware of said code section, agrees to expressly waive any rights he may have thereunder, as well as under any statute or common law principles of similar effect.

7. No Pending or Future Lawsuits. Executive represents that he has no lawsuits, claims, or actions pending in his name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein. Executive also represents that he does not intend to bring any claims on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity against the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein.

8. Application for Employment. Executive understands and agrees that, as a condition of this Agreement, he shall not be entitled to any employment with the Company, its subsidiaries, or any successor, and he hereby waives any right, or alleged right, of employment or re-employment with the Company.

9. No Cooperation. Executive agrees that he will not counsel or assist any attorneys or their clients in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints by any third party against the Company and/or any officer, director, employee, agent, representative, shareholder or attorney of the Company, unless under a subpoena or other court order to do so.

10. No Admission of Liability. No action taken by the Company, either previously or in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be (a) an admission of the truth or falsity of any claims heretofore made or (b) an acknowledgment or admission by the Company of any fault or liability whatsoever to the Executive or to any third party.

11. Costs. The Parties shall each bear their own costs, expert fees, attorneys’ fees and other fees incurred in connection with this Agreement.

12. Authority. Executive represents and warrants that he has the capacity to act on his own behalf and on behalf of all who might claim through him to bind them to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

13. No Representations. Executive represents that he has had the opportunity to consult with an attorney, and has carefully read and understands the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement. Neither party has relied upon any representations or statements made by the other party hereto which are not specifically set forth in this Agreement.

14. Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, along with the Change of Control Agreement, the Employee Confidentiality Agreement, and Executive’s written equity compensation agreements with the Company, represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Executive concerning Executive’s separation from the Company.

 

Fastly CICRA (14.2)    2


Confidential

16. No Oral Modification. This Agreement may only be amended in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.

17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California.

18. Effective Date. This Agreement is effective eight (8) days after it has been signed by both Parties.

19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart shall have the same force and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

20. Voluntary Execution of Agreement. This Agreement is executed voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Parties hereto, with the full intent of releasing all claims. The Parties acknowledge that:

(a) They have read this Agreement;

(b) They have had the opportunity of being represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of their own choice or that they have voluntarily declined to seek such counsel;

(c) They understand the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains;

(d) They are fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

  FASTLY, INC.       EXECUTIVE
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Name:  

 

    Name:  

 

Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

Date:  

 

     

 

Fastly CICRA (14.2)    3

Exhibit 10.15

 

LOGO

March 21, 2016

Wolfgang Maasberg

[Address intentionally omitted]

Re:    Employment Terms

Dear Wolfgang:

On behalf of Fastly, Inc. (“ Fastly ” or “the “ Company ”), we are pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President, Sales, under the terms set forth in this letter.

Duties and Reporting Relationship . You will report to Artur Bergman, CEO. You may be asked to perform other duties as our business needs dictate. Of course, the Company may change your position, reporting relationship, duties and work location from time to time in its discretion.

Base Salary . Your initial base salary will be at an annual rate of $325,000, subject to applicable deductions and withholdings, and paid on the Company’s normal payroll schedule. As a full-time, salaried, exempt employee you will be expected to work the Company’s normal business hours and additional hours as required by your job duties, and you will not be eligible for overtime pay. The Company retains discretion to modify your compensation from time to time.

Commissions . In your position with the Company, you will also be eligible to earn commissions pursuant to the Company’s Sales Compensation Plan. If you meet 100% of the targets, your annual overall on-target-earnings (base salary plus commissions) will be $650,000. Through December 31, 2016, you will receive a non-recoverable draw at an annual rate of $325,000, in addition to your base salary. If the sales commissions you earn exceed your draw in any month in which you have a draw, you will receive only your earned commissions and will not receive your draw for the applicable month.

Work Location . You will be able to work remotely from your home office in Austin, TX. through December 31, 2016 you will be expected to be present in the San Francisco office at least four (4) full business days per week, three (3) weeks per month. Beginning January 1, 2017, you will be expected to present in the San Francisco office at least three (3) full business days every two weeks, additional days as necessary for in-person attendance at management meetings, and as requested by the CEO.

Standard Benefits and Paid Time Off . You will be eligible to participate in all benefits which Fastly makes generally available from to its regular full-time employees in accordance with the terms and conditions of the benefit plans and Company policies, including health insurance, dental insurance, paid time off and holidays. The Company reserves the right to modify or cancel any or all of its benefit programs at any time. Further details about Fastly’s benefit plans are available for your review in the benefit Summary Plan Documents.

Equity Compensation . Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), you will receive an option to purchase 1,165,197 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Option ”). The per unit exercise price will be equal to the per unit fair market value as of the date of the grant, as determined by the Board pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). The Option will vest over a four year term under which one-quarter of your Option will vest after twelve months of employment and the remainder of the Option will vest in thirty-six equal monthly installments thereafter, provided that you remain in continuous service with the Company during this time. If granted, any such Option shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable grant agreement. In addition, the Option, if granted, and any other options granted to you shall be subject to 100% “double trigger” acceleration substantially as provided in the Company’s standard Change of Control and Retention Agreement, a copy of which will be provided under separate cover.


LOGO

Wolfgang Maasberg Page 2

Separation . In the event you are terminated without cause or resign with good reason you will receive a lump sum payment equal to six (6) months of your base salary and the Company will pay for the continuation of your benefits for six (6) months, subject to your execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in form and substance acceptable to the Company. In addition, in the event you are terminated without cause or resign with good reason within the first twelve months of your employment, one forty-eighth (1/48) of the Option will vest for each month of your employment, subject to your execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in form and substance acceptable to the Company.

Expenses . During your employment, your reasonable, documented business expenses will be reimbursed by the Company in accordance with its standard policies and practices.

Confidentiality, Arbitration and Policies. As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign and comply with the Company’s standard Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement (attached as Exhibit A ). You are also required to acknowledge that you have reviewed and understand your rights under the Company’s Arbitration Agreement (attached as Exhibit B ). In addition, you will be required to abide by all applicable Fastly policies and procedures as may be in effect from time to time, including but not limited to its employment policies, and from time to time you will be required to acknowledge in writing that you have reviewed and will comply with the Company’s policies.

At-Will Employment Relationship . Your employment is not for any fixed period of time, and it is terminable at-will. Thus, either you or the Company may terminate your employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice. Although not required, the Company requests that you provide at least two weeks’ advance written notice of your resignation, to permit you and the Company to arrange for a smooth transition of your workload and attend to other matters relating to your departure.

Conditions . This offer of employment and your employment with the Company is contingent upon satisfactory results of a background check to be performed pursuant to your written authorization. You agree to assist as needed, and to complete any documentation at the Company’s request, to meet these conditions.

Miscellaneous . This letter, together with Exhibit A and Exhibit B , constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of your agreement with the Company regarding the terms of your employment with Fastly. It supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by any party, whether oral or written. The terms of this offer letter agreement cannot be amended or modified (except with respect to those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this letter), without a written modification signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this offer letter agreement are governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of law principles. With respect to the enforcement of this offer letter agreement, no waiver of any right hereunder shall be effective unless it is in writing. For purposes of construction of this offer letter agreement, any ambiguity shall not be construed against either party as the drafter. This offer letter agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, and signatures transmitted via facsimile or PDF shall be deemed equivalent to originals. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your identity and right to work in the United States.


LOGO

Wolfgang Maasberg Page 3

We are very pleased that you will be joining Fastly. Please sign and date this letter and the enclosed exhibits and return them to us by the close of business on Wednesday, March 23, 2016, if you wish to accept employment under the terms described above. If we do not receive the fully signed letter and the signed Exhibit A and Exhibit B from you by that date, the Company’s offer in this letter will expire. If you accept our offer, we would like you to start on Monday, April 11, 2016.

 

Sincerely,
Fastly, Inc.
/s/ Artur Bergman

 

Artur Bergman, CEO

Exhibit A – Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement

Exhibit B – Arbitration Agreement

Understood and Accepted:

 

/s/ Wolfgang Maasberg

                                  

3/22/2016

Wolfgang Maasberg       Date


Exhibit A

FASTLY, INC

Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement


Exhibit B

FASTLY, INC.

Arbitration Agreement

Exhibit 10.16

Confidential

FASTLY, INC.

CHANGE OF CONTROL AND RETENTION AGREEMENT

This Change of Control and Retention Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Wolfgang Maasberg (the “ Executive ”) and Fastly, Inc. (the “ Company ”), as of 10/11/2016.

RECITALS

A. It is possible that the Company may from time to time receive acquisition proposals by other companies. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) recognizes that consideration of any such proposals can be a distraction to the Executive and can cause the Executive to consider alternative employment opportunities. The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of the Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined herein) of the Company.

B. The Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to provide the Executive with an incentive to continue his or her employment and to motivate the Executive to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its stockholders.

C. The Board believes that it is imperative to provide the Executive with certain benefits upon the Executive’s termination of employment following a Change of Control. These benefits will provide the Executive with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change of Control.

D. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 5 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall terminate upon the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

2. At-Will Employment . The Company and the Executive acknowledge that the Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law, except as may otherwise be specifically provided under the terms of any written formal employment agreement or offer letter between the Company and the Executive (an “ Employment Agreement ”). If the Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) any termination prior to a Change of Control, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement, or as may otherwise be available in accordance with the Company’s established employee plans. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement is intended to provide the sole severance benefits to Executive in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment within the Change of Control Period (as defined below), and shall replace and supersede any severance benefits provided to Executive under any existing Employment Agreement.

3. Severance Benefits .

(a) Involuntary Termination Other than for Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason During the Change of Control Period . If within the period commencing three months prior to a Change of Control and ending eighteen (18) months following a Change of Control (the “ Change of Control Period ”) (i) the Executive terminates his or her employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) for “ Good Reason ” (as defined herein), or (ii) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) terminates the Executive’s employment for other than “ Cause ” (as defined herein), and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder) and the Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) and as described in Section 3(f)(iii) below, then the Executive shall receive the following severance benefits from the Company:

(i) Stock Options, Restricted Stock Units, Other Equity Compensation . All of the Executive’s then outstanding unvested stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Options ”) shall immediately vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested Option shares. The Options shall remain exercisable following the termination of employment for the period prescribed in the respective option agreements. Additionally, all of Executive’s outstanding unvested Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units (collectively, the “Restricted Stock Units”) shall immediately vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested Restricted Stock Units. All other unvested Company equity compensation held by Executive shall also immediately vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested equity compensation. In the event that Executive’s termination occurs prior to the consummation of the Change of Control, the vesting acceleration set forth in this section shall be contingent upon the consummation of the Change of Control transaction. If, in connection with a Change of

 

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

1


Control, unvested Options, Restricted Stock Units or other equity held by Executive will be terminated as a result of the successor entity electing not to assume or continue such equity interests, then one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested Options, Restricted Stock Units or other equity interests will become vested immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control transaction.

(b) Timing of Severance Payments . Subject to Section 3(f) below, the severance payments to which Executive is entitled shall be paid by the Company to Executive in cash and in full, not later than ten (10) calendar days after the date upon which the Release becomes effective. If the Executive should die after his termination date but before all amounts have been paid, such unpaid amounts shall be paid in a lump-sum payment (less any withholding taxes) to the Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.

(c) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by the Executive other than for Good Reason or due to Disability or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then the Executive shall not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(d) Termination Outside Change of Control Period . In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason outside of the Change of Control Period, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive severance and any other benefits only as may then be established under the Company’s existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(e) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment within the Change of Control Period, the provisions of this Section 3 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which the Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company. The Executive shall be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment following a Change in Control other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 3.

(f) Code Section  409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section  409A ”) at the time of Executive’s separation from service (as such term is defined in Section 409A), then the cash severance benefits payable to Executive under this Agreement, if any, and any other severance payments or separation benefits that may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits ”) otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s separation from service shall accrue during such six (6) month period and shall become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent payments, if any, shall be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his separation from service but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his date of separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this Section shall be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits shall be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

(ii) It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder shall be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A prior to actual payment to Executive.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Executive’s receipt of severance payments and benefits under this Agreement is conditioned upon Executive signing and not revoking the Release and subject to the Release becoming effective within sixty (60) days following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release Period ”). No severance will be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective. No severance will be paid or provided unless the Release becomes effective during the Release Period. In the event Executive’s separation from service occurs on or after November 1 of any year, any severance will be paid in arrears on the first payroll date to occur during the following calendar year, or such later time as required by Section 409A.

4. Golden Parachute Excise Tax Best Results . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (a) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Code Section 280G and (b) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then such benefits shall be either:

(i) delivered in full, or

 

2


Confidential

(ii) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 4 will be made in writing by an accounting firm or other tax expert selected by the Company or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 4, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 4. Any reduction in payments and/or benefits required by this Section 4 shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; and (2) reduction of other benefits paid to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant for Executive’s equity awards.

5. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a) Cause . “ Cause ” shall mean (i) an act of personal dishonesty taken by the Executive in connection with his responsibilities as an employee and intended to result in substantial personal enrichment of the Executive, (ii) Executive being convicted of a felony, (iii) a willful act by the Executive which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company, (iv) following delivery to the Executive of a written demand for performance from the Company which describes the basis for the Company’s reasonable belief that the Executive has not substantially performed his duties, continued violations by the Executive of the Executive’s obligations to the Company which are demonstrably willful and deliberate on the Executive’s part.

(b) Change of Control . At any time prior to the date the Company first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), “ Change of Control ” means an “ Acquisition ” as such term is defined in Section 4(b) of Article IV in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date of this Agreement. On or after the date the Company first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, “ Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following, in one or a series of related transactions:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) Any action or event occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the date hereof, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(iv) The consummation of the sale, lease or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets.

(c) Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” means that Executive resigns his or her employment after any of the following is undertaken by the Company (or its acquirer) without Executive’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction of Executive’s duties, title, authority or responsibilities, relative to the Executive’s duties, title, authority or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or the assignment to Executive of such reduced duties, title, authority or responsibilities, including a reduction in duties, title, authority or responsibilities solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s base salary potential bonus and/or employee benefits; or (iii) the relocation of the

 

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

3


Company’s offices such that Executive is regularly required to commute to a location more than thirty-five (35) miles from the City of San Francisco in order to perform Executive’s job duties; provided, however, that to resign for Good Reason, Executive must (1) provide written notice to the Company’s Vice President of Human Resources within 30 days after the first occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason setting forth the basis for Executive’s resignation, (2) allow the Company at least 30 days from receipt of such written notice to cure such event, and (3) if such event is not reasonably cured within such period, Executive’s resignation from all positions Executive then holds with the Company is effective not later than 90 days after the expiration of the cure period.

6. Successors .

(a) The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 6(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

(b) The Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

7. Notice.

(a) General . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one (1) business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed (i) if to Executive, at his or her last known residential address and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: Secretary), or in any such case at such other address as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason or due to Disability or as a result of a voluntary resignation shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 6(a) of this Agreement. Such notice shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and shall specify the termination date (which shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason shall not waive any right of the Executive hereunder or preclude the Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his or her rights hereunder.

8. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) No Duty to Mitigate . The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that the Executive may receive from any other source.

(b) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(e) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. The Superior Court of San Francisco County and/or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue over all controversies in connection with this Agreement.

 

4


Confidential

(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this amended and restated Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the last date signed below.

 

   FASTLY, INC.       EXECUTIVE
By:   

/s/ Paul D. Luongo

   By:   

/s/ Wolfgang Maasberg

Name:    Paul Luongo    Name:    Wolfgang Maasberg
Title:    VP and General Counsel    Date:    10/11/2016
Date:    10/11/2016      

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

5


Confidential

EXHIBIT A

FASTLY, INC.

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This Release of Claims (“ Agreement ”) is made by and between Fastly, inc. (the “ Company ”), and _________________ (“ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, Executive has agreed to enter into a release of claims in favor of the Company upon certain events specified in the Change of Control and Retention Agreement by and between Company and Executive (the “ Change of Control Agreement ”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Termination . Executive’s employment from the Company terminated on ________________.

2. Confidential Information . Executive shall continue to maintain the confidentiality of all confidential and proprietary information of the Company and shall continue to comply with the terms and conditions of the Employee Inventions and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement between Executive and the Company. Executive shall return all the Company property and confidential and proprietary information in his possession to the Company on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

3. Payment of Salary . Executive acknowledges and represents that the Company has paid all salary, wages, bonuses, accrued vacation, commissions and any and all other benefits due to Executive.

4. Release of Claims . Except as set forth in the last paragraph of this Section 4, Executive agrees that the foregoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Executive by the Company. Executive, on behalf of himself, and his respective heirs, family members, executors and assigns, hereby fully and forever releases the Company and its past, present and future officers, agents, directors, employees, investors, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, parents, predecessor and successor corporations, and assigns, from, and agrees not to sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted any legal or administrative proceedings concerning any claim, duty, obligation or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that he may possess arising from any omissions, acts or facts that have occurred up until and including the date on which Executive signs this Agreement including, without limitation,

(a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Executive’s employment relationship with the Company and the termination of that relationship;

(b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Executive’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of shares of stock of the Company, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; and conversion;

(d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, The Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, and Labor Code section 201, et seq . and section 970, et seq . and all amendments to each such Act as well as the regulations issued thereunder;

(e) any and all claims for violation of the federal, or any state, constitution;

(f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination; and

(g) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Executive agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not extend to any severance obligations due Executive under the Change of Control Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement waives Executive’s rights to indemnification or any payments under any fiduciary insurance policy, if any, provided by any act or agreement of the Company, state or federal law or policy of insurance or to any claims that

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

1


are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, or any other government agency, except that Executive acknowledges and agrees that he is hereby waiving his right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding.

5. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Executive acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ ADEA ”) and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Executive and the Company agree that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which Executive was already entitled. Executive further acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) he has seven (7) days following the execution of this Agreement by the parties to revoke the Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Executive from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. Any revocation should be in writing and delivered to the Vice-President of Human Resources at the Company by close of business on the seventh day from the date that Executive signs this Agreement.

6. Civil Code Section  1542 . Executive represents that he is not aware of any claims against the Company other than the claims that are released by this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that he has been advised by legal counsel and is familiar with the provisions of California Civil Code 1542, below, which provides as follows:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

Executive, being aware of said code section, agrees to expressly waive any rights he may have thereunder, as well as under any statute or common law principles of similar effect.

7. No Pending or Future Lawsuits . Executive represents that he has no lawsuits, claims, or actions pending in his name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein. Executive also represents that he does not intend to bring any claims on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity against the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein.

8. Application for Employment . Executive understands and agrees that, as a condition of this Agreement, he shall not be entitled to any employment with the Company, its subsidiaries, or any successor, and he hereby waives any right, or alleged right, of employment or re-employment with the Company.

9. No Cooperation . Executive agrees that he will not counsel or assist any attorneys or their clients in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints by any third party against the Company and/or any officer, director, employee, agent, representative, shareholder or attorney of the Company, unless under a subpoena or other court order to do so.

10. No Admission of Liability . No action taken by the Company, either previously or in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be (a) an admission of the truth or falsity of any claims heretofore made or (b) an acknowledgment or admission by the Company of any fault or liability whatsoever to the Executive or to any third party.

11. Costs . The Parties shall each bear their own costs, expert fees, attorneys’ fees and other fees incurred in connection with this Agreement.

12. Authority . Executive represents and warrants that he has the capacity to act on his own behalf and on behalf of all who might claim through him to bind them to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

13. No Representations . Executive represents that he has had the opportunity to consult with an attorney, and has carefully read and understands the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement. Neither party has relied upon any representations or statements made by the other party hereto which are not specifically set forth in this Agreement.

14. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, along with the Change of Control Agreement, the Employee Confidentiality Agreement, and Executive’s written equity compensation agreements with the Company, represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Executive concerning Executive’s separation from the Company.

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

2


Confidential

16. No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.

17. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California.

18. Effective Date . This Agreement is effective eight (8) days after it has been signed by both Parties.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart shall have the same force and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

20. Voluntary Execution of Agreement . This Agreement is executed voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Parties hereto, with the full intent of releasing all claims. The Parties acknowledge that:

(a) They have read this Agreement;

(b) They have had the opportunity of being represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of their own choice or that they have voluntarily declined to seek such counsel;

(c) They understand the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains;

(d) They are fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

  FASTLY, INC.    EXECUTIVE
By:  

 

   By:   

                                      

Name:  

 

   Name:   

                                                  

Title:  

 

   Date:   

                                          

Date:  

 

     

Fastly CICRA (14.2)

 

3

Exhibit 10.17

OFFICE LEASE

SUMMARY OF LEASE TERMS

475 Brannan Street

San Francisco, California

 

A.    Effective Date:    August 22, 2014
B.    Landlord:   

CLPF-475 Brannan Street, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

  

Landlord’s address for notices:

[Paragraph 22(j)]

  

c/o Clarion Partners, LLC

601 S. Figueroa Street, Suite 3400

Los Angeles, California 90017

Attention: Michael J. Duffy

 

With a copy to:

 

CBRE, Inc.

475 Brannan Street, Ste. 124

San Francisco, California 94107

Attention: Property Manager

C.    Tenant:   

Fastly, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

  

Tenant’s address for notices:

[Paragraph 22(j)]

  

Prior to the Commencement Date:

651 Brannan Street, Suite 110

 

San Francisco, California 94107

 

Following the Commencement Date: Premises

   Tenant Contact Person:    Bill Kaufman
D.   

Floor on which Premises are situated:

[Paragraph 1(f)]

   Suites 200, 300 and 320
E.   

Rentable area of Premises:

[Paragraph 1(f)]

   47,083 rentable square feet.
F.    Tenant’s Percentage Share:
[Paragraph l(j)]
   19.27%
G.    Base Year: [Paragraph 1(a)]    2015


H.    Term; [Paragraph 2]    60 months
I.    Basic Monthly Rental:
[Paragraph 3(a)]
  

Months 1 – 12:   $274,650.83

Months 13 – 24: $282,890.35

Months 25 – 36: $291,365.29

Months 37 – 48: $300,114.88

Months 49 – 60: $309,139.12

J.    Security Deposit:
[Paragraph 3(d)]
   $1,748,191.70, subject to decrease in accordance with the terms of Paragraph
3(d).
K.   

Brokers:

[Paragraph 22(p)]

   Colliers International (“Landlord’s Broker”) CBRE and Scully Commercial Inc. (collectively, “Tenant’s Broker”)
L.    Exhibits and addenda:
[Paragraph 22(t)]
  

Exhibit A-l - Suite 200 Floor Plan

Exhibit A-2 - Suite 300 Floor Plan

Exhibit A-3 - Suite 320 Floor Plan

Exhibit B - Building Rules and Regulations

Exhibit C - Tenant Work Letter

Exhibit D - Commencement Date Memorandum

The provisions of the Lease identified above in brackets are those provisions where references to particular Lease Terms appear. Each such reference shall incorporate the applicable Lease Terms. In the event of any conflict between the Summary of Lease Terms and the Lease, the latter shall control.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

  DEFINITIONS      1  

2.

  TERM      6  

3.

  RENTAL; SECURITY DEPOSIT      9  

4.

  TENANT’S SHARE OF OPERATING EXPENSES AND REAL PROPERTY TAXES; ADDITIONAL RENT      11  

5.

  OTHER TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT      13  

6.

  USE      13  

7.

  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS/ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS      14  

8.

  ALTERATIONS; LIENS      16  

9.

  MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR      18  

10.

  SERVICES      19  

11.

  SECURITY; ACCESS; CONTROL      21  

12.

  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      22  

13.

  WAIVER; INDEMNIFICATION      28  

14.

  INSURANCE      28  

15.

  PROTECTION OF LENDERS      31  

16.

  ENTRY BY LANDLORD      32  

17.

  ABANDONMENT      33  

18.

  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES      33  

19.

  DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY      36  

20.

  EMINENT DOMAIN      38  

21.

  HOLDING OVER      39  

22.

  MISCELLANEOUS      39  

23.

  ERISA      44  

 

-i-


24.

  PARKING      44  

25.

  ADA COMPLIANCE      46  

26.

  ACCESSIBILITY DISCLOSURE      46  

27.

  RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER      47  

28.

  DOGS      48  

29.

  SECURED AREAS      48  

30.

  BICYCLES      48  

 

EXHIBIT A-1    SUITE 200 FLOOR PLAN
EXHIBIT A-2    SUITE 300 FLOOR PLAN
EXHIBIT A-3    SUITE 320 FLOOR PLAN
EXHIBIT B    BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT C    TENANT WORK LETTER
EXHIBIT D    COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

 

-ii-


475 BRANNAN STREET

OFFICE LEASE

THIS LEASE is dated for reference purposes only as of August 22, 2014, between CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises described in Paragraph 1(f) below, for the term and subject to the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions hereinafter set forth.

1. DEFINITIONS.

In addition to terms that are defined elsewhere in this Lease, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires, the following terms shall have the meanings herein specified:

(a) The term “Base Year” and “Tax Base Year” shall each mean the calendar year set forth in Paragraph G of the Summary of Basic Lease Terms.

(b) The term “Building” shall mean the office building located at 475 Brannan Street in San Francisco, California, containing approximately 244,389 rentable square feet of space.

(c) The term “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the term expires; provided, however, that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in such event, Tenant’s Percentage Share of increases in Real Property Taxes and Operating Expenses over the Base Year amounts shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

(d) The term “Land” means the parcel(s) of land on which the Building and the adjacent below-grade parking lot (“Parking Lot”) are located.

(e) The term “Operating Expenses” shall mean the total costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, operation, maintenance, repair and ownership of the Real Property (as defined in Paragraph 1(g) hereof), including, without limitation, the following costs: (1) salaries, wages, bonuses and other compensation (including hospitalization, medical, surgical, retirement plan, pension plan, union dues, parking privileges, life insurance, including group life insurance, welfare and other fringe benefits, and vacation, holidays and other paid absence benefits) relating to employees of Landlord or its agents engaged in the management, operation, repair, or maintenance of the Real Property and costs of training such employees; (2) payroll, social security, workers’ compensation, unemployment and similar taxes with respect to such employees of Landlord or its agents, and the cost of providing disability or other benefits imposed by law or otherwise, with respect to such employees; (3) uniforms

 

   -1-   


(including the cleaning, replacement and pressing thereof) provided to such employees; (4) premiums and other charges incurred by Landlord with respect to fire, earthquake, other casualty, boiler and machinery, theft, rent interruption, liability insurance, any other insurance as is deemed necessary or advisable in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, or any insurance required by the holder of any Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 15), all in such amounts as Landlord determines to be appropriate, and the actual costs incurred in repairing an insured casualty to the extent of the deductible amount under the applicable insurance policy; (5) water charges and sewer rents or fees; (6) license, permit and inspection fees and charges, the cost of contesting any governmental enactments that may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with any transportation system management program or similar program; (7) sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Real Property and building systems and equipment; (8) telephone, telegraph, postage, stationery supplies and other expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance, or repair of the Real Property; (9) a management fee equal to three and one-half percent (3.5%) of gross revenues; (10) repairs to and physical maintenance of the Real Property, including building systems and appurtenances thereto and normal repair and replacement of worn-out equipment, facilities and installations, but excluding the replacement of major building systems (except to the extent otherwise included as an Operating Expense pursuant to this Paragraph 1(e)); (11) janitorial (excluding janitorial service to the Premises and the premises of other tenants), window cleaning, security services, extermination, water treatment, rubbish removal, plumbing and other services and inspection or service contracts for elevator, electrical, mechanical, sanitary, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, and other building equipment and systems or as may otherwise be necessary or proper for the operation or maintenance of the Real Property; (12) supplies, tools, materials and equipment used in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Real Property; (13) accounting, legal and other professional, consulting or service fees and expenses; (14) painting the exterior or the public or common areas of the Building and the cost of maintaining and replacing the sidewalks, landscaping and other common areas of the Real Property; (15) all costs and expenses for electricity, chilled water, air conditioning, water for heating, gas, fuel, steam, heat, lights, sewer service, communications service, power and other energy related utilities required in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Common Areas; (16) the cost of any capital improvements made by Landlord to the Real Property or capital assets acquired by Landlord during the term of this Lease required under any governmental law, regulation or insurance requirement, such cost or allocable portion to be amortized over the useful life thereof, together with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate per annum equal to the Reference Rate (as defined in Paragraph 3(c)) charged at the time such capital improvements or capital assets are constructed or acquired or such higher rate as may have been paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of constructing or acquiring such capital improvements or capital assets, but in either case not more than the maximum rate permitted by law at the time such capital improvements or capital assets are constructed or acquired; (17) the cost of any capital improvements made by Landlord to the Building or capital assets acquired by Landlord during the term of this Lease for the protection of the health and safety of the occupants of the Real Property or that are designed to reduce other Operating Expenses, such cost or allocable portion thereof to be amortized over the useful life thereof (except that Landlord may include as an Operating Expense in any calendar year a portion of the cost of such a capital improvement or capital asset equal to Landlord’s estimate of the amount of the reduction of other Operating Expenses in such

 

-2-


year resulting from such capital improvement or capital asset), together with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate per annum equal to the Reference Rate charged at the time such capital improvements or capital assets are constructed or acquired or such higher rate as may have been paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of constructing or acquiring such capital improvements or capital assets, but in either case not more than the maximum rate permitted by law at the time such capital improvements or capital assets are constructed or acquired; (18) the cost of furniture, window coverings, carpeting, decorations, landscaping and other customary and ordinary items of personal property provided by Landlord for use in common areas of the Real Property or in the Building office (to the extent that such Building office is dedicated to the operation and management of the Real Property), such costs to be amortized over the useful life thereof; (19) the cost of any capital improvements made by Landlord to the Real Property or capital assets acquired by Landlord during the term of this Lease to the extent that the cost of any such improvement or asset is less than five thousand dollars ($5,000); (20) the cost of any capital improvements made by Landlord to the Real Property or capital assets acquired by Landlord during the term of this Lease that have a useful life of five (5) years or less (and the cost of which is not otherwise included in Operating Costs pursuant to this Paragraph 1(e)), such cost to be amortized over the useful life thereof, together with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate per annum equal to the Reference Rate charged at the time such capital improvements or capital assets are constructed or acquired or such higher rate as may have been paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of constructing or acquiring such capital improvements or capital assets, but in either case not more than the maximum rate permitted by law at the time such capital improvements or capital assets are constructed or acquired; (21) any such expenses and costs resulting from substitution of work, labor, material or services in lieu of any of the above itemizations, or for any such additional work, labor, services or material resulting from compliance with any governmental laws, rules, regulations or orders applicable to the Real Property or any part thereof; (22) property management office rent or rental value; and (23) cost of operation, repair and maintenance of the Parking Lot, including resurfacing, restriping and cleaning.

To the extent costs and expenses described above relate to both the Real Property and other property, such costs and expenses shall, in determining the amount of Operating Expenses, be allocated equitably in direct proportion to the costs which relate to the Real Property.

Operating Expenses shall not include the following: (i) depreciation or amortization on the Building; (ii) debt service; (iii) rental under any ground or underlying lease; (iv) interest (except as expressly provided in this Paragraph 1(e)), principal points and fees on any encumbrance, mortgage or other debt instrument encumbering the Real Property; (v) Real Property Taxes; (vi) attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with lease negotiations with prospective Building tenants or disputes with tenants of the Building; (vii) the cost of any improvements or equipment that would be properly classified as capital expenditures (except for any capital expenditures expressly included in Operating Expenses pursuant to this Paragraph 1(e)); (viii) the cost of decorating, improving for tenant occupancy, painting or redecorating portions of the Building to be demised to tenants and costs incurred in removing property improvements of former tenants or other occupants of the Building; (ix) advertising expenses relating to vacant space; (x) real estate brokers’ or other leasing commissions or attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with leasing, renovating or improving

 

-3-


vacant space at the Real Property for tenants or prospective tenants; (xi) costs of utilities for the Premises or other tenants’ premises if separately metered; (xii) Landlord’s costs of any services sold to tenants or Tenant for which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed by such tenants as an additional charge or rental over and above the Basic Monthly Rental payable under the lease with such tenant or Tenant or other occupant and all items and services for which Tenant or other tenants reimburse Landlord outside of Operating Expenses; (xiii) costs, fines, penalties, or interest incurred due to a violation of laws or the terms and conditions of any lease by Landlord or any tenant in the Building or the Real Property; (xiv) costs of repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm, or other casualty of an insurable nature, whether or not Landlord carries such insurance (except for any insurance deductible); (xv) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and all general administrative overhead expenses for services not specifically performed for the Real Property; (xvi) salaries wages, bonuses, and other compensation (including hospitalization, medical, surgical, retirement plan, pension plan, union dues, parking privileges, life insurance, including group life insurance, welfare, and other fringe benefits, and vacation, holidays, and other paid absence benefits) relating to asset managers, leasing agents, promotional directors, officers, directors, or executives of Landlord; (xvii) overhead and profit increments paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods or services on or to the Real Property (or any portion thereof), to the extent such overhead and profit increments exceed that which would have been earned by or paid to an independent, third-party provider of the same or similar goods or services on an arms-length basis; (xviii) brokerage commissions, attorneys’ and accountants’ fees related thereto, loan brokerage fees, closing costs, interest charges and other similar costs incurred in connection with the sale, refinancing, mortgaging, or selling, or change of ownership of the Real Property; and costs incurred in connection with the operation of the business of the entity constituting Landlord, as distinguished from costs of operating the Building, including accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building; (xix) all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any dispute relating to the Landlord’s title to or ownership of the Real Property or any portion thereof; (xx) contributions to political or charitable organizations; (xxi) interest and penalties due to late payments of taxes and utility bills or any other obligations; (xxii) any reserves for bad debts, rent loss, capital items, future Operating Expenses or any other purpose; (xxiii) to the extent the Project is not in compliance with Laws as of the Effective Date of this Lease, the costs of bringing the Common Areas of the Building or Real Property into compliance with building codes, laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, or any other governmental rules or requirements, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 and Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations (or its successor); (xxiv) expenses and costs relating to the identification, testing, monitoring and control, encapsulation, removal, replacement, repair, or abatement of any Hazardous Materials or mold within the Building or Real Property, other than costs incurred in addressing Hazardous Material releases occurring in the normal operation of the Building and the Real Property which do not require reporting or disclosure under any environmental laws, and (xxv) costs of acquiring or purchasing any fine artwork.

(f) The term “Premises” shall mean the space in the Building designated by cross-hatching on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A (exclusive of the areas, if any, shown by shading) and situated on the floor of the Building specified in Paragraph D of the Summary of Lease Terms, together with the appurtenant right to the use, in common with others, of lobbies, entrances, stairs, elevators and other public portions of the Building. Landlord and

 

-4-


Tenant agree that the Premises contain the number of square feet of rentable area specified in Paragraph E of the Summary of Lease Terms. All the outside walls and windows of the Premises and any space in the Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, and the use thereof and access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance and repairs, are reserved to Landlord.

(g) The term “Real Property” shall mean, collectively, the Land, the Building, the Parking Lot, and the other improvements on the Land.

(h) The term “Real Property Taxes” shall mean all taxes, assessments (whether general or special), excises, transit charges, housing fund assessments or other housing charges, levies or fees, ordinary or extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind, which are assessed, levied, charged, confirmed or imposed on the Real Property or any part thereof, on the Landlord with respect to the Real Property, on the act of entering into this Lease or any other lease of space in the Real Property, on the use or occupancy of the Real Property or any part thereof, with respect to services or utilities consumed in the use, occupancy or operation of the Real Property, or on or measured by the rent payable under this Lease or in connection with the business of renting space in the Real Property, including, without limitation, any gross income tax, gross receipts tax or excise tax levied with respect to the receipt of such rent, by the United States of America, the State of California, the City and County of San Francisco, any political subdivision, public corporation, district or other political or public entity or public authority, and shall also include any other tax, fee or other excise, however described, that may be levied or assessed in lieu of, as a substitute (in whole or in part) for, or as an addition to, any other Real Property Taxes. Real Property Taxes shall include reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Real Property Taxes.

Real Property Taxes shall not include federal or state income, excess profits, gift, franchise, transfer, inheritance, estate, documentary transfer, capital gains or capital stock taxes, unless, due to a change in the method of taxation, any of such taxes is levied or assessed against Landlord in lieu of, as a substitute (in whole or in part) for, or as an addition to, any other charge that would otherwise constitute a part of Real Property Taxes. Real Property Taxes shall also exclude penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s failure to pay taxes or to file any tax or informational returns and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that certain other buildings exist or encroach upon the Land, that Tenant shall have no liability as to any item of Real Property Taxes attributable or allocable to, or assessed against, buildings other than the Building and that Landlord’s good faith determination of the proper allocation of any item of Real Property Taxes allocable to buildings other than the Building shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

(i) The term “Rental” shall include the Basic Monthly Rental set forth in Paragraph I of the Summary of Lease Terms, all additional rent, and any other costs or charges payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder.

(j) The term “Tenant’s Percentage Share” shall mean the percentage figure specified in Paragraph F of the Summary of Lease Terms (.

 

-5-


2. TERM.

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2(c) hereof, the term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the date (the “Commencement Date”) that Landlord delivers any portion of the Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition (as that term is defined below). Tenant’s obligation to pay Rental shall commence as of the date (the “Rent Commencement Date”) that is the earlier of (i) seventy-five (75) days after Landlord has delivered possession of the entire Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition; or (ii) the date Tenant first commences business operations from each of Suite 200, Suite 300 and Suite 320. Unless ended sooner as herein provided, the Term shall expire on the last day of the sixtieth (60th) month following the Rent Commencement Date. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to confirm the actual Commencement Date, Rent Commencement Date and Expiration Date promptly after the Rent Commencement Date is established, by executing and delivering to each other counterparts of a Commencement Date Memorandum in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto, but the Term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the Expiration Date whether or not such amendment is executed.

(b) Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant vacant and broom-clean, with the existing building systems in good working order, but otherwise in their “as-is” condition (the “Delivery Condition”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that neither Landlord or any representative of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Leased Premises. Landlord and Tenant agree to the provisions set forth in the work letter annexed hereto as Exhibit “C” (“Work Letter”). Tenant agrees to construct any Initial Improvements described in the Work Letter upon and subject to the provisions thereof. Landlord estimates it will deliver the Premises in the Delivery Condition to Tenant on January 1, 2015 (the “Estimated Delivery Date”), provided, however, once the current tenant in the Premises has vacated an entire suite which is a portion of the Premises prior to the Estimated Delivery Date, Landlord shall deliver such suite to Tenant in the Delivery Condition as soon as practicable thereafter. Landlord shall also provide Tenant reasonable access to the Premises prior to the Estimated Delivery Date upon not less than twenty-four (24) hours’ notice for the purpose of designing the Initial Improvements.

(c) If Landlord fails to deliver some or all of the Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition by January 15, 2015 (“Target Date”), (i) this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as set forth below, and (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against Basic Monthly Rental of one (1) day of Basic Monthly Rental applicable to that portion of the Premises which has not been delivered for every day that delivery of possession (in the Delivery Condition) occurs after the Target Date. If Landlord fails to deliver the entire Premises to Tenant in the Delivery Condition within sixty (60) days after the Target Date and does not cure such failure within fifteen (15) days of Tenant’s written notice thereof (“Tenant’s Delivery Notice”), Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days of the expiration of Tenant’s Delivery Notice. If Tenant does not exercise its option to terminate the Lease under this Paragraph 2(c), this Lease thereafter shall not be void or voidable and no obligation of Tenant shall be affected by Landlord’s failure to deliver the Premises. Regardless of whether Tenant exercises its option to terminate under this Paragraph 2(c), in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting from Landlord’s failure to deliver the Premises.

 

-6-


(d) Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease with respect to the entire Premises then leased by Tenant upon the expiration of the initial Term for one (1) additional term of five (5) years (the “Extension Term”), by delivering notice to Landlord of Tenant’s option to extend at least nine (9) months but no more than twelve (12) months prior to the end of the initial Term. If Tenant exercises its right to extend, the Term shall be extended for an additional five (5) years, and Tenant shall continue to lease the Premises on all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Basic Monthly Rental for the Extension Term shall be the Fair Market Rental Rate (as defined below) and Tenant shall have no further option to renew.

(e) For the purposes of the Lease, the term “Fair Market Rental Rate” as used herein shall mean the annual rent per square foot that a willing tenant would pay, and a willing landlord would accept, in arm’s length bona fide negotiations if the space in question were leased during the renewal term in question on the terms and conditions of the Lease, based to the extent practicable on rental rates for the period of the Extension Term as established by leases recently or then being entered into for comparable space in the Building, China Basin Landing—Wharfside Building; 139 Townsend Street and 2 Harrison Street (collectively, the “Comparable Buildings”), and taking into account any effect on rental rates which may arise by reason of the amount of space leased by Tenant, the commencement date of the Extended Term, the length of the Extended Term, the use of the Premises, the location and floor level of the Premises, and other pertinent facts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, in determining Fair Market Rental Rate for the Premises for the Extended Term, no consideration shall be given to any allowances or other concessions that may be prevalent in the market for tenants new to a building at the time the Fair Market Rental Rate is being negotiated by the parties hereto. Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate shall be made by using its good faith judgment. Landlord shall provide written notice of such amount within thirty (30) days after Tenant provides the notice to Landlord exercising Tenant’s extension option. Tenant shall have thirty (30) days (“Tenant’s Review Period”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the new rental rate within which to accept such rental rate or to, in good faith, object thereto in writing. In the event Tenant objects, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon such Fair Market Rental Rate, using their good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s Review Period (the “Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall place in a separate sealed

 

-7-


envelope its final proposal as to the Fair Market Rental Rate (with respect to Landlord’s determination, the “Landlord’s Prevailing Market Determination” and with respect to Tenant’s determination, the “Tenant’s Prevailing Market Determination”), and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with subsections (i) through (v) below. Failure of Tenant to so object in writing within Tenant’s Review Period shall conclusively be deemed its approval of the Fair Market Rental Rate determined by Landlord. In the event that Landlord fails to timely generate the initial written notice of Landlord’s opinion of the Fair Market Rental Rate that triggers the negotiation period of this Paragraph 2(e), then Tenant may commence such negotiations by providing the initial notice, in which event Landlord shall have thirty (30) days (“Landlord’s Review Period”) after receipt of Tenant’s notice of the new rental rate within which to accept such rental rate. In the event Landlord fails to accept in writing such rental rate proposed by Tenant, then such proposal shall be deemed rejected, and Landlord and Tenant shall attempt in good faith to agree upon such Fair Market Rental Rate, using their good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s Review Period (which shall be, in such event, the “Outside Agreement Date” in lieu of the above definition of such date), then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope its final proposal containing the Landlord’s Prevailing Market Determination and Tenant’s Prevailing Market Determination respectively and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with subsections (i) through (v) below. If the final determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate has not been made prior to the date on which Tenant’s obligation to pay Basic Monthly Rental during the Extension Term commences, then, from such date until the date the final determination is made (“Interim Period”), Tenant shall pay estimated Basic Monthly Rental for the Premises at the rate applicable to the Premises during the last month of the initial Term. Once the final determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate has been made, (A) if the Basic Monthly Rental payable by Tenant for the Premises pursuant to the Fair Market Rental Rate exceeds the Basic Monthly Rental paid by Tenant during the Interim Period, Tenant shall pay the excess to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s next installment of Basic Monthly Rental; or (B) if the Basic Monthly Rental payable by Tenant for the Premises pursuant to the Fair Market Rental Rate is less than the Basic Monthly Rental paid by Tenant during the Interim Period, Landlord shall pay the difference to Tenant within fifteen (15) days of such determination.

(i) Landlord and Tenant shall meet with each other within ten (10) business days of the Outside Agreement Date and exchange the sealed envelopes and then open such envelopes in each other’s presence. If Landlord and Tenant do not mutually agree upon the Fair Market Rental Rate within ten (10) business days of the exchange and opening of envelopes, then, within twenty (20) business days of the exchange and opening of envelopes, Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon and jointly appoint a single arbitrator who shall by profession be a M.A.I. certified real estate appraiser or real estate broker who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of office properties in the vicinity of the Real Property. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall consult with such broker or appraiser as to his or her opinion as to Fair Market Rental Rate prior to the appointment. The determination of the arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Rental Rate for the Premises is the closest to the actual Fair Market Rental Rate for the Premises as determined by the arbitrator, taking into account the requirements of this Paragraph 2(e). Such arbitrator may hold such hearings and require such briefs as the arbitrator, in his or her sole discretion, determines is necessary. In addition, Landlord or Tenant may submit to the arbitrator (with a copy to the other party) within ten (10) business days after the appointment of the arbitrator any market data and additional information relevant to the determination of Fair Market Rental Rate (“FMRR Data”), and the other party may submit a reply in writing within ten (10) business days after receipt of such FMRR Data.

(ii) The arbitrator shall, within thirty (30) days of his or her appointment, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Rental Rate and notify Landlord and Tenant of such determination.

(iii) The decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

(iv) If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon and appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the arbitrator shall be made by the Presiding Judge of the San Francisco Superior Court, or, if he or she refuses to act, by any judge having jurisdiction over the parties.

(v) The cost of arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

 

-8-


3. RENTAL; SECURITY DEPOSIT.

(a) Beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as Basic Monthly Rental for the Premises the sums specified in Paragraph I of the Summary of Lease Terms. In addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord the sum of $3,139.21 per day for each day prior to the Rent Commencement Date that it conducts business from Suite 200, the sum of $3,139.21 per day for each day prior to the Rent Commencement Date that it conducts business from Suite 300, and the sum of $2,876.61 per day for each day prior to the Rent Commencement Date that it conducts business from Suite 320.

(b) Basic Monthly Rental shall be paid to Landlord, in advance, on or before the first day of each and every successive calendar month during the term hereof. In the event the term of this Lease commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Basic Monthly Rental for the first and/or last fractional months of the term shall be appropriately prorated. All such prorations shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. For purposes of Rent adjustment under the Lease, the number of months is measured from the first day of the calendar month in which the Rent Commencement Date falls.

(c) Rental shall be paid to Landlord without notice, demand, deduction or offset in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds or by good check as described below at the following addresses: (i) if by Wire and ACH Payments: JP Morgan Chase, Account title: CLPF - 475 Brannan Street L.P., ABA #021-000-021, Account #473901978; if by Regular mail: CLPF - 475 Brannan Street, L.P., P.O. Box 101248, Pasadena, California 91189-0005; or (iii) if by Overnight mail: JP Morgan Chase, 2710 Media Center Dr., Building #6, Suite #120, Los Angeles, California 90065, Attn: CLPF - 475 Brannan Street L.P. Payments made by check must be drawn either on a California financial institution or on a financial institution that is a member of the federal reserve system. All amounts of Rental, if not paid when due, shall bear interest from the due date until paid at an annual rate of interest (the “Interest Rate”) equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum annual interest rate allowed by law on such due date for business loans (not primarily for personal, family or household purposes) not exempt from the usury law, or (ii) a rate equal to the sum of five (5) percentage points over the publicly announced reference rate (the “Reference Rate”) charged on such due date by the San Francisco Main Office of Bank of America, N.A. (or any successor bank thereto) (or if there is no such publicly announced rate, the rate quoted by such bank in pricing ninety (90) day commercial loans to substantial commercial borrowers). In addition, Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rental will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult to fix. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges, and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance and/or note secured by an encumbrance covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rental due from Tenant is not received within ten (10) days of the date due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of ten percent (10%) of the overdue Rental as a late charge; provided that, if Rental is not paid when due three (3) times during the term of this Lease and if Landlord shall have notified Tenant in writing that Tenant

 

-9-


shall thereafter be entitled to no further grace periods, then thereafter Tenant shall not be entitled to such ten (10) day grace period, and such late charge shall be assessed on any Rental not paid by 5:00 p.m. on the date due. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of late payment of Rental by Tenant. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount, or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord.

(d) Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to one (1) month’s Basic Monthly Rental, which amount Landlord shall apply to the Basic Monthly Rental for the first month of the Term for which Rental is due. In addition, upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an amount equal to $1,748,191.70, to be held by Landlord as security for Tenant’s faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, and obligations required to be performed by Tenant hereunder (the “Security Deposit”). The amount of the Security Deposit shall be reduced on the last day of the twelfth (12 th ), twenty-fourth (24 th ), thirty-sixth (36 th ) and forty-eighth (48 th ) full calendar months after the Rent Commencement Date, respectively, in the amount of $349,638.34 each (the “Reduction Amount”) from the amount then held by Landlord, so long as no Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease then currently exists beyond any applicable notice and cure periods as of the date of the relevant reduction of the Security Deposit or the date any excess Security Deposit is to be returned pursuant hereto. Within ten (10) business days following the date of the relevant reduction of the Security Deposit, Landlord shall pay to Tenant any excess funds held by Landlord over the required amount of the Security Deposit, as so reduced. If such Reduction Amount is not timely paid by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord written notice that the Reduction Amount has not been timey paid. Landlord shall then have ten (10) business days to either pay the Reduction Amount or to provide Tenant written notice that Landlord disputes that a Reduction Amount payment is due (the “Notice of Dispute”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that a Notice of Dispute may only be delivered to Tenant by Landlord in the event a dispute arises in connection with a default by Tenant beyond the applicable notice and cure periods. If within such ten (10) business day period Landlord fails to either pay the Reduction Amount or deliver Tenant a Notice of Dispute and if the Landlord is other than CLPF-475 Brannan Street, L.P., Tenant shall have the right to offset that particular Reduction Amount payment amount against any Rental next due and owing. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance by Tenant of all of the covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest thereon. The Security Deposit is not an advance rent deposit, an advance payment of any other kind, or a measure of Landlord’s damages in any case of Tenant’s default. If Tenant fails to perform any of the covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant after the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods, including without limitation the provisions relating to payment of rent, the removal of property at the end of the Term, and the repair of damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, and the cleaning of the Premises upon termination of the tenancy created hereby, then Landlord shall have the right, but no obligation, to apply the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as may be necessary, for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default and/or to cure any other such failure by Tenant. If Landlord applies the Security Deposit or any part thereof for payment of such amounts or to cure any such other failure by Tenant during the Term, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s written notice thereof, pay to Landlord the sum necessary to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount then required by this Paragraph 3(d) taking into account the Reduction Amount. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Security Deposit are those of a debtor

 

-10-


and not a trustee. Landlord shall not be required to maintain the Security Deposit separate and apart from Landlord’s general or other funds and Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with any of Landlord’s general or other funds. Upon termination of the original Landlord’s or any successor owner’s interest in the Premises or the Building, the original Landlord or such successor owner shall be released from further liability with respect to the Security Deposit upon the original Landlord’s or such successor owner’s complying with California Civil Code Section 1950.7 and Landlord’s transfer of the Security Deposit to such successor owner or the credit of the amount of the Security Deposit to such successor owner. Subject to the foregoing and the terms of this Lease, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which (a) establish a time frame within which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (b) provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage caused by the default of Tenant under this Lease, including without limitation all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. If Tenant performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the unused portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant or the last assignee of Tenant’s interest under this Lease within thirty (30) days following expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease.

4. TENANT’S SHARE OF OPERATING EXPENSES AND REAL PROPERTY TAXES; ADDITIONAL RENT.

(a) In addition to the Basic Monthly Rental payable during the Term of this Lease, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing throughout the remaining Term of this Lease (including the Extension Term, if applicable) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share of: (i) the amount, if any, by which Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in any calendar year subsequent to the Base Year exceed the amount of Operating Expense allocable to the Base Year; and (ii) the amount, if any by which Real Property Taxes paid or incurred by Landlord in any calendar year subsequent to the Base Year exceed the amount of Real Property Taxes allocable to the Tax Base Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Building is less than one hundred percent (100%) occupied in the Base Year, the Tax Base Year or in any other Expense Year during the Term, then Operating Expenses for the Base Year, Real Property Taxes for the Tax Base Year or such other Expense Year shall be adjusted, for purposes of the foregoing calculations to the amounts that they would have been if the Building had been one hundred percent (100%) occupied. If it shall not be lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for any increase in Real Property Taxes as defined herein, then the Basic Monthly Rental payable to Landlord prior to the imposition of such increases in Real Property Taxes shall be increased to net Landlord the same net Basic Monthly Rental after imposition of such increases in Real Property Taxes as would have been received by Landlord prior to the imposition of such increases in Real Property Taxes.

(b) Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing throughout the remainder of the Lease Term (including the Extension Term, if applicable), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, one-twelfth (l/12th) of Tenant’s Percentage Share of increases in Operating Expenses over the Base Year and Real Property Taxes over the Tax Base Year for such Expense Year on or before the first day of each calendar month of such Expense Year, in advance, in an amount estimated in good faith by Landlord in notices delivered to Tenant.

 

-11-


If Landlord fails to deliver such an estimate to Tenant prior to the commencement of any Expense Year, then Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Percentage Share of increases in Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes on the basis of the prior Expense Year’s estimate until the first day of the next calendar month after such notice is given, provided that on such date Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such estimated adjustment payable to Landlord for prior months during the Expense Year in question, less any portion thereof previously paid by Tenant. Landlord may revise its estimate of Tenant’s Percentage Share of increases in Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes for any Expense Year from time to time by giving written notice of such revision to Tenant, in which event subsequent payments by Tenant for such Expense Year shall be based on Landlord’s revised estimate. The failure or delay by Landlord to provide Tenant with Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Percentage Share of increases in Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes or Landlord’s annual statement (as described in subparagraph 4(c) below) for any Expense Year shall not constitute a default by Landlord hereunder, or a waiver by Landlord of Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Percentage Share of increases in Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes for such Expense Year or of Landlord’s right to send to Tenant such an estimate or annual statement, as the case may be.

(c) Within ninety (90) days after the close of each Expense Year or as soon after such ninety (90) day period as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of the amounts payable under Paragraph 4(a) above for such Expense Year and such statement shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If on the basis of such statement Tenant owes an amount that is more than the estimated payments for such Expense Year previously made by Tenant, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement. If on the basis of such statement Tenant has paid to Landlord an amount in excess of the amounts payable under Paragraph 4(a) above for the preceding Expense Year and Tenant is not in default in the performance of any of its covenants under this Lease, then Landlord shall promptly refund such excess to Tenant.

(d) If Tenant disputes the amount of Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes due hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, after payment to Landlord of the amount in dispute, and after reasonable notice and at reasonable times, to inspect Landlord’s accounting records relating to such Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes at Landlord’s accounting office. If, after such inspection Tenant still disputes the amount of additional rent owed, Tenant shall have the right to cause Landlord’s books and records with respect to such Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes for such year to be audited by certified public accountants selected by Tenant and subject to Landlord’s reasonable right of approval; provided that any auditor selected by Tenant must be a nationally or regionally recognized firm whose compensation shall in no way be contingent upon or correspond to the financial impact on Tenant resulting from such review or audit. Tenant agrees to pay the cost of such audit unless Landlord and Tenant determine that Landlord’s original statement overstated Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes by more than five percent (5%). If Landlord and Tenant determine that Landlord has overcharged Tenant, then within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Landlord, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant the amount of such overcharge. No such audit shall be conducted if any other tenant has conducted an audit for the time period Tenant intends to audit and Landlord furnishes to Tenant a copy of the results of such audit. No audit shall be conducted at any time that Tenant is in default of any of the terms of the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period. Tenant’s right to dispute the amount of Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes shall continue for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following Landlord’s delivery of the statement with respect to such Expense Year, after which such statement shall be conclusively presumed to be accurate and binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

 

-12-


(e) If this Lease expires or terminates on a day other than the last day of an Expense Year, the amounts payable by Tenant under Paragraph 4(a) above with respect to the Expense Year in which such expiration or termination occurs shall be prorated on the basis that the number of days from the commencement of such Expense Year, to and including such expiration or termination date, bears to three hundred sixty (360). The expiration or termination of this Lease shall not affect the obligations of Landlord and Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 4(c) above to be performed after such expiration or termination.

(f) It is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that the Basic Monthly Rental paid to Landlord throughout the term of this Lease shall be absolutely net of all increases in Real Property Taxes over the Tax Base Year and Operating Expenses over the Base Year and the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 4 are intended to so provide.

5. OTHER TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes and Real Property Taxes) whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto:

(a) imposed upon, measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises or by the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, regardless of whether title to such improvements shall be in Tenant or Landlord;

(b) imposed upon or measured by the Basic Monthly Rental payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross income tax or excise tax levied by the City and County of San Francisco, the State of California, the federal government or any other governmental body with respect to the receipt of such rental;

(c) imposed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof; or

(d) imposed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

In the event that it shall not be lawful for Tenant to so reimburse Landlord, the Basic Monthly Rental payable to Landlord under this Lease shall be revised to net Landlord the same income after imposition of any such tax upon Landlord as would have been received by Landlord hereunder prior to the imposition of any such tax.

6. USE. Tenant agrees to use the Premises for general office purpose, and Tenant agrees not to use or permit the use of the Premises or any part thereof for any other purpose. Tenant agrees not to do or permit to be done in or about the Premises or the Building, or to bring or keep or permit to be brought or kept in or about the Premises or the Building, anything that is prohibited by or will in any way conflict with any law, statute or governmental regulation now or

 

-13-


hereafter in effect, or that would subject Landlord or Landlord’s agents to any liability, or that is prohibited by the standard form of fire insurance policy, or that will in any way increase the existing rate of (or otherwise affect) fire or any other insurance on the Building or any of its contents. If any act or omission of Tenant results in any such increase in premium rates, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, upon demand the amount of such increase. Tenant agrees not to do or permit to be done anything in, on or about the Premises or the Building that will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose. Tenant agrees not to cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises or the Building, or to use or permit to be used any loudspeaker or other device, system or apparatus that can be heard outside the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord or to permit any objectionable odors, bright lights or electrical or radio interference that may annoy or interfere with the rights of other tenants of the Building or the public. Tenant agrees not to commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises. The provisions of this Paragraph 6 are for the benefit of Landlord only and shall not be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant or occupant of the Building.

7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS/ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.

(a) Tenant agrees at its sole cost and expense to promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or requirements now or hereafter constituted; with any direction or occupancy certificate issued pursuant to law by any public officer; and with the provisions of all recorded documents affecting the Premises, insofar as any thereof relates to or affects the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises, excluding structural changes not related to or affected by Tenant’s improvements, acts or particular use of the Premises. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any action against Tenant (whether Landlord be a party thereto or not) that Tenant has violated any such law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule, regulation, requirement, direction or provision, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant’s use or operation of the Premises or any of Tenant’s equipment therein requires a governmental permit, license or other authorization or any notice to any governmental agency, Tenant shall promptly provide a copy thereof to Landlord.

(b) Tenant shall not bring or keep, or permit to be brought or kept, in the Premises or in or on the Real Property any “hazardous substance” (as hereinafter defined). Tenant shall not manufacture, generate, treat, handle, store or dispose of any hazardous substance in the Premises or in or on the Real Property, or use the Premises for any such purpose, or emit, release or discharge any hazardous substance into any air, soil, surface water or groundwater comprising the Premises or the Real Property, or permit any person using or occupying the Premises to do any of the foregoing. Tenant shall comply, and shall cause all persons using or occupying the Premises to comply, with all “environmental laws” (as hereinafter defined) applicable to the Premises, the use or occupancy of the Premises or any operation or activity therein. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, give written notice to Landlord of any notice or other communication (oral or written) regarding any (i) actual or alleged violation of environmental laws by Tenant or with respect to the Premises, (ii) actual or threatened release of any hazardous substance from the Premises, or (iii) the existence of any hazardous substance in or on the Premises or regarding any actual or threatened investigation, inquiry, lawsuit, claim,

 

-14-


citation, directive, summons, proceeding, complaint, notice, order, writ or injunction relating to any of the foregoing. Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, fines, encumbrances, liens, losses, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, and costs and expenses of investigation, arising from or related to the existence on or after the Commencement Date of hazardous substances from the Premises as a result of contamination caused by Tenant or the existence on or after the Commencement Date of a violation of environmental laws by Tenant with respect to the Premises. To the extent Tenant has an indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 7(b), Tenant shall, to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, perform all remedial actions necessary to remove any hazardous substances in or on the Premises on or after the Commencement Date or to remedy actual or threatened migration from the Premises of any hazardous substances or to remedy any actual or threatened violation of environmental laws. This Paragraph 7(b) shall survive termination of this Lease. As used in this Lease, “hazardous substance” shall mean any substance or material that is described as a toxic, hazardous, bio-hazardous, corrosive, ignitable, flammable or reactive substance, waste or material or a pollutant or contaminant, or words of similar import, in any of the environmental laws, and includes asbestos, petroleum, petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, radioactive matter, and chemicals that may cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, except de minimis amounts. “De Minimis amounts” means hazardous substances being (x) stored for future use by Lessee on the Premises or (y) used on the Premises, in either case and in such quantities that both (i) do not constitute a violation or threatened violation of any environmental laws or require any reporting or disclosure under any environmental laws, and (ii) are consistent with customary and prudent business practices in the county where the Premises are located. De Minimis amounts does not, in any case, include hazardous substances being disposed of, generated, manufactured, processed, produced, released, transported, or treated. As used in this Lease, “environmental laws” shall mean all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations now or hereafter in force, as amended from time to time, in any way relating to or regulating human health or safety, or industrial hygiene or environmental conditions, or protection of the environment, or pollution or contamination of the air, soil, surface water or groundwater.

(c) Tenant shall promptly furnish Landlord with any (i) notices received from any insurance company or governmental agency or inspection bureau regarding any unsafe or unlawful conditions within the Premises, and (ii) notices or other communications sent by or on behalf of Tenant to any person relating to environmental laws or hazardous substances.

(d) California law requires landlords to disclose to tenants the existence of certain hazardous substances. Accordingly, the existence of gasoline and other automotive fluids, asbestos containing materials, maintenance fluids, copying fluids and other office supplies and equipment, certain construction and finish materials, tobacco smoke, cosmetics and other personal items must be disclosed. Gasoline and other automotive fluids are found in the Parking Lot. Cleaning, lubricating and hydraulic fluids used in the operation and maintenance of the Building are found in the utility areas of the Building not generally accessible to Building occupants or the public. Many Building occupants use copy machines and printers with associated fluids and toners, and pens, markers, inks, and office equipment that may contain hazardous substances. Certain adhesives, paints and other construction materials and finishes used in portions of the Building may contain hazardous substances. Although smoking is prohibited in the public areas of the Building, these areas may from time to time be exposed to tobacco smoke. Building occupants and other persons entering the Building from time to time may use or carry prescription and non-prescription drugs, perfumes, cosmetics and other toiletries, and foods and beverages, some of which may contain hazardous substances.

 

-15-


(e) As an inducement to each party to enter into this Lease, each of Landlord and Tenant hereby represents and warrants that: (i) it is not, nor is it owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, any person, group, entity or nation named on any list issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) pursuant to Executive Order 13224 or any similar list or any law, order, rule or regulation or any Executive Order of the President of the United States as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” or other banned or blocked person (any such person, group, entity or nation being hereinafter referred to as a “Prohibited Person”); (ii) it is not (nor is it owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person, group, entity or nation which is) acting directly or indirectly for or on behalf of any Prohibited Person; and (iii) neither Landlord or Tenant (nor any person, group, entity or nation which owns or controls Landlord or Tenant, directly or indirectly) has conducted or will conduct business or has engaged or will engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person, including without limitation any assignment of this Lease or any subletting of all or any portion of the Premises or the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person. Each of Landlord and Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all requirements of law relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately notify the other party in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Paragraph 8(e) are no longer true or have been breached or if such party has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any Prohibited Person to make any payment due to the other party under the Lease and (d) at the request of the other party, to provide such information as may be requested to determine compliance with the terms hereof. The representations and warranties contained in this subsection shall be continuing in nature and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(f) The provisions of this Paragraph 7 are for the benefit of Landlord only and shall not be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant or occupant of the Building.

8. ALTERATIONS; LIENS.

(a) Tenant agrees not to make or suffer to be made any alteration, addition or improvement to or of the Premises (hereinafter referred to as “Alterations”), or any part thereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Alterations which are strictly cosmetic in nature and (i) do not modify or affect the Premises’ or Building’s structure or the electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, mechanical, security, life safety or other systems serving the Building, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Premises, (iii) do not require the issuance of a building permit, (iv) do not require work to be performed inside the walls or above the ceiling of the Premises, and (v) do not require any substantial modifications to the Premises (collectively, “Cosmetic Alterations”); provided that the aggregate cost of any such Cosmetic Alterations does not exceed Seventy Thousand Dollars ($70,000.00) in any one suite in any twelve (12) month period during the Term and provided, further that Tenant shall give Landlord

 

-16-


not less than fifteen (15) days prior written notice of any Cosmetic Alterations (which notice shall be accompanied by reasonably adequate evidence that such Cosmetic Alteration meet the criteria contained in this Paragraph 8(a)), such Cosmetic Alterations shall comply with all other provisions of this Paragraph 8, and Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Premises to post notices of non-responsibility and other like notices or to observe the work performed by or on behalf of Tenant. Any Alterations made by Tenant, including without limitation any partitions (movable or otherwise) or carpeting, shall become a part of the Building and belong to Landlord; provided, however, that equipment, trade fixtures and movable furniture shall remain the property of Tenant. If Landlord consents to the making of any Alterations, the same shall be designed and constructed or installed by Tenant at its expense (including expenses incurred in complying with applicable laws, including laws relating to the handling and disposal of asbestos-containing materials). Tenant shall use a general contractor, subcontractors, engineers and architects that are on Landlord’s approved list of design and construction professionals. All Alterations shall be made in accordance with plans and specifications approved in writing by Landlord and shall be designed and constructed in compliance with all applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. The design and construction of any Alterations shall be performed in accordance with Landlord’s applicable rules, regulations and requirements. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any damage, loss, cost or expense incurred by Tenant on account of Tenant’s plans and specifications, Tenant’s contractors or subcontractors, design of any work, construction of any work, or delay in completion of any work. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee in the amount of five percent (5%) of the cost of the Alterations for Landlord’s review of plans and its management and supervision of the progress of the work. All sums due to such contractors, if paid by Landlord due to Tenant’s failure to pay such sums when due, shall bear interest payable to Landlord at the Interest Rate until fully paid. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly remove any Alterations made by Tenant which are designated by Landlord to be removed at the time such Alterations were approved (or, with respect to Cosmetic Alterations not requiring Landlord’s consent as described above, at the time Tenant notified Landlord of such Cosmetic Alterations) and repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. Tenant shall use the general contractor designated by Landlord for such removal and repair. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to remove any improvements which exist in the Premises at the time that Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant.

(b) Tenant agrees to keep the Premises and the Real Property free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Tenant shall promptly and fully pay and discharge all claims on which any such lien could be based. In the event that Tenant does not, within thirty (30) days following the recording of notice of any such lien, cause the same to be released of record, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums paid by Landlord for such purpose, and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith, shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant, as additional rent, on demand, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date such expenses are incurred by Landlord to the date of the payment thereof by Tenant to Landlord. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices permitted or required by law, or which Landlord shall deem proper for the protection of Landlord, the Premises, the Building, or the Real Property, from mechanic’s and materialmen’s and like liens. Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the date of commencement of any construction on the Premises in order to permit the posting of such notices.

 

-17-


(c) Tenant shall have the right but not the obligation to install in the Premises, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, one (1) or more Supplemental HVAC Units (defined below) in order to provide Tenant’s computer rooms, data center and/or other area(s) in the Premises with additional heating and cooling capacity. As used herein, the term “Supplemental HVAC Unit” shall mean a self-enclosed electric heating and cooling unit of the size and tonnage, and having the specifications, approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Each Supplemental HVAC Unit shall be installed and maintained to Building standards and, if connected to the Building’s systems, shall be controlled by Landlord. Tenant shall maintain each Supplemental HVAC Unit using a Landlord approved vendor (providing Landlord with service and repair documents on request therefor) or using the Building vendors. Tenant shall have access to and use of the Building’s condenser water for such facilities subject to payment of charges typically assessed to other tenants of the Building for the use thereof, provided such charges are not included in the Base Year and excluded as Operating Expenses. At the end of the Term, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall either: (1) remove, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any Supplemental HVAC Unit and restore all portions of the Premises and the Building affected by such removal to their condition immediately prior to the installation of such equipment, ordinary wear and tear excepted; or (2) leave any such Supplemental HVAC Unit in place, in which event the Supplemental HVAC Unit shall be the property of Landlord.

9. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR.

(a) By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant accepts the Premises as being in the condition in which Landlord is obligated to deliver the Premises. Tenant, at its expense, shall at all times keep the Premises and every part thereof and all equipment, fixtures and improvements therein in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, damage thereto by fire, the perils of the extended coverage endorsement excepted, and Tenant waives all rights under, and benefits of, subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and under any similar law or ordinance now or hereafter in effect. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises and (unless designated by Landlord to be removed in accordance with Paragraph 8 above) all Alterations thereto to Landlord in the same condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear (except such as Tenant is obligated to repair to keep the Premises in good condition and repair) and damage thereto by fire, the perils of the extended coverage endorsement excepted. It is agreed that Landlord has no obligation, and has made no promises, to alter, add to, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Real Property have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as may be specifically set forth herein. No representation or warranty, express or implied, is made with respect to (i) the condition of the Premises or the Building, (ii) the present or future suitability or fitness of the Premises for Tenant’s intended or permitted use, (iii) the degree of sound transfer within the Building, (iv) the absence of electrical or radio interference in the Premises or the Building, (v) the condition, capacity or performance of electrical or communications systems or facilities, or (vi) the absence of objectionable odors, bright lights or other conditions that may affect Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises or the Building.

 

-18-


(b) Landlord shall make all necessary repairs to the structure, the exterior, and the public and common areas of the Building and the building systems therein, the roof, the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and life safety systems and to maintain the same in reasonably good order and condition. Any damage arising from the acts of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s sole expense. Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the cost of any such repair.

10. SERVICES.

(a) Landlord, subject to the terms of this Paragraph 10 and the Building Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit B and subject to applicable laws, regulations and rules of public utilities, shall furnish to the Premises water, electrical power and elevator service suitable for the use of the Premises for ordinary office purposes; heating and air conditioning suitable for the comfortable use and occupation of the Premises (assuming normal office use thereof and subject to any restrictions on use as may be prescribed by any applicable policies or regulations of any utility or governmental agency) during normal business hours (specifically, 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.), excluding weekends and holidays. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall furnish electricity to each suite of the Premises for the operation of Tenant’s electrical systems as follows: (i) for a plug load at a demand load of not less than three (3) watts per rentable square foot of the Premises which shall exclude electrical wiring and facilities for connection to Tenant’s lighting fixtures; and (ii) for the operation of Tenant’s lighting at a demand load of not less than one (1) watt per rentable square foot of the Premises (collectively, the “Tenant’s Use Load”). Tenant may request that after-hours heating and air conditioning be supplied to the Premises by having an authorized representative of Tenant contact the Building’s manager. The cost of after-hours heating and air conditioning is currently $60.00 per hour. Tenant agrees to pay, as additional rent, within ten (10) business days of written demand all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with providing any additional or excessive (i.e., amounts in excess of Tenant’s Use Load or after normal business hours) utilities or services Landlord may provide. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Lease, all means of distribution of all utilities within the Premises shall be supplied by Tenant at its expense, and Tenant shall bear the cost of water, gas, electricity, sewerage and other utilities. Landlord reserves the right to install, at Landlord’s expense, a separate meter in the Premises for electricity. Tenant agrees that at all times it will cooperate fully with Landlord and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the Building heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems. Landlord shall not be liable for and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rental by reason of Landlord’s failure to furnish any of the foregoing or any other utilities or services when such failure is caused by accident, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or disputes of any character, by the limitation, curtailment, rationing or restrictions on use of electricity, gas or any form of energy, or by any other cause, similar or dissimilar, beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. No such failure and no interruption of utilities or services from any cause whatsoever shall constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including, but not limited to, liability for consequential damages or loss of business by Tenant. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code

 

-19-


Section 1932(1) or any other applicable existing or future law, ordinance or governmental regulation permitting the termination of this Lease due to such failure or interruption. Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for injury to or death of any person or damage to or destruction of property, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to the furnishing of or the failure to furnish any of the foregoing utilities or services or any other utilities or services. Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense provide janitorial service to the Premises using the same janitorial contractor that provides janitorial service to the balance of the Building, provided such contractor agrees to provide such services at rates comparable to rates being charged to other tenants of the Building.

(b) Landlord makes no representation to Tenant regarding the adequacy or fitness of the heating, air conditioning or ventilation equipment in the Building to maintain temperatures that may be required for, or because of, any of Tenant’s equipment that uses other than the fractional horsepower normally required for office equipment, and Landlord shall have no liability for loss or damage suffered by Tenant or others in connection therewith. If Tenant’s use of the heating, air conditioning or ventilation system exceeds normal office use and thereby causes damages to any of the air conditioning units or other equipment, the cost to repair or replace any such units or equipment due to such use shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord, as additional rent, upon demand by Landlord. If the temperature otherwise maintained in any portion of the Premises by the heating, air conditioning or ventilation system is affected as a result of (i) any lights, machines or equipment (including without limitation electronic data processing machines) used by Tenant in the Premises, (ii) the occupancy of the Premises by more than one person per two hundred (200) square feet of rentable area therein, (iii) an electrical load for lighting or power in excess of the limits per square foot of rentable area of the Premises specified in Paragraph 10(a) above, or (iv) any rearrangement of partitioning or other improvements, Landlord shall have the right to install supplementary air conditioning units or other equipment Landlord deems appropriate in the Premises, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance thereof, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord, as additional rent, upon demand by Landlord.

(c) Tenant agrees it will not, without the written consent of Landlord, use any equipment, apparatus or device in the Premises (including, without limitation, electronic data processing machines, computers or machines using current in excess of 110 volts) that will, individually or in the aggregate, in any way cause the amount of electricity, water or heating, ventilation or air conditioning supplied to the Premises to exceed the amount usually furnished or supplied to premises being used as general office space, or connect with electric current (except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises) or with water pipes any equipment, apparatus or device for the purposes of using electric current or water. Landlord shall not, in any way, be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense that Tenant may incur or sustain if, for any reasons beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, either the quantity or character of electric service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements. Tenant covenants that at all times its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders, risers or electrical installations of the Building. If submetering of electricity in the Building will not be permitted under future laws or regulations, the Basic Monthly Rental will then be equitably adjusted to include an additional payment to Landlord reflecting the cost to Landlord for furnishing electricity to the Premises.

 

-20-


(d) Tenant shall give reasonable notice in making any request for utilities required outside of normal business hours. Tenant agrees to pay, as additional rent, within thirty (30) days after written demand any and all costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with providing any additional utilities and services Landlord may provide.

(e) In the event any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Real Property or the Building promulgates or revises any law, ordinance or regulation or building, fire or other code or imposes mandatory or voluntary controls or guidelines on Landlord or the Real Property or the Building relating to the use or conservation of energy or utilities or the reduction of automobile or other emissions (collectively “Controls”) or in the event Landlord is required or elects to make alterations to the Real Property or the Building in order to comply with such mandatory or voluntary Controls, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, comply with such Controls or make such alterations to the Real Property or the Building related thereto. Such compliance and the making of such alterations shall not constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including, but not limited to, liability for consequential damages or loss of business by Tenant.

(f) Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Level 3 and TW Telecom currently operate within the Building as approved telecommunications utility providers (each an “Approved Fiber Provider”); and that Landlord shall not terminate any agreements with Approved Fiber Providers during the Term unless such provider is in material breach of its agreement with Landlord beyond the applicable notice and cure periods.

11. SECURITY; ACCESS; CONTROL.

(a) Landlord shall have the right from time to time to adopt such policies, procedures and programs as it shall, in Landlord’s sole discretion, deem necessary or appropriate for the security of the Building, and Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in the enforcement of, and shall comply with, the policies, procedures and programs adopted by Landlord insofar as the same pertain to Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors and invitees. Tenant acknowledges that the safety and security devices, services and programs provided by Landlord from time to time, if any, may not prevent theft or other criminal acts, or insure the safety of persons or property, and Tenant expressly assumes the risk that any safety device, service or program may not be effective or may malfunction or be circumvented. In all events and notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and the other Indemnitees (defined below) shall not be liable to Tenant, and Tenant hereby waives any claim against the Indemnitees to the maximum extent permitted by law, for (i) any unauthorized or criminal entry of third parties into the Premises or the Building, (ii) any injury to or death of persons, or (iii) any loss of property in and about the Premises or the Building by or from any unauthorized or criminal acts of third parties, regardless of any action, inaction, failure, breakdown, malfunction and/or insufficiency of the security services provided by Landlord, or any allegation of active or passive negligence on the part of Landlord or the other Indemnitees. Tenant shall obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against criminal acts and other losses.

(b) In no event shall Landlord be liable for damages resulting from any error with regard to the admission to or the exclusion from the Building of any person. In the case of invasion, mob, riot, public demonstration or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s opinion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same by such action as Landlord may deem appropriate, including closing doors.

 

-21-


(c) In the event of any picketing, public demonstration or other threat to the security of the Building that is attributable in whole or in part to Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such picketing, demonstration or other threat in order to protect the security of the Building, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and protect and defend Landlord against any and all claims, demands, suits, liability, damage or loss and against all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith, arising out of or relating to any such picketing, demonstration or other threat. Tenant agrees not to employ any person, entity or contractor for any work in the Premises (including moving Tenant’s equipment and furnishings in, out or around the Premises) whose presence may give rise to a labor or other disturbance in the Building and, if necessary to prevent such a disturbance in a particular situation, Landlord may require Tenant to employ union labor for the work.

(d) Subject to (i) all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit B, (ii) emergency situations or other matters outside the reasonable control of Landlord, and (iii) the requirements of applicable laws, Tenant shall have access to and use of the Premises, Building, common areas, elevators, freight elevators, and Parking Lot twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year throughout the Term. Use of freight elevators for deliveries which are too large to be made by stand up hand truck must be made between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m. on weekdays or weekends. Tenant and Tenant’s employees, agents and invitees shall also have the non-exclusive right to use the deck located on the third (3rd) floor of the Building, including the right to furnish the portions of the deck adjacent to the Premises, all subject to subsections (i) through (iii) hereof and such other requirements as Landlord may reasonably promulgate.

12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

(a) Tenant shall not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, (i) assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, (ii) sublet the Premises, or any part thereof, or (iii) enter into a license agreement or other arrangement whereby the Premises, or any portion thereof, are held or utilized by another party (each of the foregoing defined herein as a “Transfer”), without the express prior written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Any such act (whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise) without the consent of Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 12 shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and/or constitute an Event of Default under this Lease. Consent to any Transfer shall neither relieve Tenant of the necessity of obtaining Landlord’s consent to any future Transfer nor relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease.

 

-22-


By way of example and without limitation, the failure to satisfy any of the following conditions or standards shall be deemed to constitute reasonable grounds for Landlord to refuse to grant its consent to the proposed Transfer:

(1) The proposed Transferee must expressly assume all of the provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be kept and performed.

(2) The proposed Transferee must satisfy Landlord’s then-current credit and other standards for tenants of the Building and, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, have the financial strength and stability to perform all of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease (as they apply to the transferred space) as and when they fall due.

(3) The proposed Transferee must be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord as to character and professional standing.

(4) The proposed use of the Premises by the proposed Transferee must be, in Landlord’s opinion: (A) lawful; (B) in compliance with Paragraph 6 of this Lease; (C) appropriate to the location and configuration of the Premises; (D) unlikely to cause an increase in insurance premiums for insurance policies applicable to the Building; (E) a use not requiring any new tenant improvements that Landlord would be entitled to disapprove pursuant to Paragraph 8 hereof; (F) unlikely to cause any material increase in services to be provided to the Premises; (G) unlikely to create any materially increased burden in the operation of the Building, or in the operation of any of its facilities or equipment; and (H) unlikely to impair the dignity, reputation or character of the Building.

(5) The proposed use of the Premises must not result in the division of any particular suite within the Premises (i.e. Suite 200, Suite 300 or Suite 320) into more than two (2) parcels or tenant spaces.

(6) At the time of the proposed Transfer, an Event of Default (as defined in Paragraph 18(a) below) shall not have occurred and be continuing, and no event may have occurred concerning which Tenant has been provided notice and that, with the passage of time, would become an Event of Default.

(7) The proposed Transferee shall not be a governmental entity or hold any exemption from the payment of ad valorem or other taxes that would prohibit Landlord from collecting from such Transferee any amounts otherwise payable under this Lease.

(8) The proposed Transferee shall not be a then present tenant or affiliate or subsidiary of a then present tenant in the Building unless there is no other suitable space available in the Building.

(9) Landlord shall not be negotiating with, and shall not have at any time within the past thirty (30) days negotiated with, the proposed Transferee for space in the Building, provided that Landlord has space available in the Building.

(b) Except in the event of a proposed Transfer pursuant to Paragraphs 12(e) or 12(f) below, Landlord shall have no obligation to consent or consider granting its consent to (i) any proposed assignment of the Lease; (ii) any sublease of Suite 430; or (iii) any sublease of all or any portion of the initial Premises, or Suite 330 for a term exceeding thirty (30) months (each a “Recapture Transfer”), unless Tenant has first delivered to Landlord a written offer to enter into such Recapture Transfer with Landlord, which offer shall include the base rent and other

 

-23-


economic terms of the proposed Recapture Transfer, the date upon which Tenant desires to effect such Recapture Transfer, the term of such Recapture Transfer, and all of the other material terms of the proposed Recapture Transfer (“Tenant’s Offer”). Landlord shall have twenty (20) days from receipt of Tenant’s Offer within which to notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s decision to accept or reject such Recapture Transfer on the terms set forth in Tenant’s Offer. If Landlord does not accept Tenant’s Offer within such period, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a second notice of such offer. If Landlord does not accept Tenant’s offer within five (5) days after receipt of such second notice, Tenant may enter into such Recapture Transfer with any bona fide independent third-party Transferee (as defined in Paragraph 12(c) below) within one hundred eighty (180) days of the end of such twenty (20) day period, so long as such Recapture Transfer is for the same base rent offered to Landlord in Tenant’s Offer and such Recapture Transfer otherwise contains terms not more than five percent (5%) more favorable economically to the Transferee than the terms stated in Tenant’s Offer, taking into account all rent concessions, tenant improvements, and any other terms that have an economic impact on the Recapture Transfer; provided, however, that the prior written approval of Landlord for such Recapture Transfer must be obtained, and the other provisions of this Paragraph 12 must be complied with, all in accordance with this Paragraph 12. If Landlord accepts Tenant’s Offer, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an agreement for such Recapture Transfer within thirty (30) days of the date Landlord makes its election. If Landlord accepts Tenant’s Offer, then (i) Landlord may enter into a new lease, sublease or other agreement covering the Premises or any portion thereof with the intended Transferee on such terms as Landlord and such Transferee may agree, or enter into a new lease or agreement covering the Premises or any portion thereof with any other person or entity, and in any such event, Tenant shall not be entitled to any portion of the profit, if any, that Landlord may realize on account of such new lease or agreement, (ii) Landlord may, at Landlord’s sole cost, construct improvements in the subject space and, so long as the improvements are suitable for general office purposes, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any obligation to restore the subject space to its original condition following the termination of a sublease, and (iii) Landlord shall not have any liability for any real estate brokerage commission(s) or with respect to any of the costs and expenses that Tenant may have incurred in connection with its proposed Recapture Transfer, and Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for commissions) arising from such proposed Recapture Transfer.

Except in the event of a proposed Transfer pursuant to Paragraphs 12(e) or 12(f) below, in the case of a proposed sublease which constitutes a Recapture Transfer (a “Recapture Sublease”), then in addition to the foregoing rights of Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, by notice to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant’s Offer, to terminate this Lease with respect to that portion of the Premises covered by the proposed Recapture Sublease, which termination shall be effective as of the date on which the intended Recapture Sublease would have been effective if Landlord had not exercised such termination right. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease with respect to the proposed Recapture Sublease space, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an appropriate amendment to this Lease excepting out the proposed Recapture Sublease space from the Premises and the portion of the Security Deposit attributable to such Recapture Sublease space shall be returned to Tenant.

 

-24-


(c) Except in the event of a proposed Transfer pursuant to Paragraphs 12(e) or 12(f) below, Tenant shall, in each instance of a proposed Transfer, give written notice to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of any proposed Transfer, specifying in such notice (i) the nature of the proposed Transfer, (ii) the portion of the Premises to be transferred, (iii) the intended use of the transferred Premises, (iv) all material economic terms of the proposed Transfer, (v) the effective date thereof, (vi) the identity of the transferee under the proposed Transfer (the “Transferee”), (vii) current financial statements of the Transferee, and (viii) detailed documentation relating to the business experience of the Transferee (collectively, “Tenant’s Notice”). If requested within five (5) business days of Tenant’s Notice, Tenant also shall promptly furnish Landlord with any other information reasonably requested by Landlord relating to the proposed Transfer or the proposed Transferee. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt by Landlord of Tenant’s Notice and any additional information and data requested by Landlord, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s determination to either (i) consent to the proposed Transfer, or (ii) refuse to consent to such proposed Transfer. If Landlord shall fail to timely provide its consent to or refusal of the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a second Tenant’s Notice. If Landlord fails to timely provide its consent to or refusal of the proposed Transfer within ten (10) days after the second Tenant Notice, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the proposed Transfer.

(d) Except in the event of a proposed Transfer pursuant to Paragraphs 12(e) or 12(f) below, fifty percent (50%) of all of the following (“Excess Rental”) shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord immediately upon receipt thereof by Tenant: (i) consideration paid or payable by Transferee to Tenant as consideration for any such Transfer; and (ii) rents received in connection with the Transfer by Tenant from Transferee in excess of the Rental payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, less reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket costs paid by Tenant to third parties for brokerage commissions, tenant improvement costs and legal fees in connection with the subject Transfer (amortized equally over the term of the Sublease (in the case of a Sublease) or the remaining term of the Lease (in the case of an assignment)). If there is more than one sublease under this Lease, the amounts (if any) to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be separately calculated for each sublease and amounts due Landlord with regard to any one sublease may not be offset against rental and other consideration pertaining to or due under any other sublease. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall assign to Landlord all amounts to be paid to Tenant by any Transferee and shall direct such Transferee to pay the same directly to Landlord, in which case Landlord shall pay to Tenant fifty percent (50%) of such Excess Rental promptly upon Landlord’s receipt thereof.

If this Lease is assigned, whether or not in violation of the terms of this Lease, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee. If the Premises or any part thereof is sublet, Landlord may, upon an Event of Default by Tenant hereunder, collect rent from the subtenant. In either event, Landlord may apply the amount collected from the assignee or subtenant to Tenant’s monetary obligations hereunder. Neither Landlord’s collection of rent from a Transferee nor any course of dealing between Landlord and any Transferee shall constitute or be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to any Transfer.

 

-25-


(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 12, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises without the need for Landlord’s prior consent if such assignment or sublease is to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate business entity which the initially named Tenant controls, is controlled by or is under common control with (each, an “Affiliate”) provided that: (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord the financial statements or other financial and background information of the assignee or sublessee as required for other transfers; (ii) if the transfer is an assignment, the assignee assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease (or if a sublease, the sublessee of a portion of the Premises or term assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant with respect to such portion); (iii) the net worth of the assignee or sublessee as of the time of the proposed transfer is equal to or greater than the net worth of the Tenant upon the Effective Date; (iv) Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease; and (v) unless Landlord consents to the same, the use of the Premises set forth herein remains unchanged. As used in this section, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies through ownership of at least fifty-one (51%) of the securities or partnership or other ownership interests of the entity subject to control.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 12, Tenant may engage in Approved Reorganizations (as defined below), without the express consent of Landlord; provided that (a) at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of the Approved Reorganization, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with the name of the transferee and a written certification from an officer of Tenant certifying that the assignment or sublease qualifies as an Approved Reorganization, (b) no Event of Default exists under this Lease during the period commencing on the date of Tenant’s request and ending on the effective date of the Approved Reorganization, and (c) there is no change in use of the Premises. To the extent that legal requirements or confidentiality requirements do not permit Tenant to give Landlord prior notice of an Approved Reorganization, then Tenant may in lieu of the prior notice required under this Paragraph give Landlord notice within ten (10) days after the effective date of the Approved Reorganization, together with the name of the transferee and a written certification from an officer of Tenant certifying that the assignment or sublease qualifies as an Approved Reorganization. As used herein, the term “Approved Reorganizations” means any merger, reorganization or consolidation of Tenant (whether or not Tenant is the surviving entity), or the sale of substantially all of the assets or stock of Tenant, in each case as a going concern, where Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth following consummation of such transaction, as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, that is at least equal to the net worth, on the Effective Date of this Lease, of the original named Tenant. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth herein, any initial public offering of stocks of Tenant listed on a nationally or internationally recognized stock exchange shall not be deemed a “Transfer” under this Lease.

(g) A sale, transfer or assignment of a general partner’s interest or any portion thereof in Tenant, if Tenant is a partnership, or a sale, transfer or assignment of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock of Tenant if Tenant is a privately held corporation, whether such sale, transfer or assignment occurs in a single transaction or a series of transactions, shall be deemed a Transfer and require Landlord’s consent in accordance with the procedures specified in Paragraph 12(c) above.

 

-26-


(h) Tenant agrees that any instrument by which Tenant assigns this Lease or any interest therein or sublets or otherwise Transfers all or any portion of the Premises shall expressly provide that the Transferee may not further assign this Lease or any interest therein or sublet the sublet space without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent shall be subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 12), and that the Transferee shall comply with all of the provisions of this Lease and that Landlord may enforce the Lease provisions directly against such Transferee. No permitted subletting by Tenant shall be effective until there has been delivered to Landlord a counterpart of the sublease in which the subtenant agrees to be and remain jointly and severally liable with Tenant for the payment of rent pertaining to the sublet space and for the performance of all of the terms and provisions of this Lease; provided, however, that the subtenant shall be liable to Landlord for rent only in the amount set forth in the sublease. No permitted assignment shall be effective unless and until there has been delivered to Landlord a counterpart of the assignment in which the assignee assumes all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease arising on or after the date of the assignment. The failure or refusal of a subtenant or assignee to execute any such instrument shall not release or discharge the subtenant or assignee from its liability as set forth above.

(i) If Landlord consents to a Transfer hereunder and this Lease contains any renewal options, expansion options, rights of first refusal, rights of first negotiation or any other rights or options pertaining to additional space in the Building, such rights and/or options shall not run to the Transferee, it being agreed by the parties hereto that any such rights and options are personal to the original Tenant named herein and may not be transferred.

(j) Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not mortgage, encumber or hypothecate this Lease or any interest herein without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Any such act without the prior written consent of Landlord (whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise) shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and/or constitute an Event of Default under this Lease.

(k) The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease or of the Premises by Tenant or a mutual cancellation of this Lease shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord any existing subleases may be terminated or be deemed assigned to Landlord in which latter event the subleases or subtenants shall become tenants of Landlord.

(1) Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket costs of processing each proposed Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent (including, without limitation, attorneys’ and other professional fees; collectively “Processing Costs”), and the amount of all direct and indirect expenses incurred by Landlord arising from the assignee or sublessee taking occupancy of the subject space (including, without limitation, costs of freight elevator operation for moving of furnishings and trade fixtures, security service, janitorial and cleaning service, and rubbish removal service). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall not be required to process any request for Landlord’s consent to a Transfer until Tenant has paid to Landlord the amount of Landlord’s estimate of the Processing Costs and all other direct and indirect costs and expenses of Landlord and its agents arising from the assignee’s or subtenant’s taking occupancy. The costs and expenses recoverable by Landlord for any one proposed transfer shall not exceed Two Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($2,500).

 

-27-


13. WAIVER; INDEMNIFICATION. Landlord will not be responsible for or liable to Tenant for any loss or damage that may be occasioned by or through the acts or omissions of persons occupying adjoining premises or any part of the premises adjacent to or connected with the Premises or any part of the Building or for any loss or damage resulting to Tenant or its property from burst, stopped or leaking water, gas, sewer or steam pipes or falling plaster, or electrical wiring or for any damage or loss of property within the Premises from any causes whatsoever, including but not limited to theft, and/or acts or threatened acts of terrorism, damage or injury due to mold, excepting only losses or damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Landlord will not be liable under any circumstances to Tenant for any incidental or consequential damages. Except in the event of a hold over by Tenant in the Premises without Landlord’s consent, Tenant will not be liable to Landlord for any incidental or consequential damages. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord, Landlord’s agents, the members, shareholders, constituent partners and/or other owners of Landlord or any agent of Landlord, and all contractors, officers, directors and employees of any thereof (collectively, “Landlord Indemnitees”), and each of them, harmless from and to protect and defend each Indemnitee against any and all claims, demands, suits, liability, damage or loss and against all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith, (a) arising out of any injury or death of any person or damage to or destruction of property occurring in, on or about the Premises, from any cause whatsoever, unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord Indemnitees, or (b) occurring in, on or about any facilities (including without limitation elevators, stairways, passageways or hallways) the use of which Tenant has in common with other tenants, or elsewhere in or about the Real Property or in the vicinity of the Real Property, when such claim, injury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the act, neglect, default, or omission of any duty by Tenant, its former or current agents, contractors, employees, invitees, or subtenants or other persons in or about the Real Property by reason of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, or otherwise by any conduct of any of said persons in or about the Premises or the Real Property, or (c) arising from any failure of Tenant to observe or perform any of its obligations hereunder. If any action or proceeding is brought against any of the Indemnitees by reason of any such claim or liability, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, covenants to resist and defend at Tenant’s sole expense such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s employees, agents, partners, officers, directors, and shareholders (collectively, “Tenant Indemnitees”) from and against any and all third party claims arising in or on the common areas of the Building and the Real Property, from any cause whatsoever, unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, partners, officers, directors, and shareholders, or arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Landlord’s part to be performed under the terms of this Lease. The provisions of this Paragraph shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such termination.

14. INSURANCE.

(a) Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, agrees to keep in force during the Term of this Lease:

(i) Commercial general liability insurance which insures against claims for bodily injury, personal injury, advertising injury, and property damage based upon, involving, or arising out of the use, occupancy, or maintenance of the Premises and the Property. Such insurance shall afford, at a minimum, the following limits:

 

-28-


Each Occurrence

   $ 1,000,000  

General Aggregate

     2,000,000  

Products/Completed Operations Aggregate

     1,000,000  

Personal and Advertising Injury Liability

     1,000,000  

Fire Damage Legal Liability

     100,000  

Medical Payments

     5,000  

Any general aggregate limit shall apply on a per location basis. Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance shall include Landlord, its trustees, officers, directors, members, agents, and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees, and Landlord’s representatives, as additional insureds. This coverage shall be written on the most current ISO CGL form, shall include contractual liability, premises-operations and products-completed operations and shall contain an exception to any pollution exclusion which insures damage or injury arising out of heat, smoke, or fumes from a hostile fire. Such insurance shall be written on an occurrence basis and contain a standard separation of insureds provision.

(ii) Business automobile liability insurance covering owned, hired and non-owned vehicles with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence.

(iii) Workers’ compensation insurance in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located with employer’s liability insurance in an amount not less than $1,000,000.

(iv) Umbrella/excess liability insurance, on an occurrence basis, that applies excess of the required commercial general liability, business automobile liability, and employer’s liability policies with the following minimum limits:

 

Each Occurrence

   $ 5,000,000  

Annual Aggregate

   $ 5,000,000  

These limits shall be in addition to and not including those stated for the underlying commercial general liability, business automobile liability, and employers liability insurance required herein. Umbrella/Excess liability policies shall be following form.

(v) All risk property insurance including theft, sprinkler leakage and boiler and machinery coverage on all of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property in the Premises, and on any alterations, additions, or improvements made by Tenant upon the Premises all for the full replacement cost thereof. Tenant shall use the proceeds from such insurance for the replacement of trade fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property and for the restoration of Tenant’s improvements, alterations, and additions to the Premises. Landlord shall be named as loss payee with respect to alterations, additions, or improvements of the Premises where the tenant cannot remove at the end of the lease term wherein ownership then reverts to the landlord.

 

-29-


(vi) Business income and extra expense insurance with limits not less than one hundred percent (100%) of all income and charges payable by Tenant under this lease for a period of twelve (12) months.

(b) All policies required to be carried by Tenant hereunder shall be issued by an insurance company licensed or authorized to do business in the state in which the Property is located with a rating of at least “A-: X” or better as set forth in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance Reports, unless otherwise approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done that would invalidate the insurance policies required herein. Liability insurance maintained by Tenant shall be primary coverage on behalf of Landlord, its trustees, officers, directors, members, agents, and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees, and Landlord’s representatives and any policies of Landlord, its trustees, officers, directors, members, agents, and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees, and Landlord’s representatives shall be non-contributory. Certificates of insurance, acceptable to Landlord, evidencing the existence and amount of each insurance policy required hereunder shall be delivered to Landlord prior to delivery or possession of the Premises and ten (10) days following each renewal date. Certificates of insurance shall evidence that Landlord, its trustees, officers, directors, members, agents, and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees, and Landlord’s representatives are included as additional insureds on liability policies and that Landlord is included as loss payee on the property insurance as stated in Paragraph 14(a)(v) above. Further, Tenant shall endeavor to procure provisions in each policy giving Landlord and each of the other additional insureds at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of cancellation, non-renewal or material change in coverage.

(c) In the event that Tenant fails to provide evidence of insurance required to be provided by Tenant in this Lease, prior to the Commencement Date and thereafter during the Term, within ten (10) days following Landlord’s request thereof, and thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such coverage, Landlord shall be authorized (but not required) to procure such coverage in the amount stated with all costs thereof to be chargeable to Tenant and payable upon written invoice thereof.

(d) The limits of insurance required by this Lease, or as carried by Tenant, shall not limit the liability of Tenant or relieve Tenant of any obligation thereunder, except to the extent provided for under Paragraph 4 below. Any deductibles selected by Tenant shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant.

(e) Tenant insurance requirements stipulated in Paragraph 14(a) are based upon current industry standards. Landlord reserves the right to require additional coverage or to increase limits as industry standards change.

(f) Should Tenant engage the services of any contractor to perform work in the Premises, Tenant shall ensure that such contractor carries commercial general liability, business automobile liability, umbrella/excess liability (following form), worker’s compensation and employers liability coverages in substantially the same amounts as are required of Tenant under this Lease. Contractor shall include Landlord, its trustees, officers, directors, members, agents and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees and Landlord’s representatives as additional insureds on the liability policies required hereunder. All policies required to be carried by any contractor

 

-30-


shall be issued by and binding upon an insurance company licensed or authorized to do business in the state in which the Property is located with a rating of at least A-: X or better as set forth in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance Reports, unless otherwise approved by Landlord. Certificates of insurance, acceptable to Landlord, evidencing the existence and amount of each insurance policy required hereunder shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises. Further, each policy will contain provisions giving Landlord and each of the other additional insureds with at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any cancelation, non-renewal or material change in coverage. The above requirements shall apply equally to any subcontractor engaged by contractor.

(g) Landlord waives any and all rights of recovery against Tenant for or arising out of damage to, or destruction of the Premises to the extent that Landlord’s property insurance policies then in force insure against such damage or destruction and permit such waiver and only to the extent of insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord for such damage or destruction. Tenant waives any and all rights of recovery against Landlord for or arising out of damage to or destruction of any property of Tenant to the extent that Tenant’s property insurance policies then in force or the policies required by this Lease, whichever is broader, insure against such damage or destruction.

(h) Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that any and all of Tenant’s movable furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures and equipment at the Premises (“Tenant’s Property”) may be financed by a third-party lender or lessor (an “Equipment Lienor”), and Landlord hereby (a) waives any rights to Tenant’s Property, and (b) agrees to recognize the rights of any such Equipment Lienor, subject to and in accordance with a waiver agreement of a form acceptable to Landlord to be entered into by and between Landlord and the Equipment Lienor following request by Tenant.

15. PROTECTION OF LENDERS.

(a) This Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to all ground or underlying leases that may now or hereafter exist affecting the Building or the Real Property, or both, and to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust in any amount or amounts whatsoever now or hereafter placed on or against the Building or the Real Property, or both, or on or against Landlord’s interest or estate therein (such mortgages, deeds of trust and leases are referred to herein, collectively, as “Superior Interests”), all without the necessity of any further instrument executed or delivered by or on the part of Tenant for the purpose of effectuating such subordination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand, such further instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to any such Superior Interest as may be required by Landlord. Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the Effective Date there are no deeds to secure debt, deeds of trust, security interests, mortgages, master leases, ground leases or other security documents and any and all modifications, renewals, extensions, consolidations and replacements thereof (collectively, “Security Documents”) encumbering the Building or Project or any lien of any Security Documents now in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof.

 

-31-


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a foreclosure of any such Superior Interest or of any other action or proceeding for the enforcement thereof, or of any sale thereunder, this Lease shall not be terminated or extinguished, nor shall the rights and possession of Tenant hereunder be disturbed, if no Event of Default then exists under this Lease, and Tenant shall attorn to the person who acquires Landlord’s interest hereunder through any such mortgage or deed of trust.

(c) If Landlord is in default, Tenant shall accept cure of any default by any Holder whose name and address shall have been furnished to Tenant in writing. Tenant may not exercise any rights or remedies for Landlord’s default unless Tenant gives notice thereof to each such Holder and the default is not cured within thirty (30) days thereafter or such greater time as may be reasonably necessary to cure such default. A default that cannot reasonably be cured within said 30-day period shall be deemed cured within said period if work necessary to cure the default is commenced within such time and proceeds diligently thereafter until the default is cured.

(d) If any prospective Holder should require, as a condition of any Superior Interest, a modification of the provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall approve and execute any such modifications promptly after request, provided no such modification shall relate to the Rental payable hereunder or the length of the term hereof or otherwise reduce or lessen the rights or obligations of Landlord or Tenant hereunder.

16. ENTRY BY LANDLORD.

(a) Landlord reserves, and shall at all times have, the right to enter the Premises to inspect them upon reasonable prior written notice to Tenant (except in the event of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required); to supply janitorial service and any other service to be provided by Landlord hereunder; to submit the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or during the last nine (9) months of the Term, tenants; to post notices of nonresponsibility; and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Building as permitted or provided hereunder, all without abatement of Rental; and may erect scaffolding and other necessary structures in or through the Premises where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed; provided, however, that any such entrance or work shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. If such entry is made as aforesaid, Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned by such entry. For each of the foregoing purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key and/or other access device with which to unlock all of the doors in, on and about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and similar areas designated in writing by Tenant in advance and approved by Landlord); and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means that Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises, and any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into or a detainer of the Premises, or any portion thereof.

(b) Landlord also shall have the right at any time to change the arrangement or location or times of access of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the Building, and to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known, and none of the foregoing shall be deemed an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, nor shall it entitle Tenant to any reduction of Rental hereunder or result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant.

 

-32-


(c) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be entitled to install a separate security system for the Premises including security lighting and video monitoring equipment (“Tenant’s Security System”), either as an Alteration or as a part of the Initial Improvements; provided, however, (i) Tenant shall ensure that Tenant’s Security System is compatible with any security system installed by Landlord, (ii) the plans and specifications for Tenant’s Security System shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, and (iii) the installation and maintenance of Tenant’s Security System shall otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and/or the Work Letter, as applicable.

17. ABANDONMENT. If Tenant abandons, vacates or surrenders all or any part of the Premises or is dispossessed of the Premises by process of law, or otherwise, any movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, or other personal property belonging to Tenant and left on the Premises shall at the option of Landlord be deemed to be abandoned and, whether or not the property is deemed abandoned, Landlord shall have the right to remove such property from the Premises and charge Tenant for the removal and any restoration of the Premises as provided in Paragraph 8(a) to the extent permitted by applicable law. Landlord may charge Tenant for the storage of Tenant’s property left on the Premises at such rates as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine, or, Landlord may, at its option, store Tenant’s property in a public warehouse at Tenant’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the provisions of this Paragraph 17 nor any other provision of this Lease shall impose upon Landlord any obligation to care for or preserve any of Tenant’s property left upon the Premises, and Tenant hereby waives and releases Landlord from any claim or liability in connection with the removal of such property from the Premises and the storage thereof and specifically waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542 with respect to such release. Landlord’s action or inaction with regard to the provisions of this Paragraph 17 shall not be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to require Tenant to remove its property, restore any damage to the Building caused by such removal or make any restoration required pursuant to Paragraph 8(a) hereof.

18. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

(a) The occurrence of any one or more of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant:

(i) Tenant fails to pay any Basic Monthly Rental or additional monthly rent under Paragraph 4 hereof as and when such rent becomes due and payable and such failure continues for more than three (3) business days after Landlord gives written notice thereof to Tenant; provided, however, that after the second such failure in a calendar year, only the passage of time, but no further notice, shall be required to establish an Event of Default in the same calendar year; or

(ii) Tenant fails to pay any additional rent or other amount of money or charge payable by Tenant hereunder as and when such additional rent or amount or charge becomes due and payable and such failure continues for more than ten (10) days after Landlord gives written notice thereof to Tenant; provided, however, that after the second such failure of any recurring charge in a calendar year, only the passage of time, but no further notice, shall be required to establish an Event of Default in the same calendar year; or

 

-33-


(iii) Tenant fails to perform or breaches any other agreement or covenant of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant as and when performance or observance is due and such failure or breach continues for more than thirty (30) days after Landlord gives written notice thereof to Tenant; provided, however, that if, by the nature of such agreement or covenant, such failure or breach cannot reasonably be cured within such period of thirty (30) days, an Event of Default shall not exist as long as Tenant commences with due diligence and dispatch the curing of such failure or breach within such period of thirty (30) days and, having so commenced, thereafter prosecutes with diligence and dispatch and completes the curing of such failure or breach within a reasonable time; or

(iv) Tenant (A) is generally not paying its debts as they become due, (B) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtors’ relief law of any jurisdiction, (C) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (D) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers of Tenant or of any substantial part of Tenant’s property, or (E) takes action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or

(v) Without consent by Tenant, a court or government authority enters an order, and such order is not vacated within ninety (90) days, (A) appointing a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to Tenant or with respect to any substantial part of Tenant’s property, or (B) constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtors’ relief law of any jurisdiction, or (C) ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of Tenant; or

(vi) This Lease or any estate of Tenant hereunder is levied upon under any attachment or execution and such attachment or execution is not vacated within thirty (30) days.

(b) If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord shall have the right at any time to give a written termination notice to Tenant and, on the date specified in such notice, Tenant’s right to possession shall terminate and this Lease shall terminate. Upon such termination, Landlord shall have the right to recover from Tenant:

(i) The worth at the time of award of all unpaid rent that had been earned at the time of termination;

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which all unpaid rent that would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which all unpaid rent for the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and

 

-34-


(iv) All other amounts necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom.

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be computed by allowing interest at the maximum annual interest rate allowed by law for business loans (not primarily for personal, family or household purposes) not exempt from the usury law at the time of termination or, if there is no such maximum annual interest rate, at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in clause (iii) above shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). For the purpose of determining unpaid rent under clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the rent reserved in this Lease shall be deemed to be the total rent payable by Tenant under Articles 3 and 4 hereof; for purposes of computing Tenant’s Percentage Share of increases in Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes over the Base Year for the calendar year in which the default occurs and each future calendar year or portion thereof in the Lease Term, Tenant’s Percentage Share of increases in Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes shall be assumed to be equal to the amount thereof for the calendar year prior to the year in which the default shall occur, increased annually at a rate equal to the average rate of increase, if any, in such items from the Commencement Date through the time of award.

(c) Even though Tenant has breached this Lease, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession, and Landlord shall have all of its rights and remedies, including the right, pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.4, to recover all rent as it becomes due under this Lease. Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession unless written notice of termination is given by Landlord to Tenant.

(d) The remedies provided for in this Lease are in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise. All costs incurred by Landlord in connection with collecting any Rent or other amounts and damages owing by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, or to enforce any provision of this Lease, including reasonable attorneys’ fees from the date such matter is turned over to an attorney, whether or not one or more actions are commenced by Landlord, shall also be recoverable by Landlord from Tenant. If any notice and grace period required under subparagraphs 18(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the case may be, given to Tenant under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for grace period purposes required by subparagraphs 18(a)(i), (ii) or (iii). In such case, the applicable grace period under subparagraphs 18(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) and under the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently after the one such statutory notice, and the failure of Tenant to cure the default within the greater of the two (2) such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and an Event of Default entitling Landlord to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

 

-35-


(e) In the event that Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises is terminated prior to the end of the initial Term by reason of an Event of Default by Tenant, then immediately upon such termination, an amount shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord equal to the unamortized portion as of that date (which amortization shall be based on an interest rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum) of the sum of (a) the cost of Landlord’s Work (if any), (b) the Allowance (if any), (c) the value of any free Rent (i.e., the Rent stated in this Lease to be abated as an inducement to Tenant’s entering into this Lease) enjoyed as of that date by Tenant, and (d) the amount of all commissions paid by Landlord in order to procure this Lease.

19. DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY.

(a) If the Premises are partially destroyed or damaged by fire or other casualty (“Casualty”), Landlord shall, subject to Paragraph 19(b), 19(c), 19(d) and 19(e) below, promptly repair such damage if, in Landlord’s judgment based on the Casualty Estimate (as defined below), such repair can be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days under the laws and regulations of the state, federal, county and municipal authorities having jurisdiction, and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, provided that if there shall be damage to the Premises from any such cause, Tenant shall be entitled to a reduction of Basic Monthly Rental while such repair is being made in the proportion that the area of the Premises rendered untenantable by such damage bears to the total area of the Premises. Tenant’s right to a reduction of Basic Monthly Rental under this Paragraph 19 shall be Tenant’s sole remedy in connection with any such damage. Within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of any Casualty, Landlord shall cause to be delivered to Tenant an estimate (the “Casualty Estimate”), prepared by a qualified architect and/or general contractor, stating the estimated number of days measured from the date of the Casualty that will be required for Landlord to substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums).

(b) If such repairs, in Landlord’s judgment based on the Casualty Estimate, cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days, or if such damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the term of this Lease, Landlord shall have the option either (i) to repair such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, but with the Basic Monthly Rental proportionately reduced, or (ii) to give notice to Tenant at any time within forty-five (45) days after the occurrence of such damage terminating this Lease as of a date specified in such notice, which termination date shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice. If such notice of termination is so given, the Lease and all interest of Tenant in the Premises shall terminate on the date specified in such notice, and the Basic Monthly Rental, reduced in proportion to the area of the Premises rendered untenantable by the damage, shall be paid up to the date of such termination, Landlord hereby agreeing to refund to Tenant any Rental theretofore paid for any period of time subsequent to the termination date.

(c) If the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty to the extent that the repair cost would exceed twenty percent (20%) or more of its replacement value, or if more than twenty percent (20%) of the rentable area of the Building is affected by fire or other casualty and repairs to the Building cannot, in Landlord’s judgment based on the Casualty Estimate, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days, or if insurance proceeds sufficient to complete the repairs are not available due to exercise of rights of a Holder to collect such proceeds, then in any such case, whether the Premises are damaged or not, Landlord shall have the right, at its option, to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant notice thereof within forty-five (45) days of such casualty specifying the date of termination, which termination date shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice.

 

-36-


(d) If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty not resulting in whole or in part from the willful misconduct of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or subtenants and the repair to the Premises cannot, in Landlord’s judgment based on the Casualty Estimate, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days, assuming the availability of labor and materials, then Tenant at its option may terminate this Lease. Tenant’s notice to Landlord of Tenant’s election to terminate the Lease under the preceding sentence must be delivered to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Casualty Estimate, and the termination shall be effective as of a date specified in such notice, which termination date shall be no less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice. In the event of a termination of the Lease by Tenant under this Paragraph 19(d), the Basic Monthly Rental and all other charges which are based on the square footage of the Premises shall be reduced in the same manner as provided under Paragraph 19(b) above. If Tenant shall notify Landlord as to Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall have the right by giving Tenant notice within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s election notice, to relocate Tenant in substantially similar space in the Building or in another building in the general vicinity of the Building within thirty (30) days of the date of Tenant’s notice to Landlord, in which case the Lease then shall be deemed to have not been terminated; provided that if such casualty or notice of termination is delivered within the last two (2) years of the Term of the Lease, the relocation right set forth in this Paragraph 19(d) shall not apply. If Landlord so elects to relocate Tenant, Landlord shall bear the cost of moving Tenant to such other space, Tenant shall continue to pay Basic Monthly Rental and other Rental to Landlord as provided herein and Landlord shall bear the cost of any rental in excess thereof for such other space. Tenant’s occupancy of such other space shall not exceed one (1) year from the commencement of such occupancy. In the event Landlord cannot complete repairs to the Premises within one (1) year from the date of Tenant’s commencement of occupancy in such other space, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing not later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of such one-year period and upon expiration of such one-year period, this Lease shall terminate. In the event Landlord can complete such repairs within such one-year period, Landlord shall so notify Tenant in writing and shall move Tenant back into the Premises as soon as practicable after such repairs have been completed. The cost of moving Tenant back into the Premises shall be borne by Landlord.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth herein, if neither Landlord nor Tenant has terminated this Lease, and the repairs are not actually completed within three hundred sixty (360) days of the date of the Casualty, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord (the “Damage Termination Notice”), effective as of a date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice (the “Damage Termination Date”), which Damage Termination Date may be up to sixty (60) days after delivery of the Damage Termination Notice, but in any event prior to the date that the repairs are substantially completed. If repairs shall be substantially completed prior to the Damage Termination Date specified, then the Damage Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the repairs shall not be substantially completed within such time period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the Damage Termination Date.

 

-37-


(f) Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord shall in no event be required to repair any injury or damage by fire or other cause whatsoever to, or to make any repairs or replacements of, any panelings, decorations, partitions, railings, ceilings, floor coverings, equipment, trade or office fixtures or any other property of, or improvements (including the Tenant Improvements and any Alterations) installed on the Premises by or at the election of, Tenant. Tenant hereby agrees to promptly repair any damage to the Tenant Improvements and any Alterations at its sole cost and expense in the event that Landlord is required to, or elects to, repair the remainder of the Premises pursuant to Paragraphs 19(a) or 19(b) above.

(g) Tenant hereby waives the provisions of subsection 2 of Section 1932, subsection 4 of Section 1933, and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code.

20. EMINENT DOMAIN.

(a) If all or part of the Premises shall be taken by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof, this Lease shall terminate as to any portion of the Premises so taken or conveyed on the date when title or the right to possession vests in the condemnor.

(b) If (i) a part of the Premises shall be taken by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof; and (ii) Tenant is reasonably able to continue the operation of Tenant’s business in that portion of the Premises remaining; and (iii) Landlord elects to restore the Premises to an architectural whole, then this Lease shall remain in effect as to said portion of the Premises remaining, and the Basic Monthly Rental payable from the date of the taking shall be reduced in the same proportion as the area of the Premises taken bears to the total area of the Premises. If, after a partial taking, Tenant is not reasonably able to continue the operation of its business in the Premises or Landlord elects not to restore the Premises as hereinabove described, then this Lease may be terminated by either Landlord or Tenant by giving written notice to the other party within thirty (30) days of the date of the taking. Such notice shall specify the date of termination, which termination date shall be not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after the date of said notice.

(c) If a portion of the Building is taken, whether any portion of the Premises is taken or not, and Landlord determines that it is not economically feasible to continue operating the portion of the Building remaining, then Landlord shall have the option for a period of thirty (30) days after such determination to terminate this Lease. If Landlord determines that it is economically feasible to continue operating the portion of the Building remaining after such taking, then this Lease shall remain in effect, with Landlord, at Landlord’s cost, restoring the Building to an architectural whole.

(d) Landlord shall be entitled to any and all payment, income, rent, award, or any interest therein whatsoever that may be paid or made in connection with such taking or conveyance, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or otherwise for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease or for the value of any improvements in or to the Premises. Tenant hereby assigns any such claim to the Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the same shall not diminish Landlord’s recovery for such taking, Tenant shall have the right to make a claim directly to the entity expressing the power of eminent domain for moving expenses and for loss or damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment and movable furniture.

 

-38-


(e) Tenant hereby waives sections 1265.110 through 1265.160 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

21. HOLDING OVER. Any holding over after the expiration or other termination of the term of this Lease with the prior written consent of Landlord delivered to Tenant shall be construed to be a tenancy from month-to-month at the Basic Monthly Rental in effect on the date of such expiration or termination (subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 3(a) hereof) on the terms, covenants and conditions herein specified so far as applicable. Any holding over after the expiration or other termination of the term of this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy at sufferance on all the terms set forth herein, except that the Basic Monthly Rental shall be an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Basic Monthly Rental payable by Tenant immediately prior to such holding over. Acceptance by Landlord of Rental after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall not constitute a consent by Landlord to any such tenancy from month to month or result in any other tenancy or any renewal of the term hereof. The provisions of this Paragraph are in addition to, and do not affect, Landlord’s right to re-entry or other rights hereunder or provided by law.

22. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Any liability of Landlord (including without limitation Landlord’s members, partners, shareholders, affiliates, agents, and employees) to Tenant under this Lease shall be limited to the equity interest of Landlord in the Building (including any proceeds from the sale of all or a portion of the Building, insurance proceeds and any rents), and Tenant agrees to look solely to such interest for the recovery of any judgment, it being intended that Landlord and such other persons shall not be personally liable for any deficiency or judgment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable for any consequential damages, nor shall Landlord be liable for loss of or damage to artwork, currency, jewelry, bullion, unique or valuable documents, securities or other valuables, or for other property not in the nature of ordinary fixtures, furnishings and equipment used in general office activities and functions. Wherever in this Lease Tenant (a) releases Landlord from any claim or liability, (b) waives or limits any right of Tenant to assert any claim against Landlord or to seek recourse against any property of Landlord or (c) agrees to indemnify Landlord against any matters, the relevant release, waiver, limitation or indemnity shall run in favor of and apply to Landlord, its agents, the constituent shareholders, partners or other owners of Landlord or its agents, and the directors, officers, and employees of Landlord and its agents and each such constituent shareholder, partner or other owner.

(b) In the event of a sale or conveyance of the Building by Landlord, the transferor shall thereby be released from any further liability under this Lease from and after the date of transfer, and, in such event, Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of such transferor in and to the Building and this Lease. Tenant agrees to attorn to the successor in interest of such transferor. If Tenant provides Landlord with any security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder, and Landlord transfers, or provides a credit with respect to, such security to the grantee or transferee of Landlord’s interest in the Real Property, Landlord shall be released from any further responsibility or liability for such security.

 

-39-


(c) Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time within ten (10) days following request from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect), (ii) certifying that there are not, to Tenant’s actual knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of the Landlord hereunder and that to Tenant’s actual knowledge, Tenant has no defenses to or offsets against its obligations under this Lease, or specifying such defaults, defenses or offsets if any are claimed, (iii) certifying the date that Tenant entered into occupancy of the Premises, (iv) certifying the amount of the Basic Monthly Rental and the Rental payable under Paragraph 4(a) and the date to which Rental is paid in advance, if any, and certifying that Tenant is entitled to no rent abatement or other economic concessions not specified in the Lease (v) evidencing the status of this Lease as may be required either by a lender making a loan affecting, or a purchaser of, the Premises, the Building, the Real Property or any interest therein from Landlord, (vi) certifying the amount of the Deposit, if any, (vii) certifying that all Improvements to be constructed in the Premises by Landlord are completed (or specifying any obligations of Landlord respecting Improvements), and (viii) certifying such other matters relating to this Lease and/or the Premises as may be requested by a lender making a loan to Landlord or a purchaser of the Premises, the Building, the Real Property or any interest therein from Landlord. Any such statement may be relied upon by, and shall upon Landlord’s request be addressed to, any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Real Property or any interest therein. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days following request of Landlord, deliver such other documents including Tenant’s financial statements as are reasonably requested in connection with the sale of, or loan to be secured by, the Real Property or any part thereof or interest therein. In the event of Tenant’s failure to deliver said statement in the time required Landlord shall send written notice to Tenant of such failure. Tenant’s failure to respond to such second notice within five (5) business days thereafter shall be conclusive upon Tenant that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance and Tenant has no right of offset, counterclaim or deduction against Rental under the Lease and (iii) no more than one month’s Basic Monthly Rental has been paid in advance.

(d) Within ten (10) days following request of Landlord, which shall be made no more frequently than once in any twelve (12) month period, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant’s financial statements (“Financial Statements”) for the fiscal year of Tenant ended on the previous December 31, which Financial Statements shall include a combined balance sheet of Tenant and its combined subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, a combined statement of operations of Tenant and its combined subsidiaries for such fiscal year, and a certificate of Tenant’s auditor (or, if audited Financial Statements are not available, then a certificate of Tenant’s Chief Financial Officer) to the effect that such Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and fairly present the financial condition and operations of Tenant and its combined subsidiaries for and as at the end of such fiscal year. Landlord agrees that Tenant’s Financial Statements are deemed to be Tenant’s confidential information. Landlord hereby agrees to maintain Tenant’s Financial Statements as proprietary and confidential and will take reasonable measures to avoid disclosure

 

-40-


and unauthorized use of the Financial Statements (including, without limitation, measures at least as stringent as it takes to protect its own confidential information of a similar nature). Landlord agrees not to disclose Tenant’s Financial Statements to any third party other than as-needed to any lender, prospective lender, or purchaser and to Landlord’s attorneys, accountants, investment advisors and similar business advisors, provided that in the case of each such disclosures are for bona fide business purposes related to the Real Property. Tenant’s obligation to provide Financial Statements as provided in this Paragraph 22(d) shall be in addition to Tenant’s obligation to provide financial information pursuant to Paragraph 22(c) hereof.

(e) All terms and covenants of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant shall be performed or observed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense and without any reduction of Rental. If Tenant fails to perform any term or covenant hereunder on its part to be performed, and such failure shall continue for ten (10) days (or such shorter period as may be reasonable under emergency circumstances) after written notice thereof by Landlord, Landlord, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation of Tenant hereunder, may perform any such term or covenant on Tenant’s part to be performed but shall not be obligated to do so. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary costs of such performance by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date of such payment or performance by Landlord, shall be paid (and Tenant covenants to make such payment) to Landlord within thirty (30) days of written demand therefor by Landlord, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of non-payment thereof by Tenant as in the case of failure by Tenant in the payment of Rental hereunder.

(f) Tenant agrees to faithfully observe and to comply with the Building Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by this reference, which Building Rules and Regulations shall be consistently enforced by Landlord, and all modifications of and additions thereto from time to time put into effect by Landlord that are applicable to all tenants of the Building and of which Tenant shall have notice (which modifications shall not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises). Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building of any of said Building Rules and Regulations. In the event any of the Building Rules and Regulations conflict with any express provision of this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall govern.

(g) In case any suit or other proceeding shall be brought for an unlawful detainer of the Premises or for the recovery of any Rental due under the provisions of this Lease or because of the failure of performance or observance of any other term or covenant herein contained on the part of Landlord or Tenant, including any proceeding or action in a bankruptcy case, the unsuccessful party in such suit or proceeding shall pay to the prevailing party therein reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, which shall include fees and costs of any appeal, all as fixed by the Court. If Landlord or Tenant should be named as a defendant in any suit brought against the other in connection with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises under this Lease, the party defendant primarily responsible for the bringing of such suit shall pay to the other party its costs and expenses incurred in such suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

(h) If any action or proceeding between Landlord and Tenant to enforce the provisions of this Lease (including an action or proceeding between Landlord and the trustee or debtor in possession while Tenant is a debtor in a proceeding under any bankruptcy law) proceeds to trial, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive their respective rights to a jury in such trial.

 

-41-


(i) Except as expressly provided herein, the failure of Landlord or Tenant to object to or to assert any remedy by reason of the other party’s failure to perform or observe any covenant or term hereof or Landlord’s or Tenant’s failure to assert any rights by reason of the happening or non-happening of any condition hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of its right to assert and enforce any remedy it may have by reason of such failure on the part of the other party or the happening or non-happening of such condition or a waiver of its rights to enforce any of its rights by reason of any subsequent failure of the other party to perform or observe the same or any other term or covenant or by reason of the subsequent happening or non-happening of the same or any other condition. No custom or practice that may develop between the parties hereto during the term hereof shall be deemed a waiver of, or in any way affect, the right of Landlord to insist upon performance and observance by Tenant in strict accordance with the terms hereof. The acceptance of Rental hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding failure of Tenant to perform or observe any term or covenant of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rental so accepted, irrespective of any knowledge on the part of Landlord of such preceding failure at the time of acceptance of such Rental. Landlord’s acceptance of partial payment of rent does not constitute a waiver of any rights, including without limitation any right Landlord may have to recover possession of the Premises.

(j) Tenant agrees that no diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure that may be erected (whether or not by Landlord) on property adjacent to the Building shall in any way affect this Lease, entitle Tenant to any reduction of Rental hereunder or result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant.

(k) All notices, demands, requests, advices or designations (“Notices”) that may be or are required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing. All Notices by Landlord to Tenant shall be sufficiently given, made or delivered if personally served (including delivery by messenger or nationally-recognized overnight mail courier) on Tenant at Tenant’s address for notices as set forth in the Summary of Lease Terms or such substitute address provided to Landlord by Tenant in writing at any time during the Term. All Notices by Tenant to Landlord shall be sufficiently given, made or delivered if personally served (including delivery by messenger or nationally-recognized overnight mail courier) on Landlord, at Landlord’s address for notices specified in Paragraph B of the Summary of Lease Terms or such substitute address provided to Tenant by Landlord in writing at any time during the Term. Each Notice shall be deemed received on the date of the personal service.

(1) Tenant agrees that it shall not, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord (which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion): (i) use the name of the Building for any purpose other than as the address of the business conducted by Tenant in the Premises; or (ii) use for any purpose any image of, rendering of, or design based on, the exterior appearance or profile of the Building.

(m) This Lease shall in all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of California. If any provision of this Lease shall be invalid, unenforceable or ineffective for any reason whatsoever, all other provisions hereof shall be and remain in effect.

 

-42-


(n) The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The term “Landlord” or any pronoun used in place thereof includes the plural as well as the singular and the successors and assigns of Landlord. The term “Tenant” or any pronoun used in place thereof includes the plural as well as the singular and individuals, firms, associations, partnerships and corporations, and their and each of their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof. The provisions of this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and bind Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns. The term “person” includes the plural as well as the singular and individuals, firms, associations, partnerships and corporations. Words used in any gender include the other gender. If there be more than one Tenant the obligations of Tenant hereunder are joint and several. The Paragraph headings of this Lease are for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof.

(o) Time is of the essence of this Lease with respect to the payment of Rental and the performance of all obligations.

(p) Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease or otherwise until its execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

(q) Landlord shall pay any and all commissions payable to Landlord’s Broker in connection with the execution of this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement. Landlord’s Broker shall pay Tenant’s Broker any commissions payable to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker. Tenant agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, loss, cost, damage and/or expense (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and court costs) by any real estate broker or salesperson or other entity or party for a commission or finder’s fee as a result of Tenant’s entering into this Lease, other than the Brokers identified in Paragraph K of the Summary of Lease Terms. Landlord agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any and all claims, loss, cost, damage and/or expense (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and court costs) by any real estate broker or salesperson or other entity or party for a commission or finder’s fee as a result of Landlord’s entering into this Lease, other than the Brokers identified in Paragraph K of the Summary of Lease Terms.

(r) Landlord agrees to list Tenant’s name on the directory board in the lobby of the Building and on the Building standard signage in the elevator lobby of the second and third floors and to provide Building standard signage on the door to the Premises, at Landlord’s cost and expense; provided, however, any change to the initial listing or any additional listings shall be at Tenant’s cost and expense. Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense and with Landlord’s prior approval, to install custom signage at the entrance to the Premises on the second and/or third floors. Tenant shall have no right to occupy the Premises or display signage under any name other than the name of Tenant under this Lease or a fictitious business name registered to Tenant. Landlord’s acceptance of any name for listing on the directory board, the standard signage or any exterior sign shall in no event be, or be deemed to be, nor will it substitute for, Landlord’s consent, as required by this Lease, to any sublease, assignment, or other occupancy of the Premises.

 

-43-


(s) Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other party that (a) it is duly incorporated (or organized) and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation (or organization), (b) it is qualified to do business in California, (c) it has full right, power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all of its obligations hereunder, and (d) the execution, delivery and performance of this Lease has been duly authorized by such party and each person signing this Lease is duly and validly authorized to do so.

(t) This Lease may not be amended or modified in any respect whatsoever, except by an instrument in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

(u) The Exhibits and Addenda referenced in the Summary of Lease Terms are a part of this Lease and are incorporated herein by this reference. In the event of any discrepancy between the Lease and any such Exhibit or Addendum, the Exhibit or Addendum shall control. This Lease is the entire and integrated agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease, the Premises and the Building. There are no oral agreements between Landlord and Tenant affecting this Lease, and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, offers, agreements and understandings, oral or written, if any, between Landlord and Tenant or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease, the Premises or the Building. There are no representations between Landlord and Tenant or between any real estate broker and Tenant other than those expressly set forth in this Lease and all reliance with respect to any representations is solely upon representations expressly set forth in this Lease.

23. ERISA. To satisfy compliance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that:

(a) Tenant is not an “employee benefit plan” (as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA); and

(b) Tenant is not acquiring the Property as a plan asset subject to ERISA but for Tenant’s own investment account; and

(c) Tenant is not a “party in interest” (as that term is defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) to the Virginia Retirement System; and

(d) Tenant agrees to keep the identity of the Virginia Retirement System confidential, except to the extent that Tenant may be required to disclose such information as a result of (i) legal process, or (ii) compliance with ERISA or other Laws governing Tenant’s operations.

24. PARKING.

(a) Upon payment of the Parking Rental (defined below), Tenant shall have the right but not the obligation to lease on a non-exclusive basis up to forty-seven (47) (i.e., 1 space per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises) parking spaces in the Parking Lot (“Tenant’s Allotted Spaces”). Once leased, Tenant must lease a parking space for the entirety of the Lease Term. Any of Tenant’s Allotted Spaces not actually leased by Tenant within six (6) months of the Rent Commencement Date (the “Parking Date”) shall revert to Landlord and shall no longer be

 

-44-


considered part of Tenant’s Allotted Spaces, provided that, in the event after the Parking Date, parking spaces continue to be available in the Parking Lot, Tenant may request to right to lease additional spaces, up to a total of forty-seven (47) total spaces which, if such request is consented to by Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), shall become part of the Tenant’s Allotted Spaces. The use of Tenant’s Allotted Spaces shall be for the parking of motor vehicles used by Tenant, its officers, employees and customers only, and shall be subject to all applicable laws and the reasonable, uniform and non-discriminatory rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time for the use of the Parking Lot. The Parking Rental payable by Tenant hereunder shall include all taxes imposed on the use of the parking spaces by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority. Parking Rental shall be due and payable in advance, as additional rent, on the first day of each month during which parking spaces are leased hereunder. Parking spaces may not be assigned or transferred separate and apart from this Lease, and upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant’s rights with respect to all leased parking spaces shall immediately terminate. Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees shall not unreasonably interfere with the rights of Landlord or others entitled to similar use of the Parking Lot. Access to the Parking Lot will generally be available on a twenty-four (24) hour basis, with in and out privileges, seven (7) days a week, and three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year with use of a Building card key.

(b) The Parking Lot shall be subject to the reasonable control and management of Landlord, who may, from time to time, establish, modify and enforce reasonable, uniform and non-discriminatory rules and regulations with respect thereto. Landlord reserves the right to change, reconfigure, or rearrange the parking areas, to reconstruct or repair any portion thereof, and to restrict the use of any parking areas and do such other acts in and to such areas as Landlord deems necessary or desirable without such actions being deemed an eviction of Tenant or a disturbance of Tenant’s use of the Premises and without Landlord’s being deemed in default hereunder; provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize (to the extent consistent with applicable laws) the extent and duration of any resulting interference with Tenant’s parking rights. Landlord may, in its sole discretion, convert the Parking Lot to a reserved and/or controlled parking facility, or operate the Parking Lot (or a portion thereof) as an attendant assisted and/or valet parking facility.

(c) If parking spaces are not assigned pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord reserves the right at any time to assign parking spaces in a reasonable manner, and Tenant shall thereafter be responsible for insuring that its employees park in the designated areas. Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, comply with all reasonable parking practices and otherwise furnish Landlord with such information as Landlord reasonably requests. Landlord shall not be liable for any damage of any nature to, or any theft of, vehicles or the contents thereof in or about the Parking Lot. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall cause its employees and agents using Tenant’s parking spaces to execute an agreement confirming the foregoing.

(d) “Parking Rental” shall mean ($290) per space for the first month of the Term, and thereafter the current parking rental rate per parking space being charged by Landlord for monthly parking in the Parking Lot.

 

-45-


25. ADA COMPLIANCE. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, in accordance with the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act (the “ADA”), responsibility for compliance with the terms and conditions of Title III of the ADA may be allocated as between Landlord and Tenant. In this regard and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree that the responsibility for compliance with the ADA and state disability access laws (including, without limitation, the removal of architectural and communications barriers and the provision of auxiliary aids and services to the extent required) shall be allocated as follows: (i) Tenant, at its expense, shall be responsible for compliance with the provisions of Title II and Title III of the ADA and state disability access laws arising as a result of construction, renovations, alterations, and repairs made by Tenant within the Premises; (ii) Landlord shall be responsible for compliance with the provisions of Titles II and III of the ADA and state disability access laws for all construction, renovations, alterations, and repairs that Landlord is required, under this Lease, to make within the Premises, whether (pursuant to the relevant provisions of this Lease) at Landlord’s or Tenant’s expense; and (iii) except as provided in (i) above, Landlord, at its expense, shall be responsible for compliance with the provisions of Title III of the ADA and state disability access laws for all exterior and interior areas of the Building not included within the Premises. Landlord and Tenant shall each use reasonable efforts to notify the other of any alteration to the Premises which might impact accessibility under federal and state disability access laws. Landlord agrees to indemnify Tenant and hold Tenant harmless from and against any claims, damages, costs, and liabilities arising out of Landlord’s failure, or alleged failure, as the case may be, to comply with the ADA or state disability access laws, to the extent such compliance has been allocated to Landlord herein, which indemnification obligation shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease if this Lease has not been terminated by reason of a default by Tenant. Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, damages, costs, and liabilities arising out of Tenant’s failure, or alleged failure, as the case may be, to comply with the ADA or state disability access laws, to the extent such compliance has been allocated to Tenant herein, which indemnification obligation shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant each agree that the allocation of responsibility for ADA and state disability access law compliance shall not require Landlord or Tenant to supervise, monitor or otherwise review the compliance activities of the other with respect to its assumed responsibilities for ADA and state disability access law compliance as set forth in this paragraph. Landlord shall, in complying with the ADA and state disability access laws (to the extent such compliance has been allocated to Landlord herein), be entitled to rely upon representations made to, or information given to, Landlord by Tenant in regard to Tenant’s use of the Premises, Tenant’s employees, and other matters pertinent to compliance with the ADA and state disability access laws. The indemnity of Tenant set forth above shall apply as to any liability arising against Landlord by reason of any misrepresentation or misinformation given by Tenant to Landlord. The allocation of responsibility for ADA and state disability access law compliance between Landlord and Tenant, and the obligations of Landlord and Tenant established by such allocation, shall supersede any other provisions of this Lease that may contradict or otherwise differ from the requirements of this paragraph.

26. ACCESSIBILITY DISCLOSURE. Pursuant to California Civil Code 1938, Landlord hereby advises Tenant that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist and Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Premises have not been certified to meet all construction related accessibility standards pursuant to Civil Code Section 55.53.

 

-46-


27. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER. In the event that Suite 330 (consisting of approximately 18,097 rentable square feet) or Suite 430 (consisting of approximately 18,480 rentable square feet) in the Building (each, for the purposes of this Paragraph only, an “Expansion Space”) becomes available during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s desire to lease the entire amount of the available Expansion Space (the “Available Space”) within ten (10) business days following notification by Landlord to Tenant of the availability and identification of such Available Space (the “Availability Notice”). The initial Monthly Base Rent for the Available Space shall be calculated at the same annual rate per square foot applicable to the Premises at the time the Expansion Space Term (as defined below) commences, and shall increase at the same rate as Monthly Base Rent for the Premises increases. The term of the Lease with respect to an Available Space (each, an “Expansion Space Term”) shall commence on the date (the “Expansion Commencement Date”) that Landlord delivers the Expansion Space to Tenant, which shall not be less than four (4) months after Tenant’s receipt of the Availability Notice. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rental with respect to an Available Space shall commence of the date (the “Expansion Rent Commencement Date”) that is the earlier of (i) seventy-five (75) days after Landlord delivers possession of the Available Space to Tenant; or (ii) the date Tenant first commences business operations from any portion of the Available Space. The Available Space shall be deemed to be “available” when the lease for any current tenant of the Expansion Space expires or is otherwise terminated. The Expansion Space shall not be deemed to be “available” if the space is either (i) assigned or subleased by the current tenant of the space, (ii) relet by the current tenant of the space by right of extension, or (iii) is subject to an expansion right previously granted by Landlord to another tenant of the Building prior to the execution of this Lease. Landlord represents that as of the Effective Date, except as set forth herein below, no other tenant in the Building has any right of first offer or first refusal to lease any portion of the Expansion Space which is superior to this right. Tenant acknowledges that CPMC and Dolby Laboratories, Inc., both have a right of notification of any available space, and no tenant other than the current tenant in possession of the respective portions of the Expansion Space has any right superior to the right set forth in this Paragraph 27. Landlord represents that the current lease with respect to (i) Suite 330 (the “Suite 330 Lease”) is scheduled to expire on December 5, 2015, and the tenant under the Suite 330 Lease has one (1) two (2) year renewal right; and (ii) Suite 430 (the “Suite 430 Lease”) is scheduled to expire on March 31, 2015, and the tenant under the Suite 430 Lease has no option to extend the term of such lease. Failure by Tenant to timely provide such notice to Landlord shall be deemed to be an election by Tenant not to lease the Expansion Space, and Landlord shall thereupon be free to lease all or any portion of the offered Expansion Space to any other person, and Tenant shall have no further rights under this Paragraph whatsoever with respect to that Expansion Space. If Tenant successfully exercises its option to lease an Expansion Space, Landlord shall provide Tenant an allowance to construct improvements to such Expansion Space equal to $3.60 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space for each year of the Expansion Space Term applicable to such Expansion Space, such allowance to be prorated to reflect any partial year (the “Expansion Space Allowance”). Upon Tenant leasing an Expansion Space, the amount of the Security Deposit due from Tenant to Landlord shall be increased proportionally to the square footage increased by the Expansion and shall be subject to the same reduction and shall be treated the same as the original Security Deposit. With the exception of rent payable for the Expansion Space, the Expansion Space Allowance, the adjustment of Tenant’s Percentage Share to reflect the inclusion of the Expansion Space as part of the Premises, and the increase in

 

-47-


the Security Deposit, and provided that all of the conditions set forth herein are met, the Expansion Space shall be deemed to be a part of the Premises, and Tenant’s lease of any Expansion Space shall be upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease. If Tenant elects to lease any Expansion Space from Landlord, the parties shall within a reasonable time following such election enter into an amendment of this Lease in order to document Landlord’s letting of the Expansion Space to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s right to lease the Expansion Space shall not be effective if Tenant has been provided notice that it is in breach of this Lease and such noticed breach remains uncured.

28. DOGS. Tenant shall be permitted to have dogs (“Dogs”) in the Premises. All Dogs shall be under the physical control and supervision of Tenant’s employees at all times and must be on leashes while in any area of the Building outside of the Premises. All Dogs brought into the Premises shall have been properly vaccinated. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable Pet-related noises or odors to emanate from the Premises. Tenant shall use commercially reasonably efforts to prevent any Dogs from unreasonably interfering with other tenants or those having business in the Building. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and Landlord Indemnitees harmless from any costs, damages, or liability due to any injury to persons or damage to property arising from the presence of Dogs on the Real Property or any part thereof. Tenant shall comply with all protocols established by Landlord for having Dogs on the Real Property which include, but are not limited to, using a freight elevator to transport Dogs to the upper floors of the Building and having the person bringing the Dog onto the Real property sign an indemnification agreement on the occasion of each visit.

29. SECURED AREAS. Tenant may designate certain areas as “Secured Areas” should Tenant require such areas for the purpose of securing certain valuable property or confidential information. Access to the Premises by Landlord shall be in accordance with the security, safety and confidentiality requirements that Tenant may reasonably adopt from time to time, including, without limitation, a requirement that persons (including Landlord or Landlord Parties) having access to the Premises shall sign and deliver to Tenant a confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement in form and content reasonably acceptable to Tenant, provided such requirements do not impede Landlord’s rights of access under Paragraph 16(a) hereof. Tenant may reasonably restrict access by any visitor whom Landlord intends to bring onto the Premises who is, or may reasonably be suspected by Tenant to be or represent, a competitor of Tenant. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or any of Landlord’s agents while the same are in the Premises.

30. BICYCLES. Tenant’s employees shall have the right to park up to nineteen (19) bicycles in the shared locked parking cage located in the Parking Garage. Under no circumstances shall Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents and invitees bring bicycles into the Building or store bicycles in the Premises.

[ Signatures on following page ]

 

-48-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
            By:    CLPF - 475 BRANNAN STREET GP, LLC
      Its general partner
      By:    Clarion Lion Properties Fund Holdings. L.P.,
         Its sole member
         By:    CLPF-Holdings, LLC,
            Its general partner
            By:    Clarion Lion Properties Fund Holdings REIT, LLC,
               Its sole member
               By:    Clarion Lion Properties Fund, LP,
                  Its managing member
                  By:    Clarion Partners LPF GP, LLC,
                     Its general partner
                     By:    Clarion Partners, LLC,
                        Its sole member
                        By:    /s/ Michael J. Duffy                                                         
                           Michael J. Duffy
                           Authorized Signatory
                           Date: 8/25/14

 

TENANT:    FASTLY, INC.,   
   a Delaware corporation   
   By:   

/s/ Paul Luongo

  
   Name:    Paul Luongo   
   Title:    VP & General Counsel   

 

-49-


LOGO

 

   -1-        


LOGO

 

   -2-        


LOGO

 

   -3-        


EXHIBIT B

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. Sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators and stairways shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by them for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators and stairways are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence, in the judgment of Landlord, would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants.

2. No sign, placard, picture, name, advertisement or notice, visible from the exterior of leased premises shall be inscribed, painted, affixed or otherwise displayed by any tenant either on its premises or any part of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right to remove any such sign, placard, picture, name, advertisement, or notice without notice to and at the expense of the tenant.

If Landlord shall have given such consent to any tenant at any time, whether before or after the execution of the Lease, such consent shall in no way operate as a waiver or release of any of the provisions hereof or of such Lease, and shall be deemed to relate only to the particular sign, placard, picture, name, advertisement or notice so consented to by Landlord and shall not be construed as dispensing with the necessity of obtaining the specific written consent of Landlord with respect to any other such sign, placard, picture, name, advertisement or notice.

No signs will be permitted on any entry door unless the door is glass. All glass door signs must be approved by Landlord. Signs or lettering shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of the tenant by a person approved by Landlord.

3. The bulletin board or directory of the Building will be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only, and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom. Landlord reserves the right to restrict the amount of directory space utilized by Tenant.

4. No curtains, draperies, blinds, shutters, shades, screens or other coverings, hangings or decorations shall be attached to, hung or placed in, or used in connection with, any window on any premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. In any event, with the prior written consent of Landlord, all such items shall be installed inside of Landlord’s standard draperies and shall in no way be visible from the exterior of the Building. No articles shall be placed or kept on the window sills so as to be visible from the exterior of the Building.

5. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 7 P.M. and 7 A.M. and at all hours on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays all persons who do not present a pass to the Building signed by Landlord. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom any tenant requests the same in writing. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.

Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person.

 

   -1-        


During any invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other circumstance rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s opinion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building by closing the doors, or otherwise, for the safety of tenants and protection of the Building and property in the Building.

6. No tenant shall employ any person or persons other than the janitor of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the premises unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord in writing. Except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the same. No tenant shall cause any unnecessary labor by reason of such tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall in no way be responsible to any tenant for any loss of property on the premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the property of any tenant by the janitor or any other employee or any other person. Janitorial service shall include ordinary dusting and cleaning by the janitor assigned to such work and shall not include beating or cleaning of carpets or rugs or moving of furniture or other special services. Janitorial service will not be furnished on nights when rooms are occupied after 9:30 p.m. Window cleaning shall be done only by Landlord, and at such intervals and such hours as Landlord shall deem appropriate.

7. No tenant shall obtain for use upon its premises ice, drinking water, food, beverage, towel or other similar services, or accept barbering or bootblacking services in its premises, except from persons authorized by Landlord, and at hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord.

8. Each tenant shall see that the doors of its premises are closed and securely locked and must observe strict care and caution that all water faucets or water apparatus are entirely shut off before the tenant or its employees leave such premises, and that all utilities shall likewise be carefully shut off, so as to prevent waste or damage, and for any default or carelessness the Tenant shall make good all injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or Landlord. On multiple-tenancy floors all tenants shall keep the door or doors to the Building corridors closed at all times except for ingress and egress.

9. No tenant shall alter any lock or install a new or additional lock or any bolt on any door of its premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Landlord shall give its consent, the tenant shall in each case furnish Landlord with a key for any such lock.

10. Landlord will furnish Tenant without charge two (2) keys to each door lock provided in the Premises by Landlord. Landlord may make a reasonable charge for any additional keys. Tenant shall not have any such keys copied or any keys made. Each tenant, upon the termination of the tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord all the keys of or to the Building, offices, rooms and toilet rooms that shall have been furnished to the Tenant or that the Tenant shall have had made. In the event of the loss of any keys so furnished by Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord therefor.

11. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

 

   -2-        


12. No tenant shall use or keep in its premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. No tenant shall use, keep or permit to be used or kept in its premises any foul or noxious gas or substance or permit or suffer such premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein. No animals or birds shall be brought or kept in or about any premises or the Building.

14. No cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on its premises, except that the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar items for tenants and their employees shall be permitted, nor shall such premises be used for lodging.

15. Except with the prior written consent of Landlord, no tenant shall sell, or permit the sale, at retail of newspapers, magazines, periodicals, theater tickets or any other goods or merchandise in or on any premises, nor shall any tenant carry on, or permit or allow any employee or other person to carry on, the business of stenography, typewriting or any similar business in or from any premises for the service or accommodation of occupants of any other portion of the Building, nor shall the premises of any tenant be used for the storage of merchandise or for manufacturing of any kind, or the business of a public barber shop, beauty parlor, or any business or activity other than that specifically provided for in such tenant’s lease.

16. Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone, telegraph and electrical wires are to be introduced or installed. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to all premises shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord. All electrical appliances must be grounded and must meet UL Label Standards.

17. No tenant shall install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or any other device on the exterior walls or roof of the Building.

18. No tenant shall lay linoleum, tile, carpet or any other floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of its premises in any manner except as approved in writing by Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or the removal of any floor covering shall be borne by the tenant by whom, or by whose contractors, employees or invitees, the damage shall have been caused.

19. No furniture, freight, equipment, packages or merchandise shall be received in the Building or carried up or down the elevators, except between such hours, through such entrances and in such elevators as shall be designated by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to require that moves be scheduled and carried out during non-business hours of the Building. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy equipment brought into the Building. Safes or other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on wood strips of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight thereof. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be repaired at the expense of the tenant.

 

   -3-        


20. No tenant shall overload the floor of its premises or mark, or drive nails, screw or drill into, the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface such premises or any part thereof.

21. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public areas of the Building, either by any tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards. No other vehicles of any kind shall be brought by any tenant into or kept in or about any premises in the Building.

22. Each tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of its premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the City of San Francisco without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate.

23. Tenant agrees not to employ any person, entity or contractor for any work in the Premises (including moving Tenant’s equipment and furnishings in, out of or around the Premises) whose presence may give rise to a labor or other disturbance in the Building, and, if necessary to prevent such a disturbance in a particular situation, Landlord may require Tenant to employ union labor for the work.

24. Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills and other written materials and peddling in the Building are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

25. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to any tenant, to change the name and address of the Building.

26. The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application at the office of the Building. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and no employee will admit any person (tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.

27. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all tenants of the Building.

28. These Rules and Regulations may be changed from time to time, as Landlord may deem appropriate, and are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify, alter or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease.

 

   -4-        


EXHIBIT C

TENANT WORK LETTER

This WORK LETTER (the “Agreement”) is hereby made a part of that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into by and between CLPF-475 Brannan Street L.P. (“Landlord”), and Fastly, Inc. (“Tenant”). All terms used herein which are defined in the Lease or any addendum or other Exhibits attached thereto shall have the same meanings herein as are ascribed to such terms in such documents. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows with respect to the construction of initial improvements in the Premises.

1. COMPLETION AND APPROVAL OF PLANS.

1.1 Space Plan. Tenant shall cause to be constructed at Tenant’s cost and expense, except as otherwise specified in paragraph 2 below, improvements in the Premises (the “Initial Improvements”) in accordance with a mutually agreed preliminary plan (the “Space Plan”). Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty whatsoever concerning (i) the actual cost to design and construct the Initial Improvements or (ii) the extent to which the actual cost or final configuration of the Initial Improvements will be affected by the adoption of new federal, state, or local laws or the implementation of any regulations or building requirements under new or existing laws, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act and any fire and life safety laws or regulations.

1.2 Final Plans. Upon approval of the Space Plan, Tenant shall cause to be prepared such plans, drawings, and specifications (collectively, the “Plans”) as may be necessary to obtain a building permit for construction of the Initial Improvements. Upon completion thereof, the Plans shall be submitted to Landlord for approval. Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, within five (5) business days following receipt by Landlord of the Plans if Landlord disapproves of any portion thereof. Such disapproval shall be communicated with sufficient specificity to enable Tenant to revise the Plans in a manner acceptable to Landlord. If Landlord objects to any portion of the Plans, Tenant shall cause the same to be revised, and shall resubmit the revised Plans to Landlord for approval. Landlord shall have two (2) days to approve or disapprove of the revised Plans. The foregoing process shall continue until the Plans are approved by Landlord.

1.3 Required Changes. Landlord hereby consents to any changes to the Plans which may be imposed as a condition of obtaining a permit for the construction of the Initial Improvements by any municipal department having jurisdiction over same, provided that Tenant shall clearly identify such changes on the Plans.

1.4 Requested Changes. If Tenant desires to make any changes to the final Plans following approval thereof, Tenant must obtain Landlord’s prior written consent. All such requests for changes and consent shall be subject to the procedures set forth in paragraph 5 hereof.

 

   -1-        


2. COST OF IMPROVEMENTS.

2.1 Tenant’s Cost; Allowance. Tenant shall bear all costs of designing and constructing the Initial Improvements, except that Landlord shall provide a construction allowance (the “Allowance”) to be applied to such costs in an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) the cost of designing and constructing the Initial Improvements to a Building Standard finish as set forth in the Plans initially approved by Landlord, or (ii) Eight Hundred Forty-Seven Thousand Four Hundred Ninety-Four and no/100 Dollars ($847,494.00). The costs of such construction shall include, without limitation, costs of preparing the Space Plan, pricing plans, and field surveys, costs of preparing the Plans and all working drawings, costs of obtaining building permits, costs of labor and materials used in such construction, Landlord’s three percent (3%) construction management fee, and all other costs of such design and construction including a conditional use permit (if required) and occupancy permits. No portion of the Allowance may be used for furniture, fixtures, equipment, Supplemental HVAC Units, Tenant’s Security System or for any non-permanent improvement in the Premises.

2.2 Costs in Excess of the Allowance. Tenant shall pay all costs of constructing the Initial Improvements to the extent that the cost thereof exceeds the Allowance.

2.3 Payment of Allowance. Landlord shall disburse the Allowance (after deducting Landlord’s construction management fee) in accordance with the following terms and conditions. Upon completion of the Initial Improvements, Tenant shall submit to Landlord written request for reimbursement for the cost of designing and constructing the Initial Improvements. Such written request must detail work performed and materials supplied in performing the Initial Improvements, all of which shall be subject to reasonable substantiation by Landlord, or an architect or other representative retained by Landlord. Except as provided below, payment for such costs shall be made to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the written request and the following supporting materials: receipts evidencing payment of all amounts due and a sworn affidavit or lien waiver from each of Tenant’s designers, contractors, subcontractors, workers, and suppliers stating that they have been paid in full for all work performed and materials and equipment supplied by them on the Premises. Should the cost to design and construct the Initial Improvements exceed the Allowance, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of such overage. Should the cost to design and construct the Initial Improvements be less than the Allowance, Landlord shall have no obligation to pay or credit to Tenant any portion of such unused Allowance. Tenant shall substantially complete construction of the Initial Improvements to the Premises within twelve (12) months of the Delivery Date. Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse any portion of the Allowance for any portion of the Initial Improvements to the Premises not completed within such twelve (12) month period. Tenant shall substantially complete construction of any improvements to an Expansion Space within eighteen (18) months of the delivery of the Expansion Space to Tenant. Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse any portion of an Expansion Space Allowance for any portion of the improvement to an Expansion Space not completed within such eighteen (18) month period.

 

   -2-        


3. ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord will be delivering the Premises broom-clean but otherwise in their “as-is” condition and Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord, its asset manager, property manager, nor any employee or agent of said entities have made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises

4. CONTRACTORS; MATERIALS.

4.1 Approval Required. Tenant will cause the Initial Improvements to be constructed pursuant to the Plans by a general contractor reasonably acceptable to Landlord (“Contractor”), with Landlord reserving the right to approve all subcontractors, with all such approvals being in writing, and not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the general contractor and all subcontractor shall be union labor. Tenant shall not permit any other contractor or subcontractor to perform work in the Premises in connection with the Initial Improvements without the express prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any such contractors approved by Landlord for the performance of any work in the Premises prior to occupancy by Tenant shall be subject to the supervision of Landlord’s contractor. Unless otherwise expressly described in the Plans, all wall coverings, woodwork (if any), paint, floor coverings, and other finishes shall be of a quality comparable to finishes typically used in the Building (“Building Standard”) from time to time for general tenant improvement work in the Project. All material and workmanship used in construction by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors of the Initial Improvements in the Premises shall be of a quality that is at least Building Standard.

4.2 Contractor Requirements. Tenant’s contractors shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may generally impose from time to time upon contractors and subcontractors in the building. Tenant shall require all contractors and subcontractors performing construction or alterations to the Premises to, prior to commencing any such work, furnish Landlord with original certificates of insurance evidencing that such contractors and subcontractors carry: (i) workers compensation insurance in such amounts as may be required by law; (ii) liability insurance (including owned and non-owned automobile liability) with limits of no less than $1,000,000; (iii) employers’ liability insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000; and (iv) umbrella/excess liability insurance with limits of not less than $2,000,000. All such liability policies shall (x) name Landlord, its asset manager and property manager as additional insureds; (y) be primary to and non-contributory with any insurance policies carried by Landlord or such asset or property manager; and (z) contain contractual liability and cross liability endorsements in favor of Landlord, its asset manager and property manager.

4.3 No Warranty. Landlord’s supervision and/or approval of any contractor or any contractor’s work shall not under any circumstances constitute a warranty or representation that such work was properly performed or designed or create any liability for payment for such work by Landlord. Rather, Tenant acknowledges that such supervision by Landlord, regardless of whether Landlord earns a fee for same, is for the sole benefit of Landlord and the property wherein the Premises are located.

 

   -3-        


5. EXTRA WORK.

5.1 In General. Except as expressly approved in writing by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph 5, Tenant shall not revise the final Plans or any portion of the Initial Improvements which have been constructed (all such revised work is hereinafter collectively referred to herein as “Extra Work”).

5.2 Procedure. If any request by Tenant for Extra Work would require a change to the final Plans such revised Plans shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense. Landlord shall respond in writing to any request by Tenant for the approval of Extra Work. Any approval of such request may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, be conditioned upon conditions which Landlord may find to be reasonable under the circumstances. If Tenant shall fail to meet any such conditions precedent to the performance of Extra Work within three (3) days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of same, the proposed Extra Work shall be deemed disapproved by Landlord, and Tenant shall not be permitted to perform any portion thereof.

6. ENTRY MADE AT TENANT’S SOLE RISK. Upon delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant, and at such times as are acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, Tenant and its approved contractors shall have the right to enter the Premises to construct the Initial Improvements without payment of rent. Any entry into the Premises by Tenant, its agents, contractors, and employees, during the construction of the Initial Improvements shall be at the sole risk of Tenant.

7. TENANT’S LIABILITIES. Landlord shall have no liability for any loss of or damage to any of Tenant’s or Tenant’s contractors’ fixtures or property installed or left in the Premises, and Tenant shall be fully responsible for same. Tenant shall be responsible for the prompt removal of all rubbish and refuse left by Tenant’s contractors and by the delivery of Tenant’s personal property into the Premises. Tenant shall be liable for the repair of any damage to the Initial Improvements occurring during any entry into the premises by Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees, or invitees.

8. FORCE MAJEURE DELAYS. The term “Force Majeure Delay” shall mean any delay in the completion of the Initial Improvements which is attributable to any delay or failure to perform attributable to any strike, lockout, or other labor or industrial disturbance, civil disturbance, judicial order, act of a public enemy, war, riot, sabotage, blockade, embargo, inability to secure customary materials, supplies, or labor through ordinary sources by reason of regulation or order of any governmental agency, delay attributable to lightning, earthquake, fire, storm, hurricane, tornado, flood, washout, explosion, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Tenant. Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease to the contrary, any prevention, delay, or stoppage due to any Force Majeure Delay shall excuse Tenant’s performance hereunder for a period of time equal to any such prevention, delay, or stoppage.

 

   -4-        


EXHIBIT D

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

THIS MEMORANDUM is entered into as of April 9, 2015 by and between CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with respect to that certain Office Lease dated as of August 22, 2014 (the “Lease”) respecting certain premises (the “Premises”) located in the building known as 475 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California.

Pursuant to Paragraph 2(a) of the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby confirm and agree that the Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease) is January 1, 2015, that the Rent Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease) is March 15, 2015, and that the Expiration Date (as defined in the Lease) is March 31. 2020. This Memorandum supplements, and shall be a part of, the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Memorandum as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
       By:   CLPF - 475 BRANNAN STREET GP, LLC
    Its general partner
    By:   Clarion Lion Properties Fund Holdings. L.P.,
      Its sole member
      By:   CLPF-Holdings, LLC,
        Its general partner
        By:   Clarion Lion Properties Fund Holdings REIT, LLC,
          Its sole member
          By:   Clarion Lion Properties Fund, LP,
            Its managing member
            By:   Clarion Partners LPF GP, LLC,
              Its general partner
              By:   Clarion Partners, LLC,
                Its sole member
                By: /s/ Michael J. Duffy                    
                          Michael J. Duffy
                          Authorized Signatory
                          Date: 4/20/15

 

TENANT:    FASTLY, INC.,   
   a Delaware corporation   
   By: /s/ William Kaufmann                               
   Name: WILLIAM KAUFMANN               
   Title:    COO                                                

Exhibit 10.18

F IRST A MENDMENT TO L EASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“First-Amendment”), dated as of the 27th day of May, 2015 (the “Effective Date”), is between CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated August 22, 2014 (the “Lease”), pursuant to which Landlord leased unto Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately 47,083 rentable square feet of office space designated as Suites 200, 300 and 320 (the “Existing Premises”) located on the second and third floors of the building commonly known as 475 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California (the “Building”), as more particularly described in the Lease.

B. Tenant has exercised its option to expand its premises to include additional space located on the third floor of the Building which contains approximately 18,097 rentable square feet of space (“Suite 330”), as depicted on Exhibit A-4 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. Landlord agrees to so expand Tenant’s premises upon the terms and conditions outlined in this Amendment.

A G R E E M E N T

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the facts mentioned above, the mutual promises set forth below and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do agree as follows:

1. Effective Date. This First Amendment shall be effective as of the Effective Date. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the amendments to the Lease outlined below regarding the expansion of Tenant’s premises to include Suite 330 shall be effective on the date Landlord delivers Suite 330 to Tenant as set forth in Paragraph 7 (the “Suite 330 Expansion Date”), which shall not occur prior to August 21, 2015.

2. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms used in this First Amendment which are not defined herein shall have the meanings for such terms which are set forth in the Lease.

3. Premises. As of the Suite 330 Expansion Date, Suite 330, which contains approximately 18,097 rentable square feet of space, shall become part of the Premises, the description of the Premises set forth in the Summary of Lease Terms shall be modified to include


Suite 330, the Rentable Area of the Premises set forth in the Summary of Lease Terms shall be modified to include the rentable square footage of Suite 330, and Exhibits A-1, A-2 and A-3 to the Lease shall be supplemented with Exhibit A-4 attached hereto and incorporated into the Lease by this reference and thereafter all references in the Lease to Exhibit A shall be deemed to also refer to Exhibit A-4. The term Tenant’s lease of Suite 330 shall be coterminous with that of the Existing Premises, and expire on the Expiration Date. In addition, as of the Suite 330 Expansion Date, the description of the Premises set forth in the Summary of Lease Terms shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

 

“D.

  Floor on which Premises are situated:    Second Floor: Suite 200
  [Paragraph 1(f)]    Third Floor: Suites 300, 320 and 330”

Further, as of the Suite 330 Expansion Date, the Rentable area of the Premises set forth in the Summary of Lease Terms shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

 

“E.

  Rentable area of the Premises:    65,180 rentable square feet”
  [Paragraph 1(f)]   

4. Basic Monthly Rental. Tenant shall continue to pay Basic Monthly Rental for the Premises as set forth in the Lease. Beginning on the date that is the earlier of (i) seventy-five (75) days after the Suite 330 Expansion Date; or (ii) the date Tenant first commences business operations from Suite 330 (the “Suite 330 Rent Commencement Date”), Tenant shall also pay Basic Monthly Rental for Suite 330 calculated at the same annual rate per square foot applicable to the Premises as of the Suite 330 Rent Commencement Date, and Basic Monthly Rental for Suite 330 shall increase thereafter at the same rate as Monthly Base Rent for the Premises increases.

5. Suite 330 Expansion Memorandum. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to confirm the actual Suite 330 Expansion Date, Suite 330 Rent Commencement Date and the Schedule of Basic Monthly Rental applicable to Suite 330 promptly after the Suite 330 Rent Commencement Date is established, by executing and delivering to each other counterparts of a Suite 330 Expansion Memorandum in the form of Exhibit D-1 attached hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Suite 330 Expansion Date, the Suite 330 Rent Commencement Date and Tenant’s obligation to pay Basic Monthly Rental for Suite 330 shall not be dependent on whether or not such memorandum is executed.

6. Tenant’s Suite 330 Percentage Share. Beginning on the Suite 330 Rent Commencement Date, in addition to paying Tenant’s Percentage Share as set in forth in Section F of the Summary of Lease Terms, Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, as additional rent, 7.40% (the “Suite 330 Percentage Share”) of: (i) the amount, if any, by which Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in any calendar year subsequent to calendar year 2016 (the “Suite 330


Base Year”) exceed the amount of Operating Expense allocable to the Suite 330 Base Year; and (ii) the amount, if any by which Real Property Taxes paid or incurred by Landlord in any calendar year subsequent to the Suite 330 Base Year exceed the amount of Real Property Taxes allocable to the Suite 330 Base Year. The Suite 330 Percentage Share shall be payable in the same manner as, and subject to the provisions applicable to, Tenant’s Proportionate Share pursuant to Paragraph 4 of the Lease.

7. Delivery and Condition of Suite 330. Landlord shall deliver possession of Suite 330 to Tenant vacant and broom-clean, with the existing building systems in good working order, but otherwise in its “as-is” condition. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that neither Landlord or any representative of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of Suite 330. If Landlord fails to deliver Suite 330 to Tenant by March 1, 2016 (“Target Date”) (i) the Lease shall not be void or voidable except as set forth below, and (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against Basic Monthly Rental of one (1) day of Basic Monthly Rental applicable to Suite 330 for every day that delivery of possession of Suite 330 occurs after the Target Date. If Landlord fails to deliver possession of Suite 330 to Tenant on or before September 1, 2016, and does not cure such failure within fifteen (15) days of Tenant’s written notice thereof (“Tenant’s Delivery Notice”), Tenant shall have the option to terminate the Lease with respect to Suite 330 upon written notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days of the expiration of Tenant’s Delivery Notice. If Tenant does not exercise its option to terminate the Lease with respect to Suite 330 under this Paragraph 7, this Amendment thereafter shall not be void or voidable and no obligation of Tenant shall be affected by Landlord’s failure to deliver Suite 330. Regardless of whether Tenant exercises its option to terminate under this Paragraph 7, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting from Landlord’s failure to deliver Suite 330.

8. Suite 330 Improvements. Landlord and Tenant agree to the provisions set forth in the work letter annexed hereto as Exhibit “C-1” (“Work Letter”). Tenant agrees to construct any Suite 330 Improvements described in the Work Letter upon and subject to the provisions thereof.

9. Accessibility Disclosure. Pursuant to California Civil Code 1938, Landlord hereby advises Tenant that Suite 330 has not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist and Tenant hereby acknowledges that Suite 330 has not been certified to meet all construction related accessibility standards pursuant to Civil Code Section 55.53.

10. Additional Security. Upon execution of this First Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an amount equal to $671,941.56, to be held by Landlord as additional security for Tenant’s faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, and obligations required to be performed by Tenant under the Lease (the “Additional Security Deposit”). The amount of the Additional Security Deposit shall be reduced on the last day of the twelfth (12 th ), twenty-fourth (24 th ), thirty-sixth (36 th ) and forty-eighth (48 th ) full calendar months after the Suite 330 Rent


Commencement Date, respectively, in the amount of $134,388.31 each (the “Reduction Amount”) from the amount then held by Landlord, so long as no Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease then currently exists beyond any applicable notice and cure periods as of the date of the relevant reduction of the Additional Security Deposit or the date any excess Additional Security Deposit is to be returned pursuant hereto. Within ten (10) business days following the date of the relevant reduction of the Additional Security Deposit, Landlord shall pay to Tenant any excess funds held by Landlord over the required amount of the Additional Security Deposit, as so reduced. If such Reduction Amount is not timely paid by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord written notice that the Reduction Amount has not been timey paid. Landlord shall then have ten (10) business days to either pay the Reduction Amount or to provide Tenant written notice that Landlord disputes that a Reduction Amount payment is due (the “Notice of Dispute”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that a Notice of Dispute may only be delivered to Tenant by Landlord in the event a dispute arises in connection with a default by Tenant beyond the applicable notice and cure periods. If within such ten (10) business day period Landlord fails to either pay the Reduction Amount or deliver Tenant a Notice of Dispute and if the Landlord is other than CLPF-475 Brannan Street, L.P., Tenant shall have the right to offset that particular Reduction Amount payment amount against any Rental next due and owing. The Additional Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance by Tenant of all of the covenants of the Lease to be performed by Tenant and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest thereon. The Additional Security Deposit is not an advance rent deposit, an advance payment of any other kind, or a measure of Landlord’s damages in any case of Tenant’s default. If Tenant fails to perform any of the covenants of the Lease to be performed by Tenant after the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods, including without limitation the provisions relating to payment of rent, the removal of property at the end of the Term, and the repair of damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, and the cleaning of the Premises upon termination of the tenancy created hereby, then Landlord shall have the right, but no obligation, to apply the Additional Security Deposit, or so much thereof as may be necessary, for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default and/or to cure any other such failure by Tenant. If Landlord applies the Security Deposit or any part thereof for payment of such amounts or to cure any such other failure by Tenant during the Term, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s written notice thereof, pay to Landlord the sum necessary to restore the Additional Security Deposit to the full amount then required by this paragraph, taking into account the Reduction Amount. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Additional Security Deposit are those of a debtor and not a trustee. Landlord shall not be required to maintain the Additional Security Deposit separate and apart from Landlord’s general or other funds and Landlord may commingle the Additional Security Deposit with any of Landlord’s general or other funds. Upon termination of the original Landlord’s or any successor owner’s interest in the Premises or the Building, the original Landlord or such successor owner shall be released from further liability with respect to the Additional Security Deposit upon the original Landlord’s or such successor owner’s complying with California Civil Code Section 1950.7 and Landlord’s transfer of the Additional Security Deposit to such successor owner or the credit of the amount of the Additional Security Deposit to such successor owner. Subject to the foregoing and the terms of the Lease, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which (a) establish a time frame within which a landlord must


refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (b) provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage caused by the default of Tenant under the Lease, including without limitation all damages or rent due upon termination of the Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. If Tenant performs every provision of the Lease to be performed by Tenant, the unused portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant or the last assignee of Tenant’s interest under the Lease within thirty (30) days following expiration or termination of the Term of the Lease.

11. Right Of First Notification. In the event that Suite 230, 310, or 410 (each, for the purposes of this Paragraph only, a “First Notice Space”) becomes available during the Term of the Lease, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such available space (the “Available Space”) and the terms and conditions under which Landlord intends to market the Available Space (the “Availability Notice”). Tenant shall have ten (10) business days following receipt of the Availability Notice to elect in writing to lease such Available Space on the terms and conditions set forth in the Availability Notice. Should Tenant indicate that it is not prepared to lease the Available Space, whether by written notice to Landlord or by failing to affirmatively respond to the Availability Notice in writing within ten (10) business days, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its Right of First Notification with respect to the applicable Available Space. The First Notice Space shall be deemed to be “available” when the lease for any current tenant of the First Notice Space expires or is otherwise terminated. The First Notice Space shall not be deemed to be “available” if the space is either (i) assigned or subleased by the current tenant of the space, or (ii) relet by the current tenant of the space by renewal, extension, or renegotiation. There are no superior rights to the First Notice Spaces except a right of first notification of CPMC with respect to Suites 310 and 410.

12. Parking. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in the Lease, effective as of the Effective Date, in addition to Tenant’s Allotted Spaces, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to lease on a non-exclusive basis up to eighteen (18) (i.e., 1 space per 1,000 rentable square feet of Suite 330) additional parking spaces in the Parking Lot (“Tenant’s Additional Allotted Spaces”) upon payment of the Parking Rental and otherwise in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 24 of the Lease. Once leased, Tenant must lease a parking space for the entirety of the Lease Term. Any of Tenant’s Additional Allotted Spaces not actually leased by Tenant within six (6) months of the Suite 330 Rent Commencement Date (the “Suite 330 Parking Date”) shall revert to Landlord and shall no longer be considered part of Tenant’s Additional Allotted Spaces, provided that, in the event after the Suite 330 Parking Date, parking spaces continue to be available in the Parking Lot, Tenant may request to right to lease additional spaces, up to a total of sixty-five (65) parking total spaces (i.e., forty-seven (47) spaces representing Tenant’s Allotted Spaces, and eighteen (18) spaces representing Tenant’s Additional Allotted Spaces), if such request is consented to by Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), such spaces shall become part of the Tenant’s Allotted Spaces or Tenant’s Additional Allotted Spaces.


13. Brokers. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that it has dealt with no broker, finder or similar person in connection with this First Amendment other than Colliers International (“Landlord’s Broker”), and Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that it has dealt with no broker, finder or similar person in connection with this First Amendment, other than CBRE and Scully Commercial Inc. (collectively, “Tenant’s Broker”). Landlord shall pay any and all commissions payable to Landlord’s Broker in connection with the execution of this First Amendment pursuant to a separate agreement. Landlord’s Broker shall pay Tenant’s Broker any commissions payable to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker. Landlord and Tenant shall each defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless with respect to all claims, causes of action, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees) arising from a breach of the foregoing representation and warranty.

14. Prohibited Persons and Transactions. As an inducement to each party to enter into this Amendment, each of Landlord and Tenant hereby represents and warrants that: (i) it is not, nor is it owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, any person, group, entity or nation named on any list issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) pursuant to Executive Order 13224 or any similar list or any law, order, rule or regulation or any Executive Order of the President of the United States as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” or other banned or blocked person (any such person, group, entity or nation being hereinafter referred to as a “Prohibited Person”); (ii) it is not (nor is it owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person, group, entity or nation which is) acting directly or indirectly for or on behalf of any Prohibited Person; and (iii) neither Landlord or Tenant (nor any person, group, entity or nation which owns or controls Landlord or Tenant, directly or indirectly) has conducted or will conduct business or has engaged or will engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person, including without limitation any assignment of the Lease or any subletting of all or any portion of the Premises or the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person. Each of Landlord and Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all requirements of law relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately notify the other party in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Paragraph 8(e) are no longer true or have been breached or if such party has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any Prohibited Person to make any payment due to the other party under the Lease and (d) at the request of the other party, to provide such information as may be requested to determine compliance with the terms hereof. The representations and warranties contained in this subsection shall be continuing in nature and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Amendment.

15. No Further Modifications. Except as otherwise set forth in this First Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Lease remain unchanged and in full force and effect.


16. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which when executed and delivered shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

17. Authority. Each party represents that the person executing this First Amendment for such party is acting on behalf of such party and is duly authorized to execute this First Amendment for such party.

18. Entire Agreement. This First Amendment, together with the Lease, constitute the entire and complete agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, statements, promises, understandings, arrangements, and commitments.

[ Signatures on following page. ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment to Lease as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

       By:   CLPF - 475 BRANNAN STREET GP, LLC
    Its general partner
    By:   Clarion Lion Properties Fund Holdings. L.P.,
      Its sole member
      By:   CLPF-Holdings, LLC,
        Its general partner
        By:   Clarion Lion Properties Fund Holdings REIT, LLC,
          Its sole member
          By:   Clarion Lion Properties Fund, LP,
            Its managing member
            By:   Clarion Partners LPF GP, LLC,
              Its general partner
              By:   Clarion Partners, LLC,
                Its sole member
                By:  

/s/ Michael J. Duffy

                  Michael J. Duffy
                  Authorized Signatory
                  Date: 6/3/15

 

TENANT:   

FASTLY, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

     
   By:   

/s/ Paul Luongo

     
   Name:    Paul Luongo      
   Title:    VP & General Counsel      


LOGO


Exhibit “C-1”

Work Letter

This WORK LETTER (the “Agreement”) is hereby made a part of that certain First Amendment to Lease (the “First Amendment”) made and entered into by and between CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). All terms used herein which are defined in the Lease or any addendum or other Exhibits attached thereto shall have the same meanings herein as are ascribed to such terms in such documents. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows with respect to the construction of initial improvements in Suite 330.

1. COMPLETION AND APPROVAL OF PLANS.

1.1 Space Plan . Tenant shall cause to be constructed at Tenant’s cost and expense, except as otherwise specified in paragraph 2 below, improvements in Suite 330 (the “Suite 330 Improvements”) in accordance with a mutually agreed preliminary plan (the “Space Plan”). Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty whatsoever concerning (i) the actual cost to design and construct the Suite 330 Improvements or (ii) the extent to which the actual cost or final configuration of the Suite 330 Improvements will be affected by the adoption of new federal, state, or local laws or the implementation of any regulations or building requirements under new or existing laws, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act and any fire and life safety laws or regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby pre-approves, as part of the Suite 330 Improvements, the connection of Suite 330 to the Existing Premises to create one contiguous Premises.

1.2 Final Plans . Upon approval of the Space Plan, Tenant shall cause to be prepared such plans, drawings, and specifications (collectively, the “Plans”) as may be necessary to obtain a building permit for construction of the Suite 330 Improvements. Upon completion thereof, the Plans shall be submitted to Landlord for approval. Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, within five (5) business days following receipt by Landlord of the Plans if Landlord disapproves of any portion thereof. Such disapproval shall be communicated with sufficient specificity to enable Tenant to revise the Plans in a manner acceptable to Landlord. If Landlord objects to any portion of the Plans, Tenant shall cause the same to be revised, and shall resubmit the revised Plans to Landlord for approval. Landlord shall have two (2) days to approve or disapprove of the revised Plans. The foregoing process shall continue until the Plans are approved by Landlord.

1.3 Required Changes . Landlord hereby consents to any changes to the Plans which may be imposed as a condition of obtaining a permit for the construction of the Suite 330 Improvements by any municipal department having jurisdiction over same, provided that Tenant shall clearly identify such changes on the Plans.


1.4 Requested Changes. If Tenant desires to make any changes to the final Plans following approval thereof, Tenant must obtain Landlord’s prior written consent. All such requests for changes and consent shall be subject to the procedures set forth in paragraph 5 hereof.

2. COST OF IMPROVEMENTS.

2.1 Tenant’s Cost; Allowance. Tenant shall bear all costs of designing and constructing the Suite 330 Improvements, except that Landlord shall provide a construction allowance (the “Suite 330 Allowance”) to be applied to such costs in an amount equal to Two Hundred Forty-Six Thousand Nine Hundred Fifteen and 47/100 Dollars ($246,915.47) (i.e., $3.60 per rentable square foot of Suite 330, multiplied by 3.79 years (representing the Term of the Lease with respect to Suite 330 starting from the Suite 330 Rent Commencement Date)). The costs of such construction shall include, without limitation, costs of preparing the Space Plan, pricing plans, and field surveys, costs of preparing the Plans and all working drawings, costs of obtaining building permits, costs of labor and materials used in such construction, Landlord’s three percent (3%) construction management fee, and all other costs of such design and construction including a conditional use permit (if required) and occupancy permits. No portion of the Suite 330 Allowance may be used for furniture, fixtures, equipment, Supplemental HVAC Units, Tenant’s Security System or for any non-permanent improvement in Suite 330.

2.2 Costs in Excess of the Suite 330 Allowance. Tenant shall pay all costs of constructing the Suite 330 Improvements to the extent that the cost thereof exceeds the Suite 330 Allowance.

2.3 Payment of Suite 330 Allowance. Landlord shall disburse the Suite 330 Allowance (after deducting Landlord’s construction management fee) in accordance with the following terms and conditions. Upon completion of the Suite 330 Improvements, Tenant shall submit to Landlord written request for reimbursement for the cost of designing and constructing the Suite 330 Improvements. Such written request must detail work performed and materials supplied in performing the Suite 330 Improvements, all of which shall be subject to reasonable substantiation by Landlord, or an architect or other representative retained by Landlord. Except as provided below, payment for such costs shall be made to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the written request and the following supporting materials: receipts evidencing payment of all amounts due and a sworn affidavit or lien waiver from each of Tenant’s designers, contractors, subcontractors, workers, and suppliers stating that they have been paid in full for all work performed and materials and equipment supplied by them on Suite 330. Should the cost to design and construct the Suite 330 Improvements exceed the Suite 330 Allowance, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of such overage. Should the cost to design and construct the Suite 330 Improvements be less than the Suite 330 Allowance, Landlord shall have no obligation to pay or credit to Tenant any portion of such unused Suite 330 Allowance. Tenant shall substantially complete construction of any improvements to Suite 330 within eighteen (18) months of the Suite 330 Expansion Date. Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse any portion of the Suite 330 Allowance for any portion of the Suite 330 Improvements not completed within such eighteen (18) month period.


3. ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord will be delivering Suite 330 broom-clean but otherwise in their “as-is” condition and Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord, its asset manager, property manager, nor any employee or agent of said entities have made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of Suite 330.

4. CONTRACTORS; MATERIALS.

4.1 Approval Required. Tenant will cause the Suite 330 Improvements to be constructed pursuant to the Plans by a general contractor reasonably acceptable to Landlord (“Contractor”), with Landlord reserving the right to approve all subcontractors, with all such approvals being in writing, and not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the general contractor and all subcontractor shall be union labor. Tenant shall not permit any other contractor or subcontractor to perform work in Suite 330 in connection with the Suite 330 Improvements without the express prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any such contractors approved by Landlord for the performance of any work in Suite 330 prior to occupancy by Tenant shall be subject to the supervision of Landlord’s contractor. Unless otherwise expressly described in the Plans, all wall coverings, woodwork (if any), paint, floor coverings, and other finishes shall be of a quality comparable to finishes typically used in the Building (“Building Standard”) from time to time for general tenant improvement work in the Project. All material and workmanship used in construction by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors of the Suite 330 Improvements shall be of a quality that is at least Building Standard.

4.2 Contractor Requirements. Tenant’s contractors shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may generally impose from time to time upon contractors and subcontractors in the building. Tenant shall require all contractors and subcontractors performing construction or alterations to Suite 330 to, prior to commencing any such work, furnish Landlord with original certificates of insurance evidencing that such contractors and subcontractors carry: (i) workers compensation insurance in such amounts as may be required by law; (ii) liability insurance (including owned and non-owned automobile liability) with limits of no less than $1,000,000; (iii) employers’ liability insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000; and (iv) umbrella/excess liability insurance with limits of not less than $2,000,000. All such liability policies shall (x) name Landlord, its asset manager and property manager as additional insureds; (y) be primary to and non-contributory with any insurance policies carried by Landlord or such asset or property manager; and (z) contain contractual liability and cross liability endorsements in favor of Landlord, its asset manager and property manager.

4.3 No Warranty. Landlord’s supervision and/or approval of any contractor or any contractor’s work shall not under any circumstances constitute a warranty or representation that such work was properly performed or designed or create any liability for payment for such work by Landlord. Rather, Tenant acknowledges that such supervision by Landlord, regardless of whether Landlord earns a fee for same, is for the sole benefit of Landlord and the property wherein Suite 330 is located.


5. EXTRA WORK.

5.1 In General . Except as expressly approved in writing by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph 5, Tenant shall not revise the final Plans or any portion of the Suite 330 Improvements which have been constructed (all such revised work is hereinafter collectively referred to herein as “Extra Work”).

5.2 Procedure . If any request by Tenant for Extra Work would require a change to the final Plans such revised Plans shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense. Landlord shall respond in writing to any request by Tenant for the approval of Extra Work. Any approval of such request may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, be conditioned upon conditions which Landlord may find to be reasonable under the circumstances. If Tenant shall fail to meet any such conditions precedent to the performance of Extra Work within three (3) days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of same, the proposed Extra Work shall be deemed disapproved by Landlord, and Tenant shall not be permitted to perform any portion thereof.

6. TENANT’S LIABILITIES . Landlord shall have no liability for any loss of or damage to any of Tenant’s or Tenant’s contractors’ fixtures or property installed or left in Suite 330, and Tenant shall be fully responsible for same. Tenant shall be responsible for the prompt removal of all rubbish and refuse left by Tenant’s contractors and by the delivery of Tenant’s personal property into Suite 330. Tenant shall be liable for the repair of any damage to the Suite 330 Improvements occurring during any entry into Suite 330 by Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees, or invitees.

7. FORCE MAJEURE DELAYS . The term “Force Majeure Delay” shall mean any delay in the completion of the Suite 330 Improvements which is attributable to any delay or failure to perform attributable to any strike, lockout, or other labor or industrial disturbance, civil disturbance, judicial order, act of a public enemy, war, riot, sabotage, blockade, embargo, inability to secure customary materials, supplies, or labor through ordinary sources by reason of regulation or order of any governmental agency, delay attributable to lightning, earthquake, fire, storm, hurricane, tornado, flood, washout, explosion, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Tenant. Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease to the contrary, any prevention, delay, or stoppage due to any Force Majeure Delay shall excuse Tenant’s performance hereunder for a period of time equal to any such prevention, delay, or stoppage.


EXHIBIT D-1

SUITE 330 EXPANSION MEMORANDUM

THIS MEMORANDUM is entered into as of                           ,              by and between CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with respect to that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of                       , 2015 (the “First Amendment”) respecting certain premises (the “Suite 330”) located in the building known as 475 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California.

Pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the First Amendment, Landlord and Tenant hereby confirm and agree that the Suite 330 Expansion Date (as defined in the First Amendment) is                       , 20      , that the Suite 300 Rent Commencement Date (as defined in the First Amendment) is                           , 20      , and that the schedule of Basic monthly Rent payable by tenant for Suite 330 is as follows:

 

 

     /      /            –          /      /            $                Per Month
     /      /            –          /      /            $                Per month
     /      /            –          /      /            $                Per month
     /      /            –          /      /            $                Per Month

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Memorandum as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

       By:   CLPF - 475 BRANNAN STREET GP, LLC
    Its general partner
    By:   Clarion Lion Properties Fund Holdings. L.P.,
      Its sole member
      By:   CLPF-Holdings, LLC,
        Its general partner
        By:   Clarion Lion Properties Fund Holdings REIT, LLC,
          Its sole member
          By:   Clarion Lion Properties Fund, LP,
            Its managing member
            By:   Clarion Partners LPF GP, LLC,
              Its general partner
              By:   Clarion Partners, LLC,
                Its sole member
                By:  

 

                  Michael J. Duffy
                  Authorized Signatory
                  Date:                              


TENANT:   

FASTLY, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

     
   By:   

 

     
   Name:   

 

     
   Title:   

 

     

Exhibit 10.19

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

Number of Shares:    equal to: (i) 9,721 shares, plus (ii) the cumulative, aggregate number of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock equal to one percent (1.0%) of the original principal amount of all Equipment Advances (as defined in the Loan Agreement) made by Silicon Valley Bank to the Company divided by the Warrant Price.

 

Type/Series of Stock: Series B Preferred Stock

Warrant Price: $2.5719 per share

Issue Date: July 24, 2013

Expiration Date: July 24, 2023 See also Section 5.1(b).

       

 

Credit Facility:

   This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (the Loan Agreement ).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, Holder ) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the Shares ) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class ) of the above-named company (the Company ) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

 

1


where:

 

                           X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
  Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
  A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
  B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a Trading Market ) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

 

2


(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a Cash/Public Acquisition ), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends; Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall

 

3


receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification. Exchange. Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the IPO ), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Shares shall have the same Series Preferred Conversion Rate (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time) as all other shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

 

4


SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

 

5


(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS. WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

6


4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED                      , MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

7


5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and, with respect to shares of Common Stock to be transferred by SVB Financial Group to an entity that is not an affiliate of SVB Financial Group, the Company’s Bylaws, upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

 

8


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Fastly, Inc.

Attn:                                                  

(ADDRESS)                                      

Telephone:                                          

Facsimile:                                          

Email:                                                

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

LAW FIRM

Attn:                                                    

(ADDRESS)                                        

Telephone:                                          

Facsimile:                                            

Email:                                                  

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”

FASTLY, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Artur Bergman

Name:   Artur Bergman
  (Print)
Title:   CEO

“HOLDER”

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

By:  

/s/ Joe Werner

Name:   Joe Werner
  (Print)
Title:   Vice President

 

10


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                      shares of the Common/Series                  Preferred [circle one] Stock of Fastly, inc. (the Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

[    ] check in the amount of $                    payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

[    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

[    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

[    ] Other [Describe]                                                                      

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 

    

 

                Holder’s Name

 
 

 

      
 

 

 
 

                (Address)

 

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

                                         

By:

 

                                         

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

(Date):

 

 

Appendix 1

 


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.20

FIRST AMENDMENT TO WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT to Warrant to Purchase Stock (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into this 30 th day of September, 2013, by and between SVB Financial Group (“ SVBFG ”) and Fastly, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ).

R ECITALS

A. The Company issued to Silicon Valley Bank (“ Bank ”) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock on July 24, 2013 (the “ Warrant ). Bank subsequently transferred the Warrant to its parent company, SVBFG. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant. In connection with an amendment to the Loan Agreement, SVBFG and Borrower have agreed to amend the Warrant as more fully set forth herein.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendments to Warrant.

1.1 Number of Shares . The definition of “Number of Shares” set forth on page 1 of the Warrant is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Number of Shares: 9,721 shares

1.1 Credit Facility. The definition of “Credit Facility” set forth on page 1 of the Warrant is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

            Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

2. Limitation of Amendments. The amendments set forth in Section 1 above are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of the Warrant. This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Warrant and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Warrant, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

3. Miscellaneous. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment shall be deemed effective as of the date hereof upon the due execution and delivery to SVBFG of this Amendment by each party hereto.

[Signature page follows.]

 

1


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to Warrant to Purchase Stock to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
FASTLY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Gil Penchina

Name:   Gil Penchina
Title:   Co Founder

 

 

BANK:
SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
By:  

/s/ Scott Newman

Name:   Scott Newman
Title:   Portfolio & Funding Manager

 

2

Exhibit 10.21

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ”). OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

Number of Shares:   

equal to: (i) 3,888 shares, plus (ii) the cumulative, aggregate number of additional

shares of Series B Preferred Stock equal to one percent (1.0%) of the original principal amount of all Equipment Advances (as defined in the Loan Agreement) made by Silicon Valley Bank to the Company divided by the Strike Price (as defined below).

 

Type/Series of Stock: Series B Preferred Stock
Warrant Price: $2.5719 per share
Issue Date: September 30, 2013
Expiration Date:    September 30, 2023        See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock ( Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company, which amends the Loan and Security Agreement of July 24, 2013 herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended, the Loan Agreement ) .

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class ”) of the above-named company (the Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. This Warrant is in addition to the Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by the Company to Silicon Valley Bank on July 24, 2013.

As used above, the Strike Price means, for the purposes of calculating the Number of Shares associated with a particular Equipment Advance as set forth in clause (ii) of the above definition of “Number of Shares,” the Warrant Price unless, prior to such Equipment Advance a subsequent preferred stock equity round has occurred (other than Series B Preferred Stock), in which case the Strike Price for such shares associated with the particular Equipment Advance shall be lowest effective price per share (on a common stock equivalent basis and taking into account any securities issued together with the preferred stock) at which shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are sold in such equity round.

 

1


SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

     X =      Y(A-B)/A
  where:      
     X =      the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
     Y =      the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
     A =      the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
     B =      the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a Trading Market ) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

2


1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by

 

3


Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Shares shall have the same Series Preferred Conversion Rate (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time) as all other shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock.

 

4


2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

 

5


(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

6


4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED              , MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

7


5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and, with respect to shares of Common Stock to be transferred by SVB Financial Group to an entity that is not an affiliate of SVB Financial Group, the Company’s Bylaws, upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

 

8


Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Fastly, Inc.

Attn:                                         

1062 Folsom Street, Suite 250

San Francisco, CA 94103

Telephone:                               

Facsimile:                                 

Email:                                     

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

LAW FIRM

Attn:                                         

(ADDRESS)                           

Telephone:                             

Facsimile:                               

Email:                                 

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
FASTLY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Gil Penchina

Name:   Gil Penchina
  (Print)
Title:   Co Founder

 

“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Michelle Peralta

Name:   Michelle Peralta
  (Print)
Title:   Vice President

 

10


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                 shares of the Common/Series                 Preferred [circle one] Stock of Fastly, inc. (the Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]

check in the amount of $                     payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]

Other [Describe]                                                                                               

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
  

Holder’s Name

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

(Address)

  

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

         

Name:  

             

Title:  

             

(Date):  

                 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.22

 

LOGO

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED (the “1933 ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO YOU THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT

This is a PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT dated November 25, 2013 by and between FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

The words “We”, “Us”, or “Our” refer to the warrant holder, which is TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC. The words “You” or “Your” refers to the issuer, which is FASTLY, INC., and not to any individual. The words “the Parties” refers to both TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC and FASTLY, INC. This Plain English Warrant Agreement may be referred to as the “Warrant Agreement”.

The Parties have entered into a Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 25, 2013, the “Loan Agreement”.

In consideration of such Loan Agreement, the Parties agree to the following mutual agreements and conditions set forth below:

W ARRANT I NFORMATION

 

Effective Date

  

Warrant Number

  

Loan Facility Number

November 25, 2013    0828-W-01    0828-LO-01

Warrant Coverage

  

Number of Shares

  

Price Per Share

  

Type of Stock

Up to $50,000 (1% of $5,000,000), based upon Advances under the Loan Agreement    To be calculated as set forth in Section 1 of this Warrant Agreement, based upon Advances under the Loan Agreement    $0.51438 if the Warrant Stock is the Series B Preferred Stock and $0.01 if the Warrant Stock is the Common Stock, all as further set forth in Section 1 of this Warrant Agreement    Either Your Series B Preferred Stock or Your Common Stock, all as further set forth in Section 1 of this Warrant Agreement

 

O UR C ONTACT I NFORMATION

Name

  

Address For Notices

  

Contact Person

TriplePoint Capital LLC    2755 Sand Hill Road, Ste. 150    Sajal Srivastava, COO
   Menlo Park, CA 94025    Tel: (650) 233-2102
   Tel: (650) 854-2090    Fax: (650) 854-1850
   Fax: (650) 854-1850    email: legal@triplepointcapital.com
   Y OUR C ONTACT I NFORMATION   

Customer Name

  

Address For Notices

  

Contact Person

Fastly, Inc.    501 Folsom Street    Amy Hammond, Director Business
   San Francisco, CA 94105    Operations
      Tel: 415-694-9459
      Fax: N/A
      email: amy@fastly.com

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    1


 

1.

WHAT YOU AGREE TO GRANT US

 

You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, an additional number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock equal to one percent (1.0%) of each amount advanced under the Loan Agreement, divided by the applicable Calculation Price at the time of such Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) (each a “ Warrant Earning ”).

The number of shares of Warrant Stock and the Exercise Price of such Warrant Stock are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 hereof.

For purposes of this Warrant Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the meanings given below:

“Calculation Price” means, for each Warrant Earning, the lowest price per share in the Preferred Round occurring immediately prior to such Warrant Earning, subject to adjustment for stock dividends, combinations, splits recapitalizations occurring after each such Warrant Earning.

“Exercise Price” means either (a) $0.51438 if the Warrant Stock is Your Series B Preferred Stock or (b) $0.01 if we have elected, in our sole discretion, to purchase Your Common Stock, in each case, subject to adjustment for stock dividends, combinations, splits recapitalizations.

“Preferred Round” means a bona fide round of equity financing in which You issue and sell shares of your preferred stock for aggregate gross cash proceeds of at least $1,000,000 (excluding any amounts received upon conversion or cancellation of indebtedness).

“Warrant Stock” means either (a) Your Series B Preferred Stock or (b) if we have elected, in our sole discretion, to purchase Your Common Stock.

The Parties agree that this Warrant Agreement to purchase the Warrant Stock has a fair market value equal to $ 100 and that $100 of the issue price of the investment will be allocable to the Warrant Agreement and the balance shall be allocable to the Loan Agreement for income tax purposes and the original issue discount on the Loan Agreement shall be considered to be zero.

 

 

2.

WHEN ARE WE ENTITLED TO PURCHASE YOUR WARRANT STOCK.

 

The term of this Warrant Agreement and Our right to purchase Warrant Stock will begin on the Effective Date, and shall terminate on November 24, 2023.

 

 

3.

HOW WE MAY PURCHASE YOUR WARRANT STOCK.

 

We may exercise Our purchase rights, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the term of this Warrant Agreement, by giving You a completed and executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached as Exhibit I . Promptly upon receipt of the Notice of Exercise and in any event no later than twenty-one (21) days after you have received Our Notice of Exercise and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares purchased, You will issue to Us a certificate for the number of shares of Warrant Stock that We have purchased and You will execute the Acknowledgment of Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II indicating the number of shares which will be available to Us for future purchases, if any.

We may pay for the Warrant Stock by either (i) cash or check, or (ii) by the net issuance method as determined below. If We elect the Net Issuance method, You will issue Warrant Stock using the following formula:

 

     X = Y(A-B)
    

A

Where:   X =    the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Us.
  Y =    the number of shares of Warrant Stock We request to be exercised under this Warrant Agreement.
  A =    the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock.
  B =    the Exercise Price.

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    2


For purposes of the above calculation, current fair market value of Warrant Stock shall mean with respect to each share of

Warrant Stock:

If the exercise is in connection with the initial public offering of Your Common Stock , and if Your registration statement relating to such public offering has been declared effective by the SEC, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (x) the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus of the offering and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;

If this Warrant Agreement is exercised after, and not in connection with Your initial public offering, and :

 

   

if traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing prices over a five (5) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise; or

 

   

if actively traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted on the NASDAQ system (or similar system) over the five (5) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise.

If this Warrant Agreement is exercised prior to or after Your initial public offering, and:

 

   

Your Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, the current fair market value of Warrant Stock shall be the product of (x) the fair market value of a share of Your Common Stock (the highest price per share which You could obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or director) for shares of Common Stock sold, from authorized but unissued shares), as determined in good faith by Your Board of Directors and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise, unless You shall become subject to a merger, acquisition or other consolidation pursuant to which You are not the surviving party, in which case the fair market value of Warrant Stock shall be deemed to be the value received by the holders of Your Warrant Stock on a common equivalent basis pursuant to such merger or acquisition or other consolidation.

During the term of this Warrant Agreement, You will at all times from and after the Effective Date have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of (a) Warrant Stock to provide for the exercise of our rights to purchase Warrant Stock, and (b) Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Warrant Stock.

If We elect to exercise part of the Warrant Agreement, You will promptly issue to Us an amended Warrant Agreement stating the remaining number of shares that are available. All other terms and conditions of that amended Warrant Agreement shall be identical to those contained in this Warrant Agreement.

If at the end of the term of this Warrant Agreement, the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance herewith is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant Agreement shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant hereto as to all shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and You shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Us.

 

 

4.

WHEN WILL THE NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE CHANGE.

 

 

   

If You are Acquired. If at any time: (i) there is a reorganization of Your stock (other than a reclassification, exchange or subdivision of Your stock otherwise provided for in this Warrant Agreement); (ii) You merge or consolidate with or into another entity, whether or not You are the surviving entity; (iii) You sell or convey, or grant an exclusive license with respect to, all or substantially all of Your assets to any other person; or (iv) there occurs any transaction or series of related transactions that result in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the capital stock of You (each of the foregoing events are referred to as a “Merger Event”), then, as a

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    3


  part of such Merger Event, lawful provision shall be made so that We shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of Our rights under this Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of preferred stock or other securities of the successor or surviving person resulting from such Merger Event, equal in value to that which would have been issuable if We had exercised Our rights under this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to the Merger Event. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by Your Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement with respect to Our rights and interest after the Merger Event so that the provisions of this Warrant Agreement (including adjustments of the Exercise Price and number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable) shall be applicable to the greatest extent possible.

 

   

If You Reclassify Your Stock. If at any time You combine, reclassify, exchange or subdivide Your securities or otherwise, change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Warrant Agreement will thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change.

 

   

If You Subdivide or Combine Your Shares. If at any time You combine or subdivide the Warrant Stock, the Exercise Price will be proportionately decreased in the case of a subdivision, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination.

 

   

If You Pay Stock Dividends. If at any time You pay a dividend payable in, or make any other distribution (except any distribution specifically provided for in the above paragraphs) of the Warrant Stock, then the Exercise Price shall be adjusted, from and after the record date of such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Warrant Stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Warrant Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution. We will thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Warrant Stock otherwise issuable hereunder.

 

   

If You Change the Antidilution Rights of the Warrant Stock or Issue New Preferred or Convertible Stock. All antidilution rights applicable to the Warrant Stock purchasable under this Warrant Agreement are as set forth in Your Certificate of Incorporation, as amended through the Effective Date. You will promptly provide Us with any restatement, amendment, modification of or waiver of any right under Your Certificate of Incorporation. You will provide Us with prior written notice of any issuance of Your stock or other equity security to occur after the Effective Date (other than issuances of stock or equity securities pursuant to customary employee stock plans), which notice shall include (a) the price at which such stock or security is to be sold, (b) the number of shares to be issued, and (c) such other information as necessary for Us to determine if a dilutive event has occurred or will occur as a result of such issuance.

 

 

5.

WE CAN TRANSFER THIS PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions contained in Section 7, We (or any successor transferee) may transfer in whole or in part this Warrant Agreement and all its rights. You will record the transfer on Your books when You receive Our Notice of Transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III, and Our payment of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges involved in such transfer.

 

 

6.

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS FROM YOU.

 

 

   

Reservation of Warrant Stock. The Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of Our rights under this Warrant Agreement will be duly and validly reserved and when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant Agreement will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any taxes, liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever; provided, however, that the Warrant Stock issuable pursuant to this Warrant Agreement may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or Federal securities laws. Upon Our exercise, You will issue to Us certificates for shares of Warrant Stock without charging Us any tax, or other cost incurred by You in connection with such exercise and the related issuance of shares of Warrant Stock. You will not be required to pay any tax, which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved and the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than TriplePoint Capital LLC.

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    4


   

Due Authority. Your execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement and the performance of Your obligations hereunder, including the issuance to Us of the right to acquire the shares of Warrant Stock, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on Your part and this Warrant Agreement is not inconsistent with Your Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, does not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which You are a party or by which You are bound, and this Warrant Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

 

   

Consents and Approvals. No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, Federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to execution, delivery and Your performance of Your obligations under this Warrant Agreement, except for the filing of any required notices pursuant to Federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effective by the times required thereby.

 

   

Issued Securities. All of Your issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, Warrant Stock or any other securities have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All outstanding shares of Common Stock and Warrant Stock were issued in full compliance with all Federal and state securities laws. In addition as of the Effective Date:

Your authorized capital consists of (A) 105,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 37,687,135 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding, and (B) 44,065,775 shares of preferred stock, of which 44,456,190 shares are issued and outstanding.

You have reserved 17,760,325 shares of Common Stock for issuance under Your Stock Incentive Plan, under which 9,834,620 options have been granted. Except as otherwise provided in this Warrant Agreement and as noted above, there are no other options, warrants, conversion privileges or other rights presently outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of Your capital stock or other of Your securities.

Except as set forth in Your Investors’ Rights Agreement, a true, correct and complete copy of which has been delivered to Us prior to the issuance of this Warrant, Your stockholders do not have preemptive rights to purchase new issuances of Your capital stock.

 

   

Other Commitments to Register Securities. Except as set forth in this Warrant Agreement and the Investors’ Rights Agreement, You are not, pursuant to the terms of any other agreement currently in existence, under any obligation to register under the 1933 Act any of Your presently outstanding securities or any of Your securities which may hereafter be issued.

 

   

Exempt Transaction. Subject to the accuracy of Our representations in Section 7 hereof, the issuance of the Warrant Stock upon exercise of this Warrant Agreement will constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the 1933 Act, in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the applicable state securities laws.

 

   

Compliance with Rule 144. We may sell the Warrant Stock issuable hereunder in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Within ten (10) days of Our request, You agree to furnish Us, a written statement confirming Your compliance with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission as set forth in such Rule 144, as may be amended.

 

   

No Impairment. You agree not to, by amendment of Your Certificate of Incorporation, by-laws or other organizational or charter documents or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by You, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    5


  protect Our rights under this Warrant against impairment. However, You shall not be deemed to have impaired Our rights if You amend Your Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of Your preferred stock waive their rights thereunder, in a manner that does not (individually or when considered in the context of any other actions being taken in connection with such amendments or waivers) affect Us in a manner different from the effect that such amendments or waivers have on the rights of other holders of the same series and class as the Warrant Stock; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, You shall not impose any restrictions on the transferability or alienability of the Warrant Stock other than in effect as of the Effective Date without the express written consent of Us.

 

 

7.

OUR REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS TO YOU.

 

 

   

Investment Purpose. The right to acquire Warrant Stock or the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of Our rights contained herein and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion will be acquired for investment purposes and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and We have no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same in violation of the 1933 Act.

 

   

Private Issue. We understand (i) that this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant Agreement and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock are not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant Agreement will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that Your reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 7.

 

   

Disposition of Our Rights. In no event will We make a disposition of any of Our rights to acquire Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock unless and until (i) We shall have notified You in writing of the proposed disposition, and (ii) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing to the applicable terms and conditions of this Warrant Agreement, and (iii) if You request, We shall have furnished You with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to You and Your counsel to the effect that (A) appropriate action necessary for compliance with the 1933 Act has been taken, or (B) an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act is available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions imposed upon the transferability of any of Our rights to acquire Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock issuable on the exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock do not apply to transfers from the beneficial owner of any of the aforementioned securities to its nominee or from such nominee to its beneficial owner, and shall terminate as to any particular share of Warrant Stock when (1) such security shall have been effectively registered under the 1933 Act and sold by the holder thereof in accordance with such registration or (2) such security shall have been sold without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, or (3) a letter shall have been issued to You at Our request by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission or a ruling shall have been issued to You at Our request by such Commission stating that no action shall be recommended by such staff or taken by such Commission, as the case may be, if such security is transferred without registration under the 1933 Act in accordance with the conditions set forth in such letter or ruling and such letter or ruling specifies that no subsequent restrictions on transfer are required. Whenever the restrictions imposed hereunder shall terminate, as hereinabove provided, the holder of a share of Warrant Stock then outstanding as to which such restrictions have terminated shall be entitled to receive from You, without expense to such holder, one or more new certificates for the Warrant or for such shares of Warrant Stock not bearing any restrictive legend referring to 1933 Act registration or exemption.

 

   

Financial Risk. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and knowledge of Your business affairs and financial condition as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Our investment, and have the ability to bear the economic risks of Our investment.

 

   

Risk of No Registration. We understand that if You do not register with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12 of the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act”), or file reports pursuant to Section 15(d), of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the 1933 Act is not in effect when We desire to sell (i) the rights to purchase Warrant Stock pursuant to this Warrant Agreement, or (ii) the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase, or (iii) the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, We may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period. We also understand that any sale of Our right to purchase Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock or Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, which might be made by it in reliance upon Rule 144 under the 1933 Act may be made only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that Rule.

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    6


   

Accredited Investor. We are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D of the 1933 Act, as presently in effect.

 

 

8.

NOTICES YOU AGREE TO PROVIDE US.

 

You agree to give Us at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the following events:

 

   

If You pay a Dividend or distribution declaration upon Your stock.

 

   

If You offer for subscription pro-rata to the existing shareholders additional stock or other rights.

 

   

If You consummate or sign definitive documents providing for a Merger Event.

 

   

If You have an initial public offering.

 

   

If You dissolve or liquidate.

All notices in this Section must set forth details of the event, how the event adjusts either Our number of shares or Our Exercise Price and the method used for such adjustment.

Timely Notice. Your failure to timely provide such notice required above shall entitle Us to retain the benefit of the applicable notice period notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any insufficient notice received by Us.

 

 

9.

DOCUMENTS YOU WILL PROVIDE US.

 

Upon signing this Warrant Agreement You will provide Us with :

 

   

Executed originals of this Warrant Agreement, and all other documents and instruments that We may reasonably require

 

   

Secretary’s certificate of incumbency and authority

 

   

Certified copy of resolutions of Your board of directors approving this Warrant Agreement

 

   

Certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws as amended through the Effective Date

 

   

Current Investors’ Rights Agreement

So long as this Warrant Agreement is in effect, You shall provide Us with the following:

 

   

Within five (5) Business Days after the closing of any equity financing, or extension of an existing round of equity financing, occurring after the Effective Date, in which You issue preferred stock or other securities You will provide Us with copies of the fully executed equity financing documents, including without limitation the related stock purchase agreement, investors rights agreement, voting agreement, amended or restated certificates of incorporation, current capitalization table and other related documents. Notwithstanding any term or condition contained in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, Your failure to comply with this paragraph shall not constitute a default unless You have not provided the information requested within ten (10) days of Our request.

 

   

Within thirty (30) days after completion You shall provide Us with any 409A Valuation Reports or other similar reports prepared for You. Notwithstanding any term or condition contained in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, Your failure to comply with this paragraph shall not constitute a default unless You have not provided the information requested within ten (10) days of Our request.

 

   

After all obligations under the Loan Agreement have been finally paid in full, within thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter, You will provide Us with (1) an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows, and an unaudited balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies, and (2) to the extent audited financial statement are required by Your board of directors, as soon as available, but not later than one hundred eighty (180) days of the end of each fiscal year end, You will provide Us with audited financial statements accompanied by an audit report and an unqualified opinion of the independent certified public accountants.

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    7


   

You shall submit to Us any other documents and other information that We may reasonably request from time to time and are necessary to implement the provisions and purposes of this Warrant Agreement.

 

 

10.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

 

The shares of Your common stock into which the Warrant Stock is convertible shall have registration rights as set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2013, (as amended, the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”). The provisions set forth in Your Investors’ Rights Agreement relating to such registration rights in effect as of the date of this Warrant Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived without Our prior written consent unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the shares of common stock into which the Warrant Stock is convertible in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class of stock as the Warrant Stock.

 

 

11.

OTHER LEGAL PROVISIONS THE PARTIES WILL ABIDE BY.

 

Effective Date. This Warrant Agreement shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Parties on the date hereof. This Warrant Agreement shall be binding upon any of the successors or assigns of the Parties.

Attorney’s Fees. In any litigation, arbitration or court proceeding between the Parties relating to this Warrant Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees and expenses and all costs of proceedings incurred in enforcing this Warrant Agreement.

Governing Law. This Warrant Agreement shall be governed by and construed for all purposes under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to that body of law pertaining to conflicts of laws.

Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. All judicial proceedings arising in or under or related to this Warrant Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to personal jurisdiction in San Mateo County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in San Mateo County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and

(d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Warrant Agreement. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Warrant Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in this Section, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth therein. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert person and the Parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), The Parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF THE PARTIES SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “ CLAIMS ”) ASSERTED BY YOU AGAINST US OR OUR ASSIGNEE OR BY US OR OUR ASSIGNEE AGAINST YOU. IN THE EVENT THAT THE FOREGOING JURY TRIAL WAIVER IS NOT ENFORCEABLE, ALL CLAIMS, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW OR FACT RELATING THERETO, SHALL, AT THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF ANY PARTY, BE DETERMINED BY JUDICIAL REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE (“REFERENCE”). THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IN THE EVENT THAT THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COURT. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE LAWFUL SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES. THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE SHALL ALSO DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE CLAIMS WILL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY. This waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve persons other than You and Us; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the relationship between You and Us; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, arising out of this Warrant Agreement.

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    8


Counterparts. This Warrant Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Notices. Any notice required or permitted under this Warrant Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of (1) actual receipt or 3 days after mailing if mailed postage prepaid by regular or airmail to Us or You or (2) one day after it is sent by overnight mail via nationally recognized courier or (3) on the same day as sent via confirmed facsimile transmission, provided that the original is sent by personal delivery or mail by the sending party.

Remedies. In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where such party will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. Each party expressly acknowledges and agrees that there is no adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Warrant Agreement and that in the event of any breach of this Warrant Agreement, the injured party shall be entitled to specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or an injunction prohibiting the other party from continuing to commit any such breach of this Warrant Agreement.

Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions of the Parties contained herein or made pursuant to this Warrant Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement.

Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Warrant Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision, which comes closest to the intention of the Parties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

Entire Agreement. This Warrant Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter contained in it and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and undertakings of the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

Amendments. Any provision of this Warrant Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument signed by the Parties.

Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates. You covenant to Us that, upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Us of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant Agreement or any stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to You, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant Agreement or stock certificate, You will make and deliver a new Warrant Agreement or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Agreement or stock certificate.

Rights as Stockholders. We shall not, as a party to this Warrant Agreement, be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of the Warrant Stock or any of Your other securities which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon Us any of the rights of one of Your stockholders or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant Agreement is exercised and the shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

Facsimile Signatures. This Warrant Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

(Signature Page to Follow)

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the Parties have caused this Warrant Agreement to be executed by its officers who are duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

You:   FASTLY, INC.
Signature:   LOGO
Print Name:  

 

 

Title:  

 

Us:   TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Sajal Srivastava

Print Name:   Sajal Srivastava
Title:   Chief Operating Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT AGREEMENT 0828-W-01]

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    10


EXHIBIT I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:

[                                     ]

 

1.

We hereby elect to purchase [        ] shares of the Series [        ] Preferred Stock of [            ] , pursuant to the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement dated the [        ] day of [        ] , [ 20     ] (the “Plain English Warrant Agreement”) between You and Us, We hereby tender here payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

2.

Method of Exercise (Please initial the applicable blank)

 

  a.

            The undersigned elects to exercise the Plain English Warrant Agreement by means of a cash payment, and gives You full payment for the purchase price of the shares being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

  b.

            The undersigned elects to exercise the Plain English Warrant Agreement by means of the Net Issuance Exercise method of Section 3 of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

3.

In exercising Our rights to purchase the Series [        ] Preferred Stock of [                            ] , We hereby confirm and acknowledge the investment representations, warranties and covenants made in Section 7 of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

Please issue a certificate or certificates representing these purchased shares of Series [        ] Preferred Stock in Our name or in such other name as is specified below.

 

 

 

(Name)

              

 

(Address)

  US:   TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
  By:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    11


EXHIBIT II

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXERCISE

[                                                 ] , hereby acknowledges receipt of the “Notice of Exercise” from TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, to purchase [        ] shares of the Series [        ] Preferred Stock of [                    ] , pursuant to the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement, and further acknowledges that [        ] shares remain subject to purchase under the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

YOU:

             FASTLY, INC.
    By:  

                              

    Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    12


EXHIBIT III

TRANSFER NOTICE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the foregoing Plain English Warrant Agreement and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby transferred and assigned to

 

 

(Please Print)

 
Whose address is  

 

 

Dated:  

 

 
Holder’s Signature:  

 

 
Holder’s Address:  

 

 
Transferee’s Signature:  

 

 
Transferee’s Address:  

 

 
Signature Guaranteed:  

 

 

NOTE: The signature to this Transfer Notice must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Plain English Warrant Agreement, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

Fastly_Warrant_0828-W-01    13

Exhibit 10.23

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Fastly, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Type/Series of Stock: Series C Preferred Stock, $0.00002 par value per share

Warrant Price: $0.575 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: November 21, 2014

Expiration Date: November 20, 2024     See also Section 5.1(b).

 

Credit Facility:   This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, Holder ”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class ”) of the above-named company (the Company ”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

A. Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, the Shares ”).

(1) Initial Shares . As used herein, Initial Shares means 52,844 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(2) Additional Shares . Upon the making, if any, of the first Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) to the Company in any amount, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for an additional 52,844 shares of the Class, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (the Additional Shares ”), including, without limitation, adjustments in respect of events occurring prior to the date, if any, on which this Warrant becomes exercisable for the Additional Shares.


SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

      X = Y(A-B)/A
where:                  
      X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
     

Y =

  

the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

      A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
      B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

2


1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power (other than transfers for no consideration by one or more of such stockholders who are natural persons to his or their respective family members, or to trusts established for the benefit of such family members, for estate planning purposes).

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange

 

3


Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

4


2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . It is acknowledged that the Shares for which this Warrant may be exercised have certain rights under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including conversion price adjustments for diluting issuances under certain circumstances, which rights may be amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock as determined by the most recently completed valuation, approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, of the Company’s common stock for purposes of its compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(b) $2.1289 is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(c) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(d) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

 

5


3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

6


4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time, and the Company may place a restrictive legend on any certificate representing any Shares issued on exercise hereof stating that they are subject to such provisions.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

 

7


5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED NOVEMBER 21, 2014, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares (and/or securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

 

8


5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Fastly, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

1062 Folsom Street, Suite 250

San Francisco, CA 94103

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley LLP

Attn: Jonathan P. Bagg

1299 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW

Suite 700

Washington, DC 20004-2400

Telephone: (202) 776-2937

Facsimile: (202) 842-7899

Email: jbagg@cooley.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

9


5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
FASTLY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Luongo

Name:   Paul Luongo
  (Print)
Title:   VP & General Counsel
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Nick Christian

Name:   Nick Christian
  (Print)
Title:   Director

 

11


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1.     The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase              shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [circle one] Stock of             (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]        check

in the amount of $          payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]        

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]        

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]        

Other [Describe]                                                                          

2.     Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

                                   

 

            Holder’s Name

  
  

             

  
     
  

 

            (Address)

  

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

         

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1


Total shares issued and outstanding, including shares committed for issuance and employee reserves, assuming conversion of all convertible securities and exercise of all outstanding options

 

     123,163,264  
Footnotes:

 

CSE Shares* Common Stock Equivalent (CSE) shares reflects the Common Stock issuable for the security type (option, stock, warrant, CPN) after the Reserved reflects the Current Reserved Amount; if the option plan has shares pouring in from another plan, this number will change as new shares are

 

 

Fully-Diluted Ownership      
     Number of Shares      %  

Common Stock

     45,887,191        37.26

SERIES SEED Preferred Stock

     16,098,730        13.07

SERIES A Preferred Stock

     5,467,040        4.44

SERIES B Preferred Stock

     21,890,420        17.77

SERIES C Preferred Stock

     19,506,123        15.84

SERIES B Preferred Stock Warrants

     262,453        0.21

Options and/or SPRs issued and outstanding under plan - 2011 EIP

     3,588,027        2.91

Committed for Issuance - 2011 EIP

        0.00

Unissued Reserve - 2011 EIP

     10,463,280        8.50
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     123,163,264        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.24

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Fastly, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Type/Series of Stock: Series C Preferred Stock, $0.00002 par value per share

Warrant Price: $0,575 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: November 21, 2014

Expiration Date: November 20, 2024 See also Section 5.1(b).

Credit Facility:

  This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the Loan Agreement ”) and the participation therein of WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC pursuant to an arrangement among Silicon Valley Bank, WestRiver Management, LLC and WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, WESTRIVER MEZZANINE LOANS, LLC (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, Holder ”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class ”) of the above-named company (the Company ”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

A. Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, the Shares ”).

(1) Initial Shares . As used herein, Initial Shares means 52,844 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(2) Additional Shares . Upon the making, if any, of the first Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) to the Company in any amount, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for an additional 52,844 shares of the Class, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (the Additional Shares ”), including, without limitation, adjustments in respect of events occurring prior to the date, if any, on which this Warrant becomes exercisable for the Additional Shares.


SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

  X =    Y(A-B)/A

where:

    
  X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
  Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
  A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
  B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

2


1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power (other than transfers for no consideration by one or more of such stockholders who are natural persons to his or their respective family members, or to trusts established for the benefit of such family members, for estate planning purposes).

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange

 

3


Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . It is acknowledged that the Shares for which this Warrant may be exercised have certain rights under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including conversion price adjustments for diluting issuances under certain circumstances, which rights may be amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

4


2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock as determined by the most recently completed valuation, approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, of the Company’s common stock for purposes of its compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(b) $2.1289 is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(c) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(d) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

 

5


(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

6


4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time, and the Company may place a restrictive legend on any certificate representing any Shares issued on exercise hereof stating that they are subject to such provisions.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

 

7


5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”). OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO WESTRIVER MEZZANINE LOANS, LLC DATED NOVEMBER 21, 2014, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder, provided that such affiliate is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares (and/or securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

 

8


5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC

c/o Chief Financial Officer

3720 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033-7455

Attention: Trent Dawson

Telephone: (425) 952-3951

Email: tdawson@westrivermgmt.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Perkins Coie LLP

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800

Seattle, Washington 98101-3099

Attention: David C. Clarke

Telephone: (206) 359-8612

Email: dclarke@perkinscoie.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Fastly, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

1062 Folsom Street, Suite 250

San Francisco, CA 94103

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley LLP

Attn: Jonathan P. Bagg

1299 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW

Suite 700

Washington, DC 20004-2400

Telephone: (202) 776-2937

Facsimile: (202) 842-7899

Email: jbagg@cooley.com

 

9


5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”

 

FASTLY, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul Luongo

Name:   Paul Luongo
  (Print)
Title:   VP & General Counsel

 

“HOLDER”

 

WESTRIVER MEZZANINE LOANS, LLC

 

By: Loan Manager, LLC, its

       Managing Member

 

By:  /s/ Erik J. Anderson                                                          

      Erik J. Anderson, Manager

 

11


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                      shares of the Common/Series                  Preferred [circle one] Stock of                      (the Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]

check in the amount of $                    payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]

Other [Describe]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 

    

 

          Holder’s Name

 
 

 

      
 

 

 
 

          (Address)

 

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:                                                                                                   

Name:                                                                                             

Title:                                                                                               

(Date):                                                                                            

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.25

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Fastly, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Type/Series of Stock: Series D Preferred Stock, $0.00002 par value per share

Warrant Price: $1.18 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: August 11, 2016

Expiration Date: August 10, 2026 See also Section 5.1(b).

Credit Facility:   This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the Mezzanine Loan Agreement” ) and that certain First Amendment, of even date herewith, to that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated November 21, 2014, between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (collectively, and as may be further amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the Senior Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, Holder ”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class ”) of the above-named company (the Company ”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

A. Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, the Shares ”).

(1) Initial Shares . As used herein, Initial Shares means 47,558 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(2) Additional Shares . Upon the making of each Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Mezzanine Loan Agreement) to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for such number of additional shares of the Class as shall equal (a) the Additional Shares Pool, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the amount of such Term Loan Advance and the denominator of which shall equal $12,500,000, rounded to the nearest whole Share and subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. All shares, if any, for which this Warrant becomes exercisable pursuant to this Paragraph A(2) are referred to herein cumulatively as the Additional Shares .”

 


(3) Additional Shares Pool . As used herein, “ Additional Shares Poo l ” means 142,675 shares of the Class, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (as if the Additional Shares Pool constituted “Shares” at all times for such purpose). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the aggregate number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable exceed 190,233 (as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant).

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

   X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

     
   X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
   Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
   A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
   B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

2


1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power (other than transfers for no consideration by one or more of such stockholders who are natural persons to his or their respective family members, or to trusts established for the benefit of such family members, for estate planning purposes).

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

 

3


(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

 

4


2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . It is acknowledged that the Shares for which this Warrant may be exercised have certain rights under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including conversion price adjustments for diluting issuances under certain circumstances, which rights may be amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock as determined by the most recently completed valuation, approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, of the Company’s common stock for purposes of its compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(b) $3,225 is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(c) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for

 

5


restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(d) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

      (a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

      (b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

      (c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

      (d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

      (e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

 

6


SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time, and the Company may place a restrictive legend on any certificate representing any Shares issued on exercise hereof stating that they are subject to such provisions.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

7


SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED AUGUST 11, 2016, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder

 

8


may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares (and/or securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Fastly, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

475 Brannan Street, Suite 250

San Francisco, CA 94107

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley LLP

Attn: Mark P. Tanoury

3175 Hanover Street

 

9


Palo Alto, CA 94304-1130

Telephone: (650) 843-5016

Facsimile: (650) 849-7400

Email: tanourymp@cooley.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
FASTLY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Luongo

Name:   Paul Luongo
  (Print)
Title:   General Counsel, Secretary

 

“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Nick Christian

Name:   Nick Christian
  (Print)
Title:   Director

 


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase             shares of the Common/Series             Preferred [circle one] Stock of                     (the Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]

check in the amount of $             payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]

Other [Describe]                                                                          

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
           Holder’s Name   
  

 

  
  

 

  
           (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.26

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Fastly, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Type/Series of Stock: Series D Preferred Stock, $0.00002 par value per share

Warrant Price: $1.18 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: August 11, 2016

Expiration Date: August 10, 2026      See also Section 5.1(b).

 

Credit Facility:

This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the Mezzanine Loan Agreement ”) and that certain First Amendment, of even date herewith, to that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated November 21, 2014, between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (collectively, and as may be further amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the Senior Loan Agreement ”) and the participation therein of WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC pursuant to an arrangement among Silicon Valley Bank, WestRiver Management, LLC and WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, WESTRIVER MEZZANINE LOANS, LLC - LOAN POOL IV (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, Holder ”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class ”) of the above-named company (the Company ”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

A. Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, the Shares ”).

(1) Initial Shares . As used herein, Initial Shares means 47,558 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(2) Additional Shares . Upon the making of each Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Mezzanine Loan Agreement) to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for such number of additional shares of the Class as shall equal (a) the Additional Shares Pool, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the amount of such Term Loan Advance and the denominator of which shall equal $12,500,000, rounded to the nearest whole Share and subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. All shares, if any, for which this Warrant becomes exercisable pursuant to this Paragraph A(2) are referred to herein cumulatively as the Additional Shares .”

 


(3) Additional Shares Pool . As used herein, Additional Shares Pool means 142,675 shares of the Class, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (as if the Additional Shares Pool constituted “Shares” at all times for such purpose). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the aggregate number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable exceed 190,233 (as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant).

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

   X =    Y(A-B)/A
    where:      
   X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
   Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
   A=    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
   B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

2


1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power (other than transfers for no consideration by one or more of such stockholders who are natural persons to his or their respective family members, or to trusts established for the benefit of such family members, for estate planning purposes).

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

 

3


(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

 

4


2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . It is acknowledged that the Shares for which this Warrant may be exercised have certain rights under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including conversion price adjustments for diluting issuances under certain circumstances, which rights may be amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock as determined by the most recently completed valuation, approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, of the Company’s common stock for purposes of its compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(b) $3.225 is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

 

5


(c) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(d) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

 

6


SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time, and the Company may place a restrictive legend on any certificate representing any Shares issued on exercise hereof stating that they are subject to such provisions.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

7


SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO WESTRIVER MEZZANINE LOANS, LLC - LOAN POOL IV DATED AUGUST 11, 2016, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder, provided that such affiliate is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares (and/or securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable);

 

8


and provided further, that any subsequent transferee shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC - Loan Pool IV

c/o Chief Financial Officer

3720 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033-7455

Attention: Trent Dawson

Telephone: (425) 952-3951

Email: tdawson@westrivermgmt.com

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Perkins Coie LLP

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800

Seattle, Washington 98101-3099

Attention: David C. Clarke

Telephone: (206) 359-8612

Email: dclarke@perkinscoie.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

Fastly, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

475 Brannan Street, Suite 250

San Francisco, CA 94107

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

 

 

9


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley LLP

Attn: Mark P. Tanoury

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1130

Telephone: (650) 843-5016

Facsimile: (650) 849-7400

Email: tanourymp@cooley.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in Washington are closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”

FASTLY, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul Luongo

Name:

  Paul Luongo
 

(Print)

Title:

 

General Counsel, Secretary

“HOLDER”

WESTRIVER MEZZANINE LOANS, LLC – LOAN POOL IV

 

By:   Loan Manager, LLC, its
  Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Trent Dawson

 

Trent Dawson, Chief Financial Officer

 

 


APPENDIX 1

 

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase              shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [circle one] Stock of                      (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]

check in the amount of $             payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]

Other [Describe]                                                                                                                                    

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

                           

 

                                   
  

Holder’s Name

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

(Address)

  

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

(Date):

 

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.27

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Fastly, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Type/Series of Stock: Series F Preferred Stock, $0.00002 par value per share

Warrant Price: $5.1123 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: December 24, 2018

Expiration Date: December 24, 2028             See also Section  5.1(b).

Credit Facility:

This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith among the Company as Borrower, Silicon Valley Bank as Administrative Agent and Lender, and the other Lenders from time to time parties thereto (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

A. Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, the “ Shares ”).

(1) Initial Shares . As used herein, “ Initial Shares ” means 50,732 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(2) Additional Shares . Upon the making of each Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for such number of additional shares of the Class as shall equal (a) the Additional Shares Pool, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the amount of such Term Loan Advance and the denominator of which shall equal $30,000,000, rounded to the nearest whole Share and subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. All shares, if any, for which this Warrant becomes exercisable pursuant to this Paragraph A(2) are referred to herein cumulatively as the “ Additional Shares .”


(3) Additional Shares Pool . As used herein, “ Additional Shares Pool means 152,195 shares of the Class, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (as if the Additional Shares Pool constituted “Shares” at all times for such purpose). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the aggregate number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable exceed 202,927 (as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant).

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

   X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
   Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
   A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
   B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

2


1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power (other than transfers for no consideration by one or more of such stockholders who are natural persons to his or their respective family members, or to trusts established for the benefit of such family members, for estate planning purposes).

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

 

3


(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the

 

4


Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . It is acknowledged that the Shares for which this Warrant may be exercised have certain rights under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including conversion price adjustments for diluting issuances under certain circumstances, which rights may be amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.    

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.    

(b) The number of Initial Shares first set forth above together with the number of shares constituting the Additional Shares Pool first set forth above collectively represent not less than 0.110% of the Company’s total issued shares of capital stock, calculated on and as of the Issue Date hereof on a fully-diluted, common stock-equivalent basis assuming (i) the conversion into common stock of all outstanding securities and instruments (including, without limitation, securities deemed to be outstanding pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.1(b)) convertible by their terms into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such securities or instruments are by their terms now so convertible), (ii) the exercise in full of all outstanding options, warrants (including, without limitation, this Warrant) and other rights to purchase or acquire shares of common stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire are by their terms now exercisable); and (iii) the inclusion of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance under all of the Company’s incentive stock and stock option plans and not now subject to outstanding grants or options.

 

5


(c) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(d) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO; then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

 

6


(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.    

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time, and the Company may place a restrictive legend on any certificate representing any Shares issued on exercise hereof stating that they are subject to such provisions.    

 

7


4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .    

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.    

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED DECEMBER 24, 2018, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

8


5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares (and/or securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: svbfgwarrants@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Fastly, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer    

475 Brannan Street, Suite 320    

San Francisco, CA 94107    

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

 

9


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley LLP

Attn: Mark P. Tanoury    

3175 Hanover Street    

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1130    

Telephone: (650) 843-5016

Facsimile: (650) 849-7400

Email: tanourymp@cooley.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
FASTLY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Adriel Lares

Name:  

Adriel Lares

  (Print)
Title:   CFO
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Lane Bruno

Name:  

Lane Bruno

  (Print)
Title:   Director

Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                          shares of the Common/Series                      Preferred [circle one] Stock of                                         (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

[    ] check in the amount of $                         payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

[    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

[    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

[    ] Other [Describe]                                                                      

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 

                     

 

Holder’s Name

 
 

 

 
 

 

 
 

(Address)

 

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

                                  

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.28

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Fastly, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Type/Series of Stock: Series F Preferred Stock, $0.00002 par value per share

Warrant Price: $5.1123 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: December 24, 2018

Expiration Date: December 24, 2028                 See also Section  5.1(b).

Credit Facility:

This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith among the Company as Borrower, Silicon Valley Bank as Administrative Agent and Lender, and the other Lenders from time to time parties thereto (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) .

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, HERCULES CAPITAL, INC. (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.    

A. Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, the “ Shares ”).

(1) Initial Shares . As used herein, “ Initial Shares means 50,732 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(2) Additional Shares . Upon the making of each Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for such number of additional shares of the Class as shall equal (a) the Additional Shares Pool, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the amount of such Term Loan Advance and the denominator of which shall equal $30,000,000, rounded to the nearest whole Share and subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. All shares, if any, for which this Warrant becomes exercisable pursuant to this Paragraph A(2) are referred to herein cumulatively as the “ Additional Shares .

(3) Additional Shares Pool . As used herein, “ Additional Shares Pool means 152,195 shares of the Class, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (as if the Additional Shares Pool constituted “Shares” at all times for such purpose). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the aggregate number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable exceed 202,927 (as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant).


SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

  X =

Y(A-B)/A

 

  where:

 

  X =

the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

  Y =

the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

  A =

the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

 

  B =

the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

2


1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power (other than transfers for no consideration by one or more of such stockholders who are natural persons to his or their respective family members, or to trusts established for the benefit of such family members, for estate planning purposes).

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

 

3


(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares

 

4


of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . It is acknowledged that the Shares for which this Warrant may be exercised have certain rights under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including conversion price adjustments for diluting issuances under certain circumstances, which rights may be amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.    

(b) The number of Initial Shares first set forth above together with the number of shares constituting the Additional Shares Pool first set forth above collectively represent not less than 0.110% of the Company’s total issued shares of capital stock, calculated on and as of the Issue Date hereof on a fully-diluted, common stock-equivalent basis assuming (i) the conversion into common stock of all outstanding securities and instruments (including, without limitation, securities deemed to be outstanding pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.1(b)) convertible by their terms into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such securities or instruments are by their terms now so convertible), (ii) the exercise in full of all outstanding options, warrants (including, without limitation, this Warrant) and other rights to purchase or acquire shares of common stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire are by their terms now exercisable); and (iii) the inclusion of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance under all of the Company’s incentive stock and stock option plans and not now subject to outstanding grants or options.

 

5


(c) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(d) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.    

 

6


The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time, and the Company may place a restrictive legend on any certificate representing any Shares issued on exercise hereof stating that they are subject to such provisions.    

 

7


4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .    

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.    

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO HERCULES CAPITAL, INC. DATED DECEMBER 24, 2018, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder, provided that such affiliate is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee,

 

8


provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares (and/or securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any transferee shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.

Legal Department

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Facsimile: 650-473-9194

Telephone: 650-289-3060

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Fastly, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

475 Brannan Street, Suite 320

San Francisco, CA 94107

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley LLP

Attn: Mark P. Tanoury

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1130

Telephone: (650) 843-5016

Facsimile: (650) 849-7400

Email: tanourymp@cooley.com

 

9


5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in California are closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
FASTLY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Adriel Lares

Name:  

Adriel Lares

  (Print)
Title:   CFO
“HOLDER”
HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Zhuo Huang

Name:  

Zhuo Huang

  (Print)
Title:   Associate General Counsel

Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series          Preferred [circle one] Stock of                          (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

☐ check in the amount of $                 payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

☐ Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

☐ Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

☐ Other [Describe]                                         

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 

                     

 

Holder’s Name

 
 

 

 
 

 

 
 

(Address)

 

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:                                                                                   
Name:                                                                              
Title:                                                                              
(Date):                                                                              

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.29

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Fastly, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Type/Series of Stock: Series F Preferred Stock, $0.00002 par value per share

Warrant Price: $5.1123 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: December 24, 2018

Expiration Date: December 24, 2028             See also Section  5.1(b).

Credit  Facility:

This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith among the Company as Borrower, Silicon Valley Bank as Administrative Agent and Lender, and the other Lenders from time to time parties thereto (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, WESTRIVER INNOVATION LENDING FUND VIII, L.P. (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

A. Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, the “ Shares ”).

(1) Initial Shares . As used herein, “ Initial Shares ” means 50,732 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(2) Additional Shares . Upon the making of each Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for such number of additional shares of the Class as shall equal (a) the Additional Shares Pool, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the amount of such Term Loan Advance and the denominator of which shall equal $30,000,000, rounded to the nearest whole Share and subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. All shares, if any, for which this Warrant becomes exercisable pursuant to this Paragraph A(2) are referred to herein cumulatively as the “ Additional Shares .”

(3) Additional Shares Pool . As used herein, “ Additional Shares Pool ” means 152,195 shares of the Class, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (as if the Additional Shares Pool constituted “Shares” at all times for such purpose). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the aggregate number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable exceed 202,927 (as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant).


SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

          X    =    Y(A-B)/A
  where:         
     X    =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
  .    Y    =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
     A    =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
     B    =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

2


1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power (other than transfers for no consideration by one or more of such stockholders who are natural persons to his or their respective family members, or to trusts established for the benefit of such family members, for estate planning purposes).

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

 

3


(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares

 

4


of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . It is acknowledged that the Shares for which this Warrant may be exercised have certain rights under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including conversion price adjustments for diluting issuances under certain circumstances, which rights may be amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) The number of Initial Shares first set forth above together with the number of shares constituting the Additional Shares Pool first set forth above collectively represent not less than 0.110% of the Company’s total issued shares of capital stock, calculated on and as of the Issue Date hereof on a fully-diluted, common stock-equivalent basis assuming (i) the conversion into common stock of all outstanding securities and instruments (including, without limitation, securities deemed to be outstanding pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.1(b)) convertible by their terms into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such securities or instruments are by their terms now so convertible), (ii) the exercise in full of all outstanding options, warrants (including, without limitation, this Warrant) and other rights to purchase or acquire shares of common stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire are by their terms now exercisable); and (iii) the inclusion of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance under all of the Company’s incentive stock and stock option plans and not now subject to outstanding grants or options.

 

5


(c) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(d) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

 

6


The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time, and the Company may place a restrictive legend on any certificate representing any Shares issued on exercise hereof stating that they are subject to such provisions.

 

7


4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO WESTRIVER INNOVATION LENDING FUND VIII, L.P. DATED DECEMBER 24, 2018, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder, provided that such affiliate is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee,

 

8


provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares (and/or securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any transferee shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

WestRiver Innovation Lending Fund VIII, L.P.

c/o Chief Financial Officer

3720 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033-7455

Attention: Trent Dawson

Telephone: (425) 952-3951

Email: tdawson@westrivermgmt.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Perkins Coie LLP

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800

Seattle, Washington 98101-3099

Attention: David C. Clarke

Telephone: (206) 359-8612

Email: dclarke@perkinscoie.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Fastly, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

475 Brannan Street, Suite 320

San Francisco, CA 94107

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

 

9


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: Cooley LLP

Attn: Mark P. Tanoury

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1130

Telephone: (650) 843-5016

Facsimile: (650) 849-7400

Email: tanourymp@cooley.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in Washington are closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
FASTLY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Adriel Lares

Name:  

Adriel Lares

  (Print)
Title:   CFO
“HOLDER”
WESTRIVER INNOVATION LENDING FUND VIII,L.P.
By:   Loan Manager II, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Trent Dawson

  Trent Dawson, Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                      shares of the Common/Series                  Preferred [circle one] Stock of                              (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]

check in the amount of $                 payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]

Other [Describe]                                                      

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 
 

Holder’s Name

 
 

 

 
 

 

 
 

(Address)

 

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.30

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of November 1, 2017 (the “Effective Date”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety, and replaces, the terms of (and obligations outstanding under) that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of November 21 2014, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 11, 2016, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 8, 2017, between Borrower and Bank, and as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 6, 2017, between Borrower and Bank (as amended, the “Prior Loan Agreement”), in its entirety. The parties agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is hereby superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties agree as follows:

 

  1

ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2

LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Term Loan.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon Borrower’s request, Bank shall make one (1) term loan advance (the “Term A Loan Advance”) to Borrower on the Effective Date in an original principal amount not to exceed Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00), provided that all or a portion of the proceeds of the Term A Loan Advance shall be used to repay in full Borrower’s outstanding obligations and liabilities to Bank with respect to the “2014 Equipment Advances” (as defined in the Prior Loan Agreement). Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to apply such proceeds to such obligations and liabilities as part of the funding process without actually depositing such funds into an account of Borrower. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, upon Borrower’s request, Bank shall make up to three (3) term loan advances available to Borrower (each a “Term B Loan Advance” and collectively, the “Term Loan B Advances ”) in an aggregate original principal amount not to exceed the Term B Loan Amount. The Term A Loan Advance and the Term B Loan Advances are hereinafter referred to singly as a “Term Loan Advance” and collectively as the “Term Loan Advances”. Each Term Loan Advance must be in an amount equal to at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00). The aggregate original principal amount of all Term Loan Advances shall not exceed Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00). After repayment, no Term Loan Advance (or any portion thereof) may be reborrowed.

(b) Interest Payments . With respect to each Term Loan Advance, commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date following the Funding Date of such Term Loan Advance, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest, in arrears, on the principal amount of such Term Loan Advance at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a)(i).

(c) Repayment . Commencing on December 1, 2018 and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall repay the Term Loan Advances in (i) thirty-six (36) consecutive equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a)(i). All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan Advances, and all other outstanding Obligations with respect to the Term Loan Advances, are due and payable in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date.


(d) Permitted Prepayment . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loan Advances, provided Borrower (i) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Term Loan Advances at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) the outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan Advances, (B) the Final Payment, and (C) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable with respect to the Term Loan Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(e) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Term Loan Advances are accelerated by Bank following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan Advances, (ii) the Final Payment, and (iii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable with respect to the Term Loan Advances, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(f) Transition Event . Upon the occurrence of the Transition Event, all Obligations with respect to the Term Loan Advances shall be transferred to the Revolving Line, and shall be treated as Advances thereunder for all purposes, including with respect to repayment.

2.1.2  Revolving Line.

(a) Availability . After the occurrence of the Transition Event (at which time all outstanding Term Loan Advances shall be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and shall be subject to the applicable provisions herein), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.2 Overadvances. If at any time after the occurrence of the Transition Event, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “Overadvance”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate.

(i) Term Loan Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), Borrower shall notify Bank in writing prior to the Funding Date of each Term Loan Advance of its election for the principal amount outstanding for such Term Loan Advance to accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to either: (A) one and three-quarters of one percent (1.75%) above the Prime Rate (“Interest Rate Option A”), (B) three-quarters of one percent (0.75%) above the Prime Rate (“Interest Rate Option B”), or (C) the Prime Rate (“Interest Rate Option C”), which interest, in each case, shall be payable monthly in arrears.

(ii) Advances . Effective upon the occurrence of the Transition Event, and subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (A) when a Streamline Period is not in effect, two and one-half of one percent (2.50%) above the Prime Rate, and (B) when a Streamline Period is in effect, one and three-quarters of one percent (1.75%) above the Prime Rate, which interest, in each case, shall be payable monthly in arrears.

 

-2-


(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.4 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Final Payment . The Final Payment, when due hereunder; and

(b) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

(c) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.4 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.4.

2.5 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

-3-


(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

 

  3

CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreement(s);

(c) the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(d) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(e) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(f) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(g) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.6 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

(h) with respect to the initial Advance, upon the occurrence of the Transition Event, a completed Borrowing Base Report (and any schedules related thereto and including any other information requested by Bank with respect to Borrower’s Accounts); and

(i) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) timely receipt of (i) prior to the occurrence of the Transition Event, an executed Payment/Advance Form and any materials and document required by Section 3.4, and (ii) after the occurrence of the Transition Event, the Credit Extension request and any materials and documents required by Section 3.4;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the proposed Credit Extension request and/or Payment/Advance Form, as applicable, and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true,

 

-4-


accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) Bank determines, to its satisfaction, in its good faith business judgment, that there is not a lack of Investor Support.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing.

(a) Term Loan Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan Advance, Borrower (via an individual duly authorized by an Administrator) shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Term Loan Advance. Such notice shall be made by Borrower through Bank’s online banking program, provided, however, if Borrower is not utilizing Bank’s online banking program, then such notice shall be in a written format acceptable to Bank that is executed by an Authorized Signer. Bank shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Board has approved that such Authorized Signer may provide such notices and request Term Loan Advances. In connection with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or through Bank’s online banking program a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by an Authorized Signer together with such other reports and information, as Bank may request in its sole discretion. Bank shall credit proceeds of any Term Loan Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Term Loan Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Term Loan Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

(b) Advances . After the occurrence of the Transition Event, subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower (via an individual duly authorized by an Administrator) shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Such notice shall be made by Borrower through Bank’s online banking program, provided, however, if Borrower is not utilizing Bank’s online banking program, then such notice shall be made by delivering to Bank a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by an Authorized Signer. Bank shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Board has approved that such Authorized Signer may provide such notices and request Advances. In connection with any such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or through Bank’s online banking program such reports and information, including without limitation, sales journals, cash receipts journals, accounts receivable aging reports, as Bank may reasonably request. Bank shall credit proceeds of an Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due

 

  4

CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

 

-5-


If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank consistent with Bank’s then current practice for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus, in each case, all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral. The Collateral may also be subject to Permitted Liens. If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

 

  5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement and provided that the Perfection Certificate shall be deemed to be updated to reflect the information provided in any notice delivered by Borrower to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

 

-6-


The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the terms of Section 6.7(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) nonexclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. No part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Report. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.4 Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00).

 

-7-


5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations as of the dates and for the periods presented. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00).

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

-8-


5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

 

  6

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Provide Bank with the following:

(a) Borrowing Base Reports . After the occurrence of the Transition Event, a Borrowing Base Report (and any schedules related thereto and including any other information requested by Bank with respect to Borrower’s Accounts) (i) with each request for an Advance, (ii) no later than Friday of each week when a Streamline Period is not in effect, and (iii) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month when a Streamline Period is in effect;

(b) A/R and A/P Agings. After the occurrence of the Transition Event, within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, (A) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (B) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, and (C) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports, and general ledger;

(c) Monthly and Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than (i) prior to the IPO, thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, and (ii) after the IPO, forty-five (45) days after the last day of each quarter, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month (or quarter, as the case may be) certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form consistent with the information Borrower provides to the Board;

(d) Monthly Compliance Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;

(e) Annual Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than (i) prior to the IPO, one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, and (ii) after the IPO, one hundred twenty (120) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;

 

-9-


(f) Annual Operating Budget and Financial Projections . Within thirty (30) days after Board approval, and in no event later than sixty (60) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, (i) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month), and (ii) annual financial projections (on a quarterly basis) as approved by Borrower’s Board, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections, in each case in a form commensurate with those provided to Borrower’s venture capital investors;

(g) 409A Report . At least annually, and within thirty (30) days after completion, any completed 409A valuation report;

(h) Other Statements . Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices generally made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(i) SEC Filings . In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

(j) Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) or more; and

(k) Other Financial Information . Other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Accounts Receivable. After the occurrence of the Transition Event:

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrower shall deliver to Bank Borrowing Base Reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b) Disputes . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

(c) Reserved.

(d) Verification . Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose, and notify any Account Debtor of Bank’s security interest in such Account.

 

-10-


(e) No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(f) Remittance of Proceeds . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4, deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations (a) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(b) hereof, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

6.4 Collection of Accounts. Borrower shall direct Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts into a lockbox account, or “blocked account” as specified by Bank (either such account, the “Cash Collateral Account”) which, for the avoidance of doubt shall be the account of Borrower currently in existence with Bank so that remittance information for Account Debtors shall not be changed. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Cash Collateral Account and such payments and proceeds shall be: (i) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and the occurrence of the Transition Event, transferred to an account of Borrower maintained at Bank, (ii) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the occurrence of the Transition Event, (x) during a Streamline Period, transferred to an account of Borrower maintained at Bank, or (y) when a Streamline Period is not in effect, applied immediately to reduce the Obligations, and (ii) following the occurrence of an Event of Default, applied to the Obligations in accordance with Section 9.4.

6.5 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.6 Insurance.

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All property policies covering Collateral shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

 

-11-


(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.6 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days (ten (10) days for nonpayment of premium) prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.6 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.6, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.7 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain its primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates, which accounts shall be in Borrower’s name and shall represent at least eighty-five percent (85.0%) of the dollar value of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ accounts at all financial institutions. In addition to the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to maintain accounts at institutions in jurisdictions outside of the United States where Bank or Bank’s Affiliates do not have branches (the “Offshore Permitted Accounts”).

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained (with the exception of the Offshore Permitted Accounts) to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank.

6.8 Financial Covenants. Maintain as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(a) Performance to Plan. Prior to the occurrence of the Transition Event, as of the last day of each month, tested on a trailing three (3) month basis on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, minimum revenue for the immediately prior three (3) month period equal to at least:

 

Month Ending

   Revenue  

August 31, 2017

   $ 22,519,537.00  

September 30, 2017

   $ 23,491,177.00  

October 31, 2017

   $ 24,546,127.00  

November 30, 2017

   $ 25,442,950.00  

December 31, 2017

   $ 26,597,026.00  

January 31, 2018

   $ 27,423,055.00  

February 28, 2018

   $ 28,039,975.00  

March 31, 2018

   $ 28,779,723.00  

April 30, 2018

   $ 29,238,244.00  

May 31, 2018

   $ 30,090,161.00  

June 30, 2018

   $ 30,451,200.00  

July 31, 2018

   $ 31,297,941.00  

August 31, 2018

   $ 32,065,898.00  

September 30, 2018

   $ 32,978,432.00  

October 31, 2018

   $ 33,928,149.00  

November 30, 2018

   $ 34,830,824.00  

December 31, 2018 and January 31, 2019

   $ 35,911,039.00  

With respect to the period ending February 28, 2019 and each period thereafter, the levels of minimum revenue shall be mutually agreed upon between Borrower and Bank in an amount equal to eighty percent (80.0%) of Borrower’s projected revenue, based upon Borrower’s Board-approved operating plan and financial projections reasonably acceptable to Bank. With respect thereto:

 

-12-


(i) Borrower’s failure to either (1) agree in writing (which agreement shall be set forth in a written amendment to this Agreement) on or before February 28, 2019, to any such covenant levels proposed by Bank with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2019, or (2) notwithstanding Section 6.2(f) of this Agreement, deliver to Bank, on or before the earlier to occur of (i) February 15, 2019 or (ii) approval by the Board, Borrower’s budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information of Borrower that Bank deems relevant, including, without limitation, Borrower’s Board-approved operating budgets, projections and plans, with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2019, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period;

(ii) Borrower’s failure to either (1) agree in writing (which agreement shall be set forth in a written amendment to this Agreement) on or before February 29, 2020, to any such covenant levels proposed by Bank with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2020, or (2) notwithstanding Section 6.2(f) of this Agreement, deliver to Bank, on or before the earlier to occur of (i) February 15, 2020 or (ii) approval by the Board, Borrower’s budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information of Borrower that Bank deems relevant, including, without limitation, Borrower’s Board-approved operating budgets, projections and plans, with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2020, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period; and

(iii) Borrower’s failure to either (1) agree in writing (which agreement shall be set forth in a written amendment to this Agreement) on or before February 28, 2021, to any such covenant levels proposed by Bank with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2021, or (2) notwithstanding Section 6.2(f) of this Agreement, deliver to Bank, on or before the earlier to occur of (i) February 15, 2021 or (ii) approval by the Board, Borrower’s budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information of Borrower that Bank deems relevant, including, without limitation, Borrower’s Board-approved operating budgets, projections and plans, with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2021, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period.

(b) Adjusted Quick Ratio. Prior to the occurrence of the Transition Event, maintain at all times, tested as of the last day of each month, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, an Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least 1.15 to 1.0

(c) Minimum Cash. After the occurrence of the Transition Event, unrestricted cash maintained with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates of at least Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000.00).

6.9 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property; arid (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such commercially reasonable steps as Bank reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

-13-


6.10 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.11 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. Allow Bank, or its agents, during regular business hours upon reasonable notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.11, Borrower shall allow Bank to perform an inspection and audit within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of the Transition Event.

6.12 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, at the time that Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower shall, at the election of Bank: (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to the Loan Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank; provided that, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, in the event that Borrower and Bank mutually agree that (i) the grant of a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of any such Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) the guaranty of the Obligations of the Borrower by any such Foreign Subsidiary and/or (iii) the pledge by Borrower of a perfected security interest in one hundred percent (100.0%) of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of each Foreign Subsidiary, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse tax effect on the Borrower, then the Borrower shall only be required to grant and pledge to Bank a perfected security interest in up to sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of such Foreign Subsidiary; and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, including one or more opinions of counsel satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall be a Loan Document.

6.13 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

6.14 Online Banking. After the occurrence of the Transition Event:

(a) Utilize Bank’s online banking platform for all matters requested by Bank which shall include, without limitation (and without request by Bank for the following matters), uploading information pertaining to Accounts and Account Debtors, requesting approval for exceptions, requesting Credit Extensions, and uploading financial statements and other reports required to be delivered by this Agreement (including, without limitation, those described in Section 6.2 of this Agreement).

(b) Comply with the terms of the “Banking Terms and Conditions” and ensure that all persons utilizing the online banking platform are duly authorized to do so by an Administrator. Bank shall be entitled to assume the authenticity, accuracy and completeness on any information, instruction or request for a Credit Extension submitted via the online banking platform and to further assume that any submissions or requests made via the online banking platform have been duly authorized by an Administrator.

 

-14-


6.15 Post-Closing Condition. Deliver to Bank, on or before the date that is thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, a landlord’s consent in favor of Bank for Borrower’s leased location at 475 Brannan St #300, San Francisco, California 94107, by the landlord thereof, together with the duly executed signatures thereto.

 

  7

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; (e) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (f) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (g) sale of equity interests in any Foreign Subsidiary amounting to less than fifty percent (50.0%) in the aggregate of all equity interests of such Subsidiary as of the Effective Date in connection with a joint venture or strategic alliance or similar arrangement relating to a specific geographic marketing area; and (h) other Transfers that do not in the aggregate exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) during any fiscal year.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) fail to provide notice to Bank of any Key Person departing from or ceasing to be employed by Borrower within five (5) Business Days after his or her departure from Borrower; or (ii) permit or suffer any Change in Control.

Borrower shall not, without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary), except for acquisitions where (a) total consideration including cash and the value of any non-cash consideration, for all such transactions does not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in any fiscal year of Borrower; (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the transactions; and (c) Borrower is the surviving legal entity. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower and for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower may create a Subsidiary as provided in clause (j) of the definition of Permitted Investments.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter

 

-15-


into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.7(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof and may make payments in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the conversion or exercise of convertible securities or warrants in an aggregate amount not to exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00), (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in capital stock; (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of current or former employees, contractors, advisors, consultants, officers or directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements, employee benefit plans or employee stock option plans and make repurchases for value of equity securities in connection with or pursuant to any employee benefit plan or stock option plan of Borrower approved by Borrower’s Board so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) per fiscal year; and (iv) make cash payments in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the equity securities of Borrower in an aggregate cash amount not to exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00); or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so. For the avoidance of doubt, Borrower may create a Subsidiary as provided in clause (j) of the definition of Permitted Investments

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the Board of Borrower in the ordinary course of business, (iii) bona fide equity and unsecured bridge financings with existing investors so long as any such Indebtedness is Subordinated Debt, (iv) employment compensation arrangements with executive officers in the ordinary course of business approved by Borrower’s Board, (v) non-cash loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board, (vi) Investments permitted under sub-clauses (f) or (g) of the definition of Permitted Investments, and (vii) the transactions described in and permitted by Section 7.7 of this Agreement.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to (a) meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, (b) prevent a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, from occurring, or (c) comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the failure of any of the conditions described in clauses (a) through (c) which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business; or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any

 

-16-


Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

  8

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Term Loan Maturity Date or the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9(b), 6.12, 6.14, or 6.15 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Investor Abandonment. Bank determines, in its good faith business judgment, that there is a lack of Investor Support, or Investor Support ceases to be provided to Borrower for any reason;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency . (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

-17-


8.6 Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00); or (b) any breach or default by Borrower or Guarantor, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business; provided, however, that the Event of Default under this Section 8.6 caused by the occurrence of a breach or default under such other agreement shall be cured or waived for purposes of this Agreement upon Bank receiving written notice from the party asserting such breach or default of such cure or waiver of the breach or default under such other agreement, if at the time of such cure or waiver under such other agreement (x) Bank has not declared an Event of Default under this Agreement and/or exercised any rights with respect thereto; (y) any such cure or waiver does not result in an Event of Default under any other provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document; and (z) in connection with any such cure or waiver under such other agreement, the terms of any agreement with such third party are not modified or amended in any manner which could in the good faith business judgment of Bank be materially less advantageous to Borrower or any Guarantor;

8.7 Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing the subordination of any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement;

8.10 Lien Priority. There is a material impairment in the priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral; or

8.11 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or nonrenewal (i) causes, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction.

 

  9

BANK S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

-18-


(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least (A) one hundred five percent (105.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars remaining undrawn, and (B) one hundred ten percent (110.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency remaining undrawn, (plus, in each case, all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code

 

-19-


permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.6 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

  10

NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be

 

-20-


addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:

  

Fastly, Inc.

P.O. Box 78266

San Francisco, California 94107

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Fax: 1-415-520-2180

Email:     cfo@fastly.com

with a copy to:

  

Fastly, Inc.

PO Box 78266

San Francisco, California 94107

Attn:     General Counsel

Fax:      1-415-520-2180

Email:   gc@fastly.com

If to Bank:

  

Silicon Valley Bank

555 Mission Street, Suite 900

San Francisco, California 94105

Attn: Stephen Chang

Fax: (415) 615-0076

Email: schang@svb.com

with a copy to:

  

Riemer & Braunstein LLP

Three Center Plaza

Boston, Massachusetts 02108

Attn:     David A. Ephraim, Esquire

   Fax:     (617) 880-3456
   Email:  DEphraim@riemerlaw.com

 

  11

CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

-21-


WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  12

GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date and the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof).

12.3 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except as to (i) and (ii), for Claims and/or losses and/or Bank Expenses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

-22-


This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) Business Days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

 

-23-


12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Intentionally Deleted.

12.13 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.14 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.15 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.16 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

12.17 Amended and Restated Agreement. This Agreement amends and restates, in its entirety, and replaces, the Prior Loan Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to, and does not, novate the Prior Loan Agreement and Borrower reaffirms that the existing security interest created by the Prior Loan Agreement is and remains in full force and effect.

 

  13

DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

“Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Adjusted Quick Ratio” is, determined on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the ratio of (a) Quick Assets to (b) (i) Current Liabilities plus, without duplication, Long Term Indebtedness minus (ii) the current portion of Deferred Revenue.

“Administrator” is an individual that is named:

(a) as an “Administrator” in the “SVB Online Services” form completed by Borrower with the authority to determine who will be authorized to use SVB Online Services (as defined in the “Banking Terms and Conditions”) on behalf of Borrower; and

(b) as an Authorized Signer of Borrower in an approval by the Board.

 

-24-


Advance ” or “ Advances ” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line. For the avoidance of doubt, after the occurrence of the Transition Event, all outstanding Term Loan Advances shall be treated as Advances.

“Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Authorized Signer” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including making (and executing if applicable) any Credit Extension request, on behalf of Borrower.

“Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Bank Entities” is defined in Section 12.9.

“Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

“Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

“Bank Services Agreement” is defined in the definition of “Bank Services” herein.

“Board” is Borrower’s board of directors.

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” is eighty percent (80.0%) of Eligible Accounts as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Report (and as may subsequently be updated by Bank based upon information received by Bank including, without limitation, Accounts that are paid and/or billed following the date of the Borrowing Base Report); provided, however, that Bank has the right to decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment to mitigate the impact of events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which may adversely affect the Collateral or its value.

“Borrowing Base Report” is that certain report of the value of certain Collateral in the form specified by Bank to Borrower from time to time.

 

-25-


“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s board of directors (and, if required under the terms of such Person’s Operating Documents, stockholders) and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary on behalf of such Person certifying (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that set forth as a part of or attached as an exhibit to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Credit Extension request, on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

“Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Collateral Account ” is defined in Section 6.4.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95.0%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

“Change in Control” means (a) at any time, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of forty-nine percent (49.0%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction; (b) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body; or (c) at any time, Borrower shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100.0%) of each class of outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary of Borrower free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by this Agreement).

“Claims” is defined in Section 12.3.

“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

-26-


“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account in each case other than an Excluded Account.

“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

“Credit Extension” is any Term Loan Advance, Advance, any Overadvance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

“Currency” is coined money and such other banknotes or other paper money as are authorized by law and circulate as a medium of exchange.

“Current Liabilities” are the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.

“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

“Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Designated Deposit Account” is the account, account number 134 (last three digits), maintained by Borrower with Bank.

“Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

 

-27-


“Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Draw Period” is the period of time commencing upon the Effective Date and continuing through the earlier to occur of (a) November 1, 2018 or (b) an Event of Default.

“Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Eligible Accounts” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right upon prior written notice to Borrower at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor if fifty percent (50.0%) or more of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States (except for Eligible Foreign Accounts);

(f) Accounts billed from and/or payable to Borrower outside of the United States unless Bank has a first priority, perfected security interest or other enforceable Lien in such Accounts under all applicable laws, including foreign laws (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts), unless Bank otherwise approves of the inclusion of such Accounts in writing on a case by case basis in its sole discretion;

(g) Accounts in which Bank does not have a first priority, perfected security interest under all applicable laws;

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(i) Accounts billed and/or payable in a Currency other than Dollars;

(j) Accounts with or in respect of accruals for marketing allowances, incentive rebates, price protection, cooperative advertising and other similar marketing credits, unless otherwise approved by Bank in writing;

(k) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

 

-28-


(l) Accounts with customer deposits and/or with respect to which Borrower has received an upfront payment, to the extent of such customer deposit and/or upfront payment;

(m) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(o) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(p) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(q) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(r) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(s) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(t) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(u) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond ninety (90) days;

(v) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(w) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(x) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(y) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25.0%) of all Accounts (except for Twitter and Spotify, for each of which such percentage is fifty percent (50.0%)), for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

(z) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

 

-29-


“Eligible Foreign Accounts” means Accounts which are owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States, but that are otherwise (i) Eligible Accounts but for subsection (e) of the definition of Eligible Accounts and (ii) approved by Bank in writing on a case-by-case basis in its sole discretion; provided, in no event shall the aggregate amount of such Eligible Foreign Accounts included in the Borrowing Base constitute more than twenty-five percent (25.0%) of the Borrowing Base.

“Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

“ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

“Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Excluded Accounts” means deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes, and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

“Final Payment” is, for each Term Loan Advance, a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) equal to the original principal amount of such Term Loan Advance multiplied by the applicable Final Payment Percentage, due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Term Loan Maturity Date, or (b) the acceleration of such Term Loan Advance, or (c) the prepayment of such Term Loan Advance, or (d) as required by Section 2.1.1(d) or 2.1.1(e), or (e) the termination of this Agreement, or (f) the occurrence of the Transition Event.

“Final Payment Percentage” is (a) for any Term Loan Advance for which Borrower elects Interest Rate Option A, zero percent (0.0%), (b) for any Term Loan Advance for which Borrower elects Interest Rate Option B, one and one-half of one percent (1.50%), and (c) for any Term Loan Advance for which Borrower elects Interest Rate Option C, three percent (3.0%).

“Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under a jurisdiction other than the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

“FX Contract” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

“General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

-30-


“Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

“Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

“Guarantor” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Bank.

“Guaranty” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

“Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

“Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.3.

“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, and operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

“Interest Rate Option A” is defined in Section 2.3(a)(i).

“Interest Rate Option B” is defined in Section 2.3(a)(i).

“Interest Rate Option C” is defined in Section 2.3(a)(i).

“Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

-31-


“Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“Investor Support” means it is the clear intention of Borrower’s investors to continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable

“IPO” is the initial, underwritten offering and sale of Borrower’s common stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Key Person” is Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, who is Artur Bergman as of the Effective Date.

“Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

“Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

“Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

“Long Term Indebtedness” is the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Indebtedness that matures in greater than one (1) year.

“Obligations” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, the Final Payment, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, any interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

“Offshore Permitted Accounts” is defined in Section 6.7(a).

“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

“Overadvance” is defined in Section 2.2.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Payment/Advance Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

“Payment Date” is (i) prior to the occurrence of the Transition Event, the first (1 st ) calendar day of each month, and (ii) on and after the occurrence of the Transition Event, the last calendar day of each month.

“Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

“Permitted Indebtedness” is:

 

-32-


(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) other unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate outstanding at any time; and

(h) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (g) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts (but only to the extent that Borrower is permitted to maintain such accounts pursuant to Section 6.7 of this Agreement) in which Bank has a first priority perfected security interest to the extent required under Section 6.7 of this Agreement;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by the Board;

(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(i) Investments in connection with transactions permitted by Section 7.3;

 

-33-


(j) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section 7.3 or under Section 6.12 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(k) Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year or in Borrower; and

(l) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (including capital leases) (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7; and

 

-34-


(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that (i) Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts and (ii) such accounts are permitted to be maintained pursuant to Section 6.7 of this Agreement.

“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

“Prime Rate” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement; and provided, further, that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors); provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

“Prior Loan Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Quick Assets” is, on any date, Borrower’s consolidated, unrestricted and unencumbered cash and Cash Equivalents maintained with Bank (which at all times shall be in an amount of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00)), plus net billed accounts receivable, in each case determined according to GAAP.

“Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

“Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer and Board member of Borrower.

“Restricted License” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

“Revolving Line” is an aggregate principal amount equal to Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00).

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is November 1, 2021.

 

-35-


“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

“Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Streamline Period” is any period of time, on and after the Transition Event, where Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is greater than or equal to 1.20 to 1.0.

“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

“Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

“Term A Loan Advance” is defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

“Term B Loan Advance” and “Term B Loan Advances” is each defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

“Term B Loan Amount” means Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00) minus the original principal amount of the Term A Loan Advance.

“Term Loan Advance” and “Term Loan Advances” are each defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

“Term Loan Maturity Date” is November 1, 2021.

“Total Liabilities” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

“Transition Event” is the occurrence of either of the following: (a) Borrower’s failure to comply with the Performance to Plan financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8(a), or (b) Borrower’s failure to comply with the Adjusted Quick Ratio financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8(b).

“Warrant” means, individually and collectively, (a) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of June 24, 2013 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of September 30, 2013 executed by Borrower and SVB Financial Group, (b) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of September 30, 2013 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, and (c) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of November 21, 2014 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

[Signature page follows.]

 

-36-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:

FASTLY, INC.

 

By:  

Adriel G. Lares

Name:  

Adriel G. Lares

Title:   CFO

BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

By:  

/s/ Stephen Chang

Name:   Stephen Chang
Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT A – COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (a) more than sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter, and (b) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.


EXHIBIT B – LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS N OON P ACIFIC T IME

 

Fax To:    Date:                                               

 

L OAN P AYMENT : Fastly, Inc.     
 
   
From Account #                                                                          To Account #                                                                              

                                 (Deposit Account #)

 

Principal $                                                                                

  

                                         (Loan Account #)

 

and/or Interest $                                                                          

   
Authorized Signature:                                               Phone Number:                                                                  
Print Name/Title:                                                 
      

 

L OAN A DVANCE :     
 
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.
   
From Account #                                                                              To Account #                                                                              
                                 (Loan Account #)                                             (Deposit Account #)
 

Amount of Term Loan Advance $                 

Borrower elects:  Interest Rate Option A                 

Interest Rate Option B                 

Interest Rate Option C                 

 
All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:
   
Authorized Signature:                                                          Phone Number:                                                                  
Print Name/Title:                                                                 
      

 

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.
Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time
   
Beneficiary Name:                                                                          Amount of Wire: $                                                                    
Beneficiary Bank:                                                                           Account Number:                                                                      
City and State:                                                                           
   
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:                                       Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):                   
                  (For International Wire Only)
   
Intermediary Bank:                                                                  Transit (ABA) #:                                                                      
For Further Credit to:                                                                                                                                                                                   
 
Special Instruction:                                                                                                                                                                                      
 
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).
   
Authorized Signature:                                                                          2 nd Signature (if required):                                                      
Print Name/Title:                                                                                Print Name/Title:                                                                    
Telephone #:                                                                              Telephone #:                                                                        


EXHIBIT C

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:       SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                                                  
FROM: FASTLY, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of FASTLY, INC. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (as amended, the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

  

Required

  

Complies

Borrowing Base Reports

   After the occurrence of the Transition Event, Monthly within 30 days (when Streamline Period is in effect)/Weekly (when Streamline Period is not in effect), and with each Advance request    Yes     No
A/R & A/P Agings (after Transition Event)    Monthly within 30 days    Yes     No
Monthly/Quarterly financial statements    Monthly within 30 days (prior to IPO)/Quarterly within 45 days (after IPO)    Yes     No
Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes     No
Annual financial statements (CPA Audited)    FYE within 180 days (prior to IPO)/FYE within 12 days (after IPO)    Yes     No
Annual Board-approved operating budgets and financial projections    Within 30 days after Board approval and no later than within 60 days of FYE    Yes     No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes     No
409A Valuation    At least annually, and within 30 days after completion    Yes     No

 

Financial Covenants

   Required    Actual    Complies  

Performance to Plan (Minimum Revenue) (prior to Transition Event)

   $ __________*    $_________      Yes     No  

Adjusted Quick Ratio (Prior to Transition Event)

   1.15:1.0             :1.0      Yes     No  

Minimum Cash (after Transition Event)

   $4,000,000.00    $___________      Yes     No  

 

*

as set forth in Section 6.8(a)


The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

 

Streamline Period

   Required      Actual      Complies  

Maintain:

        

Adjusted Quick Ratio

     >  1.20:1.0        _____:1.0        Yes     No  

Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.

   Yes            No

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FASTLY, INC.                                   BANK USE ONLY
By:                                                                                                                  Received by:                                                                                   

 

Name:                                                                                                      

    

      AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Title:                                                                                                              Date:                                                                                                   
     Verified:                                                                                            
    

      AUTHORIZED SIGNER

     Date:                                                                                                   
     Compliance Status: Yes     No


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                                              

 

I.

Performance to Plan (Section 6.8(a))

Required : Prior to the occurrence of the Transition Event, as of the last day of each month, tested on a trailing three (3) month basis on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, minimum revenue for the immediately prior three (3) month period equal to at least:

 

Month Ending

   Revenue  

August 31, 2017

   $ 22,519,537.00  

September 30, 2017

   $ 23,491,177.00  

October 31, 2017

   $ 24,546,127.00  

November 30, 2017

   $ 25,442,950.00  

December 31, 2017

   $ 26,597,026.00  

January 31, 2018

   $ 27,423,055.00  

February 28, 2018

   $ 28,039,975.00  

March 31, 2018

   $ 28,779,723.00  

April 30, 2018

   $ 29,238,244.00  

May 31, 2018

   $ 30,090,161.00  

June 30, 2018

   $ 30,451,200.00  

July 31, 2018

   $ 31,297,941.00  

August 31, 2018

   $ 32,065,898.00  

September 30, 2018

   $ 32,978,432.00  

October 31, 2018

   $ 33,928,149.00  

November 30, 2018

   $ 34,830,824.00  

December 31, 2018 and January 31, 2019

   $ 35,911,039.00  

With respect to the period ending February 28, 2019 and each period thereafter, the levels of minimum revenue shall be mutually agreed upon between Borrower and Bank in an amount equal to eighty percent (80.0%) of Borrower’s projected revenue, based upon Borrower’s Board-approved operating plan and financial projections reasonably acceptable to Bank. With respect thereto:

(i) Borrower’s failure to either (1) agree in writing (which agreement shall be set forth in a written amendment to this Agreement) on or before February 28, 2019, to any such covenant levels proposed by Bank with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2019, or (2) notwithstanding Section 6.2(f) of this Agreement, deliver to Bank, on or before the earlier to occur of (i) February 15, 2019 or (ii) approval by the Board, Borrower’s budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information of Borrower that Bank deems relevant, including, without limitation, Borrower’s Board-approved operating budgets, projections and plans, with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2019, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period;

(ii) Borrower’s failure to either (1) agree in writing (which agreement shall be set forth in a written amendment to this Agreement) on or before February 29, 2020, to any such covenant levels proposed by Bank with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2020, or (2) notwithstanding Section 6.2(f) of this Agreement, deliver to Bank, on or before the earlier to occur of (i) February 15, 2020 or (ii) approval by the Board, Borrower’s budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information of Borrower that Bank deems relevant, including, without limitation, Borrower’s Board-approved operating budgets, projections and plans, with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2020, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period; and


(iii) Borrower’s failure to either (1) agree in writing (which agreement shall be set forth in a written amendment to this Agreement) on or before February 28, 2021, to any such covenant levels proposed by Bank with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2021, or (2) notwithstanding Section 6.2(f) of this Agreement, deliver to Bank, on or before the earlier to occur of (i) February 15, 2021 or (ii) approval by the Board, Borrower’s budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information of Borrower that Bank deems relevant, including, without limitation, Borrower’s Board-approved operating budgets, projections and plans, with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2021, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period.

Actual :                     $                          

                 Yes, in compliance

                 No, not in compliance

                 N/A (Transition Event has occurred)

 

II.

Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 6.8(b))

Required:                 1.15:1.0

Actual:

 

 

A.

   Aggregate value of Borrower’s consolidated unrestricted and unencumbered cash and Cash Equivalents at Bank (which at all times shall be in an amount of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00))    $ _____  

B.

   Aggregate value of Borrower’s consolidated net billed accounts receivable, determined according to GAAP    $ _____  

C.

   Quick Assets (the sum of lines A through B)    $ _____  

D.

   Aggregate value of obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, that matures within one (1) year    $ _____  

E.

   Aggregate amount of Borrower’s Indebtedness that matures in greater than one (1) year    $ _____  

F.

   Sum of lines D and E    $ _____  

G.

   Aggregate value of current portion of all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue    $ _____  

H.

   Line F minus line G    $ _____  

I.

   Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line H)      _____  

Is line I equal to or greater than 1.15:10?

 


____ No, not in compliance     _____ Yes, in compliance      _______ N/A (Transition Event has occurred)

 

III.

Minimum Cash (Section 6.8(c))

 

Required :    After the occurrence of the Transition Event, unrestricted cash maintained with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates of at least Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000.00).
Actual :    $____________

                 Yes, in compliance

                 No, not in compliance

                 N/A (Transition Event has not occurred)

Exhibit 10.31

SILICON VALLEY BANK

$30,000,000.00 SECOND LIEN CREDIT FACILITIES

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of December 24, 2018,

among

FASTLY, INC.,

as the Borrower,

THE SEVERAL LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

and

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

as Administrative Agent


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

     1  

1.1

 

Defined Terms

     1  

1.2

 

Other Definitional Provisions

     24  

1.3

 

Rounding

     25  

SECTION 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

     25  

2.1

 

Term Commitments

     25  

2.2

 

Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing

     25  

2.3

 

Repayment of Term Loans

     25  

2.4

 

[Reserved]

     25  

2.5

 

[Reserved]

     25  

2.6

 

[Reserved]

     25  

2.7

 

[Reserved]

     25  

2.8

 

[Reserved]

     25  

2.9

 

Fees

     26  

2.10

 

Termination or Reduction of Term Commitments

     26  

2.11

 

Optional Term Loan Prepayments

     26  

2.12

 

[Reserved]

     27  

2.13

 

[Reserved]

     27  

2.14

 

[Reserved]

     27  

2.15

 

Interest Rates and Payment Dates

     27  

2.16

 

Computation of Interest and Fees

     27  

2.17

 

[Reserved]

     28  

2.18

 

Pro Rata Treatment and Payments

     28  

2.19

 

Illegality; Requirements of Law

     30  

2.20

 

Taxes

     31  

2.21

 

[Reserved]

     35  

2.22

 

Change of Lending Office

     35  

2.23

 

Substitution of Lenders

     35  

2.24

 

Defaulting Lenders

     36  

2.25

 

[Reserved]

     37  

2.26

 

Notes

     37  

SECTION 3 [RESERVED]

     38  

SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     38  

4.1

 

Financial Condition

     38  

4.2

 

No Change

     38  

4.3

 

Existence; Compliance with Law

     38  

4.4

 

Power, Authorization; Enforceable Obligations

     39  

4.5

 

No Legal Bar

     39  

4.6

 

Litigation

     39  

4.7

 

No Default

     39  

4.8

 

Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments

     39  

4.9

 

Intellectual Property

     40  

4.10

 

Taxes

     40  

4.11

 

Federal Regulations

     40  

4.12

 

Labor Matters

     40  

 

-i-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

         Page  

4.13

 

ERISA

     40  

4.14

 

Investment Company Act; Other Regulations

     41  

4.15

 

Subsidiaries

     41  

4.16

 

Use of Proceeds

     42  

4.17

 

Environmental Matters

     42  

4.18

 

Accuracy of Information, etc.

     43  

4.19

 

Security Documents

     43  

4.20

 

Solvency

     44  

4.21

 

Regulation H

     44  

4.22

 

[Reserved]

     44  

4.23

 

[Reserved]

     44  

4.24

 

Insurance

     44  

4.25

 

No Casualty

     44  

4.26

 

[Reserved]

     44  

4.27

 

Capitalization

     44  

4.28

 

OFAC

     44  

4.29

 

Anti-Corruption Laws

     44  

SECTION 5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     44  

5.1

 

Conditions to Effectiveness

     44  

5.2

 

Conditions to Each Extension of Credit

     48  

5.3

 

Post-Closing Conditions Subsequent

     48  

SECTION 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     48  

6.1

 

Financial Statements

     49  

6.2

 

Certificates; Reports; Other Information

     49  

6.3

 

[Reserved]

     51  

6.4

 

Payment of Obligations

     51  

6.5

 

Maintenance of Existence; Compliance

     51  

6.6

 

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

     51  

6.7

 

Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions

     51  

6.8

 

Notices

     52  

6.9

 

Environmental Laws

     53  

6.10

 

Operating Accounts

     53  

6.11

 

Audits

     53  

6.12

 

Additional Collateral, Etc.

     53  

6.13

 

[Reserved]

     55  

6.14

 

Use of Proceeds

     55  

6.15

 

[Reserved]

     55  

6.16

 

Anti-Corruption Laws

     55  

6.17

 

Further Assurances

     55  

SECTION 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     55  

7.1

 

Financial Condition Covenants

     55  

7.2

 

Indebtedness

     56  

7.3

 

Liens

     56  

7.4

 

Fundamental Changes

     56  

7.5

 

Disposition of Property

     57  

 

-ii-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

         Page  

7.6

 

Restricted Payments

     57  

7.7

 

[Reserved]

     58  

7.8

 

Investments

     58  

7.9

 

ERISA

     58  

7.10

 

Modifications of Preferred Stock

     58  

7.11

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     58  

7.12

 

Sale Leaseback Transactions

     58  

7.13

 

Swap Agreements

     58  

7.14

 

Accounting Changes

     58  

7.15

 

Negative Pledge Clauses

     59  

7.16

 

Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions

     59  

7.17

 

Lines of Business

     59  

7.18

 

[Reserved]

     59  

7.19

 

[Reserved]

     59  

7.20

 

Amendments to Organizational Agreements

     59  

7.21

 

Use of Proceeds

     60  

7.22

 

Subordinated Debt

     60  

7.23

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws

     60  

SECTION 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     60  

8.1

 

Events of Default

     60  

8.2

 

Remedies Upon Event of Default

     63  

8.3

 

Application of Funds

     64  

SECTION 9 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     65  

9.1

 

Appointment and Authority

     65  

9.2

 

Delegation of Duties

     66  

9.3

 

Exculpatory Provisions

     66  

9.4

 

Reliance by Administrative Agent

     67  

9.5

 

Notice of Default

     68  

9.6

 

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

     68  

9.7

 

Indemnification

     68  

9.8

 

Agent in Its Individual Capacity

     69  

9.9

 

Successor Administrative Agent

     69  

9.10

 

Collateral and Guaranty Matters

     70  

9.11

 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     71  

9.12

 

No Other Duties, etc.

     71  

9.13

 

Cash Management Bank and Qualified Counterparty Reports

     72  

9.14

 

Survival

     72  

SECTION 10 MISCELLANEOUS

     72  

10.1

 

Amendments and Waivers

     72  

10.2

 

Notices

     73  

10.3

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     75  

10.4

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     75  

10.5

 

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     75  

10.6

 

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

     77  

10.7

 

Adjustments; Set-off

     80  

 

-iii-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

         Page  

10.8

 

Payments Set Aside

     81  

10.9

 

Interest Rate Limitation

     81  

10.10

 

Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments

     82  

10.11

 

Severability

     82  

10.12

 

Integration

     82  

10.13

 

GOVERNING LAW

     82  

10.14

 

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers

     83  

10.15

 

Acknowledgements

     84  

10.16

 

Releases of Guarantees and Liens

     84  

10.17

 

Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality

     85  

10.18

 

Automatic Debits

     86  

10.19

 

Judgment Currency

     86  

10.20

 

Patriot Act

     86  

10.21

 

Joint and Several Obligations

     87  

10.22

 

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

     87  

10.23

 

Intercreditor Agreement

     87  

 

-iv-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.1A:   Commitments
Schedule 4.4:   Governmental Approvals, Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices
Schedule 4.13:   ERISA Plans
Schedule 4.15:   Subsidiaries
Schedule 4.17:   Environmental Matters
Schedule 4.19(a):   Financing Statements and Other Filings
Schedule 4.27:   Capitalization

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A:   Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
Exhibit B:   Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C:   Form of Secretary’s/Managing Member’s Certificate
Exhibit D:   Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit E:   Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibits F-1 F-4:   Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
Exhibit G:   Reserved
Exhibit H:   Form of Term Loan Note
Exhibit I:   Reserved
Exhibit J:   Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit K:   Form of Notice of Borrowing

 

-v-


CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 24, 2018, is entered into by and among FASTLY, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party to this Agreement (each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and SILICON VALLEY BANK (“ SVB ”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacities, the Administrative Agent ).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS , the Borrower desires to obtain financing for working capital financing and to fund its general business activities;

WHEREAS , the Lenders have agreed to extend a term loan facility to the Borrower, upon the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000,000.00; and

WHEREAS , the Borrower has agreed to secure all of its Obligations by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a second priority lien (subject to Liens permitted by the Loan Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement) on substantially all of its personal property assets.

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the terms listed in this Section  1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section  1.1 .

Account Debtor ”: any Person who may become obligated to any Person under, with respect to, or on account of, an Account, chattel paper or general intangibles (including a payment intangible). Unless otherwise stated, the term “Account Debtor,” when used herein, shall mean an Account Debtor in respect of an Account of the Borrower.

Accounts ”: all “accounts” (as defined in the UCC) of a Person, including, without limitation, accounts, accounts receivable, monies due or to become due and obligations in any form (whether arising in connection with contracts, contract rights, instruments, general intangibles, or chattel paper), in each case whether arising out of goods sold or services rendered or from any other transaction and whether or not earned by performance, now or hereafter in existence, and all documents of title or other documents representing any of the foregoing, and all collateral security and guaranties of any kind, now or hereafter in existence, given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing. Unless otherwise stated, the term “Account,” when used herein, shall mean an Account of the Borrower.

Administrative Agent ”: SVB, as the administrative agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors in such capacity.

Affected Lender ”: as defined in Section  2.23 .

Affiliate ”: with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided that, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lenders shall be deemed Affiliates of the Loan Parties as a result of the exercise of their rights and remedies under the Loan Documents.

 

1


Agent Parties ”: is defined in Section  10.2(d)(ii) .

Aggregate Exposure ”: with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans and (b) the amount of such Lender’s Term Commitment then in effect

Aggregate Exposure Percentage ”: with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

Agreement ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Agreement Currency ”: as defined in Section  10.19 .

Applicable Margin ”: 4.25%.

Approved Fund ”: any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Assignment and Assumption ”: an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section  10.6 ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Bail-In Action ”: the exercise of any Write- Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ”: with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bankruptcy Code ”: Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”

Benefitted Lender ”: as defined in Section  10.7(a) .

Blocked Person ”: as defined in Section  7.23 .

Board ”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Borrowing Date ”: any Business Day specified by the Borrower in a Notice of Borrowing as a date on which the Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

Business ”: as defined in Section  4.17(b) .

Business Day ”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the State of California are authorized or required by law to close.

 

2


Capital Lease Obligations ”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ”: with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

Cash Collateralize ”: to deposit in a Controlled Account or to pledge and deposit with or deliver to (a) with respect to Obligations arising under any Cash Management Agreement in connection with Cash Management Services, the applicable Cash Management Bank, for its own or any of its applicable Affiliate’s benefit, as provider of such Cash Management Services, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and the applicable Cash Management Bank shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and such Cash Management Bank or (b) with respect to Obligations in respect of any Specified Swap Agreements, the applicable Qualified Counterparty, as Collateral for such Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if such Qualified Counterparty shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to such Qualified Counterparty. “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Equivalents ”: (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days, with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, and in the case of any foreign government, the securities of which foreign government are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; (f) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; (g) money market mutual or similar funds at least 95% of the assets of which are assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition; or (h) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000.

 

3


Cash Management Agreement ”: as defined in the definition of “Cash Management Services.”

Cash Management Bank ”: any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.

Cash Management Services ”: cash management and other services provided to one or more of the Loan Parties by a Cash Management Bank which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in such Cash Management Bank’s various cash management services or other similar agreements (each, a “ Cash Management Agreement ”).

Casualty Event ”: any damage to or any destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking by any Governmental Authority of any property of the Loan Parties.

Certificated Securities ”: as defined in Section  4.19(a) .

Change of Control ”: (a) at any time, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of forty-nine percent (49.0%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) other than by the sale of the Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as the Borrower identifies to the Administrative Agent the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to the Administrative Agent a description of the material terms of the transaction; (b) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body; or (c) at any time, the Borrower shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100.0%) of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of each Subsidiary of the Borrower free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by this Agreement and Liens securing the Indebtedness under the First Lien Agreement).

Closing Date ”: the date on which all of the conditions precedent set forth in Section  5.1 are satisfied or waived by the Administrative Agent and, as applicable, the Lenders or the Required Lenders.

Code ”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ”: all property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document. For the avoidance of doubt, no Excluded Asset (as such term is defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) shall constitute “Collateral.”

 

4


Collateral-Related Expenses ”: all costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent paid or incurred in connection with any sale, collection or other realization on the Collateral, including reasonable compensation to the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and reimbursement for all other costs, expenses and liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith (including as described in Section 6.6 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), and all amounts for which the Administrative Agent is entitled to indemnification under the Security Documents and all advances made by the Administrative Agent under the Security Documents for the account of any Loan Party.

Commitment ”: as to any Lender, its Term Commitment.

Commodity Exchange Act ”: the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. Section 1 et seq. ), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Communications ”: is defined in Section  10.2(d)(ii) .

Compliance Certificate ”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Connection Income Taxes ”: Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Contractual Obligation ”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control ”: the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Control Agreement ”: any account control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, entered into among the depository institution at which a Loan Party maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary at which a Loan Party maintains a Securities Account, such Loan Party, and the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Administrative Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the UCC or any other applicable law) over such Deposit Account or Securities Account.

Controlled Account ”: each Deposit Account and Securities Account that is subject to a Control Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Debtor Relief Laws ”: the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Declined Amount ”: as defined in Section  2.12(e) .

Default ”: any of the events specified in Section  8.1 , whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

5


Default Rate ”: as defined in Section  2.15(c) .

Defaulting Lender ”: subject to Section  2.24(b) , any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two (2) Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s reasonable determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s reasonable determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section  2.24(b) ) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower and each Lender.

Deposit Account ”: any “deposit account” as defined in the UCC with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Deposit Account Control Agreement ”: any Control Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Loan Party and a financial institution holding a Deposit Account of such Loan Party pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is granted “control” (for purposes of the UCC) over such Deposit Account.

Designated Jurisdiction ”: any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.

Determination Date ”: as defined in the definition of “Pro Forma Basis”.

Discharge of Obligations ”: subject to Section  10.8 , the satisfaction of the Obligations (including all such Obligations relating to Cash Management Services) by the payment in full, in cash (or, as applicable, Cash Collateralization in accordance with the terms hereof) of the principal of and interest on or other liabilities relating to each Loan and any previously provided Cash Management Services, all

 

6


fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document (other than inchoate indemnification obligations and any other obligations which pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document specifically survive repayment of the Loans for which no claim has been made), and other Obligations under or in respect of Specified Swap Agreements and Cash Management Services, to the extent (a) no default or termination event shall have occurred and be continuing thereunder, (b) any such Obligations in respect of Specified Swap Agreements have, if required by any applicable Qualified Counterparties, been Cash Collateralized, (c) no Obligations in respect of any Cash Management Services are outstanding (or, as applicable, all such outstanding Obligations in respect of Cash Management Services have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), and (d) the aggregate Commitments of the Lenders are terminated.

Disposition ”: with respect to any property (including, without limitation, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), any sale, lease, Sale Leaseback Transaction, assignment, conveyance, transfer, encumbrance or other disposition thereof and any issuance of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. The terms “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meanings.

Disqualified Stock ”: any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the date on which the Loans mature. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock or portion thereof, plus accrued dividends.

Dollars ” and “ $ ”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States.

Draw Period ”: the period of time commencing upon the Closing Date and continuing through the earlier to occur of (a) the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date or (b) an Event of Default.

EEA Financial Institution ”: (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a Subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country ”: any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority ”: any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assignee ”: any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section  10.6(b)(iii) , (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section  10.6(b)(iii) ).

 

7


Environmental Laws ”: any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

Environmental Liability : any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) a violation of an Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, (c) exposure to any Materials of Environmental Concern, (d) the release or threatened release of any Materials of Environmental Concern into the environment, or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

ERISA ”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including (unless the context otherwise requires) any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ”: each business or entity which is, or within the last six years was, a member of a “controlled group of corporations,” under “common control” or an “affiliated service group” with any Loan Party within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (n) of the Code, required to be aggregated with any Loan Party under Section 414(o) of the Code, or is, or within the last six years was, under “common control” with any Loan Party, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.

ERISA Event ”: any of (a) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Pension Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (b) the applicability of the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, to any Pension Plan where an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such plan within the following 30 days; (c) a withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Pension Plan or the termination of any Pension Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefore, or the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the imposition of liability on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (g) the failure by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to make any required contribution to a Pension Plan, or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (h) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered to critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (i) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the

 

8


appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (j) the imposition of any liability under Title I or Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof; (k) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (l) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA for which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (m) a violation of the applicable requirements of Section 404 or 405 of ERISA or the exclusive benefit rule under Section 401(a) of the Code by any fiduciary or disqualified person for which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (n) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Code or under Sections 409, 502(c), (i) or (1) or 4071 of ERISA; (o) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with any such Plan; (p) receipt from the IRS of notice of the failure of any Qualified Plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Qualified Plan to fail to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code; (q) the imposition of any lien (or the fulfillment of the conditions for the imposition of any lien) on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA, including Section 302(f) or 303(k) of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code; (r) noncompliance with any requirement of Section 409A or 457 of the Code; (s) a violation of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPPA) and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (ACA); or (t) the establishment or amendment by an Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of any “welfare plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of any Loan Party.

ERISA Funding Rules ”: the rules regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans, as set forth in Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, with respect to Plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and thereafter, as set forth in Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ”: the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Event of Default ”: any of the events specified in Section  8.1 ; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Exchange Act ”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.

Excluded Assets ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Excluded Foreign Subsidiary ”: any Foreign Subsidiary in respect of which either (a) the pledge of all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary as Collateral or (b) the guaranteeing by such Subsidiary of the Obligations, would, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower.

 

9


Excluded Swap Obligations ”: with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee Obligation of such Guarantor with respect to, or the grant by such Guarantor of a Lien to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act at the time such Guarantee Obligation of such Guarantor, or the grant by such Guarantor of such Lien, becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If such a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee Obligation or Lien is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

Excluded Taxes ”: any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section  2.23 ) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section  2.20 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section  2.20(f) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Facility ”: the Term Facility.

FASB ASC ”: the Accounting Standards certification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

FATCA ”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by SVB from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Final Payment ” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for any other required payments of principal plus accrued interest), due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) the acceleration of the Term Loans, or (c) the prepayment of the Term Loans in full, in an amount equal to the product of (x) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan Advances made by the Lenders, multiplied by (y) the Final Payment Percentage.

Final Payment Percentage ” is 1.50%.

Financial Statements ”: as defined in Section  5.1(c) .

 

10


First Lien Agreement ”: the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2017, between SVB and the Borrower, as amended as of the date hereof and as further amended from time to time as permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement.

Foreign Currency ”: lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Lender ”: (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.

Foreign Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Fund ”: any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

GAAP ”: generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

Governmental Approval ”: any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ”: the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank), and any group or body charged with setting accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including the Financial Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing.

Group Members ”: the collective reference to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”: the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be executed and delivered by the Borrower and each Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

Guarantee Obligation ”: as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such

 

11


primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors ”: a collective reference to each Subsidiary of the Borrower which has become a Guarantor pursuant to the requirements of Section  6.12 hereof and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any contrary provision herein or in any other Loan Document, no Excluded Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be a Guarantor.

Indebtedness ”: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations and all Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Capital Stock in such Person or any other Person (including, without limitation, Disqualified Stock), or any warrant, right or option to acquire such Capital Stock, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, and (j) the net obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

Indemnified Taxes ”: (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitee ”: is defined in Section  10.5(b) .

 

12


Insolvency Proceeding ”: (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including any Debtor Relief Law.

Intellectual Property ”: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

“Intercreditor Agreement ”: the Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2018, by and among the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders hereunder, on the one hand, and SVB, on behalf of itself and the lenders under the First Lien Agreement (in such capacity, the “ First Lien Agent ”), on the other hand.

Interest Payment Date ”: the first Business Day of each calendar month to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, or, as to any Loan, the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof.

Interest Rate Agreement ”: any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is (a) for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ operations, (b) approved by Administrative Agent, and (c) not for speculative purposes.

Inventory ”: all “inventory,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party, wherever located, and in any event including inventory, merchandise, goods and other personal property that are held by or on behalf of any Loan Party for sale or lease or are furnished or are to be furnished under a contract of service, or that constitutes raw materials, work in process, finished goods, returned goods, or materials or supplies of any kind used or consumed or to be used or consumed in such Loan Party’s business or in the processing, production, packaging, promotion, delivery or shipping of the same, including all supplies and embedded software.

Investments ”: as defined in Section  7.7 .

Investor Support ”: it is the clear intention of the Borrower’s investors to continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary to enable the Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable

IPO ”: the initial, underwritten offering and sale of Borrower’s common stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

IRS ”: the Internal Revenue Service, or any successor thereto.

Judgment Currency ”: as defined in Section  10.19 .

Lenders ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Lien ”: any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

13


Loan ”: any loan made or maintained by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Documents ”: this Agreement, each Security Document, each Note, each Assignment and Assumption, each Compliance Certificate, each Notice of Borrowing, each Cash Management Services Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Warrants, the Solvency Certificate, the Perfection Certificate and any agreement creating or perfecting rights in cash collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section  3.10 , or otherwise, and any amendment, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing.

Loan Parties ”: each Group Member that is a party to a Loan Document, as a Borrower or a Guarantor.

Material Adverse Effect ”: (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on, the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of the Borrower or any Loan Party to perform its respective obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Borrower or any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

Materials of Environmental Concern ”: any substance, material or waste that is defined, regulated, governed or otherwise characterized under any Environmental Law as hazardous or toxic or as a pollutant or contaminant (or by words of similar meaning and regulatory effect), any petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, molds or fungus, and radioactivity, radiofrequency radiation at levels known to be hazardous to human health and safety.

Minority Lender ”: as defined in Section  10.1(b) .

Moody’s ”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Mortgaged Properties ”: the real properties as to which, pursuant to Section  6.12(b) or otherwise, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages.

Mortgages ”: each of the mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt or such equivalent documents hereafter entered into and executed and delivered by one or more of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, in each case, as such documents may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Multiemployer Plan ”: a “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof makes, is making, or is obligated or has ever been obligated to make, contributions.

Non-Consenting Lender ”: any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section  10.1 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

 

14


Non-Defaulting Lender ”: at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Note ”: a Term Loan Note.

Notice of Borrowing ”: a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit K .

Obligations ”: (a) the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post- petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, any other Lender, any applicable Cash Management Bank, and any Qualified Counterparty party to a Specified Swap Agreement, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document (other than the Warrants, but including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Cash Management Agreement), any Specified Swap Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, payment obligations, fees (including, without limitation, the Final Payment), indemnities, costs, expenses (including all reasonable and documented out- of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, any other Lender, any applicable Cash Management Bank, to the extent that any applicable Cash Management Agreement requires the reimbursement by any applicable Group Member of any such expenses), and any Qualified Counterparty party to a Specified Swap Agreement that are required to be paid by any Loan Party pursuant any Loan Document, Cash Management Agreement or otherwise, and (b) any obligations of any other Group Member arising in connection with any Cash Managements Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Obligations shall not include (i) any obligations arising under any warrants or other equity instruments issued by any Loan Party to any Lender, or (ii) solely with respect to any Guarantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor, any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

OFAC ”: the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury and any successor thereto.

Operating Documents ”: for any Person as of any date, such Person’s constitutional documents, formation documents and/or certificate of incorporation (or equivalent thereof), as certified (if applicable) by such Person’s jurisdiction of formation as of a recent date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws or memorandum and articles of association (or equivalent thereof) in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Other Connection Taxes ”: with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes ”: all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section  2.23 ).

 

15


Participant ”: as defined in Section  10.6(d) .

Participant Register ”: as defined in Section  10.6(d) .

Patriot Act ”: the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001.

PBGC ”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.

Pension Plan ”: an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (a) that is or was at any time maintained or sponsored by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has ever made, or was obligated to make, contributions, and (b) that is or was subject to Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA.

Perfection Certificate ”: the Perfection Certificate to be executed and delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section  5.1 , substantially in the form of Exhibit J .

Permitted Acquisition ”: purchases or other acquisitions by any Group Member of the Capital Stock in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation) or all or substantially all of the assets of, or assets constituting one or more business units of, any Person; provided , that, (a) the total consideration including cash and the value of any non-cash consideration, for all such transactions does not in the aggregate exceed $10,000,000 in any twelve consecutive month period, (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transaction and (c) for any transaction involving the Borrower, the Borrower is the surviving entity.

Permitted Indebtedness ”:

(a) Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document, including, for the avoidance of doubt, under any Cash Management Agreement;

(b) Indebtedness under the First Lien Agreement;

(c) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(d) Subordinated Indebtedness;

(e) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (d) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(h) other unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section  7.2 not exceeding $250,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time; and

 

16


(i) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (h) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, and, in the case of clause (b) above, to the extent not prohibited by the Intercreditor Agreement.

Permitted Investments ”:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Closing Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by the Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Loan Parties;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts (but only to the extent that the Borrower is permitted to maintain such accounts pursuant to Section  6.10 of this Agreement) in which the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest to the extent required under the Loan Documents;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section  7.5 ;

(f) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by the board of directors of the Borrower;

(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of the Borrower in any of its Subsidiaries;

(i) Investments in connection with transactions permitted by Section  7.4 ;

(j) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section  7.4 , which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(k) Investments (i) by the Borrower in its Subsidiaries not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) by Subsidiaries of the Borrower in (x) other Subsidiaries of the Borrower not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year or (y) the Borrower;

(l) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by the Borrower do not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and

 

17


(m) Permitted Acquisitions.

Permitted Liens ”:

(a) Liens existing on the Closing Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens securing the Indebtedness under the First Lien Agreement;

(c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which the Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(d) purchase money Liens (including Capital Lease Obligations) (i) on equipment acquired or held by the Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the equipment securing no more than $24,000,000 in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the equipment;

(e) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(f) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(g) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (d) above, but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness may not increase, and, in the case of clause (b), to the extent not prohibited by the Intercreditor Agreement;

(h) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting the Secured Parties a security interest therein;

(i) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business and licensing agreements or similar arrangements entered into with Open Invention Network and License on Transfer, substantially in the form presented to the Administrative Agent;

(j) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section  8.1(h) ; and

(k) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with the Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that (i) the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest (subject only to Liens securing the Indebtedness under the First Lien Agreement) in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts and (ii) such accounts are permitted to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

18


Person ”: any natural Person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ”: (a) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan which is or was at any time maintained or sponsored by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or to which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof has ever made, or was obligated to make, contributions, (b) a Pension Plan, or (c) a Qualified Plan.

Platform ”: any of Debt Domain, DebtX, Intralinks, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system.

Preferred Stock ”: the preferred Capital Stock of the Borrower.

Prime Rate ”: the rate of interest per annum announced from time to time published in the money rates section of the Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of the Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by the Administrative Agent, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by SVB as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such SVB announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by SVB in connection with extensions of credit to debtors); provided , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the “Prime Rate” determined in accordance with this definition is less than 5.25%, the “Prime Rate” shall be deemed to be 5.25% for all purposes under this Agreement.

Projections ”: as defined in Section  6.2(c) .

Properties ”: as defined in Section  4.17(a) .

Qualified Counterparty ”: with respect to any Specified Swap Agreement, any counterparty thereto that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or, at the time such Specified Swap Agreement was entered into or as of the Closing Date, was the Administrative Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ”: in respect of any Swap Obligation, (a) each Guarantor that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee Obligation of such Guarantor provided in respect of, or the Lien granted by such Guarantor to secure, such Swap Obligation (or guaranty thereof) becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, and (b) any other Guarantor that (i) constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder, or (ii) can cause another Person (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any other Guarantor not then constituting a “Qualified ECP Guarantor”) to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” as contemplated by Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Qualified Plan ”: an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (a) that is or was at any time maintained or sponsored by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has ever made, or was ever obligated to make, contributions, and (b) that is intended to be tax-qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

 

19


Qualifying IPO ” means the issuance by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower of its common Capital Stock in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and the aggregate net proceeds received by the Borrower in connection therewith shall exceed $100,000,000.

Recipient ”: the (a) Administrative Agent or (b) any Lender, as applicable.

Register ”: is defined in Section  10.6(c) .

Regulation T ”: Regulation T of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Regulation U ”: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Regulation X ”: Regulation X of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Related Parties ”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Replacement Lender ”: as defined in Section  2.23 .

Required Lenders ”: at any time, (a) if only one Lender holds the outstanding Term Loans and Term Commitments, such Lender; and (b) if more than one Lender holds the outstanding Term Loans and/or Term Commitments, then at least two Lenders who hold more than 50% of the sum of (i) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding and (ii) the Total Term Commitments then in effect; provided that for the purposes of this clause (b), the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Term Commitments held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided further that a Lender and its Affiliates shall be deemed one Lender.

Requirement of Law ”: as to any Person, the Operating Documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and any successor thereto or similar authority or successor thereto), in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ”: the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, controller or comptroller of the Borrower, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer, controller or comptroller of the Borrower.

Restricted Payments ”: as defined in Section  7.6 .

S&P ”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

Sale Leaseback Transaction ”: any arrangement with any Person or Persons, whereby in contemporaneous or substantially contemporaneous transactions a Loan Party sells substantially all of its right, title and interest in any property and, in connection therewith, acquires, leases or licenses back the right to use all or a material portion of such property.

 

20


Sanction(s) ”: any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

SEC ”: the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Secured Parties ”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, any Cash Management Bank (in its or their respective capacities as providers of Cash Management Services), and any Qualified Counterparties.

Securities Account ”: any “securities account” as defined in the UCC with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Securities Account Control Agreement ”: any Control Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Loan Party and a securities intermediary holding a Securities Account of such Loan Party pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is granted “control” (for purposes of the UCC) over such Securities Account.

Securities Act ”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.

Security Documents ”: the collective reference to (a) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (b) the Mortgages, (c) each Deposit Account Control Agreement, (d) each Securities Account Control Agreement, (e) all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the Obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document, (f) each Pledge Supplement, (g) each Assumption Agreement, (h) all other security documents hereafter delivered to any applicable Cash Management Bank granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the Obligations of any Group Member arising under any Cash Management Agreement, and (i) all financing statements, fixture filings, assignments, acknowledgments and other filings, documents and agreements made or delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing.

Solvency Certificate ”: the Solvency Certificate, dated the Closing Date, delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section  5.1(s) , which Solvency Certificate shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit D .

Solvent ”: when used with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the “fair value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all “liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise,” as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim,” and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.

 

21


Specified Swap Agreement ”: any Swap Agreement entered into by the Borrower and any Qualified Counterparty (or any Person who was a Qualified Counterparty as of the Closing Date or as of the date such Swap Agreement was entered into) to the extent permitted under Section  7.13 .

Subordinated Debt Document ”: any agreement, certificate, document or instrument executed or delivered by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and evidencing Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary which is subordinated to the payment of the Obligations in a manner approved in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, and any renewals, modifications, or amendments thereof which are approved in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.

Subordinated Indebtedness ”: Indebtedness of a Loan Party subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to subordination terms (including payment, lien and remedies subordination terms, as applicable) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

SVB ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Swap Agreement ”: any agreement with respect to any swap, hedge, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement (including without limitation, any Interest Rate Agreement) involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be a “Swap Agreement.”

Swap Obligation ”: with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation of such Guarantor to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swap Termination Value ”: in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date any such Swap Agreement has been closed out and termination value determined in accordance therewith, such termination value, and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount determined as the mark-to-market value for such Swap Agreement, as determined based upon one or more mid- market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Agreements (which may include a Qualified Counterparty).

Synthetic Lease Obligation ”: the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease or (b) an agreement for the use of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

 

22


Taxes ”: all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Commitment ”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a Term Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Term Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A . The original aggregate amount of the Term Commitments is $30,000,000.00.

Term Facility ”: the Term Commitments and the Term Loans made thereunder.

Term Lender ”: each Lender that has a Term Commitment or that holds a Term Loan.

Term Loan ”: the term loans made by the Lenders pursuant to Section  2.1 .

Term Loan Funding Office ”: the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section  10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

Term Loan Maturity Date ”: December 24, 2021.

Term Loan Note ”: a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H , as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Term Percentage ”: as to any Term Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding).

Total Credit Exposure ”: is, as to any Lender at any time, the unused Commitments and outstanding Term Loans of such Lender at such time.

Trade Date ”: is defined in Section  10.6(b)(i)(B) .

Transferee ”: any Eligible Assignee or Participant.

Unfriendly Acquisition ”: any acquisition of a Person that has not been approved by the board of directors (or other legally recognized governing body) of the Person to be acquired as such board of directors or other governing body was constituted at the time of the first public announcement of an offer relating to such acquisition.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ”: the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect from time to time in the State of California, or as the context may require, any other applicable jurisdiction.

United States ” and “ U.S. ”: the United States of America.

U.S. Person ”: any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”: as defined in Section  2.20(f) .

 

23


Voting Stock ”: as to any Person, the capital stock of any class or classes or other equity interests (however designated and including general partnership interests in a partnership) having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or similar governing body of such Person.

Warrants ” means, individually and collectively, (i) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated as of December 24, 2018, executed by the Borrower in favor of Silicon Valley Bank, (ii) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated as of December 24, 2018, executed by the Borrower in favor of Hercules Capital, Inc. and (iii) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated as of December 24, 2018, executed by the Borrower in favor of WestRiver Innovation Lending Fund VIII, L.P.

Withholding Agent ”: as applicable, any of any applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, as the context may require.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ”: with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions.

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section  1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section  1.1 , to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, (v) references to a given time of day shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to Pacific time, and (vi) references to agreements (including this Agreement) or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

(c) The words “ hereof ,” “ herein ” and “ hereunder ” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (ii) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (iii) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

24


(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.

1.3 Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 2

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

2.1 Term Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, upon the Borrower’s request, each Term Lender severally agrees to make advances of Term Loans (each a “ Term Loan Advance ”) to the Borrower on or after the Closing Date and until the end of the Draw Period in an aggregate amount up to the amount of the Term Commitment of such Lender; provided , that (i) no later than December 31, 2018 (the “ Required Initial Draw Date ”), the Borrower shall request an initial Term Loan Advance for Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of not less than $20,000,000 (the “ Required Initial Draw ”), and (ii) any Term Loan Advances after the Required Initial Draw shall be in an amount equal to at least $5,000,000 and there shall be no more than two (2) additional Term Loan Advances after the Required Initial Draw.

2.2 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing . The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent an irrevocable Notice of Borrowing (which must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 P.M. one (1) Business Day prior the Required Initial Draw and at least three (3) Business Days prior to any Term Loan Advance requested after the Required Initial Draw requesting that the Term Lenders make the Term Loans on the date of such proposed Term Loan Advance and specifying the amount to be borrowed. Upon receipt of such Notice of Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Term Lender thereof. Not later than 12:00 P.M. on the date of each proposed Term Loan Advance each Term Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Term Loan Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term Loan or Term Loans to be made by such Lender. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of the Borrower on the books of such office of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Term Lenders in immediately available funds.

2.3 Repayment of Term Loans . All Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.

2.4 [Reserved].

2.5 [Reserved].

2.6 [Reserved].

2.7 [Reserved].

2.8 [Reserved].

 

25


2.9 Fees.

(a) Upfront Fee . On or prior to the Closing Date, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of the Term Lenders (in accordance with their respective Term Percentages) an upfront fee in the amount of $150,000.00.

(b) Final Payment . As additional compensation for the Term Commitment, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term Lenders (in accordance with their respective Term Percentages) the Final Payment, as and when due in accordance with the definition of “Final Payment”.

(c) Fees Nonrefundable . All fees payable under this Section  2.9 shall be fully earned on the date paid and nonrefundable.

2.10 Termination or Reduction of Term Commitments.

(a) Termination or Reduction . Concurrently with the making of any Term Loans hereunder, the Term Commitments of each Term Lender shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loan Advance. If the Required Initial Draw is not made by the Required Initial Draw Date, all Term Commitments shall automatically expire and terminate without the need for further action by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders. Any unused Term Commitments outstanding as of the last day of the Draw Period shall automatically expire and terminate without the need for further action by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders. The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the outstanding Term Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the amount of the outstanding Term Commitments. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $3,000,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the Term Commitments then in effect.

(b) Term Commitment Termination Fee . If the Required Initial Draw is not made by the Required Initial Draw Date and all Term Commitments automatically expire and terminate in accordance with Section  2.10(a) above, contemporaneously with such termination of the Term Commitments, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Term Lenders in accordance with their respective Term Percentages) a fee equal to 2.00% of the aggregate amount of the Term Commitments in effect on the Closing Date. Any such fee described in this Section  2.10(b) shall be fully earned on the date paid and shall not be refundable for any reason.

2.11 Optional Term Loan Prepayments.

(a) Prepayments Generally . Subject to payment of the amounts described in Sections 2.9(b) and 2.11(b) , the Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 10:00 A.M. one (1) Business Day prior thereto, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the proposed prepayment; provided that if such notice of prepayment indicates that such prepayment is to be funded with the proceeds of a refinancing, such notice of prepayment may be revoked if the financing is not consummated. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof.

 

26


(b) Prepayment Fee Regarding Term Loans . No amount of outstanding Term Loans shall be prepaid by the Borrower pursuant to Section  2.11(a) unless the Borrower pays to the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Term Lenders in accordance with their respective Term Percentages), contemporaneously with the prepayment of such Term Loans, a Term Loan prepayment fee equal to, with respect to any such Term Loan prepayment made during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, 2.00% of the aggregate amount of the Term Loans so prepaid; provided , that such prepayment fee shall not be required to be paid if (i) such prepayment is made from the proceeds of a Qualifying IPO and is made not more than 60 days after the receipt of such proceeds by the Borrower or (ii) such prepayment is made from the proceeds of a refinancing provided by Silicon Valley Bank. Any such Term Loan prepayment fee shall be fully earned on the date paid and shall not be refundable for any reason.

2.12 [Reserved].

2.13 [Reserved].

2.14 [Reserved] .

2.15 Interest Rates and Payment Dates.

(a) [Reserved].

(b) Each Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) the Prime Rate plus

(ii) the Applicable Margin.

(c) During the continuance of an Event of Default, at the election of the Required Lenders, all outstanding Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 5.00% (the “ Default Rate ”); provided that the Default Rate shall apply to all outstanding Loans automatically upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default arising under Section  8.1(a) or (f) .

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that interest accruing pursuant to Section  2.15(c) shall be payable from time to time on demand.

2.16 Computation of Interest and Fees.

(a) Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Prime Rate shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section  2.16(a) .

 

27


2.17 [Reserved] .

2.18 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.

(a) Each borrowing by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments shall be made pro rata according to the respective Term Percentages of the relevant Lenders.

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the Term Lenders. Except as otherwise may be agreed by the Borrower and the Required Lenders, any prepayment of Loans shall be applied to the then outstanding Term Loans on a pro rata basis regardless of type. Amounts prepaid on account of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff and shall be made prior to 12:00 P.M. on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Term Loan Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. Any payment received by the Administrative Agent after 12:00 P.M. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment hereunder becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding sentence, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to the proposed date of any borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date in accordance with Section  2 , and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith, on demand, such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date on which such amount is made available to the Borrower but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, a rate equal to the greater of (A) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (B) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the rate per annum applicable to Loans hereunder. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

 

28


(f) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.

(g) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section  2 , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable extension of credit set forth in Section  5.1 or Section  5.2 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(h) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Term Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section  9.7 , as applicable, are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any such Loan or to make any such payment under Section  9.7 on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or to make its payment under Section  9.7 .

(i) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(j) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first , toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second , toward payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

(k) If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the principal of or interest on any Loan made by it or other obligations hereunder, as applicable (other than pursuant to a provision hereof providing for non-pro rata treatment), in excess of its Term Percentage of such payment on account of the Loans obtained by all of the Lenders, such Lender shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of the receipt of such payment, and (b) within five (5) Business Days of such receipt purchase (for cash at face value) from the other Term Lenders, as applicable (through the Administrative Agent), without recourse, such participations in the Term Loans made by them, as applicable, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of the other Lenders in accordance with their respective Term Percentages; provided , however , that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates (as to which

 

29


the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section  2.18(k) may exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. No documentation other than notices and the like referred to in this Section  2.18(k) shall be required to implement the terms of this Section  2.18(k) . The Administrative Agent shall keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased pursuant to this Section  2.18(k) and shall in each case notify the Term Lenders following any such purchase. The provisions of this Section  2.18(k) shall not be construed to apply to (i) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (ii) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section  3.10 , or (iii) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply). The Borrower consents on behalf of itself and each other Loan Party to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of each Loan Party in the amount of such participation. For the avoidance of doubt, no amounts received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from any Guarantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor shall be applied in partial or complete satisfaction of any Excluded Swap Obligations.

(l) [Reserved].

(m) [Reserved].

2.19 Illegality; Requirements of Law.

(a) [Reserved] .

(b) Requirements of Law . If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

(i) shall subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its Loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

(ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender; or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to reduce the amount of any sum receivable or received by such Lender or other Recipient hereunder in respect thereof (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then, in any such case, upon the request of such Lender or other Recipient, the Borrower will promptly pay such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, any additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

 

30


(c) If any Lender determines that any change in any Requirement of Law affecting such Lender or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such change in such Requirement of Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case (i) and (ii) be deemed to be a change in any Requirement of Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

(e) A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this Section submitted by any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section  2.19 , the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section  2.19 for any amounts incurred more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the change in the Requirement of Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions, and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of the Borrower arising pursuant to this Section  2.19 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

2.20 Taxes.

For purposes of this Section  2.20 , the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law, and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party, to comply with the requirements set forth in this Section  2.20 . If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section  2.20 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

31


(b) Payment of Other Taxes . The Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes applicable to such Loan Party.

(c) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section  2.20 , the Borrower shall, or shall cause such other Loan Party to, deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) Indemnification by Loan Parties . The Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section  2.20 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto (including any recording and filing fees with respect thereto or resulting therefrom and any liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, any delay in paying such Indemnified Taxes), whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. If any Loan Party fails to pay any Indemnified Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, such Loan Party shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure.

(e) Indemnification by Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section  10.6 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section  2.20(e) .

 

32


(f) Status of Lenders .

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 2.20(f)(ii)(A) , (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if the Lender is not legally entitled to complete, execute or deliver such documentation or, in the Lender’s reasonable judgment, such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor form); or

 

33


(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor form), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or Exhibit F-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(iii) Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. Each Foreign Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose). Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Foreign Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Foreign Lender is not legally able to deliver.

(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section  2.20 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section  2.20 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this Section  2.20(g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section  2.20(g) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section  2.20(g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to

 

34


indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(h) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section  2.20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the Discharge of Obligations.

2.21 [Reserved] .

2.22 Change of Lending Office . Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section  2.19(b) , Section  2.19(c) , Section  2.20(a) , Section  2.20(b) or Section  2.20(d) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans affected by such event or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section  2.19 or 2.20 , as the case may be, in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender; provided that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section  2.19(b) , Section  2.19(c) , Section  2.20(a) , Section  2.20(b) or Section  2.20(d) . The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment made at the request of the Borrower.

2.23 Substitution of Lenders . Upon the receipt by the Borrower of any of the following (or in the case of clause (a) below, if the Borrower is required to pay any such amount), with respect to any Lender (any such Lender described in clauses (a) through (c) below being referred to as an “ Affected Lender ” hereunder):

(a) a request from a Lender for payment of Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts under Section  2.20 or of increased costs pursuant to Section  2.19(c) or Section  2.19(d) (and, in any such case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section  2.22 or is a Non-Consenting Lender);

(b) a notice from the Administrative Agent under Section  10.1(b) that one or more Minority Lenders are unwilling to agree to an amendment or other modification approved by the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent; or

(c) notice from the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender;

then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent and such Affected Lender: (i) request that one or more of the other Lenders acquire and assume all or part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitment; or (ii) designate a replacement lending institution (which shall be an Eligible Assignee) to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitment (the replacing Lender or lender in (i) or (ii) being a “ Replacement Lender ”); provided , however , that if the Borrower elects to exercise such right with respect to any Affected Lender under clause (a) or (b) of this Section  2.23 , then the Borrower shall be obligated to replace all Affected Lenders under such clauses. The Affected Lender replaced pursuant to this Section  2.23 shall be required to assign and delegate, without recourse, all of its interests, rights and

 

35


obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to one or more Replacement Lenders that so agree to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitment upon payment to such Affected Lender of an amount (in the aggregate for all Replacement Lenders) equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of the Affected Lender’s Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents from such Replacement Lenders (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower. Any such designation of a Replacement Lender shall be effected in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the assignment provisions contained in Section  10.6 (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrower in such instance), and, if such Replacement Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any assignment pursuant to this Section  2.23 , (a) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section  2.19 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section  2.20 , such assignment shall result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; (b) such assignment shall not conflict with applicable law and (c) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender being a Minority Lender referred to in clause (b) of this Section  2.23 , the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Affected Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Affected Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

2.24 Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section  10.1 and in the definition Required Lenders.

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section  8 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section  10.7 ), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; third , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a Deposit Account and released pro rata to satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement; fourth , so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and fifth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (A) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (B) such Loans were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section  5.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans are held by

 

36


the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the Facility. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section  2.24(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees .

(A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Section  2.9(b) for any period during which such Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender).

(B) [Reserved].

(C) [Reserved].

(iv) [Reserved] .

(v) [Reserved] .

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Term Percentages, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided further that, except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.

(c) [Reserved] .

(d) Termination of Defaulting Lender . The Borrower may terminate the unused amount of the Term Commitment of any Lender that is a Defaulting Lender upon not less than ten Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of Section  2.24(a)(ii) will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts); provided that (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (ii) such termination shall not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

2.25 [Reserved].

2.26 Notes . If so requested by any Lender by written notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section  10.6 ) (promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence such Lender’s Loans.

 

37


SECTION 3

[RESERVED]

SECTION 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to itself and each of its Subsidiaries, that:

4.1 Financial Condition.

(a) The Financial Statements have been prepared based on the best information available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2018.

(b) The audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates, reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report from Deloitte & Touche LLP, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal years then ended. The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at September 30, 2018, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the nine-month period ended on such date, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the nine-month period then ended (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments). All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein). No Group Member has, as of the Closing Date, any material Guarantee Obligations, contingent liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in this paragraph. During the period from December 31, 2017 to and including the date hereof, there has been no Disposition by any Group Member of any material part of its business or property.

4.2 No Change . Since December 31, 2017, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.3 Existence; Compliance with Law . Each Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in material compliance with all Requirements of Law except in such instances in which (i) such Requirement of Law is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and the prosecution of such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

38


4.4 Power, Authorization; Enforceable Obligations . Each Loan Party has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (i) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices described on Schedule 4.4 , which Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) the filings referred to in Section  4.19 and (iii) Governmental Approvals described on Schedule 4.4 . Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party that is a party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

4.5 No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or any material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents). No Group Member has violated any Requirement of Law or violated or failed to comply with any Contractual Obligation applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6 Litigation . No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.7 No Default . No Group Member is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, nor shall either result from the making of a requested credit extension.

4.8 Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments . Each Group Member has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its other property, and none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section  7.3 . No Loan Party owns any Investment except as permitted by Section  7.8 . Section  11 of the Perfection Certificate sets forth a complete and accurate list of all real property owned by each Loan Party as of the Closing Date, if any. Section  12 of the Perfection Certificate sets forth a complete and accurate list of all leases of real property under which any Loan Party is the lessee as of the Closing Date.

 

39


4.9 Intellectual Property . Each Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted. No claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning any Group Member’s use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Group Member’s Intellectual Property, nor does the Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim, unless such claim could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The use of Intellectual Property by each Group Member, and the conduct of such Group Member’s business, as currently conducted, does not infringe on or otherwise violate the rights of any Person, unless such infringement could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there are no claims pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened to such effect.

4.10 Taxes . Each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member); no tax Lien has been filed, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.

4.11 Federal Regulations . The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of “buying’ or “carrying” “margin stock” (within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect) or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. No part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used for buying or carrying any such margin stock or for extending credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock in violation of Regulations T, U or X of the Board. If any margin stock directly or indirectly constitutes Collateral securing the Obligations, if requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1, as applicable, referred to in Regulation U.

4.12 Labor Matters . Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group Member on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant Group Member.

4.13 ERISA .

(a) Schedule 4.13 is a complete and accurate list of all Plans maintained or sponsored by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes as of the Closing Date;

(b) the Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA with respect to each Plan, and have performed all their obligations under each Plan;

(c) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur;

 

40


(d) the Borrower and each of its ERISA Affiliates have met all applicable requirements under the ERISA Funding Rules with respect to each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the ERISA Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained;

(e) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and neither the Borrower nor any of its ERISA Affiliates knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage to fall below 60% as of the most recent valuation date;

(f) except to the extent required under Section 4980B of the Code, or as described on Schedule 4.13 , no Plan provides health or welfare benefits (through the purchase of insurance or otherwise) for any retired or former employee of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates;

(g) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the amount of outstanding benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities), does not exceed $100,000;

(h) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which taxes could be imposed pursuant to Section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code;

(i) all liabilities under each Plan are (i) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing the Plans, (ii) insured with a reputable insurance company, (iii) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto or (iv) estimated in the formal notes to the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto;

(j) there are no circumstances which may give rise to a liability in relation to any Plan which is not funded, insured, provided for, recognized or estimated in the manner described in clause (g); and

(k) (i) the Borrower is not and will not be a “plan” within the meaning of Section 4975(e) of the Code; (ii) the assets of the Borrower do not and will not constitute “plan assets” within the meaning of the United States Department of Labor Regulations set forth in 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101; (iii) the Borrower is not and will not be a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA; and (iv) transactions by or with the Borrower are not and will not be subject to state statutes applicable to the Borrower regulating investments of fiduciaries with respect to governmental plans.

4.14 Investment Company Act; Other Regulations . No Loan Party is an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board) that limits its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable.

4.15 Subsidiaries .

 

41


(a) Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower in writing from time to time after the Closing Date, (a)  Schedule 4.15 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of organization of each Subsidiary of the Borrower and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party, and (b) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, except as may be created by the Loan Documents.

(b) [Reserved].

4.16 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used for working capital and for general corporate purposes, but not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

4.17 Environmental Matters . Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.17 , the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “ Properties ”) do not contain, and have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute or have constituted a violation of, or could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;

(b) no Group Member has received or is aware of any notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the business operated by any Group Member (the “ Business ”), nor does the Borrower have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened;

(c) no Group Member has transported or disposed of Materials of Environmental Concern from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law, nor has any Group Member generated, treated, stored or disposed of Materials of Environmental Concern at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;

(d) no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business;

(e) there has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties arising from or related to the operations of any Group Member or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws;

(f) the Properties and all operations of the Group Members at the Properties are in compliance, and have in the last five years been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws, and except as set forth on Schedule 4.17 , to the knowledge of the Borrower, there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business; and

 

42


(g) no Group Member has assumed any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws.

4.18 Accuracy of Information, etc. No statement or information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or written statement furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount. There is no fact known to any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

4.19 Security Documents.

(a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the Pledged Stock described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement that are securities represented by stock certificates or otherwise constituting certificated securities within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(15) of the California UCC or the corresponding code or statute of any other applicable jurisdiction (“ Certificated Securities ”), when certificates representing such Pledged Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent (or to the First Lien Agent as bailee for the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement), and in the case of the other Collateral constituting personal property described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 4.19(a) in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(a) , the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except, in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Stock, Liens permitted by Section  7.3 and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement). As of the Closing Date, none of the Borrower or any Guarantor that is a limited liability company or partnership has any Capital Stock that is a Certificated Security.

(b) Each of the Mortgages delivered after the Closing Date will be, upon execution, effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices for the applicable jurisdictions in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, each such Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person.

 

43


4.20 Solvency; Voidable Transaction . Each Loan Party is, and after giving effect to the incurrence of all Indebtedness, Obligations and obligations being incurred in connection herewith, will be and will continue to be, Solvent. No transfer of property is being made by any Loan Party and no obligation is being incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of such Loan Party

4.21 Regulation H . No Mortgage encumbers improved real property that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has not been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968.

4.22 [Reserved] .

4.23 [Reserved] .

4.24 Insurance . All insurance maintained by the Loan Parties is in full force and effect, all premiums (other than premiums, if any, financed in compliance with Section  7.2 ) have been duly paid, no Loan Party has received notice of violation or cancellation thereof, and there exists no default under any requirement of such insurance. Each Loan Party maintains insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies on all its property (and also with respect to its foreign receivables) in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability, product liability, and business interruption) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business.

4.25 No Casualty . No Loan Party has received any notice of, nor does any Loan Party have any knowledge of, the occurrence or pendency or contemplation of any Casualty Event affecting all or any material portion of its property.

4.26 [Reserved].

4.27 Capitalization . Schedule 4.27 sets forth the beneficial owners of all Capital Stock of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, and the amount of Capital Stock held by each such owner, as of the Closing Date.

4.28 OFAC . Neither the Borrower, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative thereof, is an individual or an entity that is, or is owned or controlled by an individual or entity that is (a) currently the subject of any Sanctions, or (b) located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction.

4.29 Anti-Corruption Laws . The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

SECTION 5

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

5.1 Conditions to Effectiveness . The effectiveness of this Agreement and the Commitments hereunder, and the obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit hereunder shall be subject to the satisfaction, prior to or on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

 

44


(a) Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each Lender listed on Schedule 1.1A ;

(ii) the Perfection Certificate, executed by a Responsible Officer;

(iii) if required by any Term Lender, a Term Loan Note executed by the Borrower in favor of such Term Lender;

(iv) the Intercreditor Agreement, duly executed by the Administrative Agent, the First Lien Agent and acknowledged by the Borrower;

(v) the Warrants;

(vi) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed and delivered by each Grantor named therein; and

(vii) each other Security Document, executed and delivered by the applicable Loan Party party thereto.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Financial Statements; Projections. The Lenders shall have received (i) audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, (ii) unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2018, June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2018 (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”) and (iii) Projections for the period from October 1, 2018 to December 31, 2019.

(d) Approvals. Except for the Governmental Approvals described on Schedule 4.4 , all Governmental Approvals and consents and approvals of, or notices to, any other Person (including the holders of any Capital Stock issued by any Loan Party) required in connection with the execution and performance of the Loan Documents, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

(e) Secretary’s or Managing Member’s Certificates; Certified Operating Documents; Good Standing Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date and executed by the Secretary, Managing Member or equivalent officer of such Loan Party, substantially in the form of Exhibit C , with appropriate insertions and attachments, including (A) the Operating Documents of such Loan Party, (B) the relevant board resolutions or written consents of such Loan Party adopted by such Loan Party for the purposes of authorizing such Loan Party to enter into and perform the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is party and (C) the names, titles, incumbency and signature specimens of those representatives of such Loan Party who have been authorized by such resolutions and/or written consents to execute Loan Documents on behalf of such Loan Party, and (ii) a long form good standing certificate for each Loan Party from its respective jurisdiction of organization.

(f) Responsible Officer’s Certificates.

 

45


(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required.

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 5.2(a) and (e)  have been satisfied, and (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since December 31, 2017, that has had or that could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) Patriot Act, etc . The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall have received, prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information requested to comply with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, and a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 or W-9, as applicable, for each Loan Party.

(h) Due Diligence Investigation . The Administrative Agent shall have completed a due diligence investigation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in scope, and with results, satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall have been given such access to the management, records, books of account, contracts and properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and shall have received such financial, business and other information regarding each of the foregoing Persons and businesses as it shall have requested.

(i) Reports. The Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to it, all asset appraisals, field audits, and such other reports and certifications, as it has reasonably requested.

(j) [ Reserved ].

(k) Collateral Matters.

(i) Lien Searches . The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent lien searches in each of the jurisdictions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, and such searches shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for Liens permitted by Section  7.3 , or Liens to be discharged on or prior to the Closing Date.

(ii) Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes . Subject to the requirements under the Intercreditor Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have received (A) the certificates representing the shares of Capital Stock pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof, and (B) each promissory note (if any) pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank) by the pledgor thereof.

 

46


(iii) Filings, Registrations, Recordings, Agreements, Etc. Subject to the provisions of Section  5.3 , each document (including any UCC financing statements, Deposit Account Control Agreements, Securities Account Control Agreements, and landlord access agreements and/or bailee waivers) required by the Security Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties), a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right and priority to any Lien in the Collateral held by any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section  7.3 and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), shall have been executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent or, as applicable, be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

(l) Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section  6.6 hereof and Section  5.2(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(m) Fees . The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date, and all reasonable and documented fees and expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of legal counsel to the Administrative Agent) for payment on or before the Closing Date.

(n) [ Reserved] .

(o) [Reserved] .

(p) [Reserved] .

(q) [Reserved] .

(r) Borrowing Notices . The Administrative Agent shall have received in respect of any Term Loans to be made on the Closing Date, a completed Notice of Borrowing executed by the Borrower and otherwise complying with the requirements of Section  2.2 .

(s) Solvency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate from the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower.

(t) No Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2017 any event or condition that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(u) No Litigation . No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, threatened, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section  5.1 , each Lender that has executed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter either sent (or made available) by the Administrative Agent to such Lender for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender, unless an officer of the Administrative Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the Closing Date specifying such Lender’s objection thereto and either such objection shall not have been withdrawn by notice to the Administrative Agent to that effect on or prior to the Closing Date or, if any extension of credit on the Closing Date has been requested, such Lender shall not have made available to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date such Lender’s Term Percentage of such requested extension of credit.

 

47


5.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit . The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it on any date (including its initial extension of credit) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by each Loan Party in or pursuant to any Loan Document (i) that is qualified by materiality shall be true and correct, and (ii) that is not qualified by materiality, shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(b) Contingency Funding Assessment . The Administrative Agent determines to its satisfaction, in its good faith business judgment, that there is not a lack of Investor Support.

(c) Audit . With respect to any Term Loan Advance after the Required Initial Draw, the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the results of the audit to be performed in accordance with Section  6.11 .

(d) Notices of Borrowing. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing in connection with any such request for extension of credit which complies with the requirements hereof.

(e) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of or on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

Each borrowing by the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section  5.2 have been satisfied.

5.3 Post-Closing Conditions Subsequent . The Borrower shall satisfy each of the conditions subsequent to the Closing Date specified in this Section  5.3 to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, in each case by no later than the date specified for such condition below (or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall agree in its sole discretion):

(a) the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent by no later than the date occurring 60 days after the Closing Date, the original stock certificates described on Schedule 2 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together with executed stock powers in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(b) the Borrower shall cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent by no later than the date occurring 30 days after the Closing Date, a fully executed landlord waiver with respect to the Borrower’s headquarters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 6

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby agrees that, at all times prior to the Discharge of Obligations, the Borrower shall, and, where applicable, shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

 

48


6.1 Financial Statements . Furnish to the Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies for distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event (i) within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower or, (ii) after an IPO, if the Borrower has been granted an extension by the SEC with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower permitting the late filing by the Borrower of any annual report on form 10-K, the earlier of (x) 120 days after the end of such fiscal year of the Borrower and (y) the last day of such extension period, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(b) after an IPO, as soon as available, but in any event within (i) 45 days after the end of each of the fiscal quarterly period of the Borrower or, (ii) if the Borrower has been granted an extension by the SEC with respect to any fiscal quarter of the Borrower permitting the late filing by the Borrower of any quarterly report on form 10-Q, the earlier of (x) 60 days after the end of such fiscal quarter of the Borrower and (y) the last day of such extension period, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such fiscal quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);

(c) prior to an IPO, as soon as available, but in any event not later than 30 days after the end of each month occurring during each fiscal year of the Borrower, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such month and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).

All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods.

6.2 Certificates; Reports; Other Information . Furnish (or, in the case of clause (a), use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish) to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Lender (or, in the case of clause (h) below, to the relevant Lender):

(a) [reserved];

(b) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section  6.1 , (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, each Loan Party during such period has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every condition contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate, (ii) in the case of monthly, quarterly or annual financial statements, a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the

 

49


provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the month, fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Borrower, as the case may be, and (iii) in the case of annual financial statements, to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party and a list of any Intellectual Property issued to or acquired by any Loan Party since the date of the most recent report delivered pursuant to this clause (iii) (or, in the case of the first such report so delivered, since the Closing Date);

(c) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 30 days after approval by the Borrower’s board of directors, and in any event no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of each fiscal quarter of such fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect to such fiscal year (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and that such Responsible Officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are incorrect or misleading in any material respect;

(d) promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (other than routine comment letters from the staff of the SEC relating to the Borrower’s filings with the SEC);

(e) within five days after the same are sent, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other material report that the Borrower sends to the holders of any class of the Borrower’s debt securities (other than the First Lien Agent) or public equity securities and, within five days after the same are filed, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or with any national securities exchange, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(f) within five days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of the Group Members;

(g) [reserved];

(h) promptly, such additional financial and other information, including, without limitation, any certification or other evidence confirming Borrower’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request;

(i) within 5 days of its receipt thereof by such Loan Party, copies of any notice of any default under the First Lien Agreement which would result in the right of the First Lien Agent to accelerate the Indebtedness under the First Lien Agreement or otherwise exercise remedies against any of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries (determined without regard to the Intercreditor Agreement); and

 

50


(j) at least annually, and within 30 days after completion, any completed 409A valuation report.

6.3 [Reserved].

6.4 Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material obligations of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member.

6.5 Maintenance of Existence; Compliance . (a)(i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain or obtain all Governmental Approvals and all other rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business or necessary for the performance by such Person of its Obligations under any Loan Document, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section  7.4 and except, in the case of clause (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) comply with all Contractual Obligations (including with respect to leasehold interests of the Borrower) and Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) comply with all Governmental Approvals, and any term, condition, rule, filing or fee obligation, or other requirement related thereto, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to: (1) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or other Federal or state law; (2) cause each Qualified Plan to maintain its qualified status under Section 401(a) of the Code; (3) make all required contributions to any Plan; (4) not become a party to any Multiemployer Plan; (5) ensure that all liabilities under each Plan are either (x) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing such Plan; (y) insured with a reputable insurance company; or (z) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto; and (6) ensure that the contributions or premium payments to or in respect of each Plan are and continue to be promptly paid at no less than the rates required under the rules of such Plan and in accordance with the most recent actuarial advice received in relation to such Plan and applicable law.

6.6 Maintenance of Property; Insurance . (a) Keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability, product liability and business interruption) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business.

6.7 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions . (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b) permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time upon reasonable prior notice and not more frequently (when combined with any such audit or inspection conducted by or on behalf of the First Lien Agent) than one time per any 12-month period unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with officers, directors and employees of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants.

 

51


6.8 Notices . Give prompt written notice to each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between any Group Member and any Governmental Authority, that in either case, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any litigation or proceeding affecting any Group Member (i) in which the amount involved is $250,000 or more and not covered by insurance, (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought against any Group Member or (iii) which relates to any Loan Document;

(d) (i) promptly after the Borrower has knowledge or becomes aware of the occurrence of any of the following ERISA Events affecting the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate (but in no event more than ten days after such event), the occurrence of any of the following ERISA Events, and shall provide the Administrative Agent with a copy of any notice with respect to such event that may be required to be filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to such event: (A) an ERISA Event, (B) the adoption of any new Pension Plan by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (C) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan, if such amendment will result in a material increase in benefits or unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), or (D) the commencement of contributions by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to any Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code; and

(ii) (A) promptly after the giving, sending or filing thereof, or the receipt thereof, copies of (1) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates with the IRS with respect to each Pension Plan, (2) all notices received by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event, and (3) copies of such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Plan as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request; and (B), without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such certifications or other evidence of compliance with the provisions of Sections 4.13 and 7.9 as any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may from time to time reasonably request;

(e) (i) any asset sale undertaken by any Group Member in a principal amount equaling or exceeding $100,000, (ii) any issuance by any Group Member of any Capital Stock and (iii) any incurrence by any Group Member of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness constituting Loans) in a principal amount equaling or exceeding $100,000;

(f) any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party; and

(g) any development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

52


Each notice pursuant to this Section  6.8 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.

6.9 Environmental Laws.

(a) Comply in all material respects with, and ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws.

(b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws.

6.10 Operating Accounts . At all times, maintain at least 85% of the balances of the Borrower’s and its respective Subsidiaries’ primary domestic depository and operating accounts and securities accounts with SVB or with SVB’s Affiliates.

6.11 Audits . Within 90 days after the Closing Date and in any event prior to any Term Loan Advance after the Required Initial Draw, the Administrative Agent, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy any and all of any Loan Party’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at the Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $1,000 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent the Administrative Agent’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Such inspections and audits shall not be undertaken more frequently than once every twelve months (when aggregated with any inspections and audits conducted by or on behalf of the First Lien Agent), unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6.12 Additional Collateral, Etc.

(a) With respect to any property (to the extent included in the definition of Collateral and not constituting Excluded Assets) acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than (x) any property described in paragraph (b), (c) or (d) below, and (y) any property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section  7.3(g) ) as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (and in any event within three Business Days) (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to evidence that such Loan Party is a Guarantor and to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Administrative Agent to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority (except as expressly permitted by Section  7.3 and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) security interest and Lien in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

53


(b) With respect to any fee interest in any real property having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $1,000,000 acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section  7.3(g) ), promptly, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, (i) execute and deliver a first priority (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) Mortgage, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property, (ii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, provide the Lenders with (x) title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent) as well as a current ALTA survey thereof, together with a surveyor’s certificate, and (y) any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent in connection with such Mortgage, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) With respect to any new direct or indirect Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition), promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned directly or indirectly by such Loan Party, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents and instruments as may be required to grant, perfect, protect and ensure the priority of such security interest, including but not limited to, the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, (iii) cause such new Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (B) to take such actions as are necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Administrative Agent to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, with respect to such Subsidiary, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent and (C) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of such Subsidiary, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with appropriate insertions and attachments, and (iv) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) With respect to any new Excluded Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Excluded Foreign Subsidiary that is owned by any such Loan Party ( provided that in no event shall more than 66% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any such new Excluded Foreign Subsidiary be required to be so pledged), (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, and take such other action (including, as applicable, the delivery of any foreign law pledge documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent) as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein, and (iii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

54


(e) At the request of the Administrative Agent, each Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a landlord’s agreement or bailee letter, as applicable, from the lessor of each leased property or bailee with respect to any warehouse, processor or converter facility or other location where Collateral is stored or located, which agreement or letter shall contain a waiver or subordination of all Liens or claims that the landlord or bailee may assert against the Collateral at that location, and shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent. Each Loan Party shall pay and perform its material obligations under all leases and other agreements with respect to each leased location or public warehouse where any Collateral is or may be located.

6.13 [Reserved] .

6.14 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of each credit extension only for the purposes specified in Section  4.16 .

6.15 [Reserved] .

6.16 Anti-Corruption Laws . Conduct its business in compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws and maintain policies and procedures designated to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

6.17 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take such further action as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to perfect, protect, ensure the priority of or continue the Administrative Agent’s Lien on the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 7

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby agrees that, at all times prior to the Discharge of Obligations, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

7.1 Financial Condition Covenants.

(a) Performance to Plan . As of the last day of each month, tested on a trailing three (3) month basis on a consolidated basis with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, fail to maintain minimum revenue for the immediately prior three (3) month period equal to at least:

 

Month Ending

   Revenue  

November 30, 2018

   $ 30,428,970  

December 31, 2018

   $ 31,905,978  

January 31, 2019

   $ 33,178,312  

February 28, 2019

   $ 34,111,004  

March 31, 2019

   $ 35,165,711  

April 30, 2019

   $ 35,649,857  

May 31, 2019

   $ 36,761,691  

June 30, 2019

   $ 37,352,979  

July 31, 2019

   $ 38,486,000  

August 31, 2019

   $ 39,261,091  

 

55


September 30, 2019

   $ 39,979,397  

October 31, 2019

   $ 41,256,823  

November 30, 2019

   $ 42,695,609  

December 31, 2019

   $ 45,022,319  

With respect to the period ending January 31, 2020 and each period thereafter, the levels of minimum revenue shall be mutually agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to seventy-five percent (75.0%) of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries projected revenue, based upon Borrower’s board-approved operating plan and financial projections reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. With respect thereto:

(i) the Borrower’s failure to either (1) agree in writing (which agreement shall be set forth in a written amendment to this Agreement) on or before January 31, 2020, to any such covenant levels proposed by the Administrative Agent with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2020, or (2) notwithstanding Section  6.2(c) of this Agreement, deliver to the Administrative Agent, on or before the earlier to occur of (i) February 15, 2020 or (ii) two (2) Business Days after approval by the Borrower’s board of directors, the Borrower’s consolidated budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information of the Borrower that the Administrative Agent deems relevant, including, without limitation, the Borrower’s board-approved operating budgets, projections and plans, with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2020, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period; and

(ii) the Borrower’s failure to either (1) agree in writing (which agreement shall be set forth in a written amendment to this Agreement) on or before February 28, 2021, to any such covenant levels proposed by the Administrative Agent with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2021, or (2) notwithstanding Section  6.2(c) of this Agreement, deliver to the Administrative Agent, on or before the earlier to occur of (i) February 15, 2021 or (ii) two (2) Business Days after approval by the Borrower’s board of directors, the Borrower’s consolidated budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information of the Borrower that the Administrative Agent deems relevant, including, without limitation, the Borrower’s board-approved operating budgets, projections and plans, with respect to the calendar year ending December 31, 2021, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period.

(b) [Reserved] .

7.2 Indebtedness . Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except for Permitted Indebtedness.

7.3 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Liens.

7.4 Fundamental Changes . Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, division of or by a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the unwinding of such division of allocation), or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business, except that:

(a) any Subsidiary of a Loan Party may be merged or consolidated with or into a Loan Party ( provided that such Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person); and

 

56


(b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets (i) pursuant to any liquidation or other transaction that results in the assets of such Subsidiary being transferred to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or (ii) pursuant to a Disposition permitted by Section  7.5 .

7.5 Disposition of Property . Dispose of, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Dispose of, all or any part of its business or property, except for Dispositions (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of the Loan Parties; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent such sale would not result in a Change of Control; (e) consisting of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (f) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (g) sale of equity interests in any Foreign Subsidiary amounting to less than 50.0% in the aggregate of all equity interests of such Subsidiary as of the Closing Date in connection with a joint venture or strategic alliance or similar arrangement relating to a specific geographic marketing area; and (h) other Dispositions that do not in the aggregate exceed $250,000 during any fiscal year; provided , however , that any Disposition made pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (f) and (h) of this Section  7.5 shall be made in good faith on an arm’s length basis for fair value.

7.6 Restricted Payments . Declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock of the Person making such dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of any Group Member (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”), except that, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:

(a) the Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities that are not Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof and may make payments in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the conversion or exercise of convertible securities or warrants in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000;

(b) the Borrower may pay dividends solely in Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock;

(c) the Borrower may repurchase the stock of current or former employees, contractors, advisors, consultants, officers or directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements, employee benefit plans or employee stock option plans and make repurchases for value of equity securities in connection with or pursuant to any employee benefit plan or stock option plan of the Borrower approved by the Borrower’s board of directors; provided , that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed $100,000 per fiscal year; and

(d) the Borrower may make cash payments in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the equity securities of the Borrower in an aggregate cash amount not to exceed $25,000.

 

57


7.7 [Reserved] .

7.8 Investments . Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guarantee or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “ Investments ”), except for Permitted Investments.

7.9 ERISA . The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) terminate any Pension Plan so as to result in any material liability to the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (b) permit to exist any ERISA Event, or any other event or condition, which presents the risk of a material liability to any ERISA Affiliate, (c) make a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of ERISA Section 4201) from any Multiemployer Plan so as to result in any material liability to the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (d) enter into any new Plan or modify any existing Plan so as to increase its obligations thereunder which could result in any material liability to any ERISA Affiliate, (e) permit the present value of all nonforfeitable accrued benefits under any Plan (using the actuarial assumptions utilized by the PBGC upon termination of a Plan) materially to exceed the fair market value of Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all determined as of the most recent valuation date for each such Plan, or (f) engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any of its rights under this Agreement, any Note or the other Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

7.10 Modifications of Preferred Stock . Amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of the Preferred Stock that would cause such Preferred Stock to be Disqualified Stock.

7.11 Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than any other Loan Party) unless such transaction is (a) otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (b) in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Group Member, and (c) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Group Member than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, except for (i) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the board of directors of Borrower in the ordinary course of business, (ii) bona fide equity and unsecured bridge financings with existing investors so long as any such Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, (iii) employment compensation arrangements with executive officers in the ordinary course of business approved by Borrower’s board of directors, (iv) non-cash loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s board of directors, (v) Investments permitted under sub-clause (f) of the definition of Permitted Investments, and (vi) the transactions described in and permitted by Section 7.6 of this Agreement.

7.12 Sale Leaseback Transactions . Enter into any Sale Leaseback Transaction.

7.13 Swap Agreements . Enter into any Swap Agreement, except Specified Swap Agreements which are entered into by a Group Member to (a) hedge or mitigate risks to which such Group Member has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Capital Stock), or (b) effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of such Group Member.

7.14 Accounting Changes . Make any change in its (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or (b) fiscal year.

 

58


7.15 Negative Pledge Clauses . Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its Obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) the First Lien Agreement and the documents related thereto, (c) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby), (d) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and other agreements, and (e) any agreement in effect at the time any Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of a Loan Party, so long as (i) any such prohibition contained in any such agreement applies solely with respect to the creation, incurrence, assumption or sufferance by such Subsidiary of a Lien upon Excluded Assets, and (ii) such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary or, in any such case, that is set forth in any agreement evidencing any amendments, restatements, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals and replacements of the foregoing, so long as such amendment, restatement, supplement, modification, extension, renewal or replacement applies only to such Subsidiary and does not otherwise expand in any material respect the scope of any restriction or condition contained therein.

7.16 Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions . Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or to pay any Indebtedness owed to, any other Group Member, (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, any other Group Member, or (c) transfer any of its assets to any other Group Member, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents or under the First Lien Agreement and the documents related thereto, (ii) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with a Disposition permitted hereby of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (iii) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and other agreements, (iv) restrictions of the nature referred to in clause (c) above under agreements governing purchase money liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby which restrictions are only effective against the assets financed thereby or (v) any agreement in effect at the time any Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of a Borrower, so long as such agreement applies only to such Subsidiary, was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary or in each case that is set forth in any agreement evidencing any amendments, restatements, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals and replacements of the foregoing, so long as such amendment, restatement, supplement, modification, extension, renewal or replacement does not expand in any material respect the scope of any restriction or condition contained therein.

7.17 Lines of Business . Enter into any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement or that are reasonably related, ancillary or incidental thereto.

7.18 [Reserved] .

7.19 [Reserved].

7.20 Amendments to Organizational Agreements . Amend or permit any amendments to any Loan Party’s organizational documents if such amendment would be adverse to Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any material respect.

 

59


7.21 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Loan or extension of credit hereunder, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (a) to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, in each case in violation of, or for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with, Regulation T, U or X of the Board; (b) to finance an Unfriendly Acquisition; (c) to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the transaction, whether as Lender, Arranger, Administrative Agent or otherwise) of Sanctions (or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity in violation of the foregoing); or (d) for any purpose which would breach the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010, or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions.

7.22 Subordinated Debt.

(a) Amendments . Amend, modify, supplement, waive compliance with, or consent to noncompliance with, any Subordinated Debt Document, unless the amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent (i) does not adversely affect the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’, as applicable, ability to pay and perform each of its Obligations at the time and in the manner set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents and is not otherwise adverse to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (ii) is in compliance with the subordination provisions therein and any subordination agreement with respect thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

(b) Payments . Make any voluntary or optional payment, prepayment or repayment on, redemption, exchange or acquisition for value of, or any sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Debt, except as permitted by the subordination provisions in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents and any subordination agreement with respect thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

7.23 Anti-Terrorism Laws. Conduct, deal in or engage in or permit any Affiliate or agent of any Loan Party within its control to conduct, deal in or engage in any of the following activities: (a) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any person blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 (a “ Blocked Person ”), including the making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person; (b) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or (c) engage in on conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or the Patriot Act.

SECTION 8

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

8.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of principal of any Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of interest on any Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within three (3) Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

 

60


(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document (i) if qualified by materiality, shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made, or (ii) if not qualified by materiality, shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(c) (i) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in, Section  5.3 , Section  6.1 , Section  6.2 , clause (i) of Section  6.5(a) , Section  6.6(b) , Section  6.8(a) , Section  6.10 , Section  6.16 or Section  7 of this Agreement or (ii) an “Event of Default” under and as defined in any Security Document shall have occurred and be continuing; or

(d) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and as to any such default that can be cured, such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 10 days thereafter; provided , however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the 10-day period or cannot after diligent attempts by the Borrower be cured within such 10-day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time (as determined by the Administrative Agent), then the Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed 30 days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no credit extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (c) above; or

(e) other than with respect to the Indebtedness under the First Lien Agreement, (i) any Group Member shall (A) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the Loans) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; (B) default in making any payment of any interest, fees, costs or expenses on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; (C) default in making any payment or delivery under any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in such Swap Agreement; or (D) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to (1) cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of, or, in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement, counterparty under, such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder, beneficiary, or counterparty) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement) to be terminated, or (2) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, any Group Member to purchase, redeem, mandatorily prepay or make an offer to purchase, redeem or mandatorily prepay such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity; provided that, unless such Indebtedness constitutes a Specified Swap Agreement, a default, event or condition described in clauses (i)(A), (B), (C), or (D) of this Section  8.1(e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in any of clauses (i)(A), (B), (C), or (D) of this Section  8.1(e) shall have occurred with respect to Indebtedness, the outstanding principal amount (and, in the case of Swap Agreements, other than Specified Swap Agreements, the Swap Termination Value) of which, individually or in the aggregate for all such Indebtedness, exceeds $250,000; or (ii) any default or event of default (however designated) shall occur with respect to any Subordinated Indebtedness of any Group Member; or

 

 

61


(f) (i) any Group Member shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (a) under any Debtor Relief Law seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (b) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Group Member shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (x) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (y) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days ( provided that, during such 60 day period, no Loan shall be advanced); or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof ( provided that, during such 60 day period, no Loan shall be advanced); or (iv) any Group Member shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) any Group Member shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) there shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or otherwise is associated with liability of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in excess of $250,000 during the term of this Agreement; or there exists an amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities) which exceeds $250,000; or

(h) there is entered against any Group Member one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of $250,000 or more and (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 10 days from the entry thereof; or

(i) (i) any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect (other than pursuant to the terms thereof), or any Loan Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby; or

(ii) there shall be commenced against any Loan Party any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 45 days from the entry thereof; or

(iii) any court order enjoins, restrains or prevents a Loan Party from conducting all or any material part of its business; or

(j) the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party shall so assert; or

(k) a Change of Control shall occur; or

 

62


(l) any Event of Default (as defined in the First Lien Agreement) under the First Lien Agreement (other than an Event of Default solely resulting from a default under Section 6.8 of the First Lien Credit Agreement); provided , however, that any Event of Default under this clause (l) caused by the occurrence of any Event of Default under the First Lien Agreement (other than an Event of Default solely resulting from a default under Section 6.8 of the First Lien Agreement) shall be cured or waived for purposes of this Agreement upon the Administrative Agent receiving written notice from the party asserting such Event of Default under the First Lien Agreement that such Event of Default has been cured or waived thereunder; or

(m) any of the Governmental Approvals shall have been (i) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or

(ii) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of the Governmental Approvals or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (i) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or nonrenewal (x) has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, or (y) materially adversely affects the legal qualifications of any Group Member to hold any material Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or nonrenewal could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the status of or legal qualifications of any Group Member to hold any material Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction; or

(n) any Loan Document not otherwise referenced in Section  8.1(i) or (j) , at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or the Discharge of Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or any further liability or obligation under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any such Loan Document; or

(o) the Administrative Agent determines, in its good faith business judgment, that there is a lack of Investor Support, or Investor Support ceases to be provided to Borrower for any reason.

8.2 Remedies Upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) of Section  8.1 with respect to the Borrower, the Commitments shall immediately terminate automatically and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Final Payment) and the other Loan Documents shall automatically immediately become due and payable, and

(b) if such event is any other Event of Default, any of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower declare the Term Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Term Commitments shall immediately terminate; (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable; (iii) any Cash Management Bank may terminate any Cash Management Agreement then outstanding and declare all Obligations then owing by the Group Members under any such Cash

 

 

63


Management Agreements then outstanding to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable; and (iv) the Administrative Agent may exercise on behalf of itself, any Cash Management Bank and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it, any such Cash Management Bank and the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

In addition, to the extent elected by any applicable Cash Management Bank, the Borrower shall also cash collateralize the amount of any Obligations in respect of Cash Management Services then outstanding, which cash collateralized amounts shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of all such outstanding Cash Management Services, and any unused portion thereof remaining after all such Cash Management Services shall have been fully paid and satisfied in full shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to repay other Obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in accordance with the terms of Section  8.3 .

(c) After all such Cash Management Agreements shall have been terminated, expired or fully drawn upon, as applicable, and all other Obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties (including any such Obligations arising in connection with Cash Management Services) shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, of the funds having been so cash collateralized shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto). Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

8.3 Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section  8.2 , any amounts received by the Administrative Agent on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest but including any Collateral-Related Expenses, fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Sections 2.19 , 2.20 and 2.21 (including interest thereon)) payable to the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders and any Qualified Counterparty and any applicable Cash Management Bank (in its respective capacity as a provider of Cash Management Services), and the documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders, and amounts payable under Sections 2.19 , 2.20 and 2.21 ), in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest in respect of any Cash Management Services and on the Loans, and to payment of premiums and other fees (including any interest thereon) under any Specified Swap Agreements and any Cash Management Agreements, in each case, ratably among the Lenders, any applicable Cash Management Bank (in its respective capacity as a provider of Cash Management Services), and any Qualified Counterparties, in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, and settlement amounts, payment amounts and other termination payment obligations under any Specified Swap Agreements and Cash Management Agreements, in each case, ratably among the Lenders, any applicable Cash Management Bank (in its respective capacity as a provider of Cash Management Services), and any applicable Qualified Counterparties, in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth and payable to them;

 

64


Fifth , for the account of any applicable Qualified Counterparty and any applicable Cash Management Bank, to cash collateralize Obligations arising under any then outstanding Specified Swap Agreements and Cash Management Services, in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth payable to them;

Sixth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are then due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations described in this clause Sixth and payable to them;

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full (excluding, for this purpose, any Obligations which have been cash collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Excluded Swap Obligation of any Guarantor shall be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or from any Collateral in which such Guarantor has granted to the Administrative Agent a Lien (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided , however , that each party to this Agreement hereby acknowledges and agrees that appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Administrative Agent (which adjustments shall be controlling in the absence of manifest error) with respect to payments received from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation of such payments to the satisfaction of the Obligations in the order otherwise contemplated in this Section  8.3 .

SECTION 9

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

9.1 Appointment and Authority.

(a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints SVB to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(b) The provisions of Section  9 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations, except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

 

65


(c) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the collateral agent under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (in their respective capacities as a Lender and, as applicable, Qualified Counterparty and provider of Cash Management Services) hereby irrevocably (i) authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into all other Loan Documents, as applicable, including the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Subordination Agreements, and (ii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of the Secured Parties for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent, as collateral agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section  9.2 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section  9 and Section  10 (including Section  9.7 , as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the collateral agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent is further authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action, or permit the any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent to take any action, with respect to any Collateral or the Loan Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens upon any Collateral granted pursuant to any Loan Document.

9.2 Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub agents.

9.3 Exculpatory Provisions . The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder and thereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not:

(a) be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether any Default or any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), as applicable; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

 

66


(c) except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by any Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 8.2 and 10.1 ), or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section  5.1 , Section  5.2 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

9.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for any of the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

 

67


9.5 Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice in writing from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “ notice of default .” In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action or refrain from taking such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

9.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Group Member or any Affiliate of a Group Member, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Group Members and their affiliates and made its own credit analysis and decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Group Members and their affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Group Member or any Affiliate of a Group Member that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or affiliates.

9.7 Indemnification . Each of the Lenders agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and each of its Related Parties in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower or any other Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to do so) according to its Aggregate Exposure Percentage in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section  9.7 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, in accordance with its Aggregate Exposure Percentage immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or such other Person in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent or such other Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing and any other amounts not reimbursed by the Borrower or such other Loan Party; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the Administrative Agent’s or such other Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

68


9.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity . The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

9.9 Successor Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “ Resignation Effective Date ”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that in no event shall any such successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

(b) If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “ Removal Effective Date ”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(c) With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and such collateral security is assigned to such successor Administrative Agent) and (ii) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of Section  9 and Section  10.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as the Administrative Agent.

 

69


9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters .

(a) The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(i) to release any Lien on any Collateral or other property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon the Discharge of Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations), (ii) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) subject to Section  10.1 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;

(ii) to subordinate any Lien on any Collateral or other property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holders of the Indebtedness under the First Lien Agreement and to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by clause (d) of the definition of Permitted Liens; and

(iii) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the guaranty pursuant to this Section  9.10 .

(b) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in any Loan Document, no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any guaranty of the Obligations (including any such guaranty provided by the Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a Secured Party be restricted hereunder from filing a proof of claim on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of such Secured Party (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the

 

70


Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. Each Secured Party, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and of the guarantees of the Obligations provided by the Loan Parties under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions. In furtherance of the foregoing, and not in limitation thereof, no Specified Swap Agreement and no Cash Management Agreement, the Obligations under which constitute Obligations, will create (or be deemed to create) in favor of any Secured Party that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the Obligations of any Loan Party under any Loan Document except as expressly provided herein or in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. By accepting the benefits of the Collateral and of the guarantees of the Obligations provided by the Loan Parties under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any Secured Party that is a Cash Management Bank or a Qualified Counterparty shall be deemed to have appointed the Administrative Agent to serve as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents and to have agreed to be bound by the Loan Documents as a Secured Party thereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this paragraph.

9.11 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated), by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 10.5 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 10.5 .

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

9.12 No Other Duties, etc. . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the “Bookrunners,” or “Arrangers” listed on the cover page hereof or otherwise shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder.

 

71


9.13 Cash Management Bank and Qualified Counterparty Reports . Each Cash Management Bank and each Qualified Counterparty agrees to furnish to the Administrative Agent, as frequently as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, with a summary of all Obligations in respect of Cash Management Services and/or Specified Swap Agreements, as applicable, due or to become due to such Cash Management Bank or Qualified Counterparty, as applicable. In connection with any distributions to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Cash Management Bank or Qualified Counterparty (in its capacity as a Cash Management Bank or Qualified Counterparty and not in its capacity as a Lender) unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice thereof from such Cash Management Bank or Qualified Counterparty and if such notice is received, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that the only amounts due to such Cash Management Bank or Qualified Counterparty on account of Cash Management Services or Specified Swap Agreements are set forth in such notice.

9.14 Survival . This Section  9 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.

SECTION 10

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section  10.1 . The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (i) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (A)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Term Commitment, in each case, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (B) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section  10.1 without the written consent of such Lender; (C) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (D) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirements of Section  2.18 or any other provision of the Loan Documents requiring pro rata treatment of the Lenders in a manner that adversely affects Term Lenders without the written consent of each Term Lender; (E) [reserved]; (F) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section  9 without the written consent of the Administrative Agent; (G) [reserved]; (H) [reserved]; or (I) amend or modify the application of prepayments set forth in Section  8.3 in a manner that adversely affects Lenders without the written consent of all Lenders, or (iii) amend or modify the application of payments provisions set forth in Section  8.3 in a manner that adversely affects any Cash Management Bank or any Qualified Counterparty, as applicable, without the written consent of such Cash Management Bank or any

 

72


such Qualified Counterparty, as applicable. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, each Cash Management Bank, each Qualified Counterparty, and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured during the period such waiver is effective; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section  10.1(a) above, in the event that the Borrower requests that this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents be amended or otherwise modified in a manner which would require the consent of all of the Lenders and such amendment or other modification is agreed to by the Borrower, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent, then, with the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, this Agreement or such other Loan Document may be amended without the consent of the Lender or Lenders who are unwilling to agree to such amendment or other modification (each, a “ Minority Lender ”), to provide for:

(i) the termination of the Commitment of each such Minority Lender;

(ii) the assumption of the Loans and Commitment of each such Minority Lender by one or more Replacement Lenders pursuant to the provisions of Section  2.23 ; and

(iii) the payment of all interest, fees and other obligations payable or accrued in favor of each Minority Lender and such other modifications to this Agreement or to such Loan Documents as the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders may determine to be appropriate in connection therewith.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Cash Management Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified by the parties thereto in accordance with the terms thereof without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, no Cash Management Bank and no Qualified Counterparty shall have any voting or approval rights hereunder (or be deemed a Lender) solely by virtue of its status as the provider or holder of Cash Management Services or Specified Swap Agreements or Obligations owing thereunder, nor shall the consent of any such Cash Management Bank or Qualified Counterparty, as applicable, be required for any matter, other than in their capacities as Lenders, to the extent applicable.

(f) The Administrative may, with the consent of the Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents to cure any omission, mistake or defect.

10.2 Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile or electronic mail), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of facsimile or electronic mail notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

 

73


Borrower:               Fastly, Inc.

P.O. Box 78266

San Francisco, California 94107

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Fax: 1-415-520-2180

Email: cfo@fastly.com

with a copy to:

Fastly, Inc.

PO Box 78266

San Francisco, California 94107

Attn: General Counsel

Fax: 1-415-520-2180

Email: gc@fastly.com

Administrative       Agent: Silicon Valley Bank

505 Howard St.

San Francisco, California 94105

Attention: Lane Bruno

Facsimile No.: 1-415-615-0076

E-Mail: lbruno@svb.com

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.

(g) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications (including email and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section  2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgment); and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii), if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

(h) Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(i) (i) Each Loan Party agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on the Platform.

 

74


(i) (ii) The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform. “ Communications ” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.

10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

10.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

10.5 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the Facilities, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) [reserved], and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and shall pay all fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including the Borrower or any other Loan Party) other than such

 

 

75


Indemnitee and its Related Parties arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Materials of Environmental Concern on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. This Section  10.5(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails indefeasibly to pay any amount required under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party thereof acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph (c) are subject to the provisions of Sections 2.1 , 2.4 and 2.20(e) .

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in paragraph (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after demand therefor.

(f) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.

 

76


10.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (which, for purposes of this Section  10.6 , shall include any Cash Management Bank and any Qualified Counterparty, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section  10.6(d) , or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section  10.6(e) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the assignment, transfer and such other actions in respect of the Warrants are governed by the terms of the Warrants.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that (in each case with respect to any Facility) any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts .

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and/or the Loans at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds (determined after giving effect to such assignments) that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in paragraph (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “ Trade Date ” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $1,000,000 in the case of any assignment in respect of the Term Loan Facility, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

 

77


(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment, or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five Business Days after having received notice thereof; and

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (i) any unfunded Commitments with respect to the Term Loan Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of such Facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender, or (ii) any Term Loans to a Person who is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment . The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any such administrative questionnaire as the Administrative Agent may request.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made to (A) the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B).

(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons . No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust established for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person).

(vii) Certain Additional Payments . In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment

 

78


and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19 , 2.20 , 2.21 and 10.5 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section.

(c) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in California a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person, a holding company, investment vehicle or trust established for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person, or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnities under Sections 2.20(e) and 9.7 with respect to any payments made by such Lender to its Participant(s).

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver which affects such Participant and for which the consent of such Lender is required (as described in Section  10.1 ). The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19 , 2.20 and 2.21 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section  2.20(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section  2.20(f) shall be delivered by such Participant to the Lender granting such participation)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section  10.6(b) ; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.23 as if it were an assignee under Section  10.6(b) ; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.19 or 2.20 , with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in any Requirement of Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section  2.23 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of

 

79


Section  10.7 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section  2.18(k) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(e) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(f) Notes . The Borrower, upon receipt by the Borrower of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in Section  10.6 .

(g) Representations and Warranties of Lenders . Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Closing Date or as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Assumption that (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments, loans or investments such as the Commitments and Loans; and (iii) it will make or invest in its Commitments and Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and without a view to distribution of such Commitments and Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section  10.6 , the disposition of such Commitments and Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).

10.7 Adjustments; Set-off.

(a) Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or to the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender (a “ Benefitted Lender ”) shall, at any time after the Loans and other amounts payable hereunder shall immediately become due and payable pursuant to Section  8.2 , receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section  8.1(f) , or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

 

80


(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower and each Loan Party, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, at any time held or owing, and any other credits, indebtedness, claims or obligations, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender, its Affiliates or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or such other Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or its Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such other Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided , that in the event that any Defaulting Lender or any of its Affiliates shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section  2.23 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender or Affiliate thereof from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender or Affiliate thereof as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application made by such Lender or any of its Affiliates; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender and its Affiliates under this Section  10.7 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Lender or its Affiliates may have.

10.8 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.

10.9 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

81


10.10 Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments.

(a) This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(b) The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, the California Uniform Electronics Transactions Act or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

10.11 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section  10.11 , if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited under or in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

10.12 Integration . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of the Borrower, the other Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

10.13 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY, AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES) OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. This Section  10.13 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.

 

82


10.14 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) agrees that all disputes, controversies, claims, actions and other proceedings involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any contemplated transactions related hereto or thereto, or the relationship between any Loan Party, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other Secured Party, on the other hand, and any and all other claims of any the Borrower against the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other Secured Party of any kind, shall be brought only in a state court located in Santa Clara County, California, or in a federal court sitting in the Northern District of California; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other Secured Party from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Administrative Agent or such Lender or any other Secured Party. The Borrower (i) expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court and to the selection of any referee referred to below, (ii) hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court, and (iii) agrees that it shall not file any motion or other application seeking to change the venue of any such suit or other action. The Borrower hereby waives personal service of any summons, complaints, and other process issued in any such action or suit and agrees that service of any such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to the Borrower at the address set forth in Section  10.2 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of the Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid;

(b) WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY, AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. THE BORROWER HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL;

(c) AGREES, WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT ITS AGREEMENT TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY , that if (i) any action or proceeding is filed in a court of the State of California by or against any party hereto in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (ii) the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is held by a court to be unenforceable, any and all disputes or controversies of any nature arising under this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any contemplated transactions related hereto or thereto among any of the parties hereto or thereto at any time shall be decided by a reference to a referee who shall be a retired state or federal judge with judicial experience in civil matters, mutually selected by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the Borrower hereby submits to the jurisdiction of such court. Any such judicial reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The referee shall have the power,

 

83


among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any action, a party hereto desires to seek provisional relief in the action or with respect to any Collateral located within the State of California, but a referee has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the appropriate state or federal court in the State of California for such relief. The proceeding before the referee shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The referee shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The Borrower agrees that the selected or appointed referee shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to the California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against Collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The referee shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation and enforceability of this paragraph; and

(d) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

This Section  10.14 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.

10.15 Acknowledgements . The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) none of the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

10.16 Releases of Guarantees and Liens.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section  10.1 ) to take any action requested by the Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or guarantee obligations (1) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in accordance with Section  10.1 or (2) under the circumstances described in Section  10.16(b) below.

 

84


(a) At such time as the Loans and the other Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations under or in respect of Specified Swap Agreements, to the extent no default or termination event shall have occurred thereunder) shall have been paid in full and the Commitments shall have been terminated, the Collateral (other than any cash collateral securing any Specified Swap Agreements or any Cash Management Services) shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents and Cash Management Agreements (other than any Cash Management Agreements used to cash collateralize any Obligations arising in connection with Cash Management Agreements), and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Security Documents and Cash Management Agreements (other than any Cash Management Agreements used to cash collateralize any Obligations arising in connection with Cash Management Agreements) shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

10.17 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners); (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder; (g) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Facilities or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Facilities; (h) with the consent of the Borrower; or (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. In addition, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and any of their respective Related Parties, may (A) disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in connection with the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Commitments; and (B) use any information (not constituting Information subject to the foregoing confidentiality restrictions) related to the syndication and arrangement of the credit facilities contemplated by this Agreement in connection with marketing, press releases, or other transactional announcements or updates provided to investor or trade publications, including the placement of “tombstone” advertisements in publications of its choice at its own expense.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any party to this Agreement (and any employee, representative, or other agent of any party to this Agreement) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to it relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. However, any such information relating to the tax treatment or tax structure is required to be kept confidential to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable federal or state securities laws, rules, and regulations.

 

85


For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

10.18 Automatic Debits . With respect to any principal, interest, fee, or any other cost or expense (including attorney costs of the Administrative Agent or any Lender payable by the Borrower hereunder) due and payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents, the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to debit any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in an amount such that the aggregate amount debited from all such deposit accounts does not exceed such principal, interest, fee or other cost or expense. If there are insufficient funds in such deposit accounts to cover the amount then due, such debits will be reversed (in whole or in part, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion) and such amount not debited shall be deemed to be unpaid. No such debit under this Section  10.18 shall be deemed a set-off.

10.19 Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of each Borrower and each other Loan Party in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender from any Borrower or any other Loan Party in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower and each other Loan Party agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in such currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower or other Loan Party, as applicable (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

10.20 Patriot Act . Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby notifies the Borrower and each other Loan Party that, pursuant to the requirements of “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and each other Loan Party, which information includes the names and addresses and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower and each other Loan Party in accordance with such rules and regulations. The Borrower and each other Loan Party will, and will cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to, provide such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to assist the Administrative Agent or any such Lender in maintaining compliance with such applicable rules and regulations.

 

86


10.21 Joint and Several Obligations . Subject to the foregoing, to the extent that any Borrower shall, under this Agreement as a joint and several obligor, repay any of the Obligations made to another Borrower hereunder or other Obligations incurred directly and primarily by any other Borrower (an “ Accommodation Payment ”), then the Borrower making such Accommodation Payment shall be entitled to contribution and indemnification from, and be reimbursed by, each other Borrower in an amount, for each of such other Borrower, equal to a fraction of such Accommodation Payment, the numerator of which fraction is such other Borrower’s Allocable Amount and the denominator of which is the sum of the Allocable Amounts of all of the Borrowers. As of any date of determination, the “ Allocable Amount ” of each Borrower shall be equal to the maximum amount of liability for Accommodation Payments which could be asserted against such Borrower hereunder without (a) rendering such Borrower “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act (“ UFTA ”) or Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act (“ UFCA ”), (b) leaving such Borrower with unreasonably small capital or assets, within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA, or (c) leaving such Borrower unable to pay its debts as they become due within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA.

10.22 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution;

(b) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into Capital Stock in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such Capital Stock will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(c) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

10.23 Intercreditor Agreement . Each party hereto acknowledges that the exercise of certain of the Administrative Agent’s and the Lenders’ remedies under the Loan Documents may be subject to, and restricted by, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. Except as specified herein, nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to modify any of the provisions of this Agreement; provided that in the event of any conflict or inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions in the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

[ Remainder of page left blank intentionally ]

 

87


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

FASTLY, INC.

as the Borrower

By:  

/s/ Adriel Lares

Name:   Adriel Lares
Title:   CFO

 

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

as the Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Lane Bruno

Name:   Lane Bruno
Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


LENDERS:

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Lane Bruno

Name:  

Lane Bruno

Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


HERCULES CAPITAL, INC ., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Zhuo Huang

Name:   Zhuo Huang
Title:   Associate General Counsel

 

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


WESTRIVER INNOVATION LENDING FUND VIII, L.P., as a Lender
By: Loan Manager II, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Trent Dawson

Name:   Trent Dawson
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 1.1A

COMMITMENTS

AND AGGREGATE EXPOSURE PERCENTAGES

TERM COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

   Term Commitment      Term Percentage  

Silicon Valley Bank

   $ 10,000,000        33.333333333

Hercules Capital, Inc.

   $ 10,000,000        33.333333333

WestRiver Innovation Lending Fund VIII, L.P.

   $ 10,000,000        33.333333333

Total

   $ 30,000,000        100.000000000

 

Schedule 1.1A


SCHEDULE 4.4

GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS, CONSENTS,

AUTHORIZATIONS, FILINGS AND NOTICES

None .

 

Schedule 4.4


SCHEDULE 4.13

ERISA PLANS

 

1.

EIP – Fastly, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan

 

2.

401(k) – Vanguard

 

3.

Medical – Kaiser/Anthem

 

4.

Dental – Guardian

 

5.

Vision – VSP Network Signature Plan

 

6.

Flexible Spending Accounts – Navia Benefits

 

7.

Life Insurance – Guardian/Anthem Blue Cross

 

8.

Short Term Disability/Long Term Disability – Guardian

 

Schedule 4.13


SCHEDULE 4.15

SUBSIDIARIES

Fastly, Inc. has the follow subsidiaries:

 

  1.

Fastly International (Holdings) Limited

 

  2.

Fastly International Technology Limited

 

  3.

Fastly Kabushiki Kaisha Limited

 

  4.

Brannan International Limited

 

  5.

Fastly Limited (formerly known as Fastly UK Limited)

 

  6.

Fastly India Private Limited

 

  7.

Fastly Australia PTY

 

Schedule 4.15


SCHEDULE 4.17

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

None

 

 

Schedule 4.17


SCHEDULE 4.19(a)

FINANCING STATEMENTS AND OTHER FILINGS

UCC Financing Statement naming Fastly, Inc. as “debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “secured party” to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

 

Schedule 4.19(a)


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

(Please see attached form)

 

Exhibit A


 

 

G UARANTEE AND C OLLATERAL A GREEMENT

Dated as of December 24, 2018,

FASTLY, INC.

and the other Grantors referred to herein,

in favor of

SILICON VALLEY BANK ,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1.

  DEFINED TERMS      1  

1.1

  Definitions      1  

1.2

  Other Definitional Provisions      4  

SECTION 2.

  GUARANTEE      4  

2.1

  Guarantee      4  

2.2

  Right of Contribution      5  

2.3

  No Subrogation      5  

2.4

  Amendments, etc.      5  

2.5

  Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional; Guarantor Waivers; Guarantor Consents      6  

2.6

  Reinstatement      8  

2.7

  Payments      8  

2.8

  Keepwell      8  

SECTION 3.

  GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST      8  

3.1

  Grant of Security Interests      8  

3.2

  Grantors Remains Liable      10  

3.3

  Perfection and Priority      10  

SECTION 4.

  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      11  

4.1

  Title; No Other Liens      11  

4.2

  Perfected Liens      12  

4.3

  Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office and Locations of Books      12  

4.4

  Inventory and Equipment      12  

4.5

  Farm Products      12  

4.6

  Pledged Collateral      12  

4.7

  Investment Accounts      13  

4.8

  Receivables      13  

4.9

  Intellectual Property      13  

4.10

  Instruments      13  

4.11

  Letter of Credit Rights      13  

4.12

  Commercial Tort Claims      13  

SECTION 5.

  COVENANTS      14  

5.1

  Delivery of Instruments, Certificated Securities and Chattel Paper      14  

5.2

  Maintenance of Insurance      14  

5.3

  Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation      14  

5.4

  Changes in Locations, Name, Etc.      15  

5.5

  Notices      15  

5.6

  Instruments; Investment Property      15  

5.7

  Securities Accounts; Deposit Accounts      16  

5.8

  Intellectual Property      17  

5.9

  Receivables      17  

5.10

  Defense of Collateral      18  

5.11

  Preservation of Collateral      18  

5.12

  Compliance with Laws, Etc.      18  

5.13

  Location of Books and Chief Executive Office      18  

5.14

  Location of Collateral      18  

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

5.15

  Maintenance of Records      18  

5.16

  Disposition of Collateral      18  

5.17

  Liens      18  

5.18

  Expenses      18  

5.19

  Leased Premises; Collateral Held by Warehouseman, Bailee, Etc.      18  

5.20

  Chattel Paper      19  

5.21

  Commercial Tort Claims      19  

5.22

  Letter-of-Credit Rights      19  

5.23

  Shareholder Agreements and Other Agreements      19  

SECTION 6.

  REMEDIAL PROVISIONS      19  

6.1

  Certain Matters Relating to Receivables      19  

6.2

  Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable      20  

6.3

  Investment Property      20  

6.4

  Proceeds to be Turned Over To Administrative Agent      21  

6.5

  Application of Proceeds      21  

6.6

  Code and Other Remedies      22  

6.7

  Registration Rights      22  

6.8

  Intellectual Property License      23  

6.9

  Deficiency      23  

SECTION 7.

  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT      23  

7.1

  Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.      24  

7.2

  Duty of Administrative Agent      25  

7.3

  Authority of Administrative Agent      25  

SECTION 8.

  MISCELLANEOUS      25  

8.1

  Amendments in Writing      25  

8.2

  Notices      26  

8.3

  No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies      26  

8.4

  Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification      26  

8.5

  Successors and Assigns      26  

8.6

  Set Off      26  

8.7

  Counterparts      27  

8.8

  Severability      27  

8.9

  Section Headings      27  

8.10

  Integration      27  

8.11

  GOVERNING LAW      27  

8.12

  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers      27  

8.13

  Acknowledgements      27  

8.14

  Additional Grantors      28  

8.15

  Releases      28  

8.16

  Intercreditor Agreement      28  

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1   Notice Addresses
Schedule 2   Investment Property
Schedule 3   Perfection Matters
Schedule 4   Jurisdictions of Organization and Chief Executive Offices, etc.
Schedule 5   Equipment and Inventory Locations
Schedule 6   Intellectual Property
Schedule 7   Letter of Credit Rights
Schedule 8   Commercial Tort Claims

ANNEXES

 

Annex 1

 

Form of Assumption Agreement

Annex 2

 

Form of Pledge Supplement

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

iii


GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

This GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 24, 2018, is made by each of the signatories hereto (together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, each a “ Grantor ” and, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of SILICON VALLEY BANK, as administrative agent and collateral agent (together with its successors, in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the banks and other financial institutions or entities (each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”) from time to time parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

INTRODUCTORY STATEMENTS

WHEREAS, the Borrower is a member of an affiliated group of companies that includes each other Grantor;

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement will be used in part to enable the Borrower to make valuable transfers to one or more of the other Grantors in connection with the operation of their respective business;

WHEREAS, certain of the Qualified Counterparties may enter into Specified Swap Agreements with the Borrower;

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the other Grantors are engaged in related businesses, and each Grantor derives substantial direct and indirect benefit from the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and from the Specified Swap Agreements; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the Closing Date that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms.

1.1 Definitions .

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement, and the following terms are used herein as defined in the UCC: Account, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claim, Commodity Account, Document, Equipment, Farm Products, Fixtures, General Intangible, Goods, Instrument, Inventory, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Money, Securities Account and Supporting Obligation.

(b) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Agreement ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

1


Books ”: all books, records and other written, electronic or other documentation in whatever form maintained now or hereafter by or for any Grantor in connection with the ownership of its assets or the conduct of its business or evidencing or containing information relating to the Collateral, including: (a) ledgers; (b) records indicating, summarizing, or evidencing such Grantor’s assets (including Inventory and Rights to Payment), business operations or financial condition; (c) computer programs and software; (d) computer discs, tapes, files, manuals, spreadsheets; (e) computer printouts and output of whatever kind; (f) any other computer prepared or electronically stored, collected or reported information and equipment of any kind; and (g) any and all other rights now or hereafter arising out of any contract or agreement between such Grantor and any service bureau, computer or data processing company or other Person charged with preparing or maintaining any of such Grantor’s books or records or with credit reporting, including with regard to any of such Grantor’s Accounts.

Borrower ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Collateral ”: as defined in Section  3.1 .

Collateral Account ”: any collateral account established by the Administrative Agent as provided in Section  6.1 or 6.4 .

Copyright License ”: any written agreement which (a) names a Grantor as licensor or licensee (including those listed on Schedule 6 ), or (b) grants any right under any Copyright to a Grantor, including any rights to manufacture, distribute, exploit and sell materials derived from any Copyright.

Copyrights ”: (a) all copyrights arising under the laws of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, together with the underlying works of authorship (including titles), whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished (including, without limitation, those listed on Schedule 6 ), all computer programs, computer databases, computer program flow diagrams, source codes, object codes and all tangible property embodying or incorporating any copyrights, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, all registrations, recordings and applications in the U.S. Copyright Office, and (b) the right to obtain any renewals thereof.

Deposit Account ”: as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, in any event, including, without limitation, any demand, time, savings, passbook or like account maintained with a depositary institution.

Excluded Assets ”: collectively,

(a) Intellectual Property; and

(b) more than sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock owned by any Grantor of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter;

provided , however , that any Accounts and Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Assets shall not be Excluded Assets (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements are otherwise, in and of themselves, Excluded Assets).

Grantor ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Guarantor ”: as defined in Section  2.1(a) .

Investment Account ”: any of a Securities Account, a Commodity Account or a Deposit Account.

 

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

2


Investment Property ”: the collective reference to (a) all “investment property” as such term is defined in Section 9102(a)(49) of the UCC (other than any Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary constituting Excluded Assets), and (b) whether or not constituting “investment property” as so defined, all Pledged Notes and all Pledged Collateral.

Issuer ”: with respect to any Investment Property, the issuer of such Investment Property.

Patent License ”: any written agreement which (a) names a Grantor as licensor or licensee and (b) grants to such Grantor any right under a Patent, including the right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered in whole or in part by such Patent, including, without limitation any such agreements referred to on Schedule 6 .

Patents ”: (a) all letters patent of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, all reissues and extensions thereof and all goodwill associated therewith, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to on Schedule 6 , (b) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country and all divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to on Schedule 6 , and (c) all rights to obtain any reissues or extensions of the foregoing.

Pledged Collateral ”: (a) any and all Pledged Stock; (b) all other Investment Property of any Grantor; (c) all warrants, options or other rights entitling any Grantor to acquire any interest in Capital Stock or other securities of the direct or indirect Subsidiaries of such Grantor or of any other Person; (d) all Instruments; (e) all securities, property, interest, dividends and other payments and distributions issued as an addition to, in redemption of, in renewal or exchange for, in substitution or upon conversion of, or otherwise on account of, any of the foregoing; (f) all certificates and instruments now or hereafter representing or evidencing any of the foregoing; (g) all rights, interests and claims with respect to the foregoing, including under any and all related agreements, instruments and other documents, and (h) all cash and non-cash proceeds of any of the foregoing, in each case whether presently existing or owned or hereafter arising or acquired and wherever located, and as from time to time received or receivable by, or otherwise paid or distributed to or acquired by, any Grantor.

Pledged Collateral Agreements ”: as defined in Section  5.23 .

Pledged Notes ”: all promissory notes listed on Schedule 2 and all other promissory notes issued to or held by any Grantor.

Pledged Stock ”: all of the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock, whether certificated or uncertificated, of any Grantor’s direct Subsidiaries now or hereafter owned by any such Grantor and including, without limitation, the Capital Stock listed on Schedule 2 hereof (as amended or supplemented from time to time); provided that in no event shall Pledged Stock include any Excluded Assets.

Proceeds ”: all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9102(a)(64) of the UCC and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends or other income from any Investment Property constituting Collateral and all collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

Receivable ”: any right to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper and whether or not it has been earned by performance (including any Account).

Rights to Payment ”: any and all of any Grantor’s Accounts and any and all of any Grantor’s rights and claims to the payment or receipt of money or other forms of consideration of any kind in, to and under or with respect to its Chattel Paper, Documents, General Intangibles, Instruments, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Proceeds and Supporting Obligations.

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

3


Secured Obligations ”: collectively, the “Obligations”, as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement.

Trademark License ”: any written agreement which (a) names a Grantor as licensor or licensee and (b) grants to such Grantor any right to use any Trademark, any such agreement referred to on Schedule 6 .

Trademarks ”: (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, Internet domain names and other source or business identifiers, and all goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise, and all common-law rights related thereto, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to on Schedule 6 , and (b) the right to obtain all renewals thereof.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions . The rules of interpretation set forth in Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement are by this reference incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis , as if set forth herein in full.

SECTION 2. Guarantee.

2.1 Guarantee .

(a) Each Grantor, including the Borrower, who has executed this Agreement as of the date hereof, together with each Subsidiary of any Grantor who accedes to this Agreement as a Grantor after the date hereof pursuant to Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement (each a “ Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower and the other Loan Parties when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing, and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

(i) each Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall be the immediate, direct, and primary obligation of such Guarantor and shall not be contingent upon the Administrative Agent’s or any Secured Party’s exercise or enforcement of any remedy it or they may have against the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other Person, or all or any portion of the Collateral; and

(ii) the Administrative Agent may enforce this guaranty notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between any of the Secured Parties and the Borrower or any Guarantor with respect to the existence of any Event of Default.

(b) Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of debtors (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section  2.2 ).

 

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

4


(c) Each Guarantor agrees that the Secured Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing the guarantee contained in this Section  2 or affecting the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party hereunder.

(d) The guarantee contained in this Section  2 shall remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of Obligations, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement the outstanding amount of the Secured Obligations may be zero.

(e) No payment made by the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party from the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any setoff or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Secured Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment made by such Guarantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or any payment received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Secured Obligations), remain liable for the Secured Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Discharge of Obligations.

2.2 Right of Contribution . If in connection with any payment made by any Guarantor hereunder any rights of contribution arise in favor of such Guarantor against one or more other Guarantors, such rights of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section  2.3 . The provisions of this Section  2.2 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

2.3 No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment made by any Guarantor hereunder or any setoff or application of funds of any Guarantor by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party against the Borrower or any Guarantor or any Collateral or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Secured Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Borrower or any Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, in each case, until the Discharge of Obligations. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the Discharge of Obligations, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, if required), to be applied in such order as set forth in Section  6.5 hereof irrespective of the occurrence or the continuance of any Event of Default.

2.4 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Secured Obligations . Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Secured Obligations made by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party and any of the Secured Obligations continued, and the Secured Obligations, or the liability of any other Person upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, and the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Specified Swap Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

5


connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as the case may be) may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Secured Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Secured Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section  2 or any property subject thereto.

2.5 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional; Guarantor Waivers; Guarantor Consents . Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Secured Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the guarantee contained in this Section  2 or acceptance of the guarantee contained in this Section  2 ; the Secured Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section  2 ; and all dealings between the Borrower and any of the Guarantors on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section  2 . Each Guarantor further waives:

(a) diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Borrower or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Secured Obligations;

(b) any right to require any Secured Party to marshal assets in favor of the Borrower, such Guarantor, any other Guarantor or any other Person, to proceed against the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person, to proceed against or exhaust any of the Collateral, to give notice of the terms, time and place of any public or private sale of personal property security constituting the Collateral or other collateral for the Secured Obligations or to comply with any other provisions of Section 9611 of the UCC (or any equivalent provision of any other applicable law) or to pursue any other right, remedy, power or privilege of any Secured Party whatsoever;

(c) the defense of the statute of limitations in any action hereunder or for the collection or performance of the Secured Obligations;

(d) any defense arising by reason of any lack of corporate or other authority or any other defense of the Borrower, such Guarantor or any other Person;

(e) any defense based upon the Administrative Agent’s or any Secured Party’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Secured Obligations;

(f) any rights to set-offs and counterclaims; and

(g) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable law that limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of this Agreement, including all rights and defenses (i) arising out of an election of remedies by any Secured Party, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed such Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against any applicable Loan Party by the operation of Section 580 or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise, and (ii) relating to any suretyship defenses available to it under the California UCC or any other applicable law, including any rights and defenses which are or may become available to such Guarantor by reason of California Civil Code Sections 1432, 2787 through 2855, 2899, and 3433 or California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580 or 726.

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

6


Each Guarantor understands and agrees that the guarantee contained in this Section  2 shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (1) the validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, any of the Secured Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, (2) any defense, setoff or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Borrower or any other Person against the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, (3) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or such Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower and the Guarantors for the Secured Obligations, or of such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section  2 , in bankruptcy or in any other instance, (4) any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person, (5) any merger, acquisition, consolidation or change in structure of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person, or any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any or all of the assets or Voting Stock of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person, (6) any assignment or other transfer, in whole or in part, of any Secured Party’s interests in and rights under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, including any Secured Party’s right to receive payment of the Secured Obligations, or any assignment or other transfer, in whole or in part, of any Secured Party’s interests in and to any of the Collateral, (7) any Secured Party’s vote, claim, distribution, election, acceptance, action or inaction in any Insolvency Proceeding related to any of the Secured Obligations, and (8) any other guaranty, whether by such Guarantor or any other Person, of all or any part of the Secured Obligations or any other indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of any Guarantor to any Secured Party.

When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Secured Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto. Any failure by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party against any Guarantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

Each Guarantor further unconditionally consents and agrees that, without notice to or further assent from any Guarantor: (A) the principal amount of the Secured Obligations may be increased or decreased and additional indebtedness or obligations of the Borrower or any other Persons under the Loan Documents may be incurred, by one or more amendments, modifications, renewals or extensions of any Loan Document or otherwise; (B) the time, manner, place or terms of any payment under any Loan Document may be extended or changed, including by an increase or decrease in the interest rate on any Secured Obligation or any fee or other amount payable under such Loan Document, by an amendment, modification or renewal of any Loan Document or otherwise; (C) the time for the Borrower’s (or any other Loan Party’s) performance of or compliance with any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed under any Loan Document may be extended, or such performance or compliance waived, or failure in or departure from such performance or compliance consented to, all in such manner

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

7


and upon such terms as the Administrative Agent may deem proper; (D) in addition to the Collateral, the Secured Parties may take and hold other security (legal or equitable) of any kind, at any time, as collateral for the Secured Obligations, and may, from time to time, in whole or in part, exchange, sell, surrender, release, subordinate, modify, waive, rescind, compromise or extend such security and may permit or consent to any such action or the result of any such action, and may apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof; (E) any Secured Party may discharge or release, in whole or in part, any other Guarantor or any other Loan Party or other Person liable for the payment and performance of all or any part of the Secured Obligations, and may permit or consent to any such action or any result of such action, and shall not be obligated to demand or enforce payment upon any of the Collateral, nor shall any Secured Party be liable to any Guarantor for any failure to collect or enforce payment or performance of the Secured Obligations from any Person or to realize upon the Collateral, and (F) the Secured Parties may request and accept other guaranties of the Secured Obligations and any other indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to any Secured Party and may, from time to time, in whole or in part, surrender, release, subordinate, modify, waive, rescind, compromise or extend any such guaranty and may permit or consent to any such action or the result of any such action; in each case (A) through (F), as the Secured Parties may deem advisable, and without impairing, abridging, releasing or affecting this Agreement.

2.6 Reinstatement . The guarantee contained in this Section  2 shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any such Guarantor or any substantial part of its respective property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

2.7 Payments . Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Administrative Agent without setoff or counterclaim in Dollars at the Funding Office.

2.8 Keepwell . Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Obligations under Specified Swap Agreements (provided that, each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section  2.8 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section  2.8 or otherwise under this Agreement, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section  2.8 shall remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of Obligations. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section  2.8 constitute, and this Section  2.8 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

3.1 Grant of Security Interests . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest and wherever located (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations:

 

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

8


(a) all Accounts;

(b) all Chattel Paper;

(c) all Commercial Tort Claims;

(d) all Deposit Accounts;

(e) all Documents;

(f) all Equipment;

(g) all Fixtures;

(h) all General Intangibles (other than Intellectual Property);

(i) all Goods;

(j) all Instruments;

(k) all Inventory;

(l) all Investment Property (including all Pledged Collateral);

(m) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(n) all Money;

(o) all Books and records pertaining to the Collateral;

(p) all other property not otherwise described above; and

(q) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds, Supporting Obligations and products of any and all of the foregoing; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (a) through (p) above, the security interests created by this Agreement shall not extend to, and the term “Collateral” (including all of the individual items comprising Collateral) shall not include, any Excluded Assets; provided , however , the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including, without limitation, a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Closing Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of the Grantors that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Notwithstanding any of the other provisions set forth in this Section  3 , this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any property to the extent that such grant of a security interest is prohibited by any Requirement of Law of a Governmental Authority or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of or requires any consent not obtained under, any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing or giving rise to such property, except (i) to the extent that the terms in such contract, license, instrument or other document providing for such prohibition, breach, default or termination, or requiring such consent are not permitted under the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement or (ii) to the extent that such Requirement of Law or the term in

 

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

9


such contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document providing for such prohibition, breach, default or termination or requiring such consent is ineffective under Section 9406, 9407, 9408 or 9409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity; provided , however , that such security interest shall attach immediately at such time as such Requirement of Law is not effective or applicable, or such prohibition, breach, default or termination is no longer applicable or is waived, and to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of the Collateral that does not result in such consequences.

3.2 Grantors Remains Liable . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each Grantor shall remain liable under any contracts, agreements and other documents included in the Collateral, to the extent set forth therein, to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any of the rights granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under any such contracts, agreements and other documents included in the Collateral, and (c) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any such contracts, agreements and other documents included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any such contract, agreement or other document included in the Collateral hereunder.

3.3 Perfection and Priority .

(a) Financing Statements . Pursuant to any applicable law, each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent (and its counsel and its agents) to file or record at any time and from time to time any financing statements and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral and each Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent (and its counsel and its agents) to file (with or without the signature of such Grantor) at any time and from time to time, all amendments to financing statements, continuation financing statements, termination statements, assignments, fixture filings, affidavits, reports notices and all other documents and instruments, in such form and in such offices as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders determine appropriate to perfect and continue perfected, maintain the priority of or provide notice of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral under and to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement. Each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent to use the collateral description “all personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired” or any other similar collateral description in any such financing statements. Each Grantor hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing by the Administrative Agent (and its counsel and its agents) of any financing statement with respect to the Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

(b) Filing of Financing Statements . Each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, from time to time, such completed UCC-1 financing statements for filing or recording in the appropriate filing offices as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

(c) Transfer of Security Interest Other Than by Delivery . If for any reason Pledged Collateral cannot be delivered to or for the account of the Administrative Agent as provided in Section  5.6(b) , each applicable Grantor shall promptly take such other steps as may be necessary or as shall be reasonably requested from time to time by the Administrative Agent to effect a transfer of a perfected first priority security interest in and pledge of the Pledged Collateral to the Administrative Agent for itself and on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the other Secured Parties pursuant to the UCC. To the extent practicable, each such Grantor shall thereafter deliver the Pledged Collateral to or for the account of the Administrative Agent as provided in Section  5.6(b) .

 

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

10


(d) [Reserved] .

(e) Bailees . Any Person (other than the Administrative Agent) at any time and from time to time holding all or any portion of the Collateral shall be deemed to, and shall, hold the Collateral as the agent of, and as pledge holder for, the Administrative Agent. At any time and from time to time, the Administrative Agent may give notice to any such Person holding all or any portion of the Collateral that such Person is holding the Collateral as the agent and bailee of, and as pledge holder for, the Administrative Agent, and obtain such Person’s written acknowledgment thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor will join with the Administrative Agent in notifying any Person who has possession of any Collateral of the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an acknowledgment from such Person that it is holding the Collateral for the benefit of the Administrative Agent.

(f) Control. Each Grantor will cooperate with the Administrative Agent in obtaining control (as defined in the UCC) of Collateral consisting of any Deposit Accounts, Electronic Chattel Paper, Investment Property or Letter-of-Credit Rights, including delivery of control agreements, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to perfect and continue perfected, maintain the priority of or provide notice of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Collateral.

(g) Additional Subsidiaries . In the event that any Grantor acquires rights in any Subsidiary after the date hereof, it shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed pledge supplement, substantially in the form of Annex 2 (the “ Pledge Supplement ”), together with all schedules thereto, reflecting the pledge of the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary (except to the extent such Capital Stock consists of Excluded Assets). Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the security interest of the Administrative Agent shall attach to the Pledged Collateral related to such Subsidiary immediately upon any Grantor’s acquisition of rights therein and shall not be affected by the failure of any Grantor to deliver a Pledge Supplement.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In addition to the representations and warranties of the Grantors set forth in the Credit Agreement, which are incorporated herein by this reference, and to induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party that:

4.1 Title; No Other Liens . Except for the Liens permitted to exist on the Collateral by Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement, such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral in which a Lien is granted by it free and clear of any and all Liens and other claims of others. No financing statement, fixture filing or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record or will be filed in any public office, except such as have been filed as permitted by the Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that each Grantor may, as part of its business, grant licenses to third parties to use Intellectual Property owned or developed by such Grantor. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such licensing activity shall not constitute a “Lien” on such Intellectual Property. The Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party understands that any such licenses may be exclusive to the applicable licensees, and such exclusivity provisions may limit the ability of the Administrative Agent to utilize, sell, lease or transfer the related Intellectual Property or otherwise realize value from such Intellectual Property pursuant hereto.

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

11


4.2 Perfected Liens . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement (a) upon completion of the filings and other actions specified on Schedule 3 (which, in the case of all filings and other documents referred to on said Schedule, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent in completed and duly (if applicable) executed form) will constitute valid perfected security interests in all of the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Secured Obligations, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof against any creditors of any Grantor and any Persons purporting to purchase any Collateral from any Grantor, and (ii) are prior to all other Liens on the Collateral in existence on the date hereof except for Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement which have priority over the Liens of the Administrative Agent on the Collateral (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) by operation of law, and in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Collateral, Liens permitted by Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement. Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Grantor has the right to remove the Fixtures in which such Grantor has an interest within the meaning of Section 9334(f)(2) of the UCC.

4.3 Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office and Locations of Books . On the date hereof, such Grantor’s jurisdiction of organization, identification number from the jurisdiction of organization (if any), and the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office or sole place of business, as the case may be, are specified on Schedule 4 . All locations where Books pertaining to the Rights to Payment of such Grantor are kept, including all equipment necessary for accessing such Books and the names and addresses of all service bureaus, computer or data processing companies and other Persons keeping any Books or collecting Rights to Payment for such Grantor, are set forth in Schedule 4 .

4.4 Inventory and Equipment . On the date hereof (a) the Inventory and (b) the Equipment (other than mobile goods) are kept at the locations listed on Schedule 5 .

4.5 Farm Products . None of the Collateral constitutes, or is the Proceeds of, Farm Products.

4.6 Pledged Collateral . (a) All of the Pledged Stock held by such Grantor has been duly and validly issued, and is fully paid and non-assessable, subject in the case of Pledged Stock constituting partnership interests or limited liability company membership interests to future assessments required under applicable law and any applicable partnership or operating agreement, (b) such Grantor is or, in the case of any such additional Pledged Collateral will be, the legal record and beneficial owner thereof, (c) in the case of Pledged Stock of a Subsidiary of such Grantor or Pledged Collateral of such Grantor constituting Instruments issued by a Subsidiary of such Grantor, there are no restrictions on the transferability of such Pledged Collateral or such additional Pledged Collateral to the Administrative Agent or with respect to the foreclosure, transfer or disposition thereof by the Administrative Agent, except as provided under applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws, (d) the Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of each Issuer owned by such Grantor (except for Excluded Assets), and such Grantor owns no securities convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of Capital Stock of any such Issuer that do not constitute Pledged Stock hereunder, (e) any and all Pledged Collateral Agreements which affect or relate to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to any of the Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor have been disclosed to the Administrative Agent, and (f) as to each such Pledged Collateral Agreement relating to the Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor, (i) to the best knowledge of such Grantor, such Pledged Collateral Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties thereto with respect to the subject matter thereof and is in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, (ii) to the best knowledge of such Grantor party thereto, there exists no material violation or material default under any such Pledged Collateral Agreement by such Grantor or the other parties thereto, and (iii) such Grantor has not knowingly waived or released any of its material rights under or otherwise consented to a material departure from the terms and provisions of any such Pledged Collateral Agreement.

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

12


4.7 Investment Accounts . Schedule 2 sets forth under the headings “Securities Accounts” and “Commodity Accounts”, respectively, all of the Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts in which such Grantor has an interest. Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent, such Grantor is the sole entitlement holder of each such Securities Account and Commodity Account, and such Grantor has not consented to, and is not otherwise aware of, any Person (other than the Administrative Agent) having “control” (within the meanings of Sections 8106 and 9106 of the UCC) over, or any other interest in, any such Securities Account or Commodity Account or any securities or other property credited thereto;

(a) Schedule 2 sets forth under the heading “Deposit Accounts” all of the Deposit Accounts in which such Grantor has an interest and, except as otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent, such Grantor is the sole account holder of each such Deposit Account and such Grantor has not consented to, and is not otherwise aware of, any Person (other than the Administrative Agent) having either sole dominion and control (within the meaning of common law) or “control” (within the meaning of Section 9104 of the UCC) over, or any other interest in, any such Deposit Account or any money or other property deposited therein; and

(b) In each case to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, such Grantor has taken all actions necessary or desirable to: (i) establish the Administrative Agent’s “control” (within the meanings of Sections 8106 and 9106 of the UCC) over any Certificated Securities (as defined in Section 9102 of the UCC); (ii) establish the Administrative Agent’s “control” (within the meanings of Sections 8106 and 9106 of the UCC) over any portion of the Investment Accounts constituting Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts, Securities Entitlements or Uncertificated Securities (each as defined in Section 9102 of the UCC); (iii) establish the Administrative Agent’s “control” (within the meaning of Section 9104 of the UCC) over all Deposit Accounts; and (iv) deliver all Instruments (as defined in Section 9102 of the UCC) to the Administrative Agent to the extent required hereunder.

4.8 Receivables . No amount payable to such Grantor under or in connection with any Receivable or other Right to Payment is evidenced by any Instrument (other than checks, drafts or other Instruments that will be promptly deposited in an Investment Account) or Chattel Paper which has not been delivered to the Administrative Agent. None of the account debtors or other obligors in respect of any Receivable in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate is the government of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

4.9 Intellectual Property . Schedule 6 lists all registrations and applications for Intellectual Property (including registered Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and all applications therefor) as well as all Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses and Trademark Licenses, in each case owned by such Grantor in its own name on the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 6 , on the date hereof, none of the Intellectual Property is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement pursuant to which such Grantor is the licensor or franchisor.

4.10 Instruments . (i) Such Grantor has not previously assigned any interest in any Instruments (including but not limited to the Pledged Notes) held by such Grantor (other than such interests as will be released on or before the date hereof), and (ii) no Person other than such Grantor owns an interest in such Instruments (whether as joint holders, participants or otherwise).

4.11 Letter of Credit Rights . Such Grantor does not have any Letter-of-Credit Rights having a potential value in excess of $100,000 except as set forth in Schedule 7 or as have been notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section  5.22 .

4.12 Commercial Tort Claims . Such Grantor does not have any Commercial Tort Claims having a potential value in excess of $100,000 except as set forth in Schedule 8 or as have been notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section  5.21 .

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

13


SECTION 5. COVENANTS

In addition to the covenants of the Grantors set forth in the Credit Agreement, which are incorporated herein by this reference, each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Discharge of Obligations:

5.1 Delivery of Instruments, Certificated Securities and Chattel Paper . If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any Instrument (other than checks, drafts or other Instruments that will be promptly deposited in an Investment Account), Certificated Security or Chattel Paper evidencing an amount in excess of $100,000, such Instrument, Certificated Security or Chattel Paper shall be promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent, duly indorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

5.2 Maintenance of Insurance .

(a) Such Grantor will maintain, with financially sound and reputable companies, insurance policies (i) insuring the Inventory and Equipment against loss by fire, explosion, theft and such other casualties as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) insuring such Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties against liability for personal injury and property damage relating to such Inventory and Equipment, such policies to be in such form and amounts and having such coverage as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties.

(b) All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Administrative Agent of written notice thereof, (ii) name the Administrative Agent as an additional insured party or loss payee, (iii) to the extent available on commercially reasonable terms, and if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, include a breach of warranty clause and (iv) be reasonably satisfactory in all other respects to the Administrative Agent.

(c) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a report of a reputable insurance broker with respect to such insurance substantially concurrently with each delivery of the Borrower’s audited annual financial statements and such supplemental reports with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

5.3 Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation .

(a) Such Grantor shall maintain the security interests of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) created by this Agreement as perfected security interests having at least the priority described in Section  4.2 and shall defend such security interests against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever, subject to the rights of such Grantor under the Loan Documents to dispose of the Collateral.

(b) Such Grantor will furnish to the Administrative Agent from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Grantor and such other reports in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

14


(c) At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly and duly execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) filing any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interests created hereby and (ii) in the case of Investment Property, Investment Accounts, Letter-of-Credit Rights and any other relevant Collateral, taking any actions necessary to enable the Administrative Agent to obtain “control” (within the meaning of the UCC) with respect thereto to the extent required hereunder.

5.4 Changes in Locations, Name, Etc . Such Grantor will not, except upon 15 days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and delivery to the Administrative Agent of (a) all additional executed financing statements and other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for herein, and (b) if applicable, a written supplement to Schedule 4 showing the relevant new jurisdiction of organization, location of chief executive office or sole place of business, as appropriate:

(i) change its jurisdiction of organization, identification number from the jurisdiction of organization (if any) or the location of its chief executive office or sole place of business, as appropriate, from that referred to in Section  4.3 ;

(ii) change its name; or

(iii) locate any Collateral in any state or other jurisdiction other than those in which such Grantor operates as of the Closing Date.

5.5 Notices . Such Grantor will advise the Administrative Agent promptly, in reasonable detail, of:

(a) any Lien (other than Liens permitted under Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement) on any of the Collateral; and

(b) the occurrence of any other event which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Collateral or on the security interests created hereby.

5.6 Instruments; Investment Property .

(a) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor will (i) immediately deliver to the Administrative Agent, or an agent designated by it, appropriately endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer or assignment, all Instruments, Documents, Chattel Paper and certificated securities with respect to any Investment Property held by such Grantor, all letters of credit of such Grantor, and all other Rights to Payment held by such Grantor at any time evidenced by promissory notes, trade acceptances or other instruments, and (ii) provide such notice, obtain such acknowledgments and take all such other action, with respect to any Chattel Paper, Documents and Letter-of-Credit Rights held by such Grantor, as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify.

(b) If such Grantor shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any certificate (including any certificate representing a dividend or a distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital or any certificate issued in connection with any reorganization), option or rights in respect of the Capital Stock of any Issuer, whether in addition to, in substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any Pledged Collateral, or otherwise in respect thereof, such Grantor shall accept the same as the agent of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, hold the

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

15


same in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and deliver the same forthwith to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if required, together with an undated stock power covering such certificate duly executed in blank by such Grantor and with, if the Administrative Agent so requests, signature guaranteed, to be held by the Administrative Agent, subject to the terms hereof, as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations; provided that in no event shall this Section  5.6(b) apply to any Excluded Assets. Any sums paid upon or in respect of the Investment Property upon the liquidation or dissolution of any Issuer shall, unless otherwise subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, be paid over to the Administrative Agent to be held by it hereunder as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations, and in case any distribution of capital shall be made on or in respect of the Investment Property or any property shall be distributed upon or with respect to the Investment Property pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of any Issuer or pursuant to the reorganization thereof, the property so distributed shall, unless otherwise subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, be delivered to the Administrative Agent to be held by it hereunder as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations. If any sums of money or property so paid or distributed in respect of such Investment Property shall be received by such Grantor, such Grantor shall, until such money or property is paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent, unless otherwise subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, hold such money or property in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations.

(c) In the case of any Grantor which is an Issuer, such Issuer agrees that (i) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Capital Stock issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it, (ii) it will notify the Administrative Agent promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section  5.6(a) and (b)  with respect to the Pledged Collateral issued by it and (iii) the terms of Sections 6.3(c) and 6.7 shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis , with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section  6.3(c) or 6.7 with respect to the Capital Stock issued by it.

5.7 Securities Accounts; Deposit Accounts .

(a) With respect to any Securities Account, such Grantor shall cause any applicable securities intermediary maintaining such Securities Account to show on its books that the Administrative Agent is the entitlement holder with respect to such Securities Account, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, cause such securities intermediary to enter into an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Securities Account pursuant to which such securities intermediary shall agree to comply with the Administrative Agent’s “entitlement orders” without further consent by such Grantor, as requested by the Administrative Agent; and

(b) with respect to any Deposit Account, such Grantor shall enter into and shall cause the depositary institution maintaining such account to enter into an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Administrative Agent shall be granted “control” (within the meaning of Section 9104 of the UCC) over such Deposit Account.

(c) The Administrative Agent agrees that it will only communicate “entitlement orders” with respect to the Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts of the Grantors after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

(d) Such Grantor shall give the Administrative Agent immediate notice of the establishment of any new Deposit Account and of any new Securities Account established by such Grantor with respect to any Investment Property held by such Grantor.

 

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

16


5.8 Intellectual Property .

(a) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will (i) continue to use each material Trademark in order to maintain such material Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (ii) maintain as in the past the quality of products and services offered under each such material Trademark, (iii) use each such material Trademark with the appropriate notice of registration and all other notices and legends required by applicable Requirements of Law, (iv) not adopt or use any mark which is confusingly similar or a colorable imitation of any such material Trademark unless the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, shall obtain, to the extent available, a perfected security interest in such mark pursuant to this Agreement, and (v) not (and not knowingly permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any such material Trademark may become invalidated or impaired in any way.

(b) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any material Patent may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public.

(c) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not (and will not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any such material Copyrights may become invalidated or otherwise impaired. Such Grantor will not (either itself or through licensees) do any act whereby any material portion of such Copyrights may fall into the public domain.

(d) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not do any act that knowingly uses any material Intellectual Property to infringe the intellectual property rights of any other Person.

(e) Such Grantor will notify the Administrative Agent promptly if it knows, or has reason to know, that any application or registration relating to any material Intellectual Property may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any material adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any court or tribunal in any country) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of, or the validity of, any material Intellectual Property or such Grantor’s right to register the same or to own and maintain the same.

(f) [reserved].

(g) Such Grantor will take all reasonable and necessary steps, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to maintain and pursue each material application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of the material U.S. Intellectual Property, including filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability.

(h) In the event that any material Intellectual Property is infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor shall take such actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property.

5.9 Receivables . Other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice, such Grantor will not (a) grant any extension of the time of payment of any Receivable, (b) compromise or settle any Receivable for less than the full amount thereof, (c) release, wholly or partially, any Person liable for the payment of any Receivable, (d) allow any credit or discount whatsoever on any Receivable or (e) amend, supplement or modify any Receivable in any manner that could adversely affect the value thereof.

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

17


5.10 Defense of Collateral . Grantors will appear in and defend any action, suit or proceeding which may affect to a material extent its title to, or right or interest in, or the Administrative Agent’s right or interest in, any material portion of the Collateral.

5.11 Preservation of Collateral . Grantors will do and perform all reasonable acts that may be necessary and appropriate to maintain, preserve and protect the Collateral.

5.12 Compliance with Laws, Etc. Such Grantor will comply in all material respects with all laws, regulations and ordinances, and all policies of insurance, relating in a material way to the possession, operation, maintenance and control of the Collateral.

5.13 Location of Books and Chief Executive Office . Such Grantor will: (a) keep all Books pertaining to the Rights to Payment of such Grantor at the locations set forth in Schedule 4 ; and (b) give at least 15 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent of any changes in any location where Books pertaining to the Rights to Payment of such Grantor are kept, including any change of name or address of any service bureau, computer or data processing company or other Person preparing or maintaining any such Books or collecting Rights to Payment for such Grantor.

5.14 Location of Collateral . Such Grantor will: (a) keep the Collateral held by such Grantor at the locations set forth in Schedule 5 or at such other locations as may be disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (b) and will not remove any such Collateral from such locations (other than in connection with sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of such Grantor’s business, the movement of Collateral as part of such Grantor’s supply chain and in the ordinary course of such Grantor’s business, other dispositions permitted by Section  5.16 and Section 7.5 of the Credit Agreement and movements of Collateral from one disclosed location to another disclosed location within the United States), except upon at least 15 days’ prior written notice of any removal to the Administrative Agent; and (b) give the Administrative Agent at least 15 days’ prior written notice of any change in the locations set forth in Schedule 5 .

5.15 Maintenance of Records . Such Grantor will keep separate, accurate and complete Books with respect to Collateral held by such Grantor, disclosing the Administrative Agent’s security interest hereunder.

5.16 Disposition of Collateral . Such Grantor will not surrender or lose possession of (other than to the Administrative Agent), sell, lease, rent, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any of the Collateral held by such Grantor or any right or interest therein, except to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents.

5.17 Liens . Such Grantor will keep the Collateral held by such Grantor free of all Liens except Liens permitted under Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement.

5.18 Expenses . Such Grantor will pay all expenses of protecting, storing, warehousing, insuring, handling and shipping the Collateral held by such Grantor, to the extent the failure to pay any such expenses could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Collateral.

5.19 Leased Premises; Collateral Held by Warehouseman, Bailee, Etc. At the Administrative Agent’s request, such Grantor will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from each Person from whom such Grantor leases any premises, and from each other Person at whose premises any Collateral held by such Grantor is at any time present (including any bailee, warehouseman or similar Person), any such collateral access, subordination, landlord waiver, bailment, consent and estoppel agreements as the Administrative Agent may require, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

18


5.20 Chattel Paper . Such Grantor will not create any Chattel Paper without placing a legend on such Chattel Paper acceptable to the Administrative Agent indicating that the Administrative Agent has a security interest in such Chattel Paper. Such Grantor will give the Administrative Agent immediate notice if such Grantor at any time holds or acquires an interest in any Chattel Paper, including any Electronic Chattel Paper and shall comply, in all respects, with the provisions of Section  5.1 hereof.

5.21 Commercial Tort Claims . Such Grantor will give the Administrative Agent prompt notice if such Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Commercial Tort Claim.

5.22 Letter-of-Credit Rights . Such Grantor will give the Administrative Agent prompt notice if such Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Letter-of-Credit Rights with a potential value in excess of $100,000.

5.23 Shareholder Agreements and Other Agreements .

(a) Such Grantor shall comply with all of its obligations under any shareholders agreement, operating agreement, partnership agreement, voting trust, proxy agreement or other agreement or understanding (collectively, the “ Pledged Collateral Agreements ”) to which it is a party and shall enforce all of its rights thereunder, except, with respect to any such Pledged Collateral Agreement relating to any Pledged Collateral issued by a Person other than a Subsidiary of a Grantor, to the extent the failure to enforce any such rights could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Pledged Collateral to which any such Pledged Collateral Agreement relates.

(b) Such Grantor agrees that no Pledged Stock (i) shall be dealt in or traded on any securities exchange or in any securities market, (ii) shall constitute an investment company security, or (iii) shall be held by such Grantor in a Securities Account.

(c) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, including Sections 7.3 and 7.5 thereof, such Grantor shall not vote to enable or take any other action to: (i) amend or terminate, or waive compliance with any of the terms of, any such Pledged Collateral Agreement, certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents in any way that materially and adversely affects the validity, perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein.

SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Discharge of Obligations:

6.1 Certain Matters Relating to Receivables .

(a) The Administrative Agent hereby authorizes each Grantor to collect such Grantor’s Receivables, and the Administrative Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. If required by the Administrative Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Receivables, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent if required, in a Collateral Account over which the Administrative Agent has control, subject to withdrawal by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Secured Parties only as

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

19


provided in Section  6.5 , and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each such deposit of Proceeds of Receivables shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

(c) At the Administrative Agent’s request, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Receivables, including, without limitation, all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

6.2 Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable .

(a) The Administrative Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default communicate with obligors under the Receivables to verify with them to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Receivables.

(b) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Receivables that the Receivables have been assigned to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under each of the Receivables to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

6.3 Investment Property .

(a) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given written notice to the relevant Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section  6.3(b) , each Grantor shall be permitted to receive all cash dividends paid in respect of the Pledged Collateral and all payments made in respect of the Pledged Notes to the extent not prohibited by the Credit Agreement, and to exercise all voting and corporate or other organizational rights with respect to the Investment Property of such Grantor; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or corporate or other organizational right exercised or other action taken which, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, would materially impair the Collateral or which would be inconsistent with or result in any violation of any provision of the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

20


(b) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall give notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the right (A) to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other Proceeds paid in respect of the Investment Property (including the Pledged Collateral) of any or all of the Grantors and make application thereof to the Secured Obligations in the order set forth in Section  6.5 , and (B) to exchange uncertificated Pledged Collateral for certificated Pledged Collateral and to exchange certificated Pledged Collateral for certificates of larger or smaller denominations, for any purpose consistent with this Agreement (in each case to the extent such exchanges are permitted under the applicable Pledged Collateral Agreements or otherwise agreed upon by the Issuer of such Pledged Collateral), and (ii) any and all of such Investment Property shall be registered in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee, and the Administrative Agent or its nominee may thereafter exercise (x) all voting, corporate and other rights pertaining to such Investment Property at any meeting of shareholders of the relevant Issuer or Issuers or otherwise and (y) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Investment Property as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including, without limitation, the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of any such Investment Property upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate or other organizational structure of any Issuer, or upon the exercise by any Grantor or the Administrative Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such Investment Property, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of such Investment Property with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Administrative Agent may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

(c) Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Pledged Collateral or Pledged Notes pledged by such Grantor hereunder to (i) comply with any instruction received by it from the Administrative Agent in writing that (x) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying, and (ii) unless otherwise expressly permitted hereby, pay any dividends or other payments with respect to the Pledged Collateral or, as applicable, the Pledged Notes directly to the Administrative Agent.

(d) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to apply the balance from any Deposit Account or instruct the bank at which any Deposit Account is maintained to pay the balance of any Deposit Account to or for the benefit of the Administrative Agent.

6.4 Proceeds to be Turned Over To Administrative Agent . In addition to the rights of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties specified in Section  6.1 with respect to payments of Receivables, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks, Cash Equivalents and other near-cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if required). All Proceeds received by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account over which it maintains control, within the meaning of the UCC. All Proceeds while held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Secured Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section  6.5 .

6.5 Application of Proceeds . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at any time at the Administrative Agent’s election, the Administrative Agent may apply all or any part of Proceeds constituting Collateral, whether or not held in any Collateral Account, in payment of the Secured Obligations in accordance with Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

21


6.6 Code and Other Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to them in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Secured Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. The Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Administrative Agent’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Administrative Agent at places which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. The Administrative Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section  6.6 , in accordance with the provisions of Section  6.5 , only after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Secured Obligations, in such order as is contemplated by Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement, and only after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including Section 9615(a)(3) of the UCC, but only to the extent of the surplus, if any, owing to any Grantor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party arising out of the exercise by any of them of any rights hereunder, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party or their respective agents. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.

6.7 Registration Rights .

(a) If the Administrative Agent shall determine to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Pledged Stock pursuant to Section  6.6 , and if in the opinion of the Administrative Agent it is necessary or advisable to have the Pledged Stock, or that portion thereof to be sold, registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, the relevant Grantor will cause the Issuer thereof to (i) execute and deliver, and cause the directors and officers of such Issuer to execute and deliver, all such instruments and documents, and do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, necessary or advisable to register the Pledged Stock, or that portion thereof to be sold, under the provisions of the Securities Act, (ii) use its best efforts to cause the registration statement relating thereto to become effective and to remain effective for a period of one year from the date of the first public offering of the Pledged Stock, or that portion thereof to be sold, and (iii) make all amendments thereto

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

22


and/or to the related prospectus which, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, are necessary or advisable, all in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission applicable thereto. Each Grantor agrees to cause such Issuer to comply with the provisions of the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of any and all jurisdictions which the Administrative Agent shall designate and to make available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

(b) Each Grantor recognizes that the Administrative Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Stock, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. Subject to its compliance with state securities laws applicable to private sales, the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Stock for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.

(c) Each Grantor agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the Pledged Stock pursuant to this Section  6.7 valid and binding and in compliance with any applicable Requirement of Law. Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section  6.7 will cause irreparable injury to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, that the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section  6.7 shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred under the Credit Agreement.

6.8 Intellectual Property License . Solely for the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Section  6 and at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, an irrevocable, non-exclusive, worldwide license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Grantor), subject, in the case of Trademarks, to sufficient rights to quality control and inspection in favor of such Grantor to avoid the risk of invalidation of said Trademarks, to use, operate under, license, or sublicense any Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantors.

6.9 Deficiency . Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Secured Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to collect such deficiency.

SECTION 7. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that:

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

23


7.1 Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.

(a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following:

(i) in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Administrative Agent may request to give effect to the license granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section  6.8 ;

(iii) pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof;

(iv) execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section  6.6 or 6.7 , any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

(v) (1) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct; (2) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (3) sign and indorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (4) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (5) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (6) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; (7) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Administrative Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (8) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Administrative Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Administrative Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

24


Anything in this Section  7.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section  7.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Administrative Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.

(c) The expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section  7.1 , together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the highest rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on any category of past due ABR Loans under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Administrative Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent on demand.

(d) Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated and the security interests created hereby are released.

7.2 Duty of Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9207 of the UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Administrative Agent deals with similar property for its own account. Neither the Administrative Agent, any other Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

7.3 Authority of Administrative Agent . Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and the Grantors, the Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments in Writing . None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

25


8.2 Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Administrative Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided for in Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement; provided that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Guarantor shall be addressed to such Guarantor at its notice address set forth on Schedule 1 .

8.3 No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section  8.1 ), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default, as applicable. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which the Administrative Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

8.4 Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification .

(a) Each Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party for all its costs and expenses incurred in collecting against such Guarantor under the guaranty contained in Section  2 of this Agreement or otherwise enforcing or preserving any rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, including the fees and disbursements of counsel (including the allocated fees and expenses of in-house counsel) to the Administrative Agent and of counsel to each other Secured Party.

(b) Each Grantor agrees to pay, and to save the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to save the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement to the extent the Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

(d) The agreements in this Section  8.4 shall survive repayment of the Secured Obligations and any other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

8.5 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns; provided that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

8.6 Set Off . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party and any Affiliate thereof at any time and from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to such Grantor or any other Grantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Grantor, to setoff and appropriate and apply any and all

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

26


deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of such Grantor, or any part thereof in such amounts as the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party may elect, against and on account of the Secured Obligations and liabilities of such Grantor to the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and claims of every nature and description of the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party against such Grantor, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, as the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party may elect, whether or not the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has made any demand for payment and although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured. The rights of the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party under this Section  8.6 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which the Administrative Agent or such other Secured Party may have.

8.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile and/or electronic mail), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

8.8 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

8.9 Section Headings . The Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

8.10 Integration . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the agreement of the Grantors, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party relative to subject matter hereof and thereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

8.11 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES) OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. This Section  8.11 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.

8.12 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that the provisions of Section  10.14 of the Credit Agreement shall be incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis , as if set forth herein in full. This Section  8.12 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.

8.13 Acknowledgements . Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

27


(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among any of the Secured Parties or among the Grantors and any of the Secured Parties.

8.14 Additional Grantors . Each Subsidiary of a Grantor that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex 1 hereto.

8.15 Releases .

(a) Upon the Discharge of Obligations, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties created hereby, this Agreement shall terminate with respect to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of each Grantor to the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party. At the sole expense of any Grantor following any such termination, the Administrative Agent shall deliver such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

(b) If any of the Collateral shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Grantor in a transaction permitted by Section 7 of the Credit Agreement, then the Administrative Agent, at the request and sole expense of such Grantor, shall promptly execute and deliver to such Grantor all releases or other documents reasonably necessary or desirable for the release of the Liens created hereby on such Collateral, as applicable. At the request and sole expense of the Borrower, a Guarantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder in the event that all the Capital Stock of such Guarantor shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person other than a Grantor in a transaction permitted by Section 7 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least ten days, or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree, prior to the date of the proposed release, a written request for release identifying the relevant Guarantor and the terms of the sale or other disposition in reasonable detail, including the price thereof and any expenses in connection therewith, together with a certification by the Borrower stating that such transaction is in compliance with terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

8.16 Intercreditor Agreement .

(a) NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE SECURITY INTEREST GRANTED TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE LOAN PARTIES, AND THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND THIS AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN AND CONTROL.

 

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

28


(b) NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, ANY REQUIREMENT IN THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY GRANTOR TO DELIVER COLLATERAL TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT.

[ remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTORS:
FASTLY, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

Signature Page 1 to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

Signature Page 2 to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

 


SCHEDULE 1

NOTICE ADDRESSES OF GUARANTORS

 

Guarantor

  

Notice Address

Fastly, Inc.    475 Brannan St., Suite #300
   San Francisco, CA 94107

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

Schedule 1


SCHEDULE 2

DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENT PROPERTY

Pledged Stock:

 

Grantor

  

Issuer

  

Class of Capital Stock

  

Certificate
No.

   No. of Shares /
Units
 

Fastly, Inc.

   Fastly International (Holdings) Limited    Ordinary Shares    1      1,000  

Fastly, Inc.

   Fastly International Technology Limited    Ordinary Shares    1, 2      1,100  

Fastly, Inc.

   Fastly Kabushiki Kaisha Limited    Ordinary Shares    Uncertificated      400  

Fastly, Inc.

   Brannan International Limited    Ordinary Shares    Uncertificated      100  

 

*

Only sixty five percent (65%) of the shares listed shall be pledged.

Pledged Notes: None

 

Grantor

  

Issuer

  

Date of Issuance

  

Payee

   Principal
Amount

Securities Accounts: See Schedule 2 attachment

 

Grantor

  

Securities Intermediary

  

Address

  

Account Number(s)

Commodity Accounts: None

 

Grantor

  

Commodities Intermediary

  

Address

  

Account Number(s)

Deposit Accounts: See Schedule 2 attachment

 

Grantor

  

Depositary Bank

  

Address

  

Account Number(s)

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

Schedule 2


The following are all banks, brokerages, or financial institutions at which the Company and its subsidiaries maintain deposit or securities accounts:

 

Institution Name and Address

  

Account Number

   Average Monthly
Balance in Account
    

Name of Account Owner

Silicon Valley Bank,

3003 Tasman Drive,

Santa Clara, CA 95054

  

3300739134

(Collections)

     $0      Fastly, Inc
Silicon Valley Bank,    3301144345      $4M      Fastly, Inc
3003 Tasman Drive,    (Disbursement)      
Santa Clara, CA 95054         
Silicon Valley Bank,    3300772238      $50,000      Fastly, Inc
3003 Tasman Drive,    (Money Market)      
Santa Clara, CA 95054         
Silicon Valley Bank,    3301499804      $0      Fastly, Inc
3003 Tasman Drive,    (Payroll)      
Santa Clara, CA 95054         
US Bank    19-SV1127-Fastly      $47.5M      Fastly, Inc
(SVB asset mgmt ccount)    Inc (42688)      
Bank of America,    1416408381      $1,500      Fastly, Inc
2000 Clayton Rd,         
Concord, CA         
Lloyds Bank, Victoria House,    309781-26281668      $200,000      Fastly Limited
Southhampton Row, London, UK          C/o (Fitzgerald & Law)
Sumitomo Bank,    9193888      $100,000      Fastly Kabushiki
Minato-ku,          Kaisha
Tokyo, Japan          (c/o Tricor)
Bank of America,    1416608286      $50,000      Brannan
N House 75 Fort St 8,          International Ltd
Grand Cayman         
HDFC BANK LTD, 101-104,    50200029607173      $1,000      Fastly India
Tulsiani Chambers , Free          Privated Limited
Press Journal Marg, Nariman         
Point , Mumbai- 400021.         

 

-13-


SCHEDULE 3

FILINGS AND OTHER ACTIONS

REQUIRED TO PERFECT SECURITY INTERESTS

Uniform Commercial Code Filings

 

1.

UCC Financing Statement naming Fastly, Inc. as “debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “secured party” to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

Schedule 3


SCHEDULE 4

LOCATION OF JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION,

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE AND LOCATION OF BOOKS

 

Grantor

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

  

Organizational Identification
Number

  

Location of Chief Executive
Office

  

Location of Books

Fastly, Inc.    Delaware    4947714   

475 Brannan St.,

Suite #300

San Francisco, CA 94107

  

475 Brannan St.,

Suite #300

San Francisco, CA

94107

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

Schedule 4


SCHEDULE 5

LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND INVENTORY

 

Grantor

  

Address Location

Fastly, Inc.    475 Brannan St., Suite #300
   San Francisco, CA 94107
Fastly, Inc.    1451 Larimer St.
   Denver, Co 80202
Fastly, Inc.    235 Park Ave S, Floor 4
   New York, NY 10003
Fastly, Inc.    309 SW 6 th Ave.
   Suite 800
   Portland, OR 97204
Fastly, Inc.    Fastly customer data center facilities. See POP
   Addresses Attachment

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

Schedule 5


Fastly, Inc.

Trademark Status Chart

December 2018

 

MARK

  

COUNTRY

  

APPLICATION/
REGISTRATION NO.

  

GOODS/SERVICES

  

HISTORY AND STATUS

         namely, integrating third party web content, streaming media and computer applications for delivery from a content delivery network; web site traffic analysis, namely, providing web site content providers with information identifying the geographic and network point-of-origin of web site requests; providing global traffic management services to content providers who operate mirrored Web sites, namely, tracking changing conditions on the Internet and directing users to the distributed sites that are optimal for them; providing web site traffic monitoring and reporting services; providing customers with technical support featuring personalized technical support in the nature of troubleshooting of cloud acceleration platform performance, and providing information and news about the computer industry   
FASTLY    European Union    Application No. 12710571    Class 09: Computer software for providing access to a global computer network; computer software for delivering content, namely, third party web content, streaming media and software applications to end-users; computer hardware, namely, computer servers for hosting third party web content, streaming media and software applications    Filed Mar-20-2014
         Class 38: Delivering third party web content and software applications from a network of managed servers to provide accelerated multiple-user access to a global computer information network; Streaming of audio, visual, text, video and audiovisual material on the Internet, namely, providing content delivery network (CDN) services that dynamically stream and organize third party web content for optimized flow to end users   
         Class 39: Electronic storage of data, namely, third party web content   
         Class 42: Data conversion of computer network data or information, namely, integrating third party web content, streaming media and computer applications for delivery from a content delivery network; providing computerized digital rights management, namely a system for protecting the copyrights of digital content that is distributed online; Web site traffic analysis, namely, providing web site content providers with information identifying the geographic and network point-of-origin of Web site requests; providing global traffic management services to content providers who operate mirrored Web sites, namely, tracking changing conditions on the Internet and directing users to the distributed sites that are optimal for them; providing Web site traffic monitoring and reporting services; providing on-line customer support featuring reporting tools, personalized technical support and troubleshooting, and information and news about the computer industry   

 

 

Page 8 of 12


Fastly, Inc.

Trademark Status Chart

December 2018

 

MARK

  

COUNTRY

  

APPLICATION/
REGISTRATION NO.

  

GOODS/SERVICES

  

HISTORY AND STATUS

FASTLY and Clock Design    European Union   

Application No. 015594013

 

Registration No. 015594013

   Class 09: Computer software for providing access to a global computer network; computer software for delivering content, namely, third party web content, streaming media and software applications to end-users; computer hardware, namely, computer servers for hosting third party web content, streaming media and software applications.   

Filed Jun-30-2016

 

Registered Nov-03-2016

         Class 38: Delivering third party web content and software applications from a network of managed servers to provide accelerated multiple-user access to a global computer information network; Streaming of audio, visual, text, video and audiovisual material on the Internet, namely, providing content delivery network (CDN) services that dynamically stream and organize third party web content for optimized flow to end users   
         Class 42: Data conversion of computer network data or information, namely, integrating third party web content, streaming media and computer applications for delivery from a content delivery network; web site traffic analysis, namely, providing web site content providers with information identifying the geographic and network point-of-origin of web site requests; providing global traffic management services to content providers who operate mirrored Web sites, namely, tracking changing conditions on the Internet and directing users to the distributed sites that are optimal for them; providing web site traffic monitoring and reporting services; providing customers with technical support featuring personalized technical support in the nature of troubleshooting of cloud acceleration platform performance, and providing information and news about the computer industry.   

 

Page 9 of 12


Fastly, Inc.

Trademark Status Chart

December 2018

 

MARK

  

COUNTRY

  

APPLICATION/
REGISTRATION NO.

  

GOODS/SERVICES

  

HISTORY AND STATUS

FASTLY    Hong Kong   

Application No. 302931543

 

Registration No. 302931543

   Class 09: Computer software for providing access to a global computer network; computer software for delivering content, namely, third party web content, streaming media and software applications to end-users; computer hardware, namely, computer servers for hosting third party web content, streaming media and software applications   

Filed Mar-20-2014

 

Registered Jun-17-2015

FASTLY    Israel   

Application No. 263804

 

Registration No. 263804

   Class 09: Computer software for providing access to a global computer network; computer software for delivering content, namely, third party web content, streaming media and software applications to end-users; computer hardware, namely, computer servers for hosting third party web content, streaming media and software applications   

Filed Mar-20-2014

 

Registered Jun-02-2016

FASTLY    Japan   

Application No. 2014021581

 

Registration No. 5677422

   Class 09: Computer software for providing access to a global computer network; computer software for delivering content, namely, third party web content, streaming media and software applications to end-users; computer hardware, namely, computer servers for hosting third party web content, streaming media and software applications   

Filed Mar-20-2014

 

Registered Jun-13-2014

FASTLY    Mexico   

Application No. 1468692

 

Registration No. 1480679

   Class 09: Computer software for providing access to a global computer network; computer software for delivering content, namely, third party web content, streaming media and software applications to end-users; computer hardware, namely, computer servers for hosting third party web content, streaming media and software applications   

Filed Mar-20-2014

 

Registered Sep-11-2014

FASTLY    New Zealand   

Application No. 994495

 

Registration No. 994495

   Class 09: Computer software for providing access to a global computer network; computer software for delivering content, namely, third party web content, streaming media and software applications to end-users; computer hardware, namely, computer servers for hosting third party web content, streaming media and software applications   

Filed Mar-20-2014

 

Registered Sep-23-2014

 

Page 10 of 12


Fastly, Inc.

Trademark Status Chart

December 2018

 

MARK

  

COUNTRY

  

APPLICATION/
REGISTRATION NO.

  

GOODS/SERVICES

  

HISTORY AND STATUS

FASTLY    Singapore   

Application No. T1404129I

 

Registration No. T1404129I

   Class 09: Computer software for providing access to a global computer network; computer software for delivering content, namely, third party web content, streaming media and software applications to end-users; computer hardware, namely, computer servers for hosting third party web content, streaming media and software applications   

Filed Mar-20-2014

 

Registered Oct-14-2014

FASTLY    South Africa    Application No. 201407606    Class 09: Computer software for providing access to a global computer network; computer software for delivering content, namely, third party web content, streaming media and software applications to end-users; computer hardware, namely, computer servers for hosting third party web content, streaming media and software applications    Filed Mar-20-2014
FASTLY    South Korea   

Application No. 4020140018716

 

Registration No. 401085041

   Class 09: Computer software for providing access to a global computer network; computer software for delivering content, namely, third party web content, streaming media and software applications to end-users; computer hardware, namely, computer servers for hosting third party web content, streaming media and software applications   

Filed Mar-20-2014

 

Registered Feb-02-2015

FASTLY    Taiwan   

Application No. 103015134

 

Registration No. 1695033

   Class 09: Computer software for providing access to a global computer network; computer software for delivering content, namely, third party web content, streaming media and software applications to end-users; computer hardware, namely, computer servers for hosting third party web content, streaming media and software applications   

Filed Mar-20-2014

 

Registered Mar-01-2015

FASTLY and Clock Design

 

LOGO

   United Kingdom   

Application No. 3172102

 

Registration No. 3172102

   Class 09: Computer software for providing access to a global computer network; computer software for delivering content, namely, third party web content, streaming media and software applications to end-users; computer hardware, namely, computer servers for hosting third party web content, streaming media and software applications   

Filed Jun-29-2016

 

Registered Sep-30-2016

         Class 42: Data conversion of computer network data or information, namely, integrating third party web content, streaming media and computer applications for delivery from a content delivery network;   

 

 

Page 11 of 12


Fastly, Inc.

Trademark Status Chart

December 2018

 

MARK

  

COUNTRY

  

APPLICATION/
REGISTRATION NO.

  

GOODS/SERVICES

  

HISTORY AND STATUS

         web site traffic analysis, namely, providing web site content providers with information identifying the geographic and network point-of-origin of web site requests; providing global traffic management services to content providers who operate mirrored Web sites, namely, tracking changing conditions on the Internet and directing users to the distributed sites that are optimal for them; providing web site traffic monitoring and reporting services; providing customers with technical support featuring personalized technical support in the nature of troubleshooting of cloud acceleration platform performance, and providing information and news about the computer industry   

 

 

Page 12 of 12


Schedule to

Assumption Agreement

Supplement to Schedule 1

Supplement to Schedule 2

Supplement to Schedule 3

Supplement to Schedule 4

Supplement to Schedule 5

Supplement to Schedule 6

Supplement to Schedule 7

Supplement to Schedule 8

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

Annex 1


ANNEX 2 TO

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

FORM OF

PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT

To: Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent

Re: _________________ [Borrower]

Date: _________________

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Pledge Supplement (this “ Pledge Supplement ”) is made and delivered pursuant to Section 3.3(g) of that certain Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2018 (as amended, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the “ Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”), among each Grantor party thereto (each a “ Grantor ” and collectively, the “ Grantors ”), and Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Administrative Agent ”). All capitalized terms used in this Pledge Supplement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in either the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), as the context may require.

The undersigned, ___________________________ [insert name of Grantor] , a _____________________ [corporation, partnership, limited liability company, etc.] , confirms and agrees that all Pledged Collateral of the undersigned, including the property described on the supplemental schedule attached hereto, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral and shall secure all Secured Obligations.

Schedule 2 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby amended by adding to such Schedule 2 the information set forth in the supplement attached hereto.

This Pledge Supplement shall constitute a Loan Document under the Credit Agreement.

THIS PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES) OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA .

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Pledge Supplement, as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF APPLICABLE GRANTOR]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

Annex 2


SUPPLEMENT TO ANNEX 2

TO THE GUARANTY AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Number of Units/Shares
Owned

 

Certificate(s) Numbers

 

Date Issued

 

Class or Type of Units or
Shares

 

Percentage of
Subsidiary’s Total Equity
Interests Owned

 

Guarantee & Collateral Agreement

 

Annex 1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

FASTLY, INC.

Date: ___________ ____, 20____

This Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section  6.2(b) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2018, among FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned, a duly authorized and acting Responsible Officer of the Borrower, hereby certifies, in his/her capacity as an officer of the Borrower, and not in any personal capacity, as follows:

I have reviewed and am familiar with the contents of this Compliance Certificate.

I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and have made, or caused to be made under my supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the financial statements attached hereto as Attachment 1 (the “ Financial Statements ”). Except as set forth on Attachment 2 , such review did not disclose the existence during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the Financial Statements, and I have no knowledge of the existence as of the date of this Compliance Certificate, of any condition or event which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default.

Attached hereto as Attachment 3 are the computations showing compliance with the covenants set forth in Section  7.1 of the Credit Agreement.

[To the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party is attached hereto as Attachment 4.]

[To the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a list of any Intellectual Property issued to or acquired by any Loan Party since [the Closing Date][the date of the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered] is attached hereto as Attachment 5.]

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

Exhibit B


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Compliance Certificate as of the date first written above.

 

FASTLY, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit B


Attachment 1

to Compliance Certificate

[Attach Financial Statements]

 

Attachment 1


Attachment 2

to Compliance Certificate

Except as set forth below, no Default or Event of Default has occurred. [If a Default or Event of Default has occurred, the following describes the nature of the Default or Event of Default in reasonable detail and the steps, if any, being taken or contemplated by the Borrower to be taken on account thereof.]

 

Attachment 2


Attachment 3

[attach calculations]

 

Attachment 3


[Attachment 4]

[include a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party]

 

Attachment 4


[Attachment 5]

[list any Intellectual Property issued to or acquired by any Loan Party since [the Closing Date][the date of the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered]]

 

 

Attachment 5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF [SECRETARY’S][MANAGING MEMBER’S] CERTIFICATE

[NAME OF APPLICABLE LOAN PARTY]

This Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section  5.1(e) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2018, among FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. The undersigned [Secretary][Managing Member] of [the Borrower][ insert the name of the certifying Loan Party , a [_______] [corporation][limited liability company], the “ Certifying Loan Party ”)] hereby certifies as follows:

1. [Each of the representations and warranties made by each Loan Party in or pursuant to any Loan Document (i) that is qualified by materiality is true and correct, and (ii) that is not qualified by materiality, is true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of the date hereof as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.] 1

2. I am the duly elected and qualified [Secretary][Managing Member] of the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party].

3. [No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof or after giving effect to the Loans to be made on the date hereof and the use of proceeds thereof.] 1

4. [The conditions precedent set forth in Section  5.1 , of the Credit Agreement were satisfied or waived, as applicable, as of the Closing Date.] 2

5. There are no liquidation or dissolution proceedings pending or, to my knowledge, threatened against [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party], nor has any other event occurred which could be reasonably likely to materially adversely affect or threaten the continued [corporate][company] existence of [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party].

6. [The Borrower][The Certifying Loan Party] is a [corporation][limited liability company] duly [incorporated][organized], validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.

 

1

Do not include for certificates delivered on the Closing Date.

2

Do not include for certificates delivered after the Closing Date.

 

Exhibit C


7. Attached hereto as Annex 1 is a true and complete copy of the resolutions duly adopted by the Board of [Directors][Managers] of [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party] authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party] is a party and all other agreements, documents and instruments to be executed, delivered and performed in connection therewith. Such resolutions have not in any way been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, and have been in full force and effect since their adoption up to and including the date hereof and are now in full force and effect.

8. Attached hereto as Annex 2 is a true and complete copy of the [By-Laws][Operating Agreement] of [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party] as in effect on the date hereof.

9. Attached hereto as Annex 3 is a true and complete copy of the Certificate of [Incorporation][Formation] of [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party] as in effect on the date hereof, along with a long-form good-standing certificate for [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party] from the jurisdiction of its organization.

10. The following persons are now duly elected and qualified officers of [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party] holding the offices indicated next to their respective names below, and the signatures appearing opposite their respective names below are the true and genuine signatures of such officers, and each of such officers, acting alone, is duly authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party] each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and any certificate or other document to be delivered by [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party] pursuant to the Loan Documents to which it is a party:

 

Name

  

Office

  

Signature

[_____________]    [_____________]   

 

[_____________]    [_____________]   

 

[_____________]    [_____________]   

 

[_____________]    [_____________]   

 

[ Signature page follows ]

 

Exhibit C


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as of the date set forth below.

 

    

Name:  

 

Title:   [Secretary][Managing Member]

I, [____________], in my capacity as the [____________] of [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party], do hereby certify in the name and on behalf of [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party] that [____________ ] is the duly elected and qualified [Secretary][Managing Member] of [the Borrower][the Certifying Loan Party] and that the signature appearing above is [her][his] genuine signature.

Date: [___________]

 

    

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit C


ANNEX 1

RESOLUTIONS

 

Exhibit C


ANNEX 2

[BY-LAWS][OPERATING AGREEMENT]

Exhibit C


ANNEX 3

[CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION][CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION]

AND

GOOD-STANDING CERTIFICATE

 

Exhibit C


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

FASTLY, INC.

Date: ___________ ____, 20____

To the Administrative Agent,

and each of the Lenders party

to the Credit Agreement referred to below:

This SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE (this “ Certificate ”) is delivered pursuant to Section  5.1(s) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2018, among FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned [Chief Financial Officer][Treasurer] of the Borrower, in such capacity only and not in her/his individual capacity, does hereby certify on behalf of each Loan Party as of the date hereof that:

Each Loan Party is, and after giving effect to the incurrence of all Indebtedness, Obligations and obligations being incurred in connection with the Loan Documents, will continue to be, Solvent. No transfer of property is being made by any Loan Party and no obligation is being incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of such Loan Party.

(Signature page follows)

 

Exhibit D


I represent the foregoing information to be, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true and correct and execute this Certificate as of the date first written above.

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

as [Chief Financial Officer][Treasurer] of:

FASTLY, INC.

 

Exhibit D


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

FASTLY, INC.

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “ Assignment Agreement ”) is dated as of the Assignment Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between the Assignor identified in item 1 below (the “ Assignor ”) and the Assignee identified in item 2 below (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment Agreement as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Assignment Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including without limitation any guarantees included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by the Assignor to the Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment Agreement, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.    Assignor:   

 

  
     

 

  
2.    Assignee:   

 

  
   [for Assignee, if applicable, indicate [Affiliate][Approved Fund] of [ identify Lender ]]
3.    Borrower:    FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”)
4.    Administrative Agent:    SILICON VALLEY BANK
5.    Credit Agreement:    Credit Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2018, among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, and SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Administrative Agent.

 

Exhibit E


6. Assigned Interest[s]:   

 

Assignor

   Assignee      Facility
Assigned 1
     Aggregate
Amount of
Commitment /
Loans for all
Lenders 2
     Amount of
Commitment /
Loans
Assigned 3
     Percentage
Assigned of
Commitment /
Loans 4
    CUSIP
Number
 
         $            $                    
         $        $                
         $        $                

 

[7. Trade Date:    ______________] 5   

Assignment Effective Date: _____________ ___ , 20___ [TO BE INSERTED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE ASSIGNMENT EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

1  

Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment Agreement.

2  

Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Assignment Effective Date.

3  

Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Assignment Effective Date.

4  

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the applicable Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

5  

To be completed if the Assignor(s) and the Assignee(s) intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.

 

Exhibit E


The terms set forth in this Assignment Agreement are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR 1

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

ASSIGNEE 2

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

  

 

1  

Add additional signature blocks as needed.

2  

Add additional signature blocks as needed.

 

Exhibit E


Consented to and Accepted:

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

as Administrative Agent

 

By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Consented to:] 3

 

[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY]

By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

3

To be added only if the consent of the Borrower and/or other parties is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

 

Exhibit E


ANNEX 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of any Loan Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by any Loan Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an Assignee under Section 10.6(b) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.6(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Assignment Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section  6.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement and to purchase the Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement and to purchase the Assigned Interest, and (vii) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment Agreement is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on any of the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Assignment Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Assignment Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Assignment Effective Date.

 

Exhibit E


3. General Provisions . This Assignment Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment Agreement by telecopy (or other electronic method of transmission) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment Agreement. This Assignment Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws (and not the conflict of law rules) of the State of California.

 

Exhibit E


EXHIBIT F-1

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

[ Date ]

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent for such Lenders (in such capacity; the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section  2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized signatory as of the day and year first written above.

 

[Name of Lender]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit F-1


EXHIBIT F-2

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

[ Date ]

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent for such Lenders (in such capacity; the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section  2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized signatory as of the day and year first written above.

 

[Name of Participant]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit F-2


EXHIBIT F-3

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent for such Lenders (in such capacity; the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section  2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized signatory as of the day and year first written above.

 

[Name of Participant]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit F-3


EXHIBIT F-4

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

[ Date ]

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent for such Lenders (in such capacity; the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section  2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized signatory as of the day and year first written above.

 

[Name of Lender]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

 

Exhibit F-4


EXHIBIT G

[RESERVED]

 

Exhibit G


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF TERM LOAN NOTE

FASTLY, INC.

THIS TERM LOAN NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO BELOW. TRANSFERS OF THIS TERM LOAN NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MUST BE RECORDED IN THE TERM LOAN REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

$[___________]   

Santa Clara, California

________ ____, 20___

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the Borrower ), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to [ ___________ ] (the “ Lender ”) or its registered assigns at the Funding Office specified in the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) in Dollars and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of (a) [ ____________________ ] ($[_______]), or, if less, (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans made by the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below. The principal amount hereof shall be paid in the amounts and on the dates specified in Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement. The Borrower further agrees to pay interest in like money at such office on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement.

The holder of this Term Loan Note (this “ Note ”) is authorized to indorse on the schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof the amount of the Term Loan and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal with respect thereto. Each such indorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information indorsed. The failure to make any such indorsement or any error in any such indorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower in respect of the Term Loan.

This Note (a) is one of the Term Loan Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2018, among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), (b) is subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, and (c) is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment in whole or in part as provided in the Credit Agreement. This Note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Loan Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Loan Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and the guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interests and each guarantee were granted and the rights of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any one or more Events of Default, all principal and all accrued interest then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, indorser or otherwise, hereby waive presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

 

Exhibit H


Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 10.6 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES) OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA .

 

FASTLY, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit H


Schedule A

to Term Loan Note

LOANS AND REPAYMENTS

 

Date

 

Amount of Loans

 

Amount of Principal of Loans
Repaid

 

Unpaid Principal Balance of
Loans

 

Notation Made By

 

Exhibit H


EXHIBIT I

[RESERVED]

 

Exhibit I


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF COLLATERAL INFORMATION CERTIFICATE

(provided separately)

 

Exhibit J


EXHIBIT K

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

FASTLY, INC.

Date: ______________

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

3003 Tasman Drive

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attention: Corporate Services Department

 

RE:

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2018 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent for such Lenders (in such capacity; the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned refers to the Credit Agreement and hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement, of the borrowing of a Term Loan.

1. The requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day, is _______________.

2. The aggregate amount of the requested Loan is $_____________.

3. [Insert instructions for remittance of the proceeds of the applicable Loans to be borrowed]

4. The undersigned, in his/her capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and not in his/her individual capacity, hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed Loan before and after giving effect thereto, and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as applicable:

(a) each of the representations and warranties made by each Loan Party in or pursuant to any Loan Document (i) that is qualified by materiality is true and correct, and (ii) that is not qualified by materiality, is true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of the date hereof as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; and

(b) no Default or Event of Default exists or will occur after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested herein.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

Exhibit K


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this notice to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

FASTLY, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit K

Exhibit 10.32

S ECOND A MENDMENT TO L EASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Second Amendment”), dated as of the 11th day of March, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), is between CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated August 22, 2014 (the “Original Lease”), and that certain First Amendment to Lease dated May 27, 2015 (the “First Amendment”), pursuant to which Landlord leased unto Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord what was previously measured as approximately 65,180 rentable square feet of office space described as Suites 200, 300, 320 and 330 (collectively, the “Premises”) located on the second and third floors of the building commonly known as 475 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California (the “Building”). The Original Lease and the First Amendment are collectively referred to herein as the “Lease”.

B. The Term of the Lease is to expire March 31, 2020. Tenant desires to extend the Term for an additional eighty-eight (88) months. Landlord agrees to extend the Term upon the terms and conditions outlined in this Second Amendment.

A G R E E M E N T

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the facts mentioned above, the mutual promises set forth below and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do agree as follows:

1. Effective Date. This Second Amendment shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

2. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment which are not defined herein shall have the meanings for such terms which are set forth in the Lease.

3. Premises.

A. Remeasurement. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Landlord has remeasured the Building and that, according to such remeasurement, effective as of April 1, 2020 (the “Extension Date”) and continuing through the Extended Term (defined below in Section 4), (i) the deck area (the “Deck Area”) adjacent to Suites 300 and 330 containing approximately 4,911 rentable square feet is added to the total rentable area of the Premises; (ii) the total rentable area of the Premises is 71,343 square feet; and (iii) the rentable area of the Building is 247,742 square feet. Effective as of the Extension Date, the rentable area of the Premises and Building shall be accordingly adjusted to reflect such remeasurement.

 

1 -  Second Amendment to Lease    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


B. Deck Area. Landlord agrees that as of the Effective Date, the Deck Area shall become part of the Premises, Tenant shall have exclusive use of the Deck Area, and that Tenant shall be permitted to use the Deck Area for the uses permitted under the Lease, including, without limitation, general office purposes, and to perform improvements to the Deck Area in accordance with the terms and conditions of Paragraph 8 of the Original Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall modify Landlord’s obligation to repair and maintain the structural elements of the Deck Area, including the floor thereof, in accordance with the terms of the Lease through the Extended Term, but shall not have any obligation to repair or maintain any flooring or floor covering of the Deck Area.

4. Term. As of the Effective Date, the Term of the Lease shall be extended through 11:59 p.m. on July 31, 2027 (“Extended Expiration Date”), unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of the Lease. That portion of the Term commencing on the Extension Date and ending on the Extended Expiration Date shall be referred to herein as the “Extended Term”. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to confirm the dates of the Extended Term by executing and delivering to each other counterparts of a Commencement Date Memorandum in the form of Exhibit D-1 attached hereto, but the Extended Term of the Lease shall commence on the Extension Date and end on the Extended Expiration Date whether or not such memorandum is executed.

5. Basic Monthly Rental. During the Extended Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Basic Monthly Rental for the Premises, without prior notice or demand, the amounts set forth in the following schedule:

 

Period

    Basic Monthly
Rental
    Monthly
Abatement
    Net Basic
Monthly Rental
 
  4/1/20 – 10/15/20     $ 432,279.12     $ 432,279.12     $ 0.00  
  10/16/20 – 3/31/21     $ 432,279.12     $ 0.00     $ 432,279.12  
  4/1/21 – 3/31/22     $ 445,247.49     $ 0.00     $ 445,247.49  
  4/1/22 – 3/31/23     $ 458,604.91     $ 0.00     $ 458,604.91  
  4/1/23 – 3/31/24     $ 472,363.05     $ 0.00     $ 472,363.05  
  4/1/24 – 3/31/25     $ 486,533.94     $ 0.00     $ 486,533.94  
  4/1/25 – 3/31/26     $ 501,129.95     $ 0.00     $ 501,129.95  
  4/1/26 – 3/31/27     $ 516,163.84     $ 0.00     $ 516,163.84  
  4/1/27 – 7/31/27     $ 531,648.75     $ 0.00     $ 531,648.75  

6. Tenant’s Percentage Share. As of the Extension Date, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Tenant’s Percentage Share shall be 26.81% (based upon 66,432 rentable square feet within the interior of the Premises and the Building square footage of 247,742), and Tenant shall no longer be required to pay the Suite 330 Percentage Share as set forth in Section 6 of the First Amendment.

 

2 -  Second Amendment to Lease    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


7. Operating Costs. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Basic Monthly Rental schedule set forth above for the Extended Term reflects a change in the Lease from a so called “Industrial Gross” lease to a “NNN” lease, where Operating Expenses are in addition to the monthly Basic Monthly Rental. To reflect this change, as of the Extension Date, the Lease shall be amended as follows:

A. Paragraph 1(a) of the Original Lease shall be deleted in its entirety.

B. Paragraph 1(c) of the Original Lease shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

“(c) The term “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the term expires; provided, however, that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period.”

C. Paragraphs 4(a), 4(b) and 4(f) of the Original Lease shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

“(a) In addition to the Basic Monthly Rental payable during the Term of this Lease, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing throughout the remaining Term of this Lease (including the Extension Term, if applicable) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, Tenant’s Percentage Share of: (i) Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in any calendar year; and (ii) Real Property Taxes paid or incurred by Landlord in any calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Building is less than one hundred percent (100%) occupied in any Expense Year during the Term, then Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment in occupancy-related Operating Expenses for such Expense Year for the purposes of avoiding distortion of the amount of such Operating Expenses to be attributed to Tenant by reason of variation in total occupancy of the Building, by employing consistent and sound accounting and management principles to determine Operating Expenses that would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been one hundred percent (100%) occupied. If it shall not be lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for any Real Property Taxes as defined herein, then the Basic Monthly Rental payable to Landlord shall be increased to net Landlord the same net Basic Monthly Rental after imposition of Real Property Taxes as would have been received by Landlord prior to the imposition of such Real Property Taxes.”

“(b) Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing throughout the remainder of the Lease Term (including the Extension Term, if applicable), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, one-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes for such Expense Year on or before the first day of each calendar month of such Expense Year, in advance, in an amount estimated in good faith by Landlord in notices delivered to Tenant. If Landlord fails to deliver such an estimate to Tenant prior to the commencement of any Expense Year, then Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating

 

3 -  Second Amendment to Lease    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


Expenses and Real Property Taxes on the basis of the prior Expense Year’s estimate until the first day of the next calendar month after such notice is given, provided that on such date Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such estimated adjustment payable to Landlord for prior months during the Expense Year in question, less any portion thereof previously paid by Tenant. Landlord may revise its estimate of Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes for any Expense Year from time to time by giving written notice of such revision to Tenant, in which event subsequent payments by Tenant for such Expense Year shall be based on Landlord’s revised estimate. The failure or delay by Landlord to provide Tenant with Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes or Landlord’s annual statement (as described in subparagraph 4(c) below) for any Expense Year shall not constitute a default by Landlord hereunder, or a waiver by Landlord of Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes for such Expense Year or of Landlord’s right to send to Tenant such an estimate or annual statement, as the case may be.”

“(f) It is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that the Basic Monthly Rental paid to Landlord throughout the term of this Lease shall be absolutely net of all Real Property Taxes and Operating Expenses and the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 4 are intended to so provide.”

D. The fourth sentence of Paragraph 8(c) of the Original Lease shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

“Tenant shall have access to and use of the Building’s condenser water for such facilities subject to payment of charges typically assessed to other tenants of the Building for the use thereof, provided such charges are not included as Operating Expenses.”

E. The fourth sentence of Paragraph 18(b)(iv) of the Original Lease shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

“For the purpose of determining unpaid rent under clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the rent reserved in this Lease shall be deemed to be the total rent payable by Tenant under Articles 3 and 4 hereof; for purposes of computing Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes for the calendar year in which the default occurs and each future calendar year or portion thereof in the Lease Term, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes shall be assumed to be equal to the amount thereof for the calendar year prior to the year in which the default shall occur, increased annually at a rate equal to the average rate of increase, if any, in such items from the Commencement Date through the time of award.”

8. Condition of Premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Second Amendment, Landlord has agreed to extend the Term of the Lease on the express condition that Tenant accepts the Premises in their as-is condition and that neither Landlord nor any representative of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises, except as specifically set forth in the Lease, as amended hereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove the large planters located on the Deck Area and replace the planters with privacy screening mutually agreeable to Landlord and Tenant, and which is in compliance with all applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, to provide privacy from the adjacent building (the “Privacy Screening”). Landlord shall also clean or repair the flooring of the Deck Area in the areas previously occupied by the large planters to the extent necessary to attain an appearance reasonably consistent with the remainder of the Deck Area flooring. Landlord and Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to determine the means of providing the Privacy Screening within ninety (90) days following the Effective Date. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to install the Privacy Screening and remove the planters from the Deck Area within sixty (60) days following the date upon which the Privacy Screening has been determined. Landlord shall provide Tenant with no less than two (2) business days prior notice before entering the Premises and Deck Area to remove the planters and install the Privacy Screening. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises during such entry and removal.

 

4 -  Second Amendment to Lease    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


9. Renewal Improvements. Landlord and Tenant agree to the provisions set forth in the work letter annexed hereto as Exhibit “C-2” (“Work Letter”). Tenant agrees to construct any Renewal Improvements described in the Work Letter upon and subject to the provisions thereof.

10. Security. Landlord currently holds the sum of $1,102,441.62 as security for Tenant’s faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, and obligations required to be performed by Tenant under the Lease (the “Security Deposit”). The amount of the Security Deposit shall be subject to further reduction commencing on each anniversary of the Extension Date (each a “Reduction Date”) by the amount of $81,541.84 (the “Reduction Amount”) from the amount then held by Landlord, so long as no Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease then currently exists beyond any applicable notice and cure periods as of the relevant Reduction Date or the date any excess Security Deposit is to be returned pursuant hereto. Within ten (10) business days following the relevant Reduction Date, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the Reduction Amount. If such Reduction Amount is not timely paid by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord written notice that the Reduction Amount has not been timey paid. Landlord shall then have ten (10) business days to either pay the Reduction Amount or to provide Tenant written notice that Landlord disputes that a Reduction Amount payment is due (the “Notice of Dispute”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that a Notice of Dispute may only be delivered to Tenant by Landlord in the event a dispute arises in connection with a default by Tenant beyond the applicable notice and cure periods. If within such ten (10) business day period Landlord fails to either pay the Reduction Amount or deliver Tenant a Notice of Dispute and if the Landlord is other than CLPF-475 Brannan Street, L.P., Tenant shall have the right to offset that particular Reduction Amount payment amount against any Rental next due and owing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 10, in no event shall the Security Deposit be less than $531,648.75.

 

5 -  Second Amendment to Lease    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


11. Right of First Notification. During the Extended term, Tenant shall retain the Right of First Notification with respect to Suite 310 and Suite 410 as set forth in Section 11 of the First Amendment. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it has waived the Right of First Notification set forth in Section 11 of the First Amendment with respect to Suite 230. Further, as of the Effective Date, in the event that the electrical room located adjacent to the East side of the Premises, Suites 110/210 (together), Suite 120, Suite 130, or Suite 420 (each, for the purposes of this Section 11 only, a “Notice Space”) becomes available during the Term of the Lease, as extended hereby, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such available space (the “Available Space”) and the terms and conditions under which Landlord intends to market the Available Space (the “Availability Notice”). Tenant shall have ten (10) business days following receipt of the Availability Notice to elect in writing to lease such Available Space on the terms and conditions set forth in the Availability Notice. If Tenant fails to respond to Landlord’s Availability Notice within such ten (10) business day period or if Tenant declines to lease the Available Space, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its Right of First Notification with respect to the applicable Available Space. A Notice Space shall be deemed to be “available” when the lease for any current tenant of a Notice Space expires or is otherwise terminated. A Notice Space shall not be deemed to be “available” if the space is either (i) assigned or subleased by the current tenant of the space, (ii) relet by the current tenant of the space by renewal, extension, or renegotiation, or (iii) with respect the electrical room, Suites 110/210 (together), Suite 120, Suite 130, or Suite 420, such Notice Space is subject to a right of another tenant existing as of the Effective Date.

12. Option to Extend. Tenant shall retain the right to further extend the Term of the Lease pursuant to the Paragraph 2(d) of the Original Lease, and references to the “initial Term” set forth in Paragraphs 2(d) and 2(e) of the Original Lease are hereby amended to mean the Extended Term.

13. Brokers. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that it has dealt with no broker, finder or similar person in connection with this Second Amendment other than Colliers International (“Landlord’s Broker”), and Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that it has dealt with no broker, finder or similar person in connection with this Second Amendment, other than CBRE, Inc. (“Tenant’s Broker”). Landlord shall pay any and all commissions payable to Landlord’s Broker in connection with the execution of this Second Amendment pursuant to a separate agreement. Landlord’s Broker shall pay Tenant’s Broker any commissions payable to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker. Landlord and Tenant shall each defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless with respect to all claims, causes of action, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees) arising from a breach of the foregoing representation and warranty.

14. Accessibility Disclosure. Pursuant to California Civil Code 1938, Landlord hereby advises Tenant that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist and Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Premises have not been certified to meet all construction related accessibility standards pursuant to Civil Code Section 55.53. Pursuant to California Civil Code 1938(e): “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” The terms of this Section 14 are intended only to comply with notice requirements of applicable laws. The terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended, shall govern with respect to each of Landlord’s and Tenant’s liability for compliance with applicable laws.

 

6 -  Second Amendment to Lease    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


15. Prohibited Persons and Transactions. Landlord and Tenant (each a “Representing Party”) represent to the other that neither Representing Party nor any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Representing Party, any, affiliate or representative of the Representing Party is an individual or entity (“Person”) currently the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Representing Party located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and the Representing Party represents and covenants that it has not knowingly engaged in, is not now knowingly engaged in, and shall not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that is the subject of Sanctions.

16. No Further Modifications. Except as otherwise set forth in this Second Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Lease remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

17. Counterparts. This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which when executed and delivered shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

18. Authority. Each party represents that the person executing this Second Amendment for such party is acting on behalf of such party and is duly authorized to execute this Second Amendment for such party.

19. Entire Agreement. This Second Amendment, together with the Lease, constitute the entire and complete agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, statements, promises, understandings, arrangements, and commitments.

[Signatures on following page.]

 

7 -  Second Amendment to Lease    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment to Lease as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

    

  By:  

CLPF - 475 BRANNAN STREET GP, LLC

Its general partner

    By:  

Clarion Lion Properties Fund Holdings. L.P.,

Its sole member

      By:  

CLPF-Holdings, LLC,

Its general partner

        By:  

Clarion Lion Properties Fund Holdings REIT, LLC,

Its sole member

          By:  

Clarion Lion Properties Fund, LP,

Its managing member

            By:  

Clarion Partners LPF GP, LLC,

Its general partner

              By:  

Clarion Partners, LLC,

Its sole member

                By:  

/s/ Jon Gelb

                 

Jon Gelb

Authorized Signatory

                  Date: 3/18/19

 

TENANT:

FASTLY, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Adriel Lares

Name:   Adriel Lares
Title:   CFO

 

8 -  Second Amendment to Lease    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


Exhibit “C-2”

Work Letter

This WORK LETTER (the “Agreement”) is hereby made a part of that certain Second Amendment to Lease (the “Second Amendment”) made and entered into by and between CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and FASTLY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). All terms used herein which are defined in the Lease or any addendum or other Exhibits attached thereto shall have the same meanings herein as are ascribed to such terms in such documents. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows with respect to the construction of initial improvements in the Premises.

1. COMPLETION AND APPROVAL OF PLANS.

1.1 Space Plan. At any time following the Effective Date, Tenant may cause to be constructed at Tenant’s cost and expense, except as otherwise specified in paragraph 2 below, improvements in the Premises (the “Extension Improvements”) in accordance with a mutually agreed preliminary plan (the “Space Plan”). Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty whatsoever concerning (i) the actual cost to design and construct the Extension Improvements or (ii) the extent to which the actual cost or final configuration of the Extension Improvements will be affected by the adoption of new federal, state, or local laws or the implementation of any regulations or building requirements under new or existing laws, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act and any fire and life safety laws or regulations.

1.2 Final Plans. Upon mutual approval of the Space Plan, Tenant shall cause to be prepared such plans, drawings, and specifications (collectively, the “Plans”) as may be necessary to obtain a building permit for construction of the Extension Improvements. Upon completion thereof, the Plans shall be submitted to Landlord for approval. Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, within five (5) business days following receipt by Landlord of the Plans if Landlord approves the Plans or disapproves of any portion thereof. Such disapproval shall be communicated with sufficient specificity to enable Tenant to revise the Plans in a manner acceptable to Landlord. If Landlord objects to any portion of the Plans, Tenant shall cause the same to be revised, and shall resubmit the revised Plans to Landlord for approval. Landlord shall have two (2) days to approve or disapprove of the revised Plans. The foregoing process shall continue until the Plans are approved by Landlord; provided, however, that each time Landlord disapproves of any portion of the Plans, Landlord’s subsequent comments shall be limited solely to the revisions to, or any new elements of, the Plans. If Landlord fails to approve or respond to Tenant’s initial request for approval of the Plans or to Tenants’ revisions to the Plans within the respective five (5) business day or two (2) day periods provided above, then Tenant may, within five (5) business days following the expiration of such five (5) business day or two (2) day period described above, provide to Landlord a second written request (the “Second Request”) stating in large, bold and capped font the following: “THIS IS TENANT’S SECOND REQUEST TO LANDLORD. LANDLORD FAILED TO TIMELY APPROVE OR RESPOND TO TENANT’S FIRST REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF THE PLANS [or TENANT’S REVISIONS TO THE PLANS] IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1 OF EXHIBIT C-2 OF THE SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE. IF LANDLORD FAILS TO RESPOND TO THIS SECOND REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF THE PLANS [OR TENANT’S REVISIONS TO THE PLANS] WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS OF LANDLORD’S RECEIPT OF THIS SECOND REQUEST, TENANT’S PLANS [OR TENANT’S REVISIONS TO THE PLANS] SHALL BE DEEMED APPROVED BY LANDLORD.” If (a) Tenant’s Second Request strictly complies with the terms of this Section 1.2, and (b) Landlord fails to notify Tenant within five (5) business days of Landlord’s receipt of such Second Request, then the Plans, or the revisions thereto, as applicable, shall be deemed approved by Landlord.

 

1 -  Exhibit “C-2”    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


1.3 Required Changes. Landlord hereby consents to any changes to the Plans which may be imposed as a condition of obtaining a permit for the construction of the Extension Improvements by any municipal department having jurisdiction over same, provided that Tenant shall clearly identify such changes on the Plans.

1.4 Requested Changes. If Tenant desires to make any changes to the final Plans following approval thereof, Tenant must obtain Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). All such requests for changes and consent shall be subject to the procedures set forth in paragraph 5 hereof.

2. COST OF IMPROVEMENTS.

2.1 Tenant’s Cost; Extension Allowance. Tenant shall bear all costs of designing and constructing the Extension Improvements, except that Landlord shall provide a construction allowance (the “Extension Allowance”) to be applied to such costs in an amount equal to Three Million Five Hundred Sixty Seven Thousand One Hundred Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($3,567,150.00) (i.e., $50.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises). The costs of such construction shall include, without limitation, costs of preparing the Space Plan, pricing plans, and field surveys, costs of preparing the Plans and all working drawings, costs of obtaining building permits, costs of labor and materials used in such construction, Landlord’s three percent (3%) construction management fee, and all other costs of such design and construction including a conditional use permit (if required) and occupancy permits. No portion of the Extension Allowance may be used for furniture, fixtures, equipment, Supplemental HVAC Units, Tenant’s Security System or for any non-permanent improvement to the Premises.

2.2 Costs in Excess of the Extension Allowance. Tenant shall pay all costs of constructing the Extension Improvements to the extent that the cost thereof exceeds the Extension Allowance.

2.3 Payment of Extension Allowance. Landlord shall disburse the Extension Allowance (after deducting Landlord’s construction management fee and Landlord’s reasonable out of pocket design review costs) in accordance with the following terms and conditions. At any time following the Effective Date, Tenant shall submit to Landlord written requests for reimbursement for the cost of designing and constructing the Extension Improvements, which requests shall not be made more than once per month (each, an “Extension Allowance Request”). Each Extension Allowance Request must detail work performed and materials supplied in performing the Extension Improvements, all of which shall be subject to reasonable

 

2 -  Exhibit “C-2”    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


substantiation by Landlord, or an architect or other representative retained by Landlord. Except as provided below, payment for such costs shall be made to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of an Extension Allowance Request and the following supporting materials: receipts evidencing payment of all amounts due and a sworn affidavit or lien waiver, as applicable, from each of Tenant’s designers, contractors, subcontractors, workers, and suppliers stating that they have been paid in full for all work performed and materials and equipment supplied by them on the Premises for which reimbursement is requested. Landlord shall have no obligation to honor any Extension Allowance Request received from Tenant which is not material compliance with this Paragraph 2.3. Landlord shall withhold ten percent (10%) from each payment request (the “Retainage”). Landlord shall pay the Retainage to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the written request and the following supporting materials (the “Closing Binder”): (i) receipts evidencing payment of all amounts due and a sworn affidavit or lien waiver from each of Tenant’s designers, contractors, subcontractors, workers, and suppliers stating that they have been paid in full for all work performed and materials and equipment supplied by them on the Premises, (ii) warranties; (iii) floor plans, construction drawings, and all revisions thereto; (iv) copy of signed off permit/job card and any related inspection records; (v) complete full size set of as-built drawings, include architectural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire alarm and fire sprinkler; and (vi) air balance report. Tenant shall make all applications to Landlord for payment from the Extension Allowance, including the Retainage, and submit the completed Closing Binder to Landlord, not later than March 31, 2022. Landlord shall have no obligation to pay any portion of the Extension Allowance if an application therefor in material compliance with this Paragraph 2.3 has not been made by March 31, 2022. Should the cost to design and construct the Extension Improvements be less than the Extension Allowance, Landlord shall have no obligation to pay or credit to Tenant any portion of such unused Extension Allowance. If Landlord fails to disburse any portion of the Extension Allowance within (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of an Extension Allowance Request and the supporting materials therefor, Tenant shall provide Landlord written notice that the requested portion of the Extension Allowance has not been timey paid. Landlord shall then have ten (10) business days to either pay the requested portion of the Extension Allowance or to provide Tenant written notice that Landlord disputes that the requested portion of the Extension Allowance is due and payable to Tenant (the “Notice of Allowance Dispute”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that a Notice of Allowance Dispute may only be delivered to Tenant by Landlord in the event a dispute arises in connection with Tenant’s request for disbursement of the Extension Allowance. If within such ten (10) business day period Landlord fails to either pay the requested portion of the Extension Allowance or deliver Tenant a Notice of Allowance Dispute, Tenant may, within five (5) business days following the expiration of such ten (10) business day period described above, provide to Landlord a second Extension Allowance Request (the “Second Extension Allowance Request”) in compliance with the foregoing requirements but also stating in large, bold and capped font the following: “THIS IS TENANT’S SECOND EXTENSION ALLOWANCE REQUEST TO LANDLORD. LANDLORD FAILED TO RESPOND TO TENANT’S FIRST EXTENSION ALLOWANCE REQUEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF SECTION 2 OF EXHIBIT “C-1” OF THE FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE. IF LANDLORD FAILS TO RESPOND TO THIS SECOND EXTENSION ALLOWANCE REQUEST WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING LANDLORD’S RECEIPT OF THIS SECOND EXTENSION ALLOWANCE REQUEST, TENANT SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO OFFSET THAT PARTICULAR

 

3 -  Exhibit “C-2”    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


EXTENSION ALLOWANCE AMOUNT AGAINST ANY RENTAL NEXT DUE AND OWING”. If (a) Tenant’s Second Extension Allowance Request strictly complies with the terms of this Section, and (b) Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s Second Extension Allowance Request within ten (10) business days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Second Extension Allowance Request, Tenant shall have the right to offset that particular Extension Allowance amount against any Rental next due and owing.

3. ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Subject to Section   8 of the Second Amendment, Tenant acknowledges and agrees to accept the Premises during the Extended Term in their “as-is” condition and Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord, its asset manager, property manager, nor any employee or agent of said entities have made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises.

4. CONTRACTORS; MATERIALS.

4.1 Approval Required. Tenant will cause the Extension Improvements to be constructed pursuant to the Plans by a general contractor reasonably acceptable to Landlord (“Contractor”), with Landlord reserving the right to approve all subcontractors, with all such approvals being in writing, and not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the general contractor and all subcontractors shall be union labor. Tenant shall not permit any other contractor or subcontractor to perform work in the Premises in connection with the Extension Improvements without the express prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any such contractors approved by Landlord for the performance of any work in the Premises shall be subject to the supervision of Landlord’s contractor. Unless otherwise expressly described in the Plans, all wall coverings, woodwork (if any), paint, floor coverings, and other finishes shall be of a quality comparable to finishes typically used in the Building (“Building Standard”) from time to time for general tenant improvement work in the Building. All material and workmanship used in construction by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors of the Extension Improvements shall be of a quality that is at least Building Standard.

4.2 Contractor Requirements. Tenant’s contractors shall comply with all reasonable rules and regulations which Landlord may generally impose from time to time upon contractors and subcontractors in the building. Tenant shall require all contractors and subcontractors performing construction or alterations to the Premises to, prior to commencing any such work, furnish Landlord with original certificates of insurance evidencing that such contractors and subcontractors carry: (i) workers compensation insurance in such amounts as may be required by law; (ii) liability insurance (including owned and non-owned automobile liability) with limits of no less than $1,000,000; (iii) employers’ liability insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000; and (iv) umbrella/excess liability insurance with limits of not less than $2,000,000. All such liability policies shall (x) name Landlord, its asset manager and property manager as additional insureds; (y) be primary to and non-contributory with any insurance policies carried by Landlord or such asset or property manager; and (z) contain contractual liability and cross liability endorsements in favor of Landlord, its asset manager and property manager.

 

4 -  Exhibit “C-2”    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


4.3 No Warranty. Landlord’s supervision and/or approval of any contractor or any contractor’s work in connection with the Extension Improvements shall not under any circumstances constitute a warranty or representation that such work was properly performed or designed or create any liability for payment for such work by Landlord. Rather, Tenant acknowledges that such supervision by Landlord, regardless of whether Landlord earns a fee for same, is for the sole benefit of Landlord and the property wherein the Premises are located.

5. EXTRA WORK.

5.1 In General. Except as expressly approved in writing by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph 5, Tenant shall not revise the final Plans or any portion of the Extension Improvements which have been constructed (all such revised work is hereinafter collectively referred to herein as “Extra Work”).

5.2 Procedure. If any request by Tenant for Extra Work would require a change to the final Plans such revised Plans shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense (subject to application of the Extension Allowance). Landlord shall respond in writing within three (3) business days to any request by Tenant for the approval of Extra Work. Any approval of such request may, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and be conditioned upon conditions which Landlord may find to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

5 -  Exhibit “C-2”    13016-007 Fastly Second Amendment


EXHIBIT D-1

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

THIS MEMORANDUM is entered into as of                     by and between CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and Fastly, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with respect to that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of                     , 2019 (the “Second Amendment”) respecting certain premises (the “Premises”) located in the building known as 475 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California.

Pursuant to Section 4 of the Second Amendment, Landlord and Tenant hereby confirm and agree that the Extension Date (as defined in the Second Amendment) is April 1, 2020, and that the Extended Expiration Date (as defined in the Second Amendment) is July 31, 2027. This Memorandum supplements, and shall be a part of, the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Memorandum as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

CLPF-475 BRANNAN STREET L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:  

CLPF - 475 BRANNAN STREET GP, LLC

Its general partner

  By:  

Clarion Lion Properties Fund Holdings. L.P.,

Its sole member

    By:  

CLPF-Holdings, LLC,

Its general partner

      By:  

Clarion Lion Properties Fund Holdings REIT, LLC,

Its sole member

        By:  

Clarion Lion Properties Fund, LP,

Its managing member

          By:  

Clarion Partners LPF GP, LLC,

Its general partner

          By:  

Clarion Partners, LLC,

Its sole member

              By:  

/s/ Katie Vaz

               

Katie Vaz

Authorized Signatory

                Date:  

 

TENANT:

FASTLY, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

1 – Exhibit D-1   

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Fastly, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary   

Jurisdiction of Organization

Brannan International Limited    Cayman Islands
Fastly Australia Pty Ltd    Australia
Fastly India Private Limited    India
Fastly International (Holdings) Limited    United Kingdom
Fastly International Technology Limited    United Kingdom
Fastly Kabushiki Kaisha    Japan
Fastly Limited    United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 4, 2019 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Fastly, Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Francisco, California

April 18, 2019